Amarisoft

LTE Software eNodeB and NR Software gNB
version 2026-03-18*
This document is based on the latest test release.
Features may not be present in your current installed software. You may check their availability in change history or in your release documentation.
If you require an up to date release, ask for it in a ticket.

Table of Contents

1 Introduction

LTEENB is a LTE/NR base station (eNodeB/ng-eNodeB/gNodeB) implemented entirely in software and running on a PC. The PC generates a baseband signal which is sent to a radio front end doing the digital to analog conversion. The reverse is done for the reception.

LTEENB interfaces with a LTE Core Network thru the standard S1 interface and with a 5GS Core Network thru the standard NG interface. In particular the Amarisoft Core Network software (LTEMME) can easily be connected to it to build a highly configurable LTE and/or NR test network.

LTEENB also supports NB-IoT.

2 Features

2.1 LTE PHY layer

2.2 LTE Protocol layer

2.3 LTE-M

2.4 NB-IoT

2.5 NR

2.6 Downlink channel simulator

2.7 Network interface

2.8 User interface

3 Requirements

3.1 Hardware requirements

3.2 Software requirements

4 Off-The-Shelf package

If you ordered the OTS package, you don’t need installation so you can skip next chapter.
When booting, MME and eNB are automatically started within a screen.
If you are not familiar with screen here is what you must know:

5 Installation

The radio front end must be connected to one gigabit Ethernet port (don’t use a switch to connect them to avoid potential packet losses). The other Ethernet port can be connected to the local network if necessary.

It is not recommended to run LTEENB in a virtual machine because it has hard real time constraints.

We also assume that you have some Linux and LTE knownledge.

5.1 Linux setup

5.1.1 Packages

LTEENB uses the SCTP protocol for which the necessary packages are not usually installed. In order to install them, do as root user:

To verify that SCTP kernel module is running, do as root user: 

checksctp

If it reports that the protocol is not supported,

Then reboot the PC in case the Linux kernel was upgraded too.

5.1.2 OpenSSL

LTEENB has been compiled against openssl version 3.5.4.
If your system does not have compatible version installed you may have this error message at startup: 

error while loading shared libraries: libssl.so.3: cannot open shared object file: No such file or directory

To overcome this problem, you may:

In case of persisting issue, raise a ticket from our support site at https://support.amarisoft.com/ with the information provided by below commands executed in LTEENB directory: 

uname -a
ls -l
ldd ./lteenb
openssl version

5.2 Linux setup for best performance

LTEENB requires a lot of CPU power and it has hard real time requirements (a maximum latency of 3 ms is required).

In order to get the lowest latency, it is recommended to set up the performance frequency governor for each CPU core. An example is included in the lte_init.sh script given with LTEENB.

Some buggy drivers are known to block the CPU during a few tens of ms. When it happens, LTEENB displays UHD status: L=X U=Y S=Z. One known problem is the DRM KMS cable polling. The script lte_init.sh disables it automatically.

Other drivers such as Wifi controllers can give the same problem. In order to avoid such problems, remove all unnecessary peripherals from the PC.

5.3 RRH setup

Please refer to sub section of your radio frontend to set it up.
When configured, you will have to select it (See RRH selection).

5.3.1 Amarisoft PCIe SDR

5.3.2 Ettus Research USRP

Read the UHD Compatible RF frontends documentation (trx_uhd.pdf).

5.3.3 Lime Microsystems LimeSDR

Use LimeSuiteNG software suite located at https://github.com/myriadrf/LimeSuiteNG, which contains Amarisoft plugin. During build it creates the needed trx_limesuite.so (build directory) file, which can be sim linked or copy pasted.

5.4 UE setup

Insert the test USIM card in the device.
Enable data connection and roaming in the configuration of your device.

With LTE, no Access Point Name (APN) is necessary because a default one is always provided by the network.
However, some UEs insists on having the same APN name as the MME to enable IP connectivity.

As a result, start by removing any APN stored in the UE and manualy add APN (Only APN name is required) as defined in MME configuration file (Default is test123).

If possible, disable 2G (GSM) and 3G (WCDMA) access to have only LTE access system in order to speed up the network search.

If possible, limit the LTE frequency bands used by the device to the one you want to use in order to speed up the network search.

5.5 LTEENB installation

Decompress the LTEENB archive to a convenient place. The executable lteenb can be launched from this directory.

5.5.1 Basic LTEENB configuration

The main configuration file is config/enb.cfg. It uses a superset of the JSON syntax.

The default setup is for a 10 MHz LTE eNodeB. The main parameter you need to change right now is the actual frequency you want to use. You need to be sure that no interference is present on the frequency you are using and that you have the legal right to use it (in most countries it is illegal to transmit on LTE frequency bands without an explicit authorization).

In order to reduce interferences, it is recommended to use a high frequency band such as the 2600 MHz band (band 7) in Europe.

The parameter dl_earfcn gives the EARFCN of the center frequency for the downlink. The corresponding uplink frequency is automatically choosen. The center frequency can be arbitrarily choosen provided the transmitted spectrum fully lies inside the choosen band. So if f is the center frequency, B the LTE bandwidth, f_min and f_max the band limits, the following relation must hold: 

f_min + 0.5 * B <= f <= f_max - 0.5 * B

The EARFCN is the frequency expressed in 100 kHz units starting from an offset depending on the selected band. You can have the band parameters and do convertions between EARFCNs and frequencies at https://www.sqimway.com/lte_band.php or by looking at the section 5.7.3 of 3GPP TS 36.101.

5.5.2 RRH selection

To select appropriate RF frontend to use, please execute following command: 

./config/rf_select.sh <type>

Where type is your frontend type:

NB: you can lanch following command to see available frontends: 

./config/rf_select.sh

5.5.3 License key installation

LTEENB needs a license key file to run. It is associated to your PC, so if you replace it or change its hardware configuration you must contact Amarisoft to get a new license key.

The following steps are needed to get this license file:

Once the license key is installed, lteenb should start normally.

5.6 Initial testing

Customize and start the lte_init.sh script as root user to configure the network and CPU governors.

Start the LTEMME software as root user. root priviledges are needed to set up the virtual network interface. 

./ltemme config/mme.cfg

In another terminal, start the LTEENB software as root user. root priviledges are needed to use real time scheduling priority. 

./lteenb config/enb.cfg

The base station is now running. Type s1 in the command line monitor of LTEENB to verify that it is connected to LTEMME. If it is the case, type t to enable the MAC traces (the traces are automatically disabled once you press return).

Turn on the UE and keep it at a few meters of the eNodeB antenna. It starts scanning the LTE bandwidth. After a few minutes, it should detect the eNodeB signal and transmit its first PRACH signal to the base station. You should get a trace like: 

PRACH: cell=01 seq=X ta=Y snr=Z dB

Then the UE will attach to the simulated LTE core network and get its IP address. If it works, then the device will indicate it is connected.

The core network maintains a persistent database storing all the parameters of the configured UEs. It is by default in config/lte_ue.db. If the initial connection is OK, you can get the IP address of the UE from this file. You can then try to ping it from the PC.

Then if the local network is correctly configured on the PC, the UE can access to your local network (and internet if your local network allows it).

6 Troubleshooting

There are many parameters in an LTE setup, so there are many cause of problems. Here are a few ones we noticed during our tests:

6.1 LTEENB does not start

LTEENB must be launched as root so that it can use real time scheduling.

If some librairies needed by LTEENB are not present, it means you need to use another Linux distribution or to upgrade it.

6.2 UHD library ABI compatibility mismatch

If you get this kind of message while starting lteenb: 

'trx_uhd_3.4.0.so' does not exist

It means that current UHD version on your system is not supported.
Follow trx_uhd.pdf documentation to install proper version.

6.3 The license key file is not correct

You need to contact Amarisoft to get a valid license key and/or a USB dongle.

6.4 Many messages ’UHD status: L=X U=Y S=Z’ or ’SDR u=x o=y’ are displayed.

These messages indicate that there are underflows or overflows errors when communicating with the RF card. The most likely explanation is that not enough CPU time is available. You can launch 

top -H

To see which processes and threads use the CPU time. Normally only 2 LTEENB threads should use about 50% of one CPU core time each when the eNodeB is idle. The following can be done to help:

For best performance, you can also remove unused daemons or cron jobs, in particular:

If the PC is only used as server, it is better to boot the PC in text mode by default. If systemd is used by your Linux distribution (Fedora), it is done by changing the link /etc/systemd/system/default.target to /lib/systemd/system/runlevel3.target. If init is used, it is done by modifying /etc/inittab to use the run level 3 as the default run level: 

id:3:initdefault:

6.5 The initial PRACH signal is not received.

This is the most critical step. If you don’t get the initial PRACH signal, it indicates that something is wrong in your configuration. Here are a few important points:

If none of the previous point helps, consider trying another frequency band (change the EARFCN and update cell_id in enb.cfg).

6.6 The initial PRACH is received, but the UE is never attached.

Look at the /tmp/enb0.log log file. There can be several problems. The normal steps are RRC connection, then NAS messages are exchanged to attach the UE and authenticate it.

The possible problems are:

6.7 The initial attach is OK but ping is not working.

If you get here, the device indicates that the LTE/4G connection is up but the ping to the UE from the PC does not work. You can also try a ping from the device to the PC (the PC can be pinged on 192.168.3.1).

Radio problems can still be the explication if the radio conditions are too bad. The symptom of this case is that you see many PRACH signals coming from the UE. Try to reduce the TX power with the tx_gain parameter.

Another explanation can be that the UE does not accept roaming. Try to enable it on the UE.

Another explanation can be bugs in the UE (or its PC driver if it is a USB dongle) in case you changed the LTE configuration (we noticed it in some cases). The symptom is that the IP packets are truncated when doing tcpdump on the UE side. In case of doubt, just turn off and on the UE (and the corresponding PC if it is a USB dongle) to start from a clean state.

6.8 The ping is working but no Internet access is possible from the UE.

The most likely explanation is that the IP forwarding/masquerading is not configured correctly on the PC. You need to look at the IP table configuration (/sbin/iptables -n -v -L) and correct it if the lte_init.sh configuration is not enough. Use of tcpdump or wireshark on the different interfaces can help to locate the problem.

Another possibility is that the DNS address given to the UE is not correct (try to ping using IP address instead of host names).

Verify that roaming is activated on the UE. The UE may not accept roaming and avoid IP access even if the ping is working.

7 Advanced Configuration

7.1 Logging

The eNodeB and the Core Network can output the messages of all the layers to log files. See the log_options option to select the layer to output and the level of verbosity. The log filenames are defined with the log_filename option.

You can also use Wireshark to monitor:

7.2 Changing the LTE bandwidth

It is configured with the n_rb_dl parameter giving the number of resource blocks. To ease the bandwidth change, the enb.cfg configuration file has a define at the top named N_RB_DL that can be set to 6, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100 for the bandwiths 1.4, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20 MHz.

Notes:

7.3 CPU load limitation

In order to avoid using too much CPU time, it is possible to limit the uplink MCS (pusch_max_mcs for LTE cells, max_mcs in pusch object for NR cells) and the number of iterations of the LTE turbo decoder (pusch_max_its) or NR LPDC decoder (ldpc_max_its). Normally it is only critical for the larger LTE bandwidths (20 MHz). The symptom of too high CPU use are many messages UHD status: L=X U=Y S=Z.

7.4 UE connection traces

By default or when using the t monitor command, the eNodeB displays the status of the connection with the UEs. It stops displaying them when you press return. 

               ----DL----------------------- ----UL----------------------------------------------------
UE_ID  CL RNTI C cqi ri  mcs retx txok brate C  snr puc1  nl  mcs retx rxok brate     #its phr  pl   ta
    1 001 003d 1  12  1 21.1    0  361 1.77M 1  9.1  8.5 1.0 14.7    3  779 2.06M 1/3.5/10  10 100  0.1
UE_ID

S1 eNodeB or NG RAN UE identity, unique among all cells.

CL

Lower 7, 8 or 10 bits of the cell identity (hexadecimal).

RNTI

C-RNTI of the UE (hexadecimal).

C

Number of aggregated DL cells.

cqi

Channel Quality Indicator, between 0 (bad) and 15 (very good). If there are several aggregated DL cells, the minimum cqi is displayed.

ri

Rank Indicator (number of layers for MIMO). If there are several aggregated DL cells, the minimum rank indicator is displayed.

mcs

Average Modulation and Coding Scheme.

retx

Number of transport block retransmissions.

txok

Number of successfully transmitted transport blocks.

brate

Average bitrate (at the MAC layer), in bits per second.

snr

Is the measured Signal to Noise Ratio for the uplink from the PUSCH reference signals and the SRS.

puc1

Is the measured Signal to Noise Ratio for the last PUCCH1.

nl

Average number of UL layers.

mcs

Average Modulation and Coding Scheme.

retx

Number of transport block retransmissions.

rxok

Number of received uplink transport blocks without CRC error.

#its

Gives the minimum, average and maximum number of iterations of the turbo decoder or LDPC decoder.

phr

Is the content of the last Power Headroom MAC control element sent by the UE. It is expressed in dB. Negative values indicate that the UE could not transmit with the required power.

pl

Uplink Path Loss in dB. It is measured from the reported PHR and the measured uplink power level. It is meaningful only if the RF interface correctly reports the absolute received power level.

ta

Average of the uplink timing advance measured for the UE in TA units.

7.5 UE Power control

The eNodeB does dynamic UE power control (see the dpc) option. However, it is better to have a good initial UE power to avoid retransmissions or interferences. So it is important to correctly set the various power settings in the SIBs. In particular, to avoid generating too much interference and to limit the battery drain, the SIB1 p-Max parameter (maximum allowed power for the UE in dBm) should be set to a low enough value (a few dBm).

It is also useful to tune the value of referenceSignalPower (power per carrier of the reference signal in dBm) in SIB2 if the RF interface does not provides its transmit power thru the TRX driver. It is used by the UE to compute the path loss and to adjust its own transmit power.

7.6 Multi-cell support

The eNodeB/ng-eNodeB can run several LTE or NB-IoT cells and the gNodeB can run several NR cells. The cells can be configured individually and share the same S1 or NG interfaces with the Core Network.

7.6.1 Intra-band multi-cell

Constraints:

Let’s take the following example to configure 3 cells in band 7: 

cell 1 DL frequency: 2627 MHz
cell 2 DL frequency: 2642 MHz
cell 3 DL frequency: 2657 MHz 
average_dl_freq = (2627+2642+2657)/3 = 2642 MHz
cell1_freq_offset = 2627-2642 = -15 MHz
cell2_freq_offset = 2642-2642 = 0 MHz
cell3_freq_offset = 2657-2642 = 15 MHz


cell 1 DL EARFCN: 2820
cell 2 DL EARFCN: 2970
cell 3 DL EARFCN: 3120
cell1_cell2_earfcn_offset = 2820-2970 = -150
cell1_cell3_earfcn_offset = 2820-3120 = -300
cell3_cell2_earfcn_offset = 3120-2970 = 150

We can observe that the difference between the center frequency of each cell and the average of center frequencies is indeed a multiple of 15 kHz and the difference between the DL EARFCNs are a multiple of 3.

7.6.2 Inter-band multi-cell

A configuration example is given in config/enb-2cc.cfg for two SISO 5 MHz cells in bands 3 and 7. This configuration could be tested with:

This configuration also enables carrier aggregation for release 10 UEs.

7.7 Handover support

Intra-eNodeB, Intra-gNodeB, S1, X2, NG, Xn, EPS to 5GS and 5GS to EPS handovers are supported. The handover can be manually initiated with the handover monitor command, the handover remote API, or automatically initiated based on UE measurement.

Test case for intra-eNodeB handover:

  1. Start lteenb with the multi cell configuration config/enb-2cell-ho.cfg.
  2. Wait until the UE connects to a cell (use the t command to active the MAC traces or use the monitor command ue to list the connected UEs).
  3. Start a long network transfer or a ping to the UE.
  4. Reduce the power by 10 dB on the serving cell. If the UE is on cell 1: 
    cell_gain 1 -10

    After some time the UE will make a handover to cell 2 (check it with the t command by looking at the CL column).

  5. Increase the power of cell 1 and reduce the power of cell 2: 
    cell_gain 1 0 ; cell_gain 2 -10

    After some time the UE will make a handover to cell 1.

  6. You can also force a handover with the handover monitor command by giving the UE ID and the Physical Cell Identity (and optionally the DL EARFCN) of the target cell.

The behavior is similar with S1, X2, NG or Xn handovers, but at least two eNodeBs or gNodeBs (and two radio heads) are needed to use it.

In all the cases, it is important to have a valid neighbour cell configuration for each cell (ncell_list property) so that the source eNodeB can deduce target the Cell Identity from the target Physical Cell Identity and DL EARFCN.

7.8 MIMO support

MIMO is currently supported with following radio frontends:

The configuration mimo-2x2-5mhz.cfg demonstrates a 5 MHz MIMO configuration using transmission mode 3 (large delay CDD).

The configuration mimo-2x2-20mhz.cfg demonstrates a 20 MHz MIMO configuration with transmission mode 3.

If you use N2x0 with this configuration, please note that there is only one N2x0 connected by ethernet (second is using MIMO cable).

Note: the current UHD driver uses a lot of CPU time when MIMO is enabled. If it is an issue in your tests, follow patched version installation inside your trx_uhd.pdf documentation.

7.9 MIMO environment setup

7.9.1 Over the air

7.9.1.1 PCIe SDR setup

The following diagram depicts how to set up your MIMO environment with antennas using one single PCIe SDR card in FDD. You can simplify the setup by removing the antenna connected to RX2 if there is no MIMO in UL.

img/mimo1_pcie

For TDD mode, you only need to connect antennas on the TX1 and TX2 connectors.

7.9.1.2 N2x0 setup

To setup your MIMO environment with N2x0 device, here is a detailed diagram of how to proceed.

img/mimo1

This configuration may have a bottle neck at ethernet side because USRP speed is limited to 1Gbps.
That’s why for 20Mhz MIMO configuration, downlink sampling rate is limited to 8 (dl_sample_bits parameter).
You can remove this constraint with the following diagram:

img/mimo2

7.9.2 Using cable

Note that the diagrams provided below are only examples.
You may adapt depending on the UE.

7.9.2.1 PCIe SDR setup

If you are using FDD mode, the general case will be as follows. Note that if there is no MIMO in UL, you can simplify by removing the RX2 connection, thus connecting the TX2 directly to antenna 2 at UE side.

img/mimo2_pcie

For TDD mode, you only need to connect TX1 and TX2.

img/mimo3_pcie

7.9.2.2 N2x0 setup

If you are using FDD mode, the general case will be:

img/mimo3

On most UE, second antenna is only used for RX so you can simplify with:

img/mimo4

If your are using TDD mode, only one antenna is necessary per USRP.
Thus, you only need following diagram:

img/mimo5

7.10 Carrier Aggregation support

CA is currently supported with PCIe SDR radio frontend. Intra-band CA could be handled with one single PCIe SDR card with the same constrains specified for intra-band multi-cell support, See Intra-band multi-cell. For inter-band CA, one PCIe SDR card is required per band. The following diagram depicts the environment setup for DL inter-band CA with 2 carriers and MIMO in DL.

img/ca1

The configuration enb-2cc.cfg is an example of DL CA with 2 carriers in band 3 and band 7 (5+5 MHz). To use it in 2x2 DL MIMO 20MHz configuration, edit the file and change N_RB_DL to 100 and N_ANTENNA_DL to 2.

If you would like to enable CA in UL as well, you should connect the RX2 connectors as below. img/ca2

7.11 TDD support

The configuration file enb.cfg with the TDD define set to 1 at the top of the file is an example of TDD configuration. The eNodeB supports all 7 UL/DL TDD configurations.

7.12 Category M1

The eNodeB supports Category M1 UEs (Bandwidth Reduced UEs). They only receive or transmit on a 1.4 MHz bandwidth so they cannot use all the standard LTE signals. In particular, BR specific system information blocks are necessary. The configuration file enb-catm1.cfg is an example of Category M1 configuration. See Bandwidth Reduced parameters.

7.13 NB-IoT

The eNodeB supports NB-IoT cells. They use a 200 kHz bandwidth which can be inside an existing LTE cell (in-band operation mode), at its edge (guard band mode) or completely independent (standalone mode). An example of standalone NB-IoT configuration is in file enb-nbiot.cfg. An example of in-band NB-IoT configuration is in file enb-nbiot-inband.cfg.

7.14 NR

The eNodeB/gNodeB supports NR cells.
When the MME requests the establishment of an ERAB for a UE supporting EN-DC, the eNB first checks if the corresponding QCI is declared in the NR cell definition. If this is the case, and if the en_dc_setup parameter is not set, the ERAB is established in the NR cell. Otherwise it is established in the LTE cell.
For EN-DC configuration, some exemples of eNodeB configuration are in files gnb-nsa.cfg, gnb-2cc-nsa.cfg, gnb-pscell-change.cfg and gnb-nsa-ho-lte.cfg.
When the AMF requests the establishment of a QoS flow for a UE supporting NR-DC, the gNB first checks if the corresponding 5QI is declared in the FR2 cell definition. If this is the case, and if the nr_dc_setup parameter is not set, the QoS flow is established in the FR2 cell. Otherwise it is established in the FR1 cell.
For SA configuration, some examples of gNodeB configuration are in files gnb-sa.cfg, gnb-sa-ho.cfg and gnb-sa-lte-ho.cfg.
For NR-DC configuration, an example of gNodeB configuration is in file gnb-nr-dc.cfg.

7.15 (e)RedCap

The gNodeB supports RedCap and eRedCap UEs. See Reduced Capability parameters.

8 Configuration reference

8.1 Configuration file syntax

The main configuration file uses a syntax very similar to the Javascript Object Notation (JSON) with few extensions.

  1. Supported types:
    • - Numbers (64 bit floating point). Notation: 13.4
    • - Complex numbers. Notation: 1.2+3*I
    • - Strings. Notation: "string"
    • - Booleans. Notation: true or false.
    • - Objects. Notation: { field1: value1, field2: value2, .... }
    • - Arrays. Notation: [ value1, value2, .... ]
  2. The basic operations +, -, * and / are supported with numbers and complex numbers. + also concatenates strings. The operators !, ||, &&, ==, !=, <, <=, >=, > are supported too.
  3. The numbers 0 and 1 are accepted as synonyms for the boolean values false and true.
  4. {} at top level are optional.
  5. " for property names are optional, unless the name starts with a number.
  6. Properties can be duplicated.
    If properties are duplicated, they will be merged following JSON merge rules with overriding occuring in reading direction (last overrides previous).
    Ex: 
    {
    value: "foo",
    value: "bar",
    sub: {
        value: "foo"
    },
    sub: {
        value: "bar"
    }
}

    Will be equivalent to: 

    {
    value: "bar",
    sub: {
        value: "bar"
    }
}
  7. Files can be included using include keyword (must not be quoted) followed by a string (without :) representing the file to include (path is relative to current file) and terminating by a comma.
    Arrays can’t be included.
    Merge will be done as for duplicate properties.
    If file1.cfg is: 
        value: "foo",
    include "file2.cfg",
    foo: "foo"

    And file2.cfg is: 

        value: "bar",
    foo: "bar"

    Final config will be: 

    {
    value: "bar",
    foo: "foo"
}
  8. A C like preprocessor is supported. The following preprocessor commands are available:
    #define var expr

    Define a new variable with value expr. expr must be a valid JSON expression. Note that unlike the standard C preprocessor, expr is evaluated by the preprocessor.

    #undef var

    Undefine the variable var.

    #include expr

    Include the file whose filename is the evaluation of the string expression expr.

    #if expr

    Consider the following text if expr is true.

    #else

    Alternative of #if block.

    #elif

    Composition of #else and #if.

    #endif

    End of #if block.

    #ifdef var

    Shortcut for #if defined(var)

    #ifndef var

    Shortcut for #if !defined(var)

    In the JSON source, every occurrence of a defined preprocessor variable is replaced by its value.

  9. Backquote strings: JSON expression can be inserted in backquote delimited strings with the ${expr} syntax. Example: `abc${1+2}d` is evaluated as the string "abc3d". Preprocessor variables can be used inside the expression. Backquote strings may span several lines.

8.1.1 JSON merge rules

Merge overriding direction depends on context, i.e source may override destination or the opposite.
JSON merge is recursive for Objects and Arrays.

Example, merging 

{
    foo: { value: "bar" },
    same: "one",
    one: 1
}

with 

{
    foo: { value: "none", second: true },
    same: "two",
    two: 1
}

Will become: 

{
    foo: { value: "bar", second: true },
    same: "one",
    one: 1
    two: 1
}

assuming first object overrides second one.

In case of Array merging, the final array length will be the maximum length of all merged arrays.
For each element of the final array, merge will be done considering defined elements only.
Ex: 

{
    array: [0, 1, 2, { foo: "bar" } ],
    array: [3, 4],
    array: [5, 6, 7, { bar: "foo" }, 8 ]
}

Will be merged to: 

{
    array: [5, 6, 7, { foo: "bar", bar: "foo" }, 8 ],
}

8.1.2 ASN.1

Some parameters refer to a ASN.1 description. Such parameter can be an object or a string.
In case of object, the following properties apply:

content<asn1>.content

Object. ASN.1 definition in JSON format as defined in ITU X.697 (JER encoding).
If defined, filename must not be set.

filename<asn1>.filename

String. Reference to a file containing the ASN.1 definition.
If defined, content must not be set.

content_type<asn1>.content_type

Optional string. In case filename is set, defines the encoding format of the ASN.1 file. Can be:

application/json

JER encoding

application/octet-stream

Binary

plain/text or not set

GSER encoding as defined in RFC 3641 (Generic String Encoding Rules for ASN.1 Types).

In case content_type is not defined, file extension will be used to guess type. In case no matching is found, GSER decoding will be used.

In case of string, the parameter is assumed to be a filename refering to a GSER encoded content.

To create your ASN.1 files, you can use our ASN.1 editor.

8.2 Global properties

log_filenamelog_filename

String. Set the log filename. If no leading /, it is relative to the configuration file path. See Log file format.

log_optionslog_options

String. Set the logging options as a comma separated list of assignments.

  • layer.level=verbosity. For each layer, the log verbosity can be set to none, error, info or debug. In debug level, the content of the transmitted data is logged.
  • layer.max_size=n. When dumping data content, at most n bytes are shown in hexa. For ASN.1, NAS or Diameter content, show the full content of the message if n > 0.
  • layer.payload=[0|1]. Dump ASN.1, NAS, SGsAP or Diameter payload in hexadecimal.
  • layer.key=[0|1]. Dump security keys (NAS and RRC layers).
  • layer.crypto=[0|1]. Dump plain and ciphered data (NAS and PCDP layers).
  • phy.signal=[0|1]. Dump binary received signal data of the physical layer to another file (log_filename.bin). The currently available data are QAM constellations and channel estimation for PDSCH, PUSCH and SRS. The GUI can be used to display them. Note: the size of the binary signal data is larger than the textual logs, so they should be enabled only when needed.
  • phy.rep=[0|1]. Log the NPUSCH/NPDCCH/NPDSCH allocations and repetitions in each subframe (NB-IoT eNodeB only).
  • phy.csi=[0|1]. Log the detailed CSI information from CSI reports (NR only).
  • phy.ntn=[0|1]. Log DL channel updates performed for NTN if channel_sim_control is enabled.
  • bcch=[0|1]. Enable or disable BCCH log. The BCCH is always transmitted, so it gives large logs when enabled.
  • mib=[0|1]. Enable or disable MIB log. The MIB is always transmitted, so it gives large logs when enabled.
  • time=[sec|short|full]. Display the time as seconds, time only or full date and time (default = time only).
  • time.us=[0|1]. Dump time with microseconds precision.
  • file=cut. Close current file log and open a new one.
  • file.rotate=now. Move and rename to the same directory or to the directory pointed by file.path and open a new log file (Headers are kept).
  • file.rotate=size. Every time log file size reaches size bytes, move and rename to the same directory or to the directory pointed by file.path, and open a new log file (Headers are kept).
    Size is an integer and can be followed by K, M or G.
  • file.rotate=#count. Everytime number of logs in log file reaches count, move and rename to the same directory or to the directory pointed by file.path, and open a new log file (Headers are kept).
    Size is an integer and can be followed by K, M or G.
  • file.path=path. When log rotation is enabled (file.rotate set), rename and move current log to this path instead of initial log path.
  • append=[0|1]. (default=0). If 0, truncate the log file when opening it. Otherwise, append to it.

Available layers are: phy, mac, rlc, pdcp, rrc, nas, s1ap, ngap, x2ap, xnap, m2ap, lppa, nrppa, gtpu

log_synclog_sync

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, logs will be synchronously dumped to file.
Warning, this may lead to performances decrease.

pcappcap

Optional object. Gives the Wireshark capture options. The mac-lte-framed protocol using link-layer type 147 is supported (http://wiki.wireshark.org/MAC-LTE). In order to enable it in Wireshark, go to the menu Edit->Preferences->protocols->DLT_USER->Edit->New and add the DLT type 147 (User 0) with payload protocol mac-lte-framed.
It works only with LTE cells.

filenamepcap.filename

String. Filename in which the capture is stored.

bcchpcap.bcch

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the BCCH SI PDUs are logged. It is disabled by default because the capture size increases even when the eNodeB is idle.

max_data_lenpcap.max_data_len

Optional integer (default = 65536). Maximum captured MAC PDU length per packet.

use_pipepcap.use_pipe

Optional boolean (default = false). Capture in a pipe instead of a regular pipe. This allow live capture with wireshark: wireshark -k -i <filename>. Note that it can be used only once as wireshark requires initial header.

descriptiondescription

Optional string. Set informational description for config_get remote API.

enb_nameenb_name

Optional string. Set eNB name used in S1 connection setup request.

gnb_namegnb_name

Optional string. Set gNB name used in NG connection setup request.

gtp_addrgtp_addr

String. Set the IP address (and optional port) on which the GTP-U packets are received. The default port is 2152. It is normally the IP address of the network interface connected to the core network.

gtp_payload_mtugtp_payload_mtu

Optional integer (range 68 to 16384, default = 1500). MTU in bytes for the GTP-U payload. Do not forget to update the network interface MTU accordingly for optimal performance. For example with a GTP MTU of 1500 bytes, interface should have a MTU of at least 1564 bytes.

gtp_use_packet_bundlinggtp_use_packet_bundling

Optional boolean (default = false). Concatenate multiple GTP-U PDUs within a single UDP datagram. Be careful, this is a non-standard option that must not be activated if the peer is not an Amarisoft MME/AMF with this option activated.

mme_listmme_list

Optional array of objects. It must be present when LTE or NB-IoT cells are declared. List of MME to which the eNodeB is connected. Each object contains the following properties:

mme_addrmme_list.mme_addr

String. Set the IP address (and optional port) of S1AP SCTP connection to the MME. The default port is 36412.

Syntax:

  • - "1.2.3.4" (use default port)
  • - "1.2.3.4:5678" (use explicit port)
  • - "2001:db8:0:85a3::ac1f:8001" (IPv6 address and default port)
  • - "[2001:db8:0:85a3::ac1f:8001]:5678" (IPv6 address and explicit port)
gtp_ext_addrmme_list.gtp_ext_addr

Optional string. Set the IP address on which the Core Network should transmit the GTP-U packets. It is the same as gtp_addr by default. It can be different if the eNodeB is behind a NAT.

s1ap_bind_addrmme_list.s1ap_bind_addr

Optional string. IP address and optional port on which the S1AP SCTP connection is bound.

qci_dscp_mappingmme_list.qci_dscp_mapping

Optional array of objects. Allows to define a specific IP differentiated services code point for a given QCI. QCI not explicitly configured use the default DSCP value 0.
Each object must contain the following properties:

qcimme_list.qci_dscp_mapping.qci

Integer (range 1 to 254). QCI value.

dscpmme_list.qci_dscp_mapping.dscp

Integer (range 0 to 63). DSCP value.

backup_mme_addrmme_list.backup_mme_addr

Optional string. Defines the IP address (and optional port) of the backup MME to be used if the S1 connection is not established with the current MME. If the S1 connection is established, the backup MME will not be used. There must be a corresponding object for the backup MME in the mme_list array.

prioritymme_list.priority

Optional integer (range 0 to 1, default 0). Defines the priority of a given MME. When performing MME selection, if no candidate is found with priority n, the candidates with priority n+1 are tested.

emergency_bearer_arp_priority_levelmme_list.emergency_bearer_arp_priority_level

Optional integer (range 0 to 15, default 1). Defines the ARP priority level used by EPS for emergency bearers. Set to 0 to have no emergency bearer identification based on the ARP priority level.

For backward compatibility, if mme_list is omitted, then a single MME is assumed and the properties mme_addr, gtp_ext_addr and s1ap_bind_addr are expected at the top level.

amf_listamf_list

Optional array of objects. It must be present when NR SA cells or LTE/NB-IoT cells with 5GC connectivity are declared. List of AMF to which the gNodeB/ng-eNodeB is connected. Each object contains the following properties:

amf_addramf_list.amf_addr

String. Set the IP address (and optional port) of NGAP SCTP connection to the AMF. The default port is 38412.

gtp_ext_addramf_list.gtp_ext_addr

Optional string. Set the IP address on which the Core Network should transmit the GTP-U packets. It is the same as gtp_addr by default. It can be different if the gNodeB/ng-eNodeB is behind a NAT.

ngap_bind_addramf_list.ngap_bind_addr

Optional string. IP address and optional port on which the NGAP SCTP connection is bound.

5qi_dscp_mappingamf_list.5qi_dscp_mapping

Optional array of objects. Allows to define a specific IP differentiated services code point for a given 5QI. 5QI not explicitly configured use the default DSCP value 0.
Each object must contain the following properties:

5qiamf_list.5qi_dscp_mapping.5qi

Integer (range 1 to 254). 5QI value.

dscpamf_list.5qi_dscp_mapping.dscp

Integer (range 0 to 63). DSCP value.

backup_amf_addramf_list.backup_amf_addr

Optional string. Defines the IP address (and optional port) of the backup AMF to be used if the NG connection is not established with the current AMF. If the NG connection is established, the backup AMF will not be used. There must be a corresponding object for the backup AMF in the amf_list array.

priorityamf_list.priority

Optional integer (range 0 to 1, default 0). Defines the priority of a given AMF. When performing AMF selection, if no candidate is found with priority n, the candidates with priority n+1 are tested.

emergency_bearer_arp_priority_levelamf_list.emergency_bearer_arp_priority_level

Optional integer (range 0 to 15, default 1). Defines the ARP priority level used by 5GS for emergency bearers. Set to 0 to have no emergency bearer identification based on the ARP priority level.

x2ap_bind_addrx2ap_bind_addr

Optional string. IP address and optional port on which the X2AP SCTP connection is bound.

x2_peersx2_peers

Optional array of strings. IP addresses and optional port of other eNodeBs to establish X2 connections. The default port is 36422.

xnap_bind_addrxnap_bind_addr

Optional string. IP address and optional port on which the XnAP SCTP connection is bound.

xn_peersxn_peers

Optional array of strings. IP addresses and optional port of other eNodeBs to establish Xn connections. The default port is 38422.

m2ap_bind_addrm2ap_bind_addr

Optional string. IP address and optional port on which the M2AP SCTP connection is bound.

mbmsgw_addrmbmsgw_addr

Optional string. Set the IP address (and optional port) of the MBMS Gateway for the M2 connection. The default port is 36443.

mbms_gtp_u_portmbms_gtp_u_port

Optional integer. GTP-U local port number used to receive the MBMS packets. The default port is 2152.

mbs_gtp_u_portmbs_gtp_u_port

Optional integer. GTP-U local port number used to receive the MBS packets. The default port is 2152.

enb_typeenb_type

Optional enumeration: macro, short_macro, long_macro or home (default = macro). Select between macro or home eNodeB.

enb_idenb_id

Optional integer. The 18 bit (short macro), 20 bit (macro), 21 bits (long macro) or 28 bit (home) eNodeB global identifier. It must be present when LTE or NB-IoT cells are declared.

gnb_id_bitsgnb_id_bits

Optional integer (range 22 to 32). Number of bits for the gNodeB global identifier. It must be present when NR SA cells are declared.

gnb_idgnb_id

Optional integer. The gNodeB global identifier. It must be present when NR SA cells are declared.

rf_driverrf_driver

Object. Parameters of the radio driver. See Radio driver configuration.

tx_gaintx_gain

Float or array of floats. Transmit gain in dB. The range is device dependent. For the PCIe SDR board, the range is between 0 and 89.75 dB. For the USRP N2x0 device with the SBX daughterboard, the range is 0 to 31.5 dB. With an array of floats a different gain is specified for each channel.

rx_gainrx_gain

Float or array of floats. Receive gain in dB. The range is device dependent. For the PCIe SDR board, the range is between -11 and 77 dB (the exact limits depend on the RX frequency). For the USRP N2x0 device with the SBX daughterboard, the range is 0 to 31.5 dB. With an array of floats a different gain is specified for each channel.

com_addrcom_addr

Optional string. Address of the WebSocket server remote API. See Remote API.
If set, the WebSocket server for remote API will be enabled and bound to this address.
Default port is 9001.
Setting IP address to [::] will make remote API reachable through all network interfaces.

com_namecom_name

Optional string. Sets server name. ENB by default

com_ssl_certificatecom_ssl_certificate

Optional string. If set, forces SSL for WebSockets. Defines CA certificate filename.

com_ssl_keycom_ssl_key

Optional string. Mandatory if com_ssl_certificate is set. Defines CA private key filename.

com_ssl_peer_verifycom_ssl_peer_verify

Optional boolean (default is false). If true, server will check client certificate.

com_ssl_cacom_ssl_ca

Optional string. Set CA certificate. In case of peer verification with self signed certificate, you should use the client certificate.

com_log_lockcom_log_lock

Optional boolean (default is false). If true, logs configuration can’t be changed via config_set remote API.

com_log_uscom_log_us

Optional boolean (default is false). If true, logs sent by log_get remote API response will have a timestamp_us parameters instead of timestamp

com_authcom_auth

Optional object. If set, remote API access will require authentication.
Authentication mechanism is describe in Remote API Startup section.

passfilecom_auth.passfile

Optional string. Defines filename where password is stored (plaintext).
If not set, password must be set

passwordcom_auth.password

Optional string. Defines password.
If not set, passfile must be set.

unsecurecom_auth.unsecure

Optional boolean (default false). If set, allow password to be sent plaintext.
NB: you should set it to true if you access it from a Web Browser (Ex: Amarisoft GUI) without SSL (https) as your Web Browser may prevent secure access to work.

com_log_countcom_log_count

Optional number (Default = 8192). Defines number of logs to keep in memory before dropping them.
Must be between 4096 and 2097152).

sim_eventssim_events

Array of object. Each element defines a remote API request (Remote API) except that message field is replaced by event.

sim_events_loop_countsim_events_loop_count

If set, will define loop_count for each event of sim_events, See loop_count.

sim_events_loop_delaysim_events_loop_delay

If set, will define loop_delay for each event of sim_events, See loop_delay.

license_serverlicense_server

Configuration of the Amarisoft license server to use.
Object with following properties:

server_addrlicense_server.server_addr

String. IP address of the license server.

namelicense_server.name

Optional string. Text to be displayed inside server monitor or remote API.

taglicense_server.tag

Optional string. If set, server will only allow license with same tag.

Example: 

license_server: {
    server_addr: "192.168.0.20",
    name: "My license",
}
cell_listcell_list

Array of object. Each element gives the configuration of a cell. The property cell_default gives a default value for each property. See Cell configuration.

cell_defaultcell_default

Optional Object. Gives a default value for the LTE cell configuration.
This object will be merged with each element of cell_list according to JSON merge rules rules (cell_list overrides cell_default).

nb_cell_listnb_cell_list

Optional array of object. Each element gives the configuration of a NB-IoT cell. The property nb_cell_default gives a default value for each property. See NB-IoT cell configuration.

nb_cell_defaultnb_cell_default

Optional Object. Gives a default value for the NB-IoT cell configuration.
This object will be merged with each element of nb_cell_list according to JSON merge rules rules (nb_cell_list overrides nb_cell_default).

en_dc_supporten_dc_support

Optional boolean (default = false). Set it to true to enable E-UTRA NR Dual Connectivity support.

nr_cell_listnr_cell_list

Optional array of object. Each element gives the configuration of a NR cell. See NR cell configuration.

nr_cell_defaultnr_cell_default

Optional Object. Gives a default value for the NR cell configuration.
This object will be merged with each element of nr_cell_list according to JSON merge rules rules (nr_cell_list overrides nr_cell_default).

8.3 Advanced properties

internal_time_refinternal_time_ref

Optional enumeration: os_clock or rf_frontend (default = os_clock). Selects the time source for the LTE SIB16 or NR SIB9. rf_frontend selects the time from the RF frontend. It is the normal choice when the RF frontend is time synchronized. os_clock uses the OS clock and derives the number leap seconds by using the right/UTC Unix time zone.

rf_frontend_time_offsetrf_frontend_time_offset

Optional integer (default = 0). Gives the difference in ms between the time given by the rf frontend and the International Atomic Time (TAI).

frame_epochframe_epoch

Optional integer (default = 0). Gives the TAI time in ms at which the LTE frame 0 starts. Use 0 to have the frame 0 start at 1970-01-01 00:00:00 TAI. Use 315964819000 to have the frame 0 start at 1980-01-06 00:00:19 TAI (GPS time = 0).

rf_portsrf_ports

Optional array of objects. Each object contains the configuration of the corresponding RF port. In order to support legacy configuration files, if the rf_ports array is not present, the RF port parameters come from the top level and are identical for all the RF ports.

Each object contain the following properties:

dl_freqrf_ports.dl_freq

Optional float. Tuning frequency in MHz for the downlink. It is automatically set to the average of the DL center frequency of each cell.

In the multi-cell case, if the radio head has a degraded output near the center of the transmitted spectrum (which is the case for zero IF TX or RX architectures), it is interesting to move the center of the transmitted spectrum outside the spectrum of every cell or in the middle of the spectrum of a given cell.

In this case, the dl_freq property can be used. It must be set so that for each cell dl_freq - dl_cell_freq is a multiple of 15 kHz (dl_freq_cell is assumed to be the center frequency of a cell).

Note: if you want to use non standard frequencies, use the custom_freq_band option.

ul_freqrf_ports.ul_freq

Optional float. Tuning frequency in MHz for the uplink. It is automatically set to the average of the UL center frequency of each cell.

Same remark as dl_freq.

channel_dlrf_ports.channel_dl

Optional object. Set the RF port specific channel simulator configuration. See RF port specific channel simulator.

ul_freq_shiftrf_ports.ul_freq_shift

Optional float. Add ul_freq_shift Hz to the nominal center uplink frequency. This parameter may be used to compensate a large simulated frequency offset when using the channel simulator.

n_antenna_dlrf_ports.n_antenna_dl

Optional integer. Set the number of DL antennas. Only useful if the channel simulator is used to set a different number of physical DL antennas at the output of the channel simulator. See RF port specific channel simulator.

sample_raterf_ports.sample_rate

Optional float. Sample rate in MHz. It is normally automatically set depending on the radio head capabilities and selected cell bandwidth.

sample_rate_numrf_ports.sample_rate_num

Optional integer. Main sample rate used for the LTE signal processing in 1.92 MHz units (hence 3 means 5.76 MHz). It is normally automatically set depending on the radio head capabilities and selected cell bandwidth. If the resulting rate is different from sample_rate, a fractional sample rate interpolator is used to convert the sample rate (this is only possible with a 15kHz SCS without ORAN split 7.2).

tx_gain_offsetrf_ports.tx_gain_offset

Optional float. Set the TX digital gain. The default value is -14 dB. It should be set so that the digital signal level is as high as possible without saturation. The t spl monitor command displays the maximum digital signal level and the number of saturations.

When using the channel simulator with fading channels it is necessary to lower tx_gain_offset to reduce the likelihood of saturations.

tx_power_offsetrf_ports.tx_power_offset

Optional float. If set add an offset in dB to any TX signal power information such as ’t spl’ monitor command or referenceSignalPower/ss-PBCH-BlockPower (if manual_ref_signal_power is false).
Useful when placing an attenuator (negative value) or a power amplifier (positive value) after the radio frontend TX output.

rf_dl_freqrf_ports.rf_dl_freq

Optional float. Override the tuning frequency in MHz for the downlink. This optional is only needed if there is a frequency translator after the SDR device.

rf_ul_freqrf_ports.rf_ul_freq

Optional float. Override the tuning frequency in MHz for the uplink. This optional is only needed if there is a frequency translator after the SDR device.

dl_bandwidthrf_ports.dl_bandwidth

Optional float. Force the DL RF bandwidth of the SDR device in MHz.

ul_bandwidthrf_ports.ul_bandwidth

Optional float. Force the UL RF bandwidth of the SDR device in MHz.

rx_to_tx_latencyrf_ports.rx_to_tx_latency

Optional integer (range 2 to 4, default = 4). Minimum allowed latency in ms between RX and TX.
This parameter is deprecated. Please use cell rx_to_tx_latency cell parameter instead (See Cell RX/TX latency).

If the latency is too high, the gNB scheduler may not be able to use all the PDSCH transmission occasions with subcarrier spacings larger or equal to 30 kHz. Increasing the value will improve performances, especially in case of radio frontend underflows. If LTE and NB-IoT cells are present on the RF port, only the value 4 is allowed.

papr_reductionrf_ports.papr_reduction

Optional object. Define the parameters for Peak to Average Power Ratio (PAPR) reduction. It is only useful if you use a high power amplifier. In the current version it takes a significant amount of CPU time, so it is only usable for LTE bandwidth <= 10 MHz.

The following properties are available:

enabledrf_ports.papr_reduction.enabled

Boolean. If true, PAPR reduction is enabled.

a_maxrf_ports.papr_reduction.a_max

Float. Set the cut-off level in dB relative to the Reference Signal power.

evm_maxrf_ports.papr_reduction.evm_max

Float. Set the maximum Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for 64QAM.

oob_pointsrf_ports.papr_reduction.oob_points

Array of floats. Each pair of number defines a point of the maximum allowed distorsion curve. The first number is the frequency offset in MHz from the edge of the LTE spectrum. The second number is the power level in dB. The actual curve is linearly interpolated between the points.

Typically, the PAPR CCDF at 10^-5 goes from 12.5 dB to 11.0 dB.

n_subbandrf_ports.n_subband

Optional integer (default = 1). If larger than one, the RF port bandwidth is split into n_subband frequency parts. For example, it allows to reach a 100 MHz bandwidth with two 50 MHz SDR boards. The number of channels of the RF port is n_subband*n_ant where n_ant is the number of selected antennas. The first n_ant channels correspond to the lowest frequency part, the next n_ant channels to next part, etc. It is only supported with NR cells. The PRACH and the SSB must always be in the first frequency part.

s72rf_ports.s72

Optional object. If set, this RF port will use ORAN split 7.2 TRX API to send data to the radio unit.
RF port must only have NR cells. This section has the following properties:

rtc_idrf_ports.s72.rtc_id

Integer. RTC id.

ud_comp_hdrrf_ports.s72.ud_comp_hdr

Optional integer (default = 0). Set User Data compression header configuration. Can be 0 for no compression, 0x81 for BF8, 0x91 for BF9, 0xc1 for BF12 or 0xe1 for BF14.

port_mappingrf_ports.s72.port_mapping

Optional array of integers. If set, allows to map UE antenna to different RU port.
Each number represents the RU port ID used for the antenna in ORAN packets.
This array must have same number of elements as the maximum between DL antenna count and UL antenna count.
Each RU port must be set once in the array. Ex: 

port_mapping: [1, 2, 4, 0],

Means UE will use RU port 1 for the first antenna, RU port 2 for the second antenna... By default, it is set to [0, 1, 2, ... ]

port_mapping_dlrf_ports.s72.port_mapping_dl

Optional array of integers. Same as port_mapping except that it applies only for DL antenna and the array must have same number of elements as DL antenna count.

port_mapping_ulrf_ports.s72.port_mapping_ul

Optional array of integers. Same as port_mapping except that it applies only for UL antenna and the array must have same number of elements as UL antenna count.

port_mapping_prachrf_ports.s72.port_mapping_prach

Optional array of integers. Same as port_mapping except that it applies only for the PRACH ORAN packets.

gen_prb0rf_ports.s72.gen_prb0

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, numPrbc of U-Plane ORAN section will be set to 0 when all ressources blocks are used and exceed 255.
If set to false and number of ressources blocks exceed 255, multiple ORAN sections will be generated.

cp_dlrf_ports.s72.cp_dl

Optional boolean (default = true). If false, LTEENB won’t generate any DL-Control packet.

cp_ulrf_ports.s72.cp_ul

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to false, UL-C packet won’t be generated. May be use with test mode to qualify DL signal.

relative_symbolrf_ports.s72.relative_symbol

Optional boolean (default = false). In case of section type 3, start symbol of both control and data packet will start at 0, i.e relative to time_offset

debugrf_ports.s72.debug

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, mode information will be displayed in logs. May have an impact on performances.

ul_ctrl_latencyrf_ports.s72.ul_ctrl_latency

Optional integer (default = 1, between 1 and 2). Set how many slot in advance to send uplink control packets (Experimental).

Example: 

rf_ports: [
  {
    s72: {
      rtc_id: 0x1000,
      gen_prb0: true,
    }
  }
],
udc_portrf_ports.udc_port

Optional integer. Selects the UDC port used for the cell. Cells aggregated with the same UDC device, will use the same udc_port number.

cpu_core_listrf_ports.cpu_core_list

Optional Array. Defines the core affinity of the digital signal processing engine (Physical layer) for both UL and DL of the cells associated to this rf_port (See cpu_core_list).

cpu_core_list_ulrf_ports.cpu_core_list_ul

Optional Array. Defines the core affinity of the digital signal processing engine (Physical layer) for UL of the associated cell(s). If set, overrides cpu_core_list.

cpu_core_list_dlrf_ports.cpu_core_list_dl

Optional Array. Defines the core affinity of the digital signal processing engine (Physical layer) for DL of the associated cell(s). If set, overrides cpu_core_list.

nb_threadsrf_ports.nb_threads

Optional number. If set, forces the number of threads used by the digital processing engine for DL or UL of the associated cell(s).

nb_threads_ulrf_ports.nb_threads_ul

Optional number. If set, forces the number of threads used by the digital processing engine for UL of the associated cell(s). If set, overrides nb_threads.

nb_threads_dlrf_ports.nb_threads_dl

Optional number. If set, forces the number of threads used by the digital processing engine for DL of the associated cell(s). If set, overrides nb_threads.

cpu_numa_listrf_ports.cpu_numa_list

Optional array of integers. Each integer represent a NUMA node index. If set will, digital processing engine will use the list of defined NUMA nodes for its memory usage.
If this field is not set but cpu_core_list is defined, LTEENB will select the NUMA nodes associated to the affected cores. This means that most of the time this parameter shouldn’t be set. The only relevant case is when a NUMA node has no RAM bank connected, you may use this parameter to select the closest NUMA node with memory.

udc_portsudc_ports

Optional array of objects. Each object contains the configuration of the corresponding UDC port.

Each object contains the following properties:

argsudc_ports.args

String. Set the UDC configuration parameters. Each parameter composing the string is separed by semicolon (See args configuration).

cmdudc_ports.cmd

String. Specifies the path to the script for the UDC configuration (See UDC configuration reference). The script is called once for each configured udc_port with the following command line arguments:

  • args: (See args)
  • lo_freq: (See lo_freq)
  • min_freq: automatically set by the software, spectrum minimum frequency for aggregated cells using the same udc_port
  • max_freq: automatically set by the software, spectrum maximum frequency for aggregated cells using the same udc_port
  • freq: automatically set by the software, FR2 cell central frequency, for each rf_port using the same udc_port
  • bandwidth: automatically set by the software, FR2 cell bandwidth, for each rf_port using the same udc_port
lo_frequdc_ports.lo_freq

Optional float. Specifies the UDC LO frequency in MHz to be configured. If not present, it will be automatically computed.

tx_power_offsetudc_ports.tx_power_offset

Optional float. Measured in dB, negative value. It corresponds to the amount of attenuation between the SDR and the UDC IF port.
The default value is 0, in case of aggregated cells with combiner the attenuation is computed as -10*log10(COMBINER_PORTS).

tx_pad_durationtx_pad_duration

Optional integer (default = 23). Duration (in 1/1.92 us units) of the zero sample burst sent before the start of the downlink burst in TDD. It corresponds to the power amplifier ramp up duration. The appropriate value depends on the radio head.

tx_time_offsettx_time_offset

Optional integer (default = 0). Time offset (in samples) for the downlink. It may be needed to compensate internal delays in the radio head. In a normal setup, this value should be set to zero.

rx_ta_offsetrx_ta_offset

Optional float (default = 2.0). Time offset (in 1/1.92 us) for the uplink. With a well calibrated radio head (i.e. where the TRX timestamps take into account the internal radio head delays), it gives the PRACH timing advance of a UE close to the eNodeB. A small non zero value (such as 2) is recommended.

tdd_legacy_timingtdd_legacy_timing

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the LTE TDD downlink frame starts 39/1.92 us after the GPS origin. Otherwise, the LTE TDD downlink frame starts at the GPS origin (default). For interoperability purposes with other eNodeBs, it is better to keep it to false.

custom_freq_bandcustom_freq_band

Optional object or array of objects. Define a non standard LTE or NR frequency band. Standard bands can also be overriden by this option. If the uplink information is not provided, it is assumed to be the same as the downlink (TDD band). Use an array of objects if you want to define more than one custom band.

For LTE bands, the following parameters are available:

bandcustom_freq_band.band

Range: 1 to 256.

dl_earfcn_mincustom_freq_band.dl_earfcn_min

Range: 0 to 262143.

dl_earfcn_maxcustom_freq_band.dl_earfcn_max

Range: 0 to 262143.

dl_freq_mincustom_freq_band.dl_freq_min

Float. Low DL frequency in MHz.

ul_earfcn_mincustom_freq_band.ul_earfcn_min

Optional integer. Range: 0 to 262143.

ul_earfcn_maxcustom_freq_band.ul_earfcn_max

Optional integer. Range: 0 to 262143.

ul_freq_mincustom_freq_band.ul_freq_min

Optional Float. Low UL frequency in MHz.

ntncustom_freq_band.ntn

Optional boolean. True if this is a NTN band.

For NR bands, the following parameters are available:

band_nrcustom_freq_band.band_nr

Range: 1 to 1024. NR band number.

dl_freq_mincustom_freq_band.dl_freq_min

Float. Range: 0 to 65535. Minimum DL frequency in MHz. Use 0 if no DL.

dl_freq_maxcustom_freq_band.dl_freq_max

Float. Range: 0 to 65535. Maximum DL frequency in MHz. Use 0 if no DL.

ul_freq_mincustom_freq_band.ul_freq_min

Float. Range: 0 to 65535. Minimum UL frequency in MHz. Use 0 if no UL. If not provided, use the same value as DL (TDD).

ul_freq_maxcustom_freq_band.ul_freq_max

Float. Range: 0 to 65535. Maximum UL frequency in MHz. Use 0 if no UL.

ssb_scscustom_freq_band.ssb_scs

Array of integers. List of allowed SSB subcarrier spacing for this band. Allowed values: 15, 30, 120 or 240.

f_rastercustom_freq_band.f_raster

Enumeration: 100, 15, 15_30, 15_30_100, 60_120, 100_enhanced, 120. Frequency raster in kHz.

ssb_case_ccustom_freq_band.ssb_case_c

Boolean. True if SSB case C is enabled on this band.

min_40mhz_bwcustom_freq_band.min_40mhz_bw

Boolean. True if the minimum allowed bandwidth on this band is at least 40 MHz. This information is used to select the CoReSet #0 table in standalone mode.

delta_gscncustom_freq_band.delta_gscn

Optional enumeration: 1, 3, 7, 16 (default = 1). GSCN step size.

ntncustom_freq_band.ntn

Optional boolean. True if this is a NTN band.

rate_bucket_durationrate_bucket_duration

Optional. Range 50 to 1000 (default = 100). Duration in ms for the average bit rate estimation. It is used to enforce the UE Aggregate Maximum Bit Rate and GBR ERAB Maximum Bit Rate.

sched_rate_durationsched_rate_duration

Optional. Range 5 to 1000 (default = 50). Period in ms for the average bit rate estimation for the MAC scheduler.

sched_metricsched_metric

Optional enumeration: pf, rr, mt (default = pf). Set the MAC scheduler metric. Available possibilities:

TypeDescription
pfProportionally fair
rrRound-robin
mtMaximum throughput
sched_latency_for_prb_maxsched_latency_for_prb_max

Optional. Range: 5 to 1000 (default = 50). Approximate maximum latency in ms. It is used to limit the maximum number of UEs per TTI.

automatic_ue_info_requestautomatic_ue_info_request

Optional boolean (default = false). If set, the eNB will send a UE Information message if the UE indicates the availability of information in RRC signalling.

skip_smc_procskip_smc_proc

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the eNB will not perform a RRC security mode control procedure. This needs to be supported on UE side also.

fifteen_bearersfifteen_bearers

Optional boolean (default = true). If true, enable the use of 15 EUTRA data radio bearers (if supported by the UE).

automatic_eutra_cap_enquiry_paramsautomatic_eutra_cap_enquiry_params

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, the eNB automatically sends the requestedFrequencyBands-r11, requestReducedFormat-r13, requestReducedIntNonContComb-r13 and requestedMaxCCsDL-r13 fields in the LTE RRC UE capability enquiry message for EUTRA RAT based on the LTE bands, neighbor cells and CA combinations defined in the configuration file.
The cell specific requested_eutra_freq_bands, requested_eutra_max_ccs_dl, request_reduced_format or request_eutra_reduced_int_non_cont_comb parameters have precedence over this one.

cpu_core_listcpu_core_list

Optional array. Defines the list of CPU cores indexes on which LTEENB will run.
If not set, LTEENB may use all cores, refer to cpu_core_list for syntax.
Note that the number of cores depends on Linux scheduler and LTEENB configuration.

cpu_numa_listcpu_numa_list

Optional array. If set, defines the default NUMA nodes used for memory allocation. Refer to rf_port.cpu_numa_list for syntax

icicicic

Optional object. If present, Inter Cell Interference Coordination (ICIC) is activated for all the LTE cells in the eNodeB. ICIC is used to mitigate interference between neighbor cells within a reuse 1 network. It is used to improve the coverage quality in DL and UL. It is currently only supported in LTE. Two ICIC methods can be used: Hard Frequency Reuse (HFR) and Fractionnal Frequency Reuse (FFR). In HFR, the band is split in a given number of portions (called reuse factor) and each cell uses one portion. FFR is an alternative where a portion of the band is shared between cells and used by UEs located in the cells’ center. The rest of the band is used like in HFR. The method can be different in UL and DL. The different ICIC methods are only applied for data channels. PDCCH, PUCCH and PRACH are not impacted. This object contains the following fields (all the DL fields dl_xxx have their symmetrical UL field noted ul_xxx):

reuse_factoricic.reuse_factor

Optional integer (default = 3). Factor by which the total bandwidth is split between cells. Same for DL and UL.

dl_icicicic.dl_icic

Optional boolean (default = false). Activate ICIC in DL. This field activates HFR by default.

dl_cell_center_portionsicic.dl_cell_center_portions

Optional integer (default = 0). Number of band portions used for cell center UEs. It activates FFR. For example, if reuse_factor is 3 and dl_cell_center_portions is 1, then cell center UEs have 1/(3 + 1) = 1/4 of the band and cell edge UEs also have 1/4 of the band. If reuse_factor is 3 and dl_cell_center_portions is 3, then cell center UEs have 3/(3 + 3) = 1/2 of the band and cell edge UEs have 1/6 of the band. If FFR is activated, a measurement report must be configured to let the eNodeB know where the UE is located (cell edge or cell center). The object eutra_interference_intra must be configured within the object meas_config_desc.

dl_schedule_cc_on_ce_bandicic.dl_schedule_cc_on_ce_band

Optional boolean (default = true). Allow the scheduling of cell center UEs on cell edge band in FFR. Setting it to false increases cell edge UEs throughput but decreases bandwidth usage.

icic_bitmap_dynamic_updateicic.icic_bitmap_dynamic_update

Optional boolean (default = false). Add the ability to dynamically reallocate the band reserved for cell egde UEs of a cell to another cell when there is no active UEs in the cell. Cells are allowed to use the band reserved for a neighbor cell when this neighbor cell has no active UEs (in cell edge or cell center). Can be used with both HFR and FFR. When two cells belong to two different eNodeBs, the X2 interface is leveraged to share occupancy information between cells. We strongly advise to activate this parameter for bandwidth usage optimization.

inter_enb_synchroicic.inter_enb_synchro

Optional boolean (default = false). Specify whether or not eNodeBs are synchronized in time (start of frame, frame and subframe number are the same accross all the eNodeBs). Enables better bandwidth usage for inter-eNodeB ICIC.

vrb_lib_pathvrb_lib_path

Optional string. Path to the vrb_dpdk.so dynamic library file located in the delivered tarball. If present, the gNodeB uses Intel vRANBoost device for LDPC decoding. The CPU must support vRANBoost, DPDK must be installed on the machine and the vRANBoost device must be configured properly before use. This mode enables faster LDPC decoding. It can be used to lower the CPU usage of the stack or to increase the number of LDPC decoding iterations in order to improve decoding sensitivity.

8.4 Radio driver configuration

namerf_driver.name

Driver name. The corresponding DLL file name is trx_name.so. It is searched in the lteenb executable directory, in the path configured in the path property.
The following drivers are currently available:

dummyDummy driver. Can be used to measure the RX to TX latency.
sdrAmarisoft PCIe SDR driver.
Parameters are defined here:
SDR50
SDR100
CPRI
uhdEttus Research UHD driver for USRP N2x0, B2x0 and X3x0 series.
Please check Amarisoft UHD documentation delivered within package.
lms7002mLime MicroSystem LimeSDR platform driver.
Please check Amarisoft SDR documentation delivered within package.

If you don’t have and need one of these drivers, please contact customer@amarisoft.com and ask for it.

8.5 LTE cell configuration

8.5.1 Basic parameters

These parameters are the most important ones and must usually be modified when a new cell is added.

plmn_listcell_list.plmn_list

Array of objects or strings. List of PLMNs broadcasted by the eNodeB. At most 6 PLMNs are supported. Each element of the array is either a PLMN (5 or 6 digit string) or an object containing the following properties:

plmncell_list.plmn_list.plmn

String. PLMN (5 or 6 digits).

reservedcell_list.plmn_list.reserved

Boolean. True if the cell is reserved for operator use.

cp_ciot_optcell_list.plmn_list.cp_ciot_opt

Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates if PLMN supports CP-CIoT EPS optimisation.

attach_without_pdncell_list.plmn_list.attach_without_pdn

Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates if PLMN supports attach without PDN connectivity.

allow_upper_layer_indcell_list.plmn_list.allow_upper_layer_ind

Optional boolean (default = true). Indicates if upperLayerIndication-r15 is allowed for this PLMN or not. If set to true and if NR cells are defined in en_dc_scg_cell_list, upperLayerIndication-r15 is set to true.

When reserved is not provided, its default value is false.

plmn_list_5gccell_list.plmn_list_5gc

Optional list of objects. List of PLMNs broadcasted by the ng-eNodeB. At most 6 PLMNs are supported. Each object contains the following properties:

plmn_idscell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids

Array of objects. The array can contain up to 6 PLMNs. Each object contains the following properties:

plmncell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.plmn

String. PLMN (5 or 6 digits).

reservedcell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.reserved

Boolean. True if the cell is reserved for operator use.

cp_ciot_optcell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.cp_ciot_opt

Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates if PLMN supports CP-CIoT 5GS optimisation.

taccell_list.plmn_list_5gc.tac

Integer (range 1 to 0xFFFFFF, except 0xFFFFFE). Tracking Area Code of the cell.

ranaccell_list.plmn_list_5gc.ranac

Optional integer (range 0 to 255). If present, sets the RAN Area Code.

nssaicell_list.plmn_list_5gc.nssai

Optional array of objects. List of supported S-NSSAIs.
Default content is sst: 1 (eMBB).
Each object will set a S-NSSAI value as defined below:

sstcell_list.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sst

Integer (range 0 to 255). Slice Service Type.

sdcell_list.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sd

Optional integer (range 0 to 0xFFFFFE). Slice Differentiator.

eutra_5gc_onlycell_list.eutra_5gc_only

Optional boolean (default = false). It plmn_list_5gc is present and if this parameter is set to true, EUTRA/EPC access is barred and only EUTRA/5GC access is allowed.

dl_earfcncell_list.dl_earfcn

Range: 0 to 262143. Set the DL EARFCN. See https://www.sqimway.com/lte_band.php to convert between the center frequency and EARFCN. When several cells share the same radio front end, the difference of their center DL frequency should be a mutiple of 300 kHz to minimize the interferences and the CPU usage (i.e. the difference of their DL EARFCN must be a multiple of 3). Also, the difference between the DL center frequency of each cell and the average of DL center frequencies must be a multiple of 15 kHz.

ul_earfcncell_list.ul_earfcn

Optional. Range: -1 to 262143. Set the UL EARFCN. -1 means that the cell is configured as DL only. If not provided, the default DL/UL gap is used. ul-CarrierFreq in SIB2 is automatically set to the corresponding value. When several cells share the same radio front end, the difference of their center UL frequency should be a mutiple of 300 kHz to minimize the interferences and the CPU usage (i.e. the difference of their UL EARFCN must be a multiple of 3). Also, the difference between the UL center frequency of each cell and the average of UL center frequencies must be a multiple of 15 kHz.

n_antenna_dlcell_list.n_antenna_dl

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4 or 8. Number of DL antennas. It must be the same for all NB-IoT and LTE cells sharing the same RF port. Currently 1 (SISO) 2 (MIMO 2x2) or 4 (MIMO 4x4) are supported.

n_antenna_ulcell_list.n_antenna_ul

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4 or 8. Number of UL antennas. It must be the same for all NB-IoT and LTE cells sharing the same RF port.

n_antenna_pbchcell_list.n_antenna_pbch

Optional enumeration: 1, 2 or 4 (default = n_antenna_dl). Number of PBCH antennas. Must be <= n_antenna_dl.

rf_portcell_list.rf_port

Optional integer (default = 0). This parameter selects the RF port when several cells on different RF interfaces or RF bands are handled by the eNodeB. The number of supported RF ports depends on the radio head. For example, each PCIe card or N210 counts as one RF port.

multi_band_listcell_list.multi_band_list

Optional array of integers. List the additional bands supported by the cell, in decreasing priority order (MFBI feature). The downlink and uplink frequency of the cell must exist in all these bands.

freq_band_indicator_prioritycell_list.freq_band_indicator_priority

Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates the prioritization of the frequency bands in multiBandInfoList over the band in freqBandIndicator in SIB1. Only used when multi_band_list is set.

cell_idcell_list.cell_id

Range: 0 to 1023. 7 bit (long macro eNB), 8 bit (macro eNB) or 10 bit (short macro eNB) cell identifier. The 28 bit E-UTRAN cell identity is the concatenation of enb_id and cell_id.

taccell_list.tac

Range: range 1 to 0xFFFF, except 0xFFFE. Tracking Area Code of the cell.

csg_indicationcell_list.csg_indication

Optional boolean (default = false). SIB1 csg-Indication parameter.

csg_idcell_list.csg_id

Optional integer in range 0 to 0x7FFFFFF. Identity of the Closed Subscriber Group the cell belongs to. Must be present if csg_indication is set to true.

n_id_cellcell_list.n_id_cell

Range: 0 to 503. Physical cell identifier. Each neighbour cell operating on the same frequency must have a different physical cell identifier modulo 3.

root_sequence_indexcell_list.root_sequence_index

Range: 0 to 837. Set the PRACH root sequence index (SIB2.rootSequenceIndex field). It must be different for each neighbour cell operating on the same frequency and sharing the same PRACH configuration.

prach_config_indexcell_list.prach_config_index

Optional integer: Range: -1 to 63 (default = -1). Set the PRACH configuration index. The special value -1 indicates to take the value from the SIB2 (legacy case).

prach_freq_offsetcell_list.prach_freq_offset

Optional integer. Range: -2 to n_rb_ul - 6 (default = -2). Set the PRACH frequency offset. The special value -2 indicates to take the value from the SIB2 (legacy case). The special value -1 indicates to automatically set it.

ncell_listcell_list.ncell_list

Optional array of objects. List of neighbour EUTRA or NR cells. Used to convert the physical cell identity and EARFCN or NR SSB ARFCN to a cell identity in case of handover or cell redirection. Each neighbour cell is defined by the following properties:

ratcell_list.ncell_list.rat

Optional enumeration (eutra or nr, default = eutra). Radio access technology for this neighbor cell. If set to nr the other properties must match a NR cell description. See NR ncell_list.

n_id_cellcell_list.ncell_list.n_id_cell

Integer. Range: 0 to 503. Physical cell identity.

dl_earfcncell_list.ncell_list.dl_earfcn

Optional integer. Range 0 to 262143. DL EARFCN. If not present, it is assumed to be the same as the current cell.

plmncell_list.ncell_list.plmn

Optional string. PLMN of the Global eNodeB-ID and E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier (5 or 6 digits). The default is the same PLMN as the eNB.

cell_idcell_list.ncell_list.cell_id

Integer. 28 bit E-UTRAN cell identity. Concatenation of enb_id and cell_id.

taicell_list.ncell_list.tai

Optional array of 1 to 6 objects. Allows to define multiple TAIs support in the eNB neighbor cell. It is useful for MOCN deployments. Each object contains the following properties:

taccell_list.ncell_list.tai.tac

Integer (range 1 to 0xFFFF, except 0xFFFE). Tracking Area Code.

plmncell_list.ncell_list.tai.plmn

String. PLMN of the target cell TAI.

taccell_list.ncell_list.tac

Optional integer (range 1 to 0xFFFF, except 0xFFFE). Tracking Area Code. Must be present if the neighbor cell belongs to an eNB and if tai is not present. Can be absent if tac_5gc is present.

tac_plmncell_list.ncell_list.tac_plmn

Optional string. PLMN of the target cell TAI. If not present and if tai is not present, the current UE PLMN is used.

csg_idcell_list.ncell_list.csg_id

Optional integer in range 0 to 0x7FFFFFF. Identity of the Closed Subscriber Group the cell belongs to.

csg_hybridcell_list.ncell_list.csg_hybrid

Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates if the cell is a CSG hybrid cell.

tai_5gccell_list.ncell_list.tai_5gc

Optional array of 1 to 6 objects. Allows to define multiple TAIs support in the ng-eNB neighbor cell. It is useful for MOCN deployments. Each object contains the following properties:

taccell_list.ncell_list.tai_5gc.tac

Integer (range 1 to 0xFFFFFF, except 0xFFFFFE). Tracking Area Code.

plmncell_list.ncell_list.tai_5gc.plmn

String. PLMN of the target cell TAI.

tac_5gccell_list.ncell_list.tac_5gc

Optional integer (range 1 to 0xFFFFFF, except 0xFFFFFE). Must be present if the neighbor cell belongs to a ng-eNB and if tai_5gc is not present.

tac_5gc_plmncell_list.ncell_list.tac_5gc_plmn

Optional string. PLMN of the target cell TAI if it belongs to a ng-eNB. If not present and if tai_5gc is not present, the current UE PLMN is used.

typecell_list.ncell_list.type

Optional string. Can be "macro" (default) for macro eNB, "short_macro" for short macro eNB, "long_macro" for long macro eNB or "home" for home eNB. Only used for S1 handover.

allowed_meas_bandwidthcell_list.ncell_list.allowed_meas_bandwidth

Optional integer 6, 15, 25, 50, 75 or 100. Defines the allowed measurement bandwidth to be used for this cell. If the field is not present, it uses the serving cell downlink bandwidth.

antenna_port_1cell_list.ncell_list.antenna_port_1

Optional boolean. Indicates if antenna port 1 is used by the cell. If the field is not present, it uses the serving cell configuration.

neigh_cell_configcell_list.ncell_list.neigh_cell_config

Optional integer, range 0 to 3, default to 1 (means ’no MBSFN subframes are present in all neighbour cells’). Sets the neighbour cell information as specified in 3GPP TS 36.331. It must be the same for all cells belonging to the same frequency. The allowed values are:

IndexDescription
0Not all neighbour cells have the same MBSFN subframe allocation as the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and as the PCell otherwise
1No MBSFN subframes are present in all neighbour cells
2The MBSFN subframe allocations of all neighbour cells are identical to or subsets of that in the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and of that in the PCell otherwise
3Different UL/DL allocation in neighbouring cells for TDD compared to the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and compared to the PCell otherwise
individual_offsetcell_list.ncell_list.individual_offset

Optional enumeration: -24, -22, -20, -18, -16, -14, -12, -10, -8, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 or 24. Individual offset in dB given to the UE in the Measurement Object for the corresponding cell.

multi_band_listcell_list.ncell_list.multi_band_list

Optional array of integers. List the additional bands supported by the cell, in decreasing priority order (MFBI feature). The downlink and uplink frequency of the cell must exist in all these bands. If not present, it will take the multi_band_list configuration from the LTE serving cell if both cells are in the same band.

eps_fallback_targetcell_list.ncell_list.eps_fallback_target

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, this cell is considered as the EUTRA target for NR EPS fallback procedure (handover or redirection). Only one cell should be configured with true.

emergency_fallback_targetcell_list.ncell_list.emergency_fallback_target

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, this cell is considered as the EUTRA target for NR emergency fallback procedure (handover or redirection). Only one cell should be configured with true.

handover_targetcell_list.ncell_list.handover_target

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, this cell is considered for handover purpose. If set to false, no handover is triggered towards this cell.

cell_redirect_targetcell_list.ncell_list.cell_redirect_target

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, this cell is considered for redirection purpose. If set to false, no redirection is triggered towards this cell.

direct_forwarding_availablecell_list.ncell_list.direct_forwarding_available

Optional boolean (default = true). Defines if a direct path is available between eNBs for user data forwarding during a S1AP handover

n_rb_dlcell_list.n_rb_dl

Integer. Range: 6 to 100. Set the number of DL resource blocks. The corresponding LTE bandwidth can be deduced from the following table:

#Bandwidth
61.4 MHz
153 MHz
255 MHz
5010 MHz
7515 MHz
10020 MHz

Note: It is always necessary to modify the SIB2 when changing the LTE bandwidth.

n_rb_ulcell_list.n_rb_ul

Optional integer. Range: 6 to 100. Set the number of UL resource blocks. If not present, the value is retrieved from the SIB2 freqInfo/ul-Bandwidth field if present, and is set to n_rb_dl otherwise.

8.5.2 Advanced parameters

cell_gaincell_list.cell_gain

Optional float (default = 0). Downlink cell gain in dB. Must be between -200 and 0 (included). Note: it is not taken into account to set SIB2.referenceSignalPower.

rx_epre_in_dbfscell_list.rx_epre_in_dbfs

Optional boolean (default = false). In the logs, the EPRE (Energy Per Resource Element) is displayed in dBm if the RF interface provides its reference receive power and if rx_epre_in_dbfs = false. Otherwise it is displayed in dBFS (Decibels relative to Full Scale).

rx_epre_offsetcell_list.rx_epre_offset

Optional float (default = 0). Offset in dB applied to all the receive EPRE measurements.

manual_ref_signal_powercell_list.manual_ref_signal_power

Optional boolean (default = false). If the RF interface provides its transmit power, then SIB2.referenceSignalPower is automatically set. If manual_ref_signal_power is true, then SIB2.referenceSignalPower is never automatically set by the eNodeB.

cyclic_prefixcell_list.cyclic_prefix

Enumeration: normal or extended. Set the DL cyclic prefix.

uldl_configcell_list.uldl_config

(TDD only) Range: 0 to 6. TDD frame configuration.

sp_configcell_list.sp_config

(TDD only) Range: 0 to 9. TDD special subframe configuration. The special subframe 7 (with extended cyclic prefix) and 9 (with normal cyclic prefix) from the release 11 are supported.

subframe_offsetcell_list.subframe_offset

Optional integer (default = 0). Normally all cells have their subframe number temporally aligned. This parameters adds a cell specific subframe offset.

power_p_synccell_list.power_p_sync

Optional float (default = p-a). Set the relative power in dB of the Primary Synchronization Signal.

power_s_synccell_list.power_s_sync

Optional float (default = p-a). Set the relative power in dB of Secondary Synchronization Signal.

power_pcfichcell_list.power_pcfich

Optional float (default = p-a). Set the relative power in dB of PCFICH.

power_pbchcell_list.power_pbch

Optional float (default = p-a). Set the relative power in dB of PBCH.

power_phichcell_list.power_phich

Optional float (default = p-a). Set the relative power in dB of PHICH.

power_pdcchcell_list.power_pdcch

Optional float (default = p-a). Set the relative power in dB of PDCCH.

power_pdsch_sicell_list.power_pdsch_si

Optional float (default = p-a). Set the relative power in dB of PDSCH when transmitting SI/RA/P-RNTI information.

power_pmchcell_list.power_pmch

Optional float (default = p-a). Set the relative power in dB of PMCH (MBMS).

phich_durationcell_list.phich_duration

Enumeration: normal or extended. Set the PHICH duration.

phich_resourcecell_list.phich_resource

Enumeration: 1/6, 1/2, 1 or 2. Set the PHICH resource.

sib1cell_list.sib1

Optional ASN.1 property. SIB1 content. The fields plmn-Identity, trackingAreaCode, cellIdentity and freqBandIndicator are automatically modified by the eNodeB.
If the sib1 property is not present, the SIB1 is built from the JSON configuration.

cell_barredcell_list.cell_barred

Boolean or string (true, false or "auto"). Value of SIB1.cellBarred. If set to "auto", the cell is barred when there is no connection with a core network for any of the PLMNs broadcast. Ignored if sib1 is present.

intra_freq_reselectioncell_list.intra_freq_reselection

Boolean. Value of SIB1.intraFreqReselection. Ignored if sib1 is present.

q_rx_lev_mincell_list.q_rx_lev_min

Integer. Value of SIB1.q-RxLevMin. Ignored if sib1 is present.

q_rx_lev_min_offsetcell_list.q_rx_lev_min_offset

Optional integer (default = 0). Value of SIB1.q-RxLevMinOffset. The value 0 disables the field. Ignored if sib1 is present.

q_qual_mincell_list.q_qual_min

Optional integer. Value of SIB1.cellSelectionInfo-v920.q-QualMin-r9. Ignored if sib1 is present.

q_qual_min_offsetcell_list.q_qual_min_offset

Optional integer (default = 0). Value of SIB1.cellSelectionInfo-v920.q-QualMinOffset-r9. Only applicable when q_qual_min is present. The value 0 disables the field. Ignored if sib1 is present.

p_maxcell_list.p_max

Optional integer. Value of SIB1.p-Max. Ignored if sib1 is present.

si_value_tagcell_list.si_value_tag

Range: 0 to 31. Increment modulo 32 if SI is modified. Ignored if sib1 is present.

si_window_lengthcell_list.si_window_length

Integer. SI window length in ms. Ignored if sib1 is present.

sib25cell_list.sib25

Optional object used to configure the SIB 25. It contains the following fields:

si_periodicitycell_list.sib25.si_periodicity

Optional enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 (default = 32). Sets the periodicity (in frames) of the transmission of SIB 25.

uac_barring_infocell_list.sib25.uac_barring_info

Optional object containing the configuration of SIB25.
See uac_barring_info.

sib_sched_listcell_list.sib_sched_list

Array of ASN.1 properties. Each entry contains the content of one SI scheduling slot. The first entry must contain the SIB2 except for MBMS dedicated cell. Each object contains the following properties:

filename, content, content_type

See ASN.1 property, BCCH-DL-SCH-Message RRC message type.

si_periodicitycell_list.sib_sched_list.si_periodicity

Enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512. SI periodicity in Radio Frames. This field should not be not present if the sib1 property is present because the corresponding value comes from the SIB1 content.

si_coderatecell_list.si_coderate

Float. Maximum code rate for System Information Blocks (SIBs).

rar_coderatecell_list.rar_coderate

Optional float. Maximum code rate for Random Access Response (RAR) (default = same as si_coderate).

paging_coderatecell_list.paging_coderate

Optional float. Maximum code rate for paging messages (default = same as si_coderate).

paging_cat0_coderatecell_list.paging_cat0_coderate

Optional float. Maximum code rate for paging messages for category 0 UEs (default = same as paging_coderate).

si_pdcch_formatcell_list.si_pdcch_format

Range: 2 to 3. Log2 of the number of CCEs for PDCCH for SIBs.

rar_pdcch_formatcell_list.rar_pdcch_format

Optional. Range: 2 to 3. Log2 of the number of CCEs for PDCCH for RAR (default = same as si_pdcch_format).

paging_pdcch_formatcell_list.paging_pdcch_format

Optional. Range: 2 to 3. Log2 of the number of CCEs for PDCCH for paging (default = same as si_pdcch_format).

paging_cat0_pdcch_formatcell_list.paging_cat0_pdcch_format

Optional. Range: 2 to 3. Log2 of the number of CCEs for PDCCH for paging for category 0 UEs (default = same as paging_pdcch_format).

rar_backoff_indexcell_list.rar_backoff_index

Optional. Range: -1 to 15. If set to -1, no Backoff Indicator is sent in the Random Access Response message. Values 0 to 15 refer to the index of table 7.2-1 found in 3GPP TS 36.321.

sib_sfn_offsetcell_list.sib_sfn_offset

Optional array of integer. If present, set the offsets of the SIBs in the SI window. At most 4 offsets are allowed. If it not present, the eNodeB uses default values.

n_symb_cchcell_list.n_symb_cch

Range: 0 to 4. Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH. 0 means to automatically adjust the number of OFDM symbols. 0 should not be used in a cell where cross carrier PDCCH signalling is enabled.

half_duplex_uecell_list.half_duplex_ue

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the support of HD-FDD UEs is enabled. Because it introduces some restrictions in the choice of scheduling parameters and because HD-FDD UEs are not commercially deployed, the feature is disabled by default.

allow_cat0_uecell_list.allow_cat0_ue

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, category 0 UEs (release 12) can connect to the eNodeB. The corresponding SIB1 field is set and the scheduler takes the category 0 UE scheduling restrictions into account.

edrxcell_list.edrx

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, extended idle mode DRX support is activated in the cell, and Hyper System Frame Number value is scheduled in SIB1.

pdcch_order_prachcell_list.pdcch_order_prach

Optional enumeration (none, cb_random, cf_given, default = none). Defines possibility to trigger a PDCCH order PRACH either with random preamble (ra-PreambleIndex = 0), or dedicated contention-free preamble.
PDDCH order PRACH is currently not supported for BR UEs. PDCCH order PRACH is triggered when a UE reaches ul_max_consecutive_retx or dl_max_consecutive_retx, or via a call the pdcch_order_prach API or monitor command.

distributed_vrbcell_list.distributed_vrb

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enable distributed VRB allocation for PDSCH. It is supported only with transmission modes 1, 2, 5 or 6. It cannot be used with BR UEs nor with in-band NB-IoT cells.

use_n_gap_2cell_list.use_n_gap_2

Optional boolean (default = false). Force n_gap_2 usage with distributed VRB allocation. It is meaningful only if distributed_vrb is true and if n_rb_dl >= 50.

use_dci_1ccell_list.use_dci_1c

Optional boolean (default = false). Force the use of DCI 1C for SI information, RAR and paging. It is allowed only if distributed_vrb is true.

tb_swap_flagcell_list.tb_swap_flag

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the tb_swap_flag DCI field is set to a random value for testing. Otherwise it is set to 0.

pdsch_dedicatedcell_list.pdsch_dedicated

Object. PDSCH dedicated configuration. Currently shared by all UEs. The following properties are defined:

p_acell_list.pdsch_dedicated.p_a

Optional enumeration: -6, -4.77, -3, -1.77, 0, 1, 2, 3. Set the p_a parameter which sets the PDSCH average power. The default value is set to 0 (resp. -3, -6) dB when n_antenna_pbch = 1 (resp. 2, 4).

p_bcell_list.pdsch_dedicated.p_b

Optional integer. Range: -2 to 3 (default = -2). The special value -2 indicates to take the value from the SIB2 (legacy case). The special value -1 indicates to automatically set it depending on the number of contigured PBCH antennas.

dmrscell_list.pdsch_dedicated.dmrs

Optional array of 2 integers. Range: 0 to 503. Specifies the DMRS scrambling identity when transmission mode 10 is used (release 11).

qcl_operationcell_list.pdsch_dedicated.qcl_operation

Optional enumeration: typeA or typeB (default = typeB). Select the PDSCH Quasi Co-Location parameter when transmission mode 10 is used (release 11). Note that this parameter does not modify the eNodeB behavior, it just changes the value of the corresponding RRC field.

tbs_index_altcell_list.pdsch_dedicated.tbs_index_alt

Optional boolean (default = false). Enable TBS index 26A (64QAM) or 33A (256QAM/1024QAM) for DCI 2C/2D (TM9/10).

tbs_index_alt2cell_list.pdsch_dedicated.tbs_index_alt2

Optional boolean (default = false). Enable TBS index 33B (256QAM/1024QAM) for DCI 1/1B/2/2A (TM0/1/2/3/4/6).

tbs_index_alt3cell_list.pdsch_dedicated.tbs_index_alt3

Optional boolean (default = false). Enable TBS index 37A (1024QAM) for DCI 2C/2D (TM9/10).

pdcch_formatcell_list.pdcch_format

Optional. Range: 0 to 3. If defined, force for number of CCEs for UE specific PDCCH to 2^pdcch_format. Otherwise it is computed from the reported CQI.

initial_cqicell_list.initial_cqi

Range: 1 to 15. This CQI value is assumed when none is received from the UE.

pucch_dedicatedcell_list.pucch_dedicated

Optional object. PUCCH configuration.

cqi_pucch_n_rbcell_list.pucch_dedicated.cqi_pucch_n_rb

Optional integer (default = -1). Number of resource blocks reserved for PUCCH 2 (periodic CQI). SIB2.nRB-CQI is automatically set from it. The special value -1 indicates to deduce cqi_pucch_n_rb from SIB2.nRB-CQI (legacy case).

n1_pucch_sr_countcell_list.pucch_dedicated.n1_pucch_sr_count

Optional integer (default = -1). Number of PUCCH 1 resources reserved for Scheduling Requests. They are mapped before the PUCCH 1 ack/nack resources. SIB2.n1PUCCH-AN is automatically computed from it. The special value -1 indicates to deduce n1_pucch_sr_count from SIB2.n1PUCCH-AN (legacy case).

tdd_ack_nack_feedback_modecell_list.pucch_dedicated.tdd_ack_nack_feedback_mode

(TDD only) Enumeration: bundling or multiplexing. Define the ACK/NACK feedback mode for TDD.

tdd_ack_nack_feedback_mode_r10cell_list.pucch_dedicated.tdd_ack_nack_feedback_mode_r10

(TDD only) Optional enumeration: bundling, multiplexing, cs, pucch3. Select the ACK/NACK feedback mode for release 10 TDD UE. cs means channel selection. By default it is set to cs if tdd_ack_nack_feedback_mode is set to multiplexing otherwise to bundling.

ack_nack_feedback_mode_cacell_list.pucch_dedicated.ack_nack_feedback_mode_ca

Optional enumeration: cs, pucch3. Select the ACK/NACK feedback mode when two serving cells are enabled (carrier aggregation). When more than two serving cells are enabled, pucch3 is always used.

ack_nack_r13cell_list.pucch_dedicated.ack_nack_r13

Optional object to configure release 13 ACK NACK modes for CA, with the RRC IE PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-r13. If omitted, all the parameters are set to default, so release 13 configuration will be used when a UE has more than 5 serving cells. It contains the following parameters:

n_scells_thresholdcell_list.pucch_dedicated.ack_nack_r13.n_scells_threshold

Optional integer (range: 2 to 6, default = 6). Number of serving cells at which release 13 ACK/NACK configuration is used.

cbs_determinationcell_list.pucch_dedicated.ack_nack_r13.cbs_determination

Optional enumeration: cc or dai (default = cc). Sets the codebooksizeDetermination-r13 parameter.

pucch_spatial_bundlingcell_list.pucch_dedicated.ack_nack_r13.pucch_spatial_bundling

Optional boolean (default = true). Sets the spatialBundlingPUCCH-r13 parameter.

pusch_spatial_bundlingcell_list.pucch_dedicated.ack_nack_r13.pusch_spatial_bundling

Optional boolean (default = true). Sets the spatialBundlingPUSCH-r13 parameter.

n1_pucch_an_cs_countcell_list.pucch_dedicated.n1_pucch_an_cs_count

Optional integer (default = 0). Select the number of PUCCH 1 resources used for PUCCH 1B channel selection. It is only useful when ack_nack_feedback_mode_ca is set to cs. This value limits the number of UEs which can be scheduled in the same TTI while doing carrier aggregation.

n3_pucch_an_n_rbcell_list.pucch_dedicated.n3_pucch_an_n_rb

Optional integer (default = 0). Select the number of UL resources blocks reserved for PUCCH 3 signalling. It is only necessary if PUCCH 3 ACK/NACK feedback is selected for carrier aggregation or TDD.

n1_pucch_an_rep_countcell_list.pucch_dedicated.n1_pucch_an_rep_count

Optional integer (default = 0). Number of PUCCH 1 resources reserved for PUCCH ACK/NACK repetitions. If set to a non-zro value, an_rep_ul_snr_threshold and an_rep_factor are expected to configure the ACK/NACK repetition feature.

an_rep_ul_snr_thresholdcell_list.pucch_dedicated.an_rep_ul_snr_threshold

Optional float (range -6.0 to 40.0). Mandatory if n1_pucch_an_rep_count is set, ignored otherwise. UL SNR threshold below which an UE will be configured with PUCCH ACK/NACK repetition. The UL SNR is monitored only during the first instant of the RRC connection.

an_rep_factorcell_list.pucch_dedicated.an_rep_factor

Optional enumeration (2, 4 or 6). Mandatory if n1_pucch_an_rep_count is set, ignored otherwise. Repetition factor for ACK/NACK when ACK/NACK repetition is configured.

prach_detect_thresholdcell_list.prach_detect_threshold

Optional float. Set the PRACH SNR detection threshold in dB.

pucch1_sr_detect_thresholdcell_list.pucch1_sr_detect_threshold

Optional float. SNR threshold in dB to filter Scheduling Request detection in PUCCH format 1/1A/1B.

pucch1_an_detect_thresholdcell_list.pucch1_an_detect_threshold

Optional float. SNR threshold in dB to filter HARQ ACK/NACK detection in PUCCH format 1/1A/1B.

pucch2_detect_thresholdcell_list.pucch2_detect_threshold

Optional float. SNR threshold in dB to filter PUCCH format 2/2A/2B.

pucch3_detect_thresholdcell_list.pucch3_detect_threshold

Optional float. SNR threshold in dB to filter PUCCH format 3.

pusch_dedicatedcell_list.pusch_dedicated

Object. PUSCH dedicated configuration. Currently shared by all UEs. The following properties are defined:

beta_offset_ack_indexcell_list.pusch_dedicated.beta_offset_ack_index

Range: 0 to 15.

beta_offset_ri_indexcell_list.pusch_dedicated.beta_offset_ri_index

Range: 0 to 12.

beta_offset_cqi_indexcell_list.pusch_dedicated.beta_offset_cqi_index

Range: 2 to 15.

dmrs_with_occcell_list.pusch_dedicated.dmrs_with_occ

Optional boolean (default = false). Enables the Activate-DMRS-with OCC feature, to be used with cyclic_shift_dci.

pusch_msg3_delta_powercell_list.pusch_msg3_delta_power

Optional. Range: -6 to 8 (default = 0). Relative power for Msg3 (=CCCH RRC Connection Request) in dB. It is internally rounded to an even value.

pusch_hopping_offsetcell_list.pusch_hopping_offset

Optional integer (default = -2). Set the value of SIB2.pusch-HoppingOffset. The special value -2 indicates to keep the value from the SIB2 (legacy case). The special value -1 indicates to compute it from the reserved PUCCH resources.

pusch_hopping_typecell_list.pusch_hopping_type

Optional integer (default = 0). Range: 0 to 2. Use 0 for no PUSCH frequency hopping. 1 for hopping type 1, 2 for hopping type 2.

pusch_hopping_indexcell_list.pusch_hopping_index

Optional integer (default = 0). Select the hopping index transmitted in DCI 0. This parameter only matters for hopping type 1 with n_rb_ul >= 50.

pusch_msg3_mcscell_list.pusch_msg3_mcs

Range: 0 to 15. MCS for Msg3 (=CCCH RRC Connection Request).

pusch_mcscell_list.pusch_mcs

Integer or array of integers (range: -1 to 28). The length of the array must divide 10. Force the PUSCH MCS (test feature). If an array is provided, it provides the PUSCH MCS for each subframe. Use -1 not to force the MCS in a given subframe.

pusch_fixed_rb_alloccell_list.pusch_fixed_rb_alloc

Optional boolean or array of booleans. The length of the array must divide 10. Force fixed PUSCH RB allocation in all or a selected set of subframes. If an array is provided, a value true at the index value i of the array indicates that a fixed PUSCH RB allocation is used in subframe number i.

The parameters pusch_fixed_rb_start and pusch_fixed_l_crb are used for the fixed allocation. pusch_fixed_l_crb must be of the form 2^n1*3^n2*5^n3. PUSCH are allocated only if they don’t overlap with PUCCH or PRACH, so care must be taken when defining the range. In some cases, PUSCH retranmissions may use other RBs.

pusch_fixed_rb_startcell_list.pusch_fixed_rb_start

Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 10. First RB for fixed PUSCH allocation. If an array is provided, it gives the first RB for each subframe (see pusch_fixed_rb_alloc).

For a cell configured for category M1 UEs, pusch_fixed_rb_start and pusch_fixed_l_crb give the allocation inside a narrow band (hence pusch_fixed_rb_start + pusch_fixed_l_crb <= 6).

pusch_fixed_l_crbcell_list.pusch_fixed_l_crb

Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 10. Number of consecutive RBs for fixed PUSCH allocation. If an array is provided, it gives the number of consecutive RBs for each subframe (see pusch_fixed_rb_alloc).

pusch_fixed_rb_forcedcell_list.pusch_fixed_rb_forced

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB schedules the PUSCH with fixed RB allocation even if it collides with PUCCH/PRACH or another PUSCH.

pusch_multi_clustercell_list.pusch_multi_cluster

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enable multi-cluster PUSCH resource allocation for the UEs supporting it (release 10). Note: this is a UE test feature, so the multi cluster allocation is not optimized by the scheduler.

pusch_max_mcscell_list.pusch_max_mcs

Optional integer. Range: 0 to 28 (default = 28). CPU load limitation: maximum MCS allocated by the eNodeB for PUSCH. Smaller MCS give a smaller bitrate and a smaller CPU load. For LTE cells only.

pusch_max_itscell_list.pusch_max_its

Optional integer. Range 1 to 20 (default = 6). CPU load limitation: set the maximum number of iterations of the turbo decoder. A higher value gives a lower frame error rate but a higher CPU load. For LTE cells only.

force_adaptive_retransmissioncell_list.force_adaptive_retransmission

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the eNB will request a PUSCH retransmission using a DCI instead of PHICH.

force_full_bsrcell_list.force_full_bsr

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB considers the UE always indicates a full buffer size. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for PUSCH transmission.

force_dl_schedulecell_list.force_dl_schedule

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB considers there is always DL data waiting for transmission. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for PDSCH transmission.

pdsch_mcscell_list.pdsch_mcs

Integer or array of integers (range: -1 to 28). The length of the array must divide 20. Force the PDSCH MCS (test feature). If an array is set, it provides the PDSCH MCS for each subframe. Use -1 not to force the MCS in a given subframe.

pdsch_mcs_from_cqicell_list.pdsch_mcs_from_cqi

Integer or array of 16 integers (range: -1 to 28). Force the PDSCH MCS (test feature).
If an array is set, it provides the PDSCH MCS according to the CQI reported by UE. Use -1 not to force the MCS for a given CQI.

pdsch_fixed_rb_alloccell_list.pdsch_fixed_rb_alloc

Optional boolean or array of booleans. The length of the array must divide 20. Force fixed PDSCH RB allocation using the parameters pdsch_fixed_rb_start and pdsch_fixed_l_crb. If an array is provided, it selects the fixed PDSCH allocation for each subframe.

For a cell configured for category M1 UEs, fixed PDSCH RB allocation is only possible in subframes where the PDSCH MCS is fixed (see pdsch_mcs).

pdsch_fixed_rb_startcell_list.pdsch_fixed_rb_start

Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 20. First RB for fixed PDSCH allocation (see pdsch_fixed_rb_alloc). If an array is provided, it provides the first RB for each subframe.

For a cell configured for category M1 UEs, pdsch_fixed_rb_start and pdsch_fixed_l_crb give the allocation inside a narrow band (hence pdsch_fixed_rb_start + pdsch_fixed_l_crb <= 6).

pdsch_fixed_l_crbcell_list.pdsch_fixed_l_crb

Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 20. Number of consecutive RBs for fixed PDSCH allocation (see pdsch_fixed_rb_alloc). If an array is provided, it provides the consecutive RBs for each subframe.

sr_ignore_countcell_list.sr_ignore_count

Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive Scheduling Request are ignored by the eNB or gNB.

rach_ignore_countcell_list.rach_ignore_count

Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive RACH attempts are ignored by the eNB or gNB.

mac_crnti_ce_ignore_countcell_list.mac_crnti_ce_ignore_count

Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive MAC C-RNTI control elements are ignored by the eNB or gNB.

dummy_ue_contention_resolution_idcell_list.dummy_ue_contention_resolution_id

Optional boolean. If set to true, a wrong MAC UE Contention Resolution Identity control element will be sent in the Msg4, rather than the one matching the UE Msg3 content.

rrc_procedure_filtercell_list.rrc_procedure_filter

Optional object. Allows to define the eNB behavior for a list of RRC procedures.
Each property name represents a RRC procedure. The ones currently supported are rrc_connection_request, rrc_connection_reestablishment_request and scg_failure_information_nr.
Each property value is an object containing the following fields:

actioncell_list.rrc_procedure_filter.action

Enumeration (treat (UE message is processed), ignore (UE message is ignored) or reject (UE message is rejected))

ttlcell_list.rrc_procedure_filter.ttl

Optional integer. If set, the reject of ignore filter is applied ttl times. If not set, the filter is applied until it is modified.

By default all procedures are treated.

Example: 

rrc_procedure_filter: {
    rrc_connection_request: {
        action: "treat"
    },
    rrc_connection_reestablishment_request: {
        action: "reject",
        ttl: 1
    }
}
transmission_modecell_list.transmission_mode

Optional. Range: 1 to 6 (default = 1). Set the DL transmission mode (same for all UEs). The values of 1 and 2 are equivalent and automatically adjusted to 1 or 2 depending on the number of DL antennas. The corresponding transmission modes are:

ValueDescription
1Single antenna port.
2Transmit diversity.
3Large delay CDD.
4Closed-loop spatial multiplexing.
5Multi-user MIMO.
6Closed-loop spatial multiplexing using single transmission layer.

Notes:

  • Transmission modes 2 to 6 are only usable when n_antenna_pbch >= 2 (more than one DL antenna).
  • Transmission modes 3 and 4 need rank indicator reporting for proper operation (see the m_ri parameter).
  • The current MAC scheduler does not schedule several UE at the same time when using transmission mode 5.
codebook_subset_restrictioncell_list.codebook_subset_restriction

Optional string. Bit string giving the allowed code book indexes for transmission modes 3, 4, 5, 6. The number of bits is given by TS.36 213 table 7.2-1b. The default value is all ones (i.e. all code book indexes are allowed).

transmission_mode_optcell_list.transmission_mode_opt

Optional integer (default = 0). Range: 0 or 7 to 10. If the UE supports the indicated transmission mode, it is enabled with the first RRC connection reconfiguration. The value 0 is used to keep the initial transmission mode selected by transmission_mode. The available optional transmission modes are:

ValueDescription
7Antenna port 5 (UE specific, release 8).
8Dual layers, antenna ports 7 and 8 (UE specific, release 9).
9Up to 8 layers, antenna ports 7 to 14 (UE specific, release 10).
10Up to 8 layers, antenna ports 7 to 14 (UE specific, CoMP, release 11).

The transmission modes 8, 9 and 10 require at least two DL antennas and need rank indicator reporting for proper operation (see the m_ri parameter). Moreover transmission modes 9 and 10 need a proper CSI-RS configuration.

codebook_subset_restriction_optcell_list.codebook_subset_restriction_opt

Optional string. Bit string giving the allowed code book indexes for transmission modes 8, 9 or 10. The number of bits depends on the selected transmission mode and number of DL antennas:

ModeNumber of digits
tm8, 2 antennas:6 bits
tm8, 4 antennas:32 bits
tm9 or tm10, 2 antennas:6 bits
tm9 or tm10, 4 antennas:64 bits
tm9 or tm10, 8 antennas:109 bits
n_scidcell_list.n_scid

Optional integer (default = 0). Range 0 to 1. Force the scrambling identifier when antenna ports 7 or 8 are used.

ue_specific_portcell_list.ue_specific_port

Optional integer (default = 7). Range 7 to 8. When single layer transmission is used with transmission mode 8, force the corresponding antenna port.

csi_rs_nzpcell_list.csi_rs_nzp

Optional object or array of objects. Specifies the Non-Zero Power Channel-State Information Reference Signals (CSI-RS) sent by the eNodeB for release 10 UEs. The following fields are defined:

periodcell_list.csi_rs_nzp.period

Enumeration: 5, 10, 20, 40, 80. Period (in ms) of the CSI-RS.

offsetcell_list.csi_rs_nzp.offset

Range: 0 to period - 1. Offset (in ms) of the CSI-RS.

n_antennacell_list.csi_rs_nzp.n_antenna

Integer: 1, 2, 4 or 8. Must be less than the number of DL antennas.

resource_configcell_list.csi_rs_nzp.resource_config

Integer. Selected CSI-RS resource configuration. The exact range depends on the selected cyclic prefix and frame structure. See tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2 from 3GPP TS 36.211.

scrambling_idcell_list.csi_rs_nzp.scrambling_id

Optional integer (range: -1 to 503, default = -1). For release 11 UEs, specify the scrambling identity. -1 indicates to use n_id_cell.

p_ccell_list.csi_rs_nzp.p_c

Range: -8 to 15. Relative power in dB compared to the cell specific reference signal.

When configuring transmission mode 10, a single CSI process is configured using the first NZP CSI-RS and the first CSI-IM. A single re-MappingQCLConfig is configured using the first ZP CSI-RS.

csi_rs_zpcell_list.csi_rs_zp

Optional object or array of objects. Specifies the Zero Power Channel-State Information Reference Signals reserved by the eNodeB for release 10 UEs. The following fields are defined:

periodcell_list.csi_rs_zp.period

Enumeration: 5, 10, 20, 40, 80. Period (in ms) of the CSI-RS ZP.

offsetcell_list.csi_rs_zp.offset

Range: 0 to period - 1. Offset (in ms) of the CSI-RS ZP.

resource_config_listcell_list.csi_rs_zp.resource_config_list

Range: 0 to 65535. Bit mask of the selected zero CSI-RS ZP configurations. The first configuration is in bit 15. The corresponding configurations are given in tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2 from 3GPP TS 36.211 (column with 4 antennas).

csi_rs_imcell_list.csi_rs_im

Optional object or array of objects. Specifies the Channel-State Information Reference Signals reserved by the eNodeB for Interference Measurement for release 11 UEs (CSI-RS IM). The following fields are defined:

periodcell_list.csi_rs_im.period

Enumeration: 5, 10, 20, 40, 80. Period (in ms) of the CSI-RS IM.

offsetcell_list.csi_rs_im.offset

Range: 0 to period - 1. Offset (in ms) of the CSI-RS IM.

resource_configcell_list.csi_rs_im.resource_config

Integer. Selected CSI-RS IM resource configuration. The exact range depends on the selected cyclic prefix and frame structure. See tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2 from 3GPP TS 36.211.

The first CSI-RS IM must completely overlap with the first configured CSI-RS ZP.

dl_256qamcell_list.dl_256qam

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, allow 256QAM DL support for the UE supporting it (release 12).

ul_64qamcell_list.ul_64qam

Optional boolean. If true, allow 64QAM UL support for the UE supporting it (release 12). The SIB2 is modified accordingly. If this property is not present, the values SIB2.enable64QAM and SIB2.enable64QAM-v1270 are used instead.

dl_1024qamcell_list.dl_1024qam

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, allow 1024QAM DL support for the UE supporting it (release 15, UE DL category >= 20). If true, it also implicitely sets dl_256qam to true.

ul_256qamcell_list.ul_256qam

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, allow 256QAM UL support for the UE supporting it (release 14, UL category >= 16).

sr_periodcell_list.sr_period

Enumeration: 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 2, 1, 0. Scheduling Request period in ms. When allowing TypeA half-duplex UEs (i.e when half_duplex_ue is true and br_only is false), the value must be >= 40.
For TypeB or Cat-M half-duplex UEs constraints, please refer to the parameter br_sr_period (See Bandwidth Reduced parameters).
The special value 0 means that no Scheduling Request resource is allocated hence the UE uses a PRACH instead.

forced_sr_offsetcell_list.forced_sr_offset

Optional integer: range -1 to sr_period-1 (default = -1). Forces the scheduling request subframe offset sent to the UE. -1 means that the eNB allocates the value automatically.

dsr_trans_maxcell_list.dsr_trans_max

Optional enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 (default = 64). Set the dsr-TransMax parameter (maximum number of scheduling request transmissions).

cqi_periodcell_list.cqi_period

Optional enumeration: 2, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, 1, 32, 64, 128, 0 (default = 0). When allowing TypeA half-duplex UEs (i.e when half_duplex_ue is true and br_only is false), the value must be >= 32.
For TypeB or Cat-M half-duplex UEs constraints, please refer to the parameter br_cqi_period (See Bandwidth Reduced parameters).
Value 0 indicates that periodic CQI reporting is disabled. Disabling both periodic and aperiodic CQI is not recommended unless radio conditions are known and forced_cqi/ri are set to suitable values.

m_ricell_list.m_ri

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 (default = 0). If different from zero, Rank Indicator (RI) reporting is done every m_ri CQI/PMI reports. RI should only be used with transmission modes 3, 4, 8, 9 and 10.

subband_cqi_kcell_list.subband_cqi_k

Optional integer: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 (default = 0). If different from zero, enables UE-selected subband CQI reporting and sets the value K for the number of cycles of subband reports between two wideband reports.

cqi_on_sf3_8cell_list.cqi_on_sf3_8

Optional boolean (default = false). This parameter is used only for TDD cell with uldl_config: 0, and ignored otherwise. Allows to configure periodic CQI reporting on subframe 3 and subframe 8.

ap_cqi_periodcell_list.ap_cqi_period

Optional integer (default = 0). Approximate period (in ms) for the aperiodic CQI reporting. 0 indicates that aperiodic CQI reporting is disabled. Disabling both periodic and aperiodic CQI is not recommended unless radio conditions are known and forced_cqi/ri are set to suitable values.

ap_cqi_rmcell_list.ap_cqi_rm

Optional enumeration: rm12, rm20, rm22, rm30, rm31. Aperiodic CQI reporting mode when the transmission mode is less or equal to 6. Note: For BR UEs, the aperiodic CQI reporting mode will be forced to ’rm20’ if aperiodic CQI reporting is enabled (ap_cqi_period \neq 0).

ap_cqi_rm_optcell_list.ap_cqi_rm_opt

Optional enumeration: rm12, rm20, rm22, rm30, rm31. Aperiodic CQI reporting mode when the transmission mode is greater or equal to 7. Note: For BR UEs, the aperiodic CQI reporting mode will be forced to ’rm20’ if aperiodic CQI reporting is enabled (ap_cqi_period \neq 0).

ap_cqi_trigger_listcell_list.ap_cqi_trigger_list

Optional array of array of integers. Allows to define up to 6 custom aperiodic CQI trigger. Each element is an array of serving cell indices. If absent, the eNB will group up to 4 serving cells per trigger.

simultaneousAckNackAndCQIcell_list.simultaneousAckNackAndCQI

Optional boolean (default = true). If true, enable simultaneous ACK/NACK and CQI reporting. With normal cyclic prefix, PUCCH format 2A/2B are used.

simultaneousAckNackAndCQI_format3cell_list.simultaneousAckNackAndCQI_format3

Optional boolean (default = true). If true, enable simultaneous ACK/NACK and CQI reporting with PUCCH format 3 (release 11).

srs_dedicatedcell_list.srs_dedicated

Object. SRS configuration. Currently the same for all UEs except for srs-ConfigIndex and freqDomainPosition which are dynamically allocated for each UE. The following properties are defined:

srs_bandwidth_configcell_list.srs_dedicated.srs_bandwidth_config

Optional integer. Range: -1 to 7. Set the value of SIB2.srs-BandwidthConfig. The special value -1 indicates to keep the value from the SIB2 (legacy case).

srs_subframe_configcell_list.srs_dedicated.srs_subframe_config

Optional integer. Range: -1 to 15. Set the value of SIB2.srs-SubframeConfig. The special value -1 indicates to keep the value from the SIB2 (legacy case).

srs_periodcell_list.srs_dedicated.srs_period

Enumeration: 2, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320. SRS period in ms. Currently when half_duplex_ue is true it must be >= 40.
There is an additional constraint for TypeB or Cat-M half-duplex UEs, when SRS is enabled (br_srs_enabled set to true), similar to CQI or SR. Refer to br_cqi_period (See Bandwidth Reduced parameters).

srs_bandwidthcell_list.srs_dedicated.srs_bandwidth

Range: 0 to 3. SRS bandwidth.

srs_hopping_bandwidthcell_list.srs_dedicated.srs_hopping_bandwidth

Range: 0 to 3. SRS hopping bandwidth.

srs_cyclic_shiftcell_list.srs_dedicated.srs_cyclic_shift

Optional integer. Range: -1 to 7, default = -1. -1 indicates to choose a random per UE cyclic shift.

mac_configcell_list.mac_config

Object. MAC configuration. Currently the same for all UEs. The following properties are defined:

ul_max_harq_txcell_list.mac_config.ul_max_harq_tx

Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for uplink.

dl_max_harq_txcell_list.mac_config.dl_max_harq_tx

Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for downlink.

ul_max_consecutive_retxcell_list.mac_config.ul_max_consecutive_retx

Optional Integer (default = 30). Maximum number of UL retransmissions after which the UE is disconnected.

dl_max_consecutive_retxcell_list.mac_config.dl_max_consecutive_retx

Optional Integer (default = 30). Maximum number of DL retransmissions after which the UE is disconnected.

time_alignment_tx_timercell_list.mac_config.time_alignment_tx_timer

Optional integer from 0 to 10240 (default = 500). Transmit the UL time alignment information every time_alignment_tx_timer ms. The value 0 means infinity.

time_alignment_timer_dedicatedcell_list.mac_config.time_alignment_timer_dedicated

Optional integer (default = 0). Time alignment timer dedicated. 0 means infinity. Note: time_alignment_tx_timer must be used to set the UL time alignment transmission period.

periodic_bsr_timercell_list.mac_config.periodic_bsr_timer

Optional integer (default = 20). Periodic BSR timer value.

retx_bsr_timercell_list.mac_config.retx_bsr_timer

Optional integer (default = 320). Retransmission BSR timer value.

periodic_phr_timercell_list.mac_config.periodic_phr_timer

Optional integer (default = 500). Periodic PHR timer value.

prohibit_phr_timercell_list.mac_config.prohibit_phr_timer

Optional integer (default = 200). Prohibit PHR timer value.

dl_path_loss_changecell_list.mac_config.dl_path_loss_change

Optional enumeration: dB1, dB3, dB6, infinity (default = dB3). DL path loss change value.

drx_configcell_list.mac_config.drx_config

Optional object. If present, configure the DRX parameters. The following properties are defined:

on_duration_timercell_list.mac_config.drx_config.on_duration_timer

Range: 1 to 1600. DRX on duration timer (in PDCCH subframes). If the value is small, it may be necessary to disallow half duplex UE from connecting to the eNodeB (set half_duplex_ue to false) in order to relax the constraints on the allocation of SRS/CQI/SR.

drx_inactivity_timercell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_inactivity_timer

Range: 1 to 2560. DRX inactivity timer (in PDCCH subframes).

drx_retransmission_timercell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_retransmission_timer

Range: 1 to 320. DRX retransmission timer (in PDCCH subframes).

drx_ul_retransmission_timercell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_ul_retransmission_timer

Optional. Range: 0 to 320. DRX UL retransmission timer (in PDCCH subframes) for BL/CE UEs.

long_drx_cyclecell_list.mac_config.drx_config.long_drx_cycle

Range: 10 to 10240. Duration of the long DRX cycle (in subframes). Must be a multiple of meas_gap_period. Values 5120 and 10240 can only be used with UEs declaring the support of extended long DRX cycles. For UEs not declaring the support, value 2560 will be used instead.

short_drx_cyclecell_list.mac_config.drx_config.short_drx_cycle

Optional. Range: 2 to 640. If present, configuration the duration of the short DRX cycle (in subframes). long_drx_cycle must be a multiple of short_drx_cycle.

drx_short_cycle_timercell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_short_cycle_timer

Optional. Range: 1 to 16. If the short DRX cycle is configured, set the short DRX cycle timer.

forced_drx_start_offsetcell_list.mac_config.drx_config.forced_drx_start_offset

Optional integer (range -1 to long_drx_cycle, default = -1). If set to a positive value, it will force the DRX start offset of all the UEs. Beware that forcing the setting may no longer be compliant with other contraints like gap offset.

data_inactivity_timercell_list.mac_config.data_inactivity_timer

Optional integer (default = 0). Value in seconds of the data inactivity monitoring timer. 0 means that the timer is deactivated.

br_data_inactivity_timercell_list.mac_config.br_data_inactivity_timer

Optional array of 2 integers. Data inactivity monitoring timer in seconds per coverage level for category M1 UEs (the first entry of the array is for the first coverage level). If not present, the data_inactivity_timer value is applied for all coverage levels.

sr_prohibit_timercell_list.mac_config.sr_prohibit_timer

Optional integer. Timer in number of SR periods used to delay the transmission of a Scheduling Request.

logical_channel_sr_prohibit_timercell_list.mac_config.logical_channel_sr_prohibit_timer

Optional integer (default = 0). Timer in number of subframes used to delay the transmission of a Scheduling Request for logical channels enabled by the logicalChannelSR_Prohibit parameter in drb_config object. 0 means that the timer is deactivated.

rai_supportcell_list.mac_config.rai_support

Optional boolean (default = false). Activates MAC release assistance indication feature in the eNB. It will not be used if rai_enh_support is set and the UE supports R16 MAC rai-ActivationEnh feature.

rai_enh_supportcell_list.mac_config.rai_enh_support

Optional boolean (default = false). Activates R16 MAC rai-ActivationEnh feature in the eNB.

tti_bundlingcell_list.mac_config.tti_bundling

Optional object. If present, configure the TTI bundling parameters.
Since TTI bundling is a deep change in the MAC layer, the configuration/deconfiguration of TTI bundling is performed via an intra-cell handover. The following properties are defined:

snr_thresholdcell_list.mac_config.tti_bundling.snr_threshold

Float. Range: -6 to 40 dB. UL SNR value in dB (measured on PUSCH and SRS) below which TTI bundling will be configured.

phr_thresholdcell_list.mac_config.tti_bundling.phr_threshold

Optional float. Range: 0 to 40 dB (default 0 dB). UL PHR value (in dB for 1 RB allocation) below which TTI bundling will be configured. This condition is OR’ed with the snr_threshold trigger.

hysteresiscell_list.mac_config.tti_bundling.hysteresis

Optional float. Range 1 to 20 dB (default 6 dB). Hysteresis value to add to snr_threshold and phr_threshold when checking conditions to deconfigure TTI bundling.
TTI bundling is deconfigured when SNR is above snr_threshold + hysteresis AND PHR is above phr_threshold + hysteresis.

mcs_maxcell_list.mac_config.tti_bundling.mcs_max

Optional integer. Range 0 to 10 (default 10). Maximum MCS of PUSCH allocation with TTI bundling.

l_crb_maxcell_list.mac_config.tti_bundling.l_crb_max

Optional integer. Range 1 to UL BW (default 6). Maximum number of RBs of PUSCH allocation with TTI bundling.
If the UE does not support
noResourceRestrictionForTTIBundling-r12, PUSCH allocation is limited to 3 RBs anyway.

e_harq_patterncell_list.mac_config.tti_bundling.e_harq_pattern

Optional boolean (default = false). FDD only. If set and if the UE supports e-HARQ-Pattern-FDD-r12, eNB configures the e-HARQ-Pattern-r12 parameter along with TTI bundling.

skip_uplink_tx_dynamic_supportcell_list.mac_config.skip_uplink_tx_dynamic_support

Optional boolean (default = false). Activates R14 MAC skipUplinkTxDynamic feature in the eNB.

skip_uplink_tx_sps_supportcell_list.mac_config.skip_uplink_tx_sps_support

Optional boolean (default = false). Activates R14 MAC skipUplinkTxSPS feature in the eNB.

spscell_list.sps

Optional object. Contains the SPS configuration of the cell, currently the same for all UEs. SPS will be configured on the UE depending on the established radio bearers, see DRB configuration. It contains the following properties:

dlcell_list.sps.dl

Optional object. Defines the SPS DL configuration. It contains the following fields:

rb_startcell_list.sps.dl.rb_start

Integer. PDSCH allocation starting position in number RBs.

l_crbcell_list.sps.dl.l_crb

Integer (range 1 to 6). PDSCH allocation length in number of RBs, limited to 6 RBs. SPS DL allocation uses a localized type2 PDSCH allocation. If the cell has a BR configuration, the SPS allocation shall be contained in one of the BR narrowband.

mcscell_list.sps.dl.mcs

Integer (range 0 to 15). MCS of the PDSCH allocation.

sched_intervalcell_list.sps.dl.sched_interval

Enumeration (10, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 320, 640). SPS scheduling interval semiPersistSchedIntervalDL in subframes. In TDD, the value should be a multiple of 10 ms.

ulcell_list.sps.ul

Optional object. Defines the SPS UL configuration. It contains the following fields:

rb_startcell_list.sps.ul.rb_start

Integer. PUSCH grant starting position in number RBs.

l_crbcell_list.sps.ul.l_crb

Integer (range 1 to 6). PUSCH grant length in number of RBs, limited to 6 RBs. SPS UL allocation uses a type0 PUSCH allocation without hopping.

mcscell_list.sps.ul.mcs

Integer (range 0 to 15). MCS of the PUSCH grant.

sched_intervalcell_list.sps.ul.sched_interval

Enumeration (10, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 320, 640, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5). SPS scheduling interval semiPersistSchedIntervalUL in subframes. In TDD, values 32, 64 and 128 are not supported.

implicit_release_aftercell_list.sps.ul.implicit_release_after

Enumeration (2, 3, 4, 8). Number of empty SPS UL transmission before implicit release of the SPS UL grant, see implicitReleaseAfter in 3GPP TS 36.331.

skip_uplink_tx_snr_thresholdcell_list.sps.ul.skip_uplink_tx_snr_threshold

Optional float (default = -8.0). SNR threshold on the PUSCH for skip uplink detection on a SPS grant when skip_uplink_tx_sps_support is set to true. If the received signal is below the threshold, the grant is considered skipped by the UE and will not be requested for retransmission.

cyclic_shift_dcicell_list.cyclic_shift_dci

Optional. Range: 0 to 7 (default = 0). Set the DCI 0 cyclic_shift_dci parameter.

dpccell_list.dpc

Optional boolean (default = false). Enable dynamic UE power control.

dpc_pusch_snr_targetcell_list.dpc_pusch_snr_target

Optional float. Must be present if dpc is true. Set the PUSCH SNR target for the dynamic UE power control.

dpc_pusch_p_maxcell_list.dpc_pusch_p_max

Optional float (default = -15). Set the PUSCH maximum power in dBFS for the dynamic power control. The corresponding maximum EPRE is computed by dividing it by the number of subcarriers.

dpc_pusch_epre_maxcell_list.dpc_pusch_epre_max

Optional float. Set the PUSCH maximum EPRE in dBFS for the dynamic power control. If not present, dpc_pusch_p_max is used instead. See rx_epre_in_dbfs if you want to display the EPRE in dBFS instead of dBm in the logs.

dpc_pucch_snr_targetcell_list.dpc_pucch_snr_target

Optional float. Must be present if dpc is true. Set the PUCCH SNR target for the dynamic UE power control.

dpc_pucch_p_maxcell_list.dpc_pucch_p_max

Optional float (default = -15). Set the PUCCH maximum power in dBFS for the dynamic power control. The corresponding maximum EPRE is computed by dividing it by the number of subcarriers.

dpc_pucch_epre_maxcell_list.dpc_pucch_epre_max

Optional float. Set the PUCCH maximum EPRE in dBFS for the dynamic power control. If not present, dpc_pucch_p_max is used instead. See rx_epre_in_dbfs if you want to display the EPRE in dBFS instead of dBm in the logs.

p_srs_offsetcell_list.p_srs_offset

Optional. Range 0 to 15 (default = 3). SRS power offset. The configured value is -10.5 + 1.5 * p_srs_offset dB.

pusch_dtx_snr_thresholdcell_list.pusch_dtx_snr_threshold

Optional float (default = -8.0). SNR threshold on the PUSCH for DTX detection on a dynamic grant. When skip_uplink_tx_dynamic_support is set to true, if the received signal is below the threshold the grant is considered skipped by the UE and will not be requested for retransmission. Otherwise if the received signal is below the threshold, the eNB will request an adaptive retransmission using redundancy version 0.

snr_to_mcs_offsetcell_list.snr_to_mcs_offset

Optional float. This offset is added to the estimated uplink SNR to compute the PUSCH MCS. The default value depends on the eNodeB configuration.

ul_snr_adapt_fercell_list.ul_snr_adapt_fer

Optional float (default = 0.1). This value defines the UL PER targeted by the eNB link adaptation algorithm. By default it applies an error rate of 10% for the initial HARQ transmission.

ul_snr_adapt_ampcell_list.ul_snr_adapt_amp

Optional float (default = 10). This values defines the maximum amplitude (in dB units) of the correction applied on top of the MCS selected from the UL SNR.

ul_snr_adapt_retxcell_list.ul_snr_adapt_retx

Optional float (default = 0.3). This value defines the correction step applied by the HARQ initial transmission decoding result within the ul_snr_adapt_amp range.

phr_link_adaptationcell_list.phr_link_adaptation

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, the eNB will lower the UL MCS and/or resource blocks allocation if the UE sends negative MAC power headroom reports indicating it is power limited. If set to false, the power headroom value is not taken into account for the UL link adaptation mecanism.

cqi_adapt_fercell_list.cqi_adapt_fer

Optional float (default = 0.1). This value defines the DL PER targeted by the eNB link adaptation algorithm. By default it applies an error rate of 10% for the initial HARQ transmission.

cqi_adapt_ampcell_list.cqi_adapt_amp

Optional float (default = 2). This values defines the maximum amplitude (in CQI units) of the correction applied on top of the MCS selected from the CQI report.

cqi_adapt_retxcell_list.cqi_adapt_retx

Optional float (default = 0.3). This value defines the correction step applied by the HARQ initial transmission decoding result within the cqi_adapt_amp range.

ri_adaptcell_list.ri_adapt

Optional boolean (default = false). Allows the link adaption algorithm to also apply a correction on the reported rank (RI) to schedule more or less layers than the UE reports.
When enabled, the cqi_adapt_amp parameter has additional constraint and must be withing the [4, 8] range.

cipher_algo_prefcell_list.cipher_algo_pref

Array of integers. Set the preferred algorithms for RRC and User Plane encryption in decreasing order of preference. If none match the UE capabilities, then EEA0 (no encryption) is selected.

List of supported algorithms:

ValueAlgorithm
1EEA1 (Snow 3G)
2EEA2 (128 bit AES)
3EEA3 (ZUC)

If encryption is necessary, for best performance use AES (EEA2) as first choice if your CPU supports the AES NI Intel instruction set (use the hwcaps monitor command and see if AES is displayed). Otherwise use Snow3G (EEA1) or ZUC (EEA3).

cipher_algo_null_allowedcell_list.cipher_algo_null_allowed

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to false, the use of NULL ciphering algorithm (EEA0) is forbidden unless the UE performs an emergency registration.

integ_algo_prefcell_list.integ_algo_pref

Array of integers. Set the preferred algorithms for RRC integrity check in decreasing order of preference. If none match the UE capabilities, then EIA0 (no integrity check) is selected.

List of supported algorithms:

ValueAlgorithm
1EIA1 (Snow 3G)
2EIA2 (128 bit AES)
3EIA3 (ZUC)

For best performance, use AES (EIA2) as first choice if your CPU supports the AES NI Intel instruction set (use the hwcaps monitor command and see if AES is displayed). Otherwise use Snow3G (EIA1) or ZUC (EIA3).

integ_algo_null_allowedcell_list.integ_algo_null_allowed

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to false, the use of NULL integrity algorithm (EIA0) is forbidden unless the UE performs an emergency registration.

inactivity_timercell_list.inactivity_timer

Integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity. Note that it is only used for the UE PCell.

srb_configcell_list.srb_config

Optional array of objects. Allows to override some parameters of the default configuration specified in 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 9.2.1. If unset, the eNB will already change maxRetxThreshold value to 32, t-Reordering value to 45 ms and t-PollRetransmit to 60 ms.
Each object contains the following fields:

idcell_list.srb_config.id

Integer: 1 or 2. Contains the SRB identity.

t_PollRetransmitcell_list.srb_config.t_PollRetransmit

Optional enumeration: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 2000, 4000 (default 60). t-PollRetransmit timer value in ms.

pollPDUcell_list.srb_config.pollPDU

Enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 0 (default 0). pollPDU value. 0 means infinity.

pollBytecell_list.srb_config.pollByte

Enumeration: 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 250, 375, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 2000, 3000, 0 (default 0). pollByte value in kBytes. 0 means infinity.

maxRetxThresholdcell_list.srb_config.maxRetxThreshold

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32 (default 32). maxRetxThreshold value.

t_Reorderingcell_list.srb_config.t_Reordering

Optional enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 1600 (default 45). t-Reordering timer value in ms.

t_StatusProhibitcell_list.srb_config.t_StatusProhibit

Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2400 (default 0). t_StatusProhibit timer value in ms.

drb_configcell_list.drb_config

String or Array. Array of objects containing the DRB configuration for each QCI value. If a string is given, the array is read from the corresponding filename. See DRB configuration.

unsupported_qci_fallbackcell_list.unsupported_qci_fallback

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true and if the core network requests the establishment of an unsupported QCI value, the parameters from QCI 9 are used instead. Otherwise the establishment is rejected.

meas_configcell_list.meas_config

Optional ASN.1 property. ASN.1 content of the measConfig field of the RRCConnectionReconfiguration message (see 3GPP TS 36.331). It is used to set the parameters of the RRC measurements (not including the measGapConfig IE that must be configured using the meas_gap_config object). If it is absent and if meas_config_desc optional object is absent, no measConfig field is transmitted to the UEs.
The object can optionally contain a meas_report_action array to define an action when receiving a measurement report for an event trigger. An empty array is allowed to ensure no action is performed. If the array is not defined, a handover action is automatically defined for A3 and A5 events, and an en_dc_setup action is automatically defined for B1-NR events.

meas_report_actioncell_list.meas_config.meas_report_action

Optional array. Each object has the following fields:

report_config_idcell_list.meas_config.meas_report_action.report_config_id

Optional integer (range 1 to 32). Defines the reportConfigId associated with the action. Must be present if meas_id is absent.

meas_idcell_list.meas_config.meas_report_action.meas_id

Optional integer (range 1 to 64). Defines the measId associated with the action. Must be present if report_config_id is absent.

actioncell_list.meas_config.meas_report_action.action

Optional enumeration (handover, cell_redirect, en_dc_setup). Defines the action triggered when receiving the measurement report.

meas_config_desccell_list.meas_config_desc

Optional object. If present, and if meas_config object is not present, the eNB will dynamically build the measurement configuration sent to the UE based on the content of this object and the list of neighbour cells defined in ncell_list object. It will create A1 and A2 events for the serving cell (if inter frequencies neighbour cells exist, or if intra frequency neighbour cells exist for a BR UE), and optionally an A3 or A4 or A5 event for each neighbour frequencies. At the beginning, gaps are not activated. When A2 event report is received and if meas_gap_config is set to gp0 or gp1, gaps are activated. When A1 event report is received, gaps are released. Note that either A1 or A2 event is configured at a given time, not both at the same time.
If eutra_interference_intra is present, an A3 event is defined for interference management pupose.
If eutra_handover, eutra_handover_intra or eutra_handover_inter are present, an A3 or A4 or A5 event is defined for handover purpose.
If eutra_cell_redirect, eutra_cell_redirect_intra or eutra_cell_redirect_inter are present, an A3 or A4 or A5 event is defined for cell redirection purpose.
If scell_config is present with A2/A4 events and if some cells are defined in scell_list with rrc_configuration=measurement (see scell_list), the eNB will also define A2 and A4 events respectively for SCell release and addition and gaps will always be activated.
If scell_config is present with an A6 event and if some cells are defined in scell_list with a6_candidates (see scell_list), the eNB will also define an A6 event for SCell handover.
If eutra_periodical is present, a periodical measurement report is defined for the EUTRA primary cell, and optionally inter frequency neighbor cells.
If NR cells are defined in the ncell_list array, inter RAT B1 and B2 events can be defined to trigger a cell redirection during the RRC connection release procedure when nr_cell_redirect is set, or a handover when nr_handover is set.
If nr_periodical is present, a periodical measurement report is defined for each NR cell defined in ncell_list or en_dc_scg_cell_list objects.
This object contains the following fields:

a1_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_report_type

Enumeration, rsrp or rsrq. Defines the measurement type requested for the A1 report.

a1_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_rsrp

Integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if a1_report_type is set to rsrp.

a1_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_rsrq

Integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a1_report_type is set to rsrq.

a1_hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. A1 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.

a1_time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_time_to_trigger

Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A1 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

a2_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_report_type

Enumeration, rsrp or rsrq. Defines the measurement type requested for the A2 report.

a2_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_rsrp

Integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if a2_report_type is set to rsrp.

a2_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_rsrq

Integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a2_report_type is set to rsrq.

a2_hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. A2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.

a2_time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_time_to_trigger

Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

eutra_interference_intracell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_interference_intra

Optional object used to describe the A3 event reporting criteria for ICIC. It is only used when FFR is activated in DL or UL. For further information about ICIC, please refer to icic. It contains the following fields:

a3_offsetcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_interference_intra.a3_offset

Integer, range from -30 to 30. A3 offset in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.

hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_interference_intra.hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. A3 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.

time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_interference_intra.time_to_trigger

Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A3 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

eutra_handovercell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover

Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra and inter frequency handover. If eutra_handover_intra or eutra_handover_inter objects are present, it is ignored. It contains the following fields:

a3_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a3_report_type

Optional enumeration, rsrp or rsrq. Defines the measurement type requested for the A3 report. If set, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a5_threshold1_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrq, a5_threshold2_rsrp and a5_threshold2_rsrq are ignored.

a3_offsetcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a3_offset

Optional integer, range from -30 to 30. A3 offset in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if a3_report_type is set.

a4_threshold_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a4_threshold_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrq, a5_threshold1_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrq, a5_threshold2_rsrp and a5_threshold2_rsrq are ignored.

a4_threshold_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a4_threshold_rsrq

Optional integer, from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrq, a5_threshold2_rsrp and a5_threshold2_rsrq are ignored.

a5_threshold1_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a5_threshold1_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq and a5_threshold1_rsrq are ignored.

a5_threshold1_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a5_threshold1_rsrq

Optional integer, from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq and a5_threshold1_rsrp are ignored.

a5_threshold2_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a5_threshold2_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq and a5_threshold2_rsrq are ignored.

a5_threshold2_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a5_threshold2_rsrq

Optional integer, from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq and a5_threshold2_rsrp are ignored.

hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. A3/A4/A5 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.

time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.time_to_trigger

Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A3/A4/A5 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

force_meas_id_on_pcell_earfcncell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.force_meas_id_on_pcell_earfcn

Optional boolean (default = false). Forces an A3 measurement identity for the primary cell even if no neighbour intra frequency cells are declared in ncell_list object.

eutra_handover_intracell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover_intra

Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra frequency handover. It contains the same fields as eutra_handover object. See eutra_handover

eutra_handover_intercell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover_inter

Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for inter frequency handover. It contains the same fields as eutra_handover object. See eutra_handover

eutra_cell_redirectcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect

Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra and inter frequency cell redirection. If eutra_cell_redirect_intra or eutra_cell_redirect_inter objects are present, it is ignored. It contains the following fields:

a3_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a3_report_type

Optional enumeration, rsrp or rsrq. Defines the measurement type requested for the A3 report. If set, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a5_threshold1_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrq, a5_threshold2_rsrp and a5_threshold2_rsrq are ignored.

a3_offsetcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a3_offset

Optional integer, range from -30 to 30. A3 offset in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if a3_report_type is set.

a4_threshold_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a4_threshold_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrq, a5_threshold1_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrq, a5_threshold2_rsrp and a5_threshold2_rsrq are ignored.

a4_threshold_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a4_threshold_rsrq

Optional integer, from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrq, a5_threshold2_rsrp and a5_threshold2_rsrq are ignored.

a5_threshold1_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a5_threshold1_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq and a5_threshold1_rsrq are ignored.

a5_threshold1_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a5_threshold1_rsrq

Optional integer, from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq and a5_threshold1_rsrp are ignored.

a5_threshold2_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a5_threshold2_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq and a5_threshold2_rsrq are ignored.

a5_threshold2_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a5_threshold2_rsrq

Optional integer, from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq and a5_threshold2_rsrp are ignored.

hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. A3/A4/A5 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. is set.

time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.time_to_trigger

Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A3/A4/A5 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

eutra_cell_redirect_intracell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect_intra

Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra frequency cell redirection. It contains the same fields as eutra_cell_redirect object. See eutra_cell_redirect

eutra_cell_redirect_intercell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect_inter

Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for inter frequency cell redirection. It contains the same fields as eutra_cell_redirect object. See eutra_cell_redirect

scell_configcell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config

Optional object used to describe the A2, A4 and A6 reporting criteria for SCell release/addition and handover. It contains the following fields:

a2_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_report_type

Optional enumeration, rsrp or rsrq. Defines the measurement type requested for the A2 report. Must be present if a4_report_type is set.

a2_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if a2_report_type is set to rsrp.

a2_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a2_report_type is set to rsrq.

a2_hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_hysteresis

Optional integer, range from 0 to 30. A2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if a2_report_type is set.

a2_time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_time_to_trigger

Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present if a2_report_type is set.

a4_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_report_type

Optional enumeration, rsrp or rsrq. Defines the measurement type requested for the A4 report.

a4_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if a4_report_type is set to rsrp.

a4_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a4_report_type is set to rsrq.

a4_hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_hysteresis

Optional integer, range from 0 to 30. A4 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if a4_report_type is set.

a4_time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_time_to_trigger

Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A4 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present if a4_report_type is set.

gaps_requiredcell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.gaps_required

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, the eNB will activate measurement gaps if there is at least one cell with measurement-based scell addition in scell_list.

a6_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_report_type

Optional enumeration, rsrp or rsrq. Defines the measurement type requested for the A6 report.

a6_offsetcell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_offset

Optional integer, range from -30 to 30. A6 offset in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if a6_report_type is set.

a6_hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_hysteresis

Optional integer, range from 0 to 30. A6 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if a6_report_type is set.

a6_time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_time_to_trigger

Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A6 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present if a6_report_type is set.

eutra_periodicalcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_periodical

Optional object used to describe an EUTRA periodical measurement report. It contains the following fields:

trigger_quantitycell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_periodical.trigger_quantity

Enumeration: rsrp, rsrq. Quantity triggering the report.

report_quantitycell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_periodical.report_quantity

Enumeration: same, both. Reporting quantity.

max_report_cellscell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_periodical.max_report_cells

Integer (range 1 to 8). Maximum number of cells reported.

report_intervalcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_periodical.report_interval

Enumeration: ms120, ms240, ms480, ms640, ms1024, ms2048, ms5120, ms10240, min1, min6, min12, min30, min60. Interval between each measurement report.

report_amountcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_periodical.report_amount

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, infinity. Number of measurement reports.

measure_neighbor_cellscell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_periodical.measure_neighbor_cells

Boolean. Defines if a measurement report must be configured for inter frequency neighbor cells on top of the primary cell.

rsrp_filter_coeffcell_list.meas_config_desc.rsrp_filter_coeff

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the RSRP layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).

rsrq_filter_coeffcell_list.meas_config_desc.rsrq_filter_coeff

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the RSRQ layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).

s_measurecell_list.meas_config_desc.s_measure

Optional integer (range -140 to -43). Defines the s-Measure threshold in dBm.

en_dc_setupcell_list.meas_config_desc.en_dc_setup

Optional object. If set, it defines a B1 event to trigger EN-DC activation. It contains the following fields:

b1_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.en_dc_setup.b1_report_type

Optional enumeration: rsrp, rsrq, sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the NR B1 report used to activate EN-DC.

b1_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.en_dc_setup.b1_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if b1_report_type is set to rsrp.

b1_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.en_dc_setup.b1_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if b1_report_type is set to rsrq.

b1_sinrcell_list.meas_config_desc.en_dc_setup.b1_sinr

Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if b1_report_type is set to sinr.

b1_hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.en_dc_setup.b1_hysteresis

Optional integer, range from 0 to 30. NR B1 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if b1_report_type is present.

b1_time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.en_dc_setup.b1_time_to_trigger

Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the NR B1 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present if b1_report_type is present.

nr_cell_redirectcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect

Optional object. If set, it defines a B1 or B2 event for NR cell redirection procedure. It contains the following fields:

b1_threshold_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b1_threshold_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, b1_threshold_rsrq, b1_threshold_sinr, b2_threshold1_rsrp and b2_threshold1_rsrq are ignored.

b1_threshold_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b1_threshold_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, b1_threshold_sinr, b2_threshold1_rsrp and b2_threshold1_rsrq are ignored.

b1_threshold_sinrcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b1_threshold_sinr

Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, b2_threshold1_rsrp and b2_threshold1_rsrq are ignored.

b2_threshold1_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b2_threshold1_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, b2_threshold1_rsrq is ignored.

b2_threshold1_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b2_threshold1_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps.

b2_threshold2_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b2_threshold2_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, b2_threshold2_rsrq and b2_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

b2_threshold2_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b2_threshold2_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, b2_threshold2_sinr is ignored.

b2_threshold2_sinrcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b2_threshold2_sinr

Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps.

hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. NR B1 or B2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps.

time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.time_to_trigger

Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the NR B1 or B2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

allowed_with_ims_dedicated_bearercell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.allowed_with_ims_dedicated_bearer

Optional enum (auto, yes, no, default = auto). If set to no, the RRC measurement report is ignored and no NR cell redirection is triggered if a VoLTE call is ongoing (at least one DRB is established with a CQI having ims_dedicated_bearer set to true). If set to auto, the behavior depends on whether the UE declares ims-VoiceOverNR-FR1-r15 or ims-VoiceOverNR-FR2-r15 support in its EUTRA inter RAT capabilities.

nr_handovercell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover

Optional object. If set, it defines a B1 or B2 event for NR handover procedure. It contains the following fields:

b1_threshold_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b1_threshold_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, b1_threshold_rsrq, b1_threshold_sinr, b2_threshold1_rsrp and b2_threshold1_rsrq are ignored.

b1_threshold_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b1_threshold_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, b1_threshold_sinr, b2_threshold1_rsrp and b2_threshold1_rsrq are ignored.

b1_threshold_sinrcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b1_threshold_sinr

Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, b2_threshold1_rsrp and b2_threshold1_rsrq are ignored.

b2_threshold1_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b2_threshold1_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, b2_threshold1_rsrq is ignored.

b2_threshold1_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b2_threshold1_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps.

b2_threshold2_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b2_threshold2_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, b2_threshold2_rsrq and b2_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

b2_threshold2_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b2_threshold2_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, b2_threshold2_sinr is ignored.

b2_threshold2_sinrcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b2_threshold2_sinr

Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps.

hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. NR B1 or B2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps.

time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.time_to_trigger

Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the NR B1 or B2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

allowed_with_ims_dedicated_bearercell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.allowed_with_ims_dedicated_bearer

Optional enum (auto, yes, no, default = auto). If set to no, the RRC measurement report is ignored and no NR handover is triggered if a VoLTE call is ongoing (at least one DRB is established with a CQI having ims_dedicated_bearer set to true). If set to auto, the behavior depends on whether the UE declares ims-VoiceOverNR-FR1-r15 or ims-VoiceOverNR-FR2-r15 support in its EUTRA inter RAT capabilities.

nr_periodicalcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_periodical

Optional object used to describe a NR periodical measurement report. It contains the following fields:

report_quantity_ss_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_periodical.report_quantity_ss_rsrp

Boolean. Report SS-RSRP quantity.

report_quantity_ss_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_periodical.report_quantity_ss_rsrq

Boolean. Report SS-RSRQ quantity.

report_quantity_ss_sinrcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_periodical.report_quantity_ss_sinr

Boolean. Report SS-SINR quantity.

max_report_cellscell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_periodical.max_report_cells

Integer (range 1 to 8). Maximum number of cells reported.

report_intervalcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_periodical.report_interval

Enumeration: ms120, ms240, ms480, ms640, ms1024, ms2048, ms5120, ms10240, min1, min6, min12, min30, min60. Interval between each measurement report.

report_amountcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_periodical.report_amount

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, infinity. Number of measurement reports.

nr_rsrp_filter_coeffcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_rsrp_filter_coeff

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13,15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the RSRP layer 3 filtering done in RRC for NR cells (see 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).

nr_rsrq_filter_coeffcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_rsrq_filter_coeff

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13,15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the RSRQ layer 3 filtering done in RRC for NR cells (see 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).

nr_sinr_filter_coeffcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_sinr_filter_coeff

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13,15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the SINR layer 3 filtering done in RRC for NR cells (see 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).

nr_need_for_gapscell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_need_for_gaps

Optional enumeration: auto, yes, no (default = auto). If set to auto, gaps are required depending on the EUTRA bandInfoNR-v1610 RRC capability. If set to yes, gaps are always required for NR mobility and EN-DC activation. If set to false, gaps are never required for NR mobility and EN-DC activation.

meas_gap_configcell_list.meas_gap_config

Optional enumeration: none, gp0, gp1 (default = none). Configuration of the measurement gap.
For Cat-M UEs in HD-FDD, it is recommended to use a period bigger than (2*br_mpdcch_n_rep + br_pdsch_n_rep + 3). See also the limitations on parameters br_cqi_period and br_sr_period (See Bandwidth Reduced parameters).

forced_meas_gap_offsetcell_list.forced_meas_gap_offset

Optional integer. Forces the gap offset sent to the UE in the MeasGapConfig ASN.1 object. -1 means that the eNB allocates the value automatically.

br_meas_gap_sharing_configcell_list.br_meas_gap_sharing_config

Optional integer (range: -1 to 3, default = -1). Sets the measurement gap sharing scheme sent to a BR UE in the measurement configuration when gaps are configured. -1 means that the measGapSharingConfig parameter is not present in the MeasConfig object.

ho_from_meascell_list.ho_from_meas

Optional boolean (default = true). If true, when meas_config is used the eNodeB triggers a handover when a measurement event with action set to "handover" is received from the UE; when meas_config_desc is used the eNodeB triggers a handover when the event defined in eutra_handover, eutra_handover_intra, eutra_handover_inter or nr_handover is reported.

ho_cfracell_list.ho_cfra

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, any handover towards this cell will use contention-free random access if there is a contention-free preamble still available. It is not used for Cat-M UEs.

ho_force_full_configcell_list.ho_force_full_config

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, any handover towards this cell will use full configuration.

ho_continue_rohc_contextcell_list.ho_continue_rohc_context

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, and if the UE supports the feature, the RoHC contexts are not reset during an intra eNB or ng-eNB handover towards this cell.

t304cell_list.t304

Enumeration: 50, 100, 150, 200, 500, 1000, 2000 (default = 1000). T304 timer for handover.

sib1_delivery_during_hocell_list.sib1_delivery_during_ho

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the target cell SIB1 is sent in the RRC connection reconfiguration with mobilityControlInfo message. Note that it is always sent for Cat-M UEs.

pws_max_segment_lencell_list.pws_max_segment_len

Optional integer (default = 32). Set the maximum CMAS/ETWS message segment length in bytes, including the WarningAreaCoordinate segment if any. It is needed in order to limit the size of the corresponding SIB messages.

pws_si_periodicitycell_list.pws_si_periodicity

Enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 (default = 16). Set the periodicity (in frames) of the transmission of the CMAS/ETWS SIB messages.

pws_emergency_area_idcell_list.pws_emergency_area_id

Optional integer (range 0 to 16777215). If set, defines the emergency area identity of the cell for CMAS/ETWS.

pws_etws_primary_notif_automatic_stopcell_list.pws_etws_primary_notif_automatic_stop

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, SIB10 scheduling is stopped at the same time as SIB11 scheduling (when the configured number of broadcasts is reached). Otherwise it is stopped when receving a S1AP Kill Request or NGAP PWS Cancel Request message.

prscell_list.prs

Optional object. Contains the optional Positioning Reference Signals (PRS) configuration. If not present, no PRS are generated. PRS parameters are defined in 3GPP TS 36.211 and 3GPP TS 36.355.

prs_bandwidthcell_list.prs.prs_bandwidth

Integer. Bandwidth (in Resource Blocks) of the PRS. From 6 to n_rb_dl.

prs_periodcell_list.prs.prs_period

Enumeration: 160, 320, 640, 1280. Give the periodicity (in subframes) of the PRS.

prs_offsetcell_list.prs.prs_offset

Integer (0 to prs_period - 1). Give the time offset of the PRS.

numdl_framescell_list.prs.numdl_frames

Integer: 1, 2, 4 or 6. Number of consecutive subframes in which the PRS are sent.

prs_muting_infocell_list.prs.prs_muting_info

Optional string. Bit string containing the PRS muting pattern. Its length must be 2, 4, 8 or 16.

power_prscell_list.prs.power_prs

Optional float (default = 0). Relative power in dB of the PRS.

precoding_matrixcell_list.prs.precoding_matrix

Optional complex matrix. Precoding matrix of n_antenna_dl rows and 1 column.

access_point_positioncell_list.access_point_position

Optional object. Contains the geographical position of the access point (i.e. the cell antennas). If not present, the latitude is set to 48.8534, the longitude is set to 2.3488 and the altitude is set to 0.

latitudecell_list.access_point_position.latitude

Float. Range -90 to 90. Degrees of latitude. Positive value = North, negative value = South.

longitudecell_list.access_point_position.longitude

Float. Range -180 to 180. Degrees of longitude.

altitudecell_list.access_point_position.altitude

Optional float (default = 0). Range -1000m to 20km. Altitude in meters.

antenna_azimuthcell_list.antenna_azimuth

Optional float in range 0 to 360. Angle of arrival in degrees.

carrier_sensecell_list.carrier_sense

Optional object. Allow to perform regular carrier sensing and cutoff eNB transmission if carrier is occupied. Activating this feature will bring contraints on prach_config_index, sr_period, cqi_period and srs_period. The feature is available only in TDD for now.
The object contains the following parameters :

periodcell_list.carrier_sense.period

Integer: 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 or 1024. Period for carrier sensing measurement, in frames. The measurement lasts one single frame during which eNB stops transmitting any signal. The eNB also takes care that no UE transmission can occur during the measurement. The maximum EPRE value across the ten subframes is retained as the measurement.

thresholdcell_list.carrier_sense.threshold

Float. Range -140 to -30, in dBm. When the carrier sensing measurement is above the threshold, the cell will be cutoff at least until the next measurement period. When the cell is cutoff, the eNB stops transmitting any signal, the UEs are not longer scheduled and all the received PRACH are ignored. The cell is brought back on if the carrier sensing measurement gives an EPRE below (threshold - 3dB).

mbmscell_list.mbms

Optional object. MBMS configuration. See MBMS configuration.

reserved_mbms_subframescell_list.reserved_mbms_subframes

Optional object. Mark subframes as MBMS and transmit no data in them. The following properties are available:

sf_alloccell_list.reserved_mbms_subframes.sf_alloc

Array of objects. Each object has the following fields:

radio_frame_allocation_periodcell_list.reserved_mbms_subframes.sf_alloc.radio_frame_allocation_period

Range: 1 to 32, power of two. Allocation period (in 10 ms frames).

radio_frame_allocation_offsetcell_list.reserved_mbms_subframes.sf_alloc.radio_frame_allocation_offset

Range: 0 to 7. offset in the allocation period (in 10 ms frames).

subframe_allocationcell_list.reserved_mbms_subframes.sf_alloc.subframe_allocation

Bit string. Length = 6 (1 frame) or 24 (4 frames). In FDD, the bits correspond to subframes 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8. In TDD, the bits correspond to subframes 3, 4, 7, 8, 9.

n_symb_cchcell_list.reserved_mbms_subframes.n_symb_cch

Integer. Range 1 to 2. Number of CCH symbols in the reserved MBMS subframes.

sib16_enablecell_list.sib16_enable

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enables SIB16 (time information broadcast). Note: the broadcasted UTC is currently taken from the eNB internal time (see internal_time_ref parameter), so it might not be GPS accurate. The time zone and daylight saving time are taken from the system time.

sib16_time_reference_infocell_list.sib16_time_reference_info

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, adds the timeReferenceInfo-r15 IE to SIB16.

sib16_si_periodicitycell_list.sib16_si_periodicity

Enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 (default = 32). Sets the periodicity (in frames) of the transmission of the SIB16 messages.

ueinfo_extensioncell_list.ueinfo_extension

Optional boolean (default = false). If set, eNB will send UE information within S1AP initial UE message.
The informations are presented as a S1AP-PROTOCOL-IES item in InitialUEMessage with an ID = 1000.
Its ASN.1 definition is: 

UEInformationExtension ::= SEQUENCE {
    timing-advance      INTEGER,
    snr                 INTEGER (0..255)
}

Where:

timing-advance

UE timing advance expressed in unit of TA

snr

8 bit value representing SNR in range of -63.5 to +64 dB by step of 0.5 dB (i.e 0 is -63.5 dB and 255 is 64 dB).

Example of initial UE message: 

        initiatingMessage: {
          procedureCode id-initialUEMessage,
          criticality ignore,
          value {
            protocolIEs {
              {
                id id-eNB-UE-S1AP-ID,
                criticality reject,
                value 1
              },
              ...
              {
                id 1000,
                criticality ignore,
                value {
                  timing-advance 1,
                  snr 169
                }
              }
            }
          }
        }
rrc_redirectcell_list.rrc_redirect

Array of ASN.1 properties. Each entry is the ASN.1 content of a RedirectedCarrierInfo or RedirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0 redirection information.
These will define the redirection parameter within RRC Connection Release sent by eNB to the UE (cf 3GPP TS 36.331)
To send this redirection, you need to send to eNB a S1AP DownlinkNASTransport message and add a S1AP-PROTOCOL-IE item with an ID of 1001 (Please refer to MME documentation and attach_reject_filter parameter to use it).
Its ASN.1 definition is: 

UERedirectExtension ::= SEQUENCE {
    type                INTEGER (0..255)
}

Where:

type

Index of the redirection configuration in the rrc_redirect array.

Here is an example of the incoming downlink NAS transport message (GSER encoding): 

        initiatingMessage: {
          procedureCode id-downlinkNASTransport,
          criticality ignore,
          value {
            protocolIEs {
              ...
              {
                id 1001,
                criticality ignore,
                value {
                  type 0
                }
              }
            }
          }
        }

If rrc_redirect is the following: ["redirect.asn"].
And redirect.asn is: 

geran: {
    startingARFCN  10,
    bandIndicator  dcs1800,
    followingARFCNs explicitListOfARFCNs: {12, 42}
}

The UE will be sent the following RRC connection release message: 

        {
          message c1: rrcConnectionRelease: {
            rrc-TransactionIdentifier 0,
            criticalExtensions c1: rrcConnectionRelease-r8: {
              releaseCause other,
              redirectedCarrierInfo geran: {
                startingARFCN 10,
                bandIndicator dcs1800,
                followingARFCNs explicitListOfARFCNs: {
                  12,
                  42
                }
              }
            }
          }
        }

Alternatively, rrc_redirect can be an array of objects. Each object contains the following fields:

plmncell_list.rrc_redirect.plmn

String. PLMN of the location area.

laccell_list.rrc_redirect.lac

Range 0 to 0xffff. LAC of the location area.

filename, content, content_type

String. ASN.1 property

The redirection is initiated with a CS fallback indication in the UE context modification request S1 message. The Location Area Information (PLMN and LAC) is used to select the redirection information sent in the RRC connection release. If the Location Area Information is not present, the first redirection is used.

rrc_redirect_after_eps_fallbackcell_list.rrc_redirect_after_eps_fallback

Optional integer. If set, defines RRC redirection index (See rrc_redirect) for the RRC connection release message after an EPS fallback handover.

idle_mode_mobility_controlcell_list.idle_mode_mobility_control

Optional object. If present, the RRC Connection Release message will contain the IdleModeMobilityControlInfo and optionally IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0 information. The object contains the following fields:

infocell_list.idle_mode_mobility_control.info

ASN.1 property. IdleModeMobilityControlInfo ASN.1 content.

info_v9e0cell_list.idle_mode_mobility_control.info_v9e0

Optional ASN.1 property. IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0 ASN.1 content.

Example of info file content (GSER): 

{
  freqPriorityListEUTRA {
    {
      carrierFreq 2850,
      cellReselectionPriority 4
    },
    {
      carrierFreq 65535,
      cellReselectionPriority 3
    }
  }
}

Example of info_v9e0 file content: 

{
  freqPriorityListEUTRA-v9e0 {
    {
    },
    {
      carrierFreq-v9e0 260000
    }
  }
}
scell_listcell_list.scell_list

Optional array of objects. List the cells of the same eNodeB which can be used for carrier aggregation. Each object contains the following fields:

cell_idcell_list.scell_list.cell_id

Range: 0 to 1023. Low 7 bit (long macro eNB), 8 bit (macro eNB) or 10 bit (short macro eNB) of the cell identifier.

cross_carrier_schedulingcell_list.scell_list.cross_carrier_scheduling

Boolean. True if cross carrier scheduling is enabled for this cell.

scheduling_cell_idcell_list.scell_list.scheduling_cell_id

Range: 0 to 1023. If cross carrier scheduling is enabled, gives the cell id in which the corresponding PDCCH is sent.

ul_allowedcell_list.scell_list.ul_allowed

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enable uplink for this serving cell.

rrc_configurationcell_list.scell_list.rrc_configuration

Optional enumeration: initial, measurement or api_only (default = initial). Desscribes the conditions under which the SCell is configured.
If set to initial, the SCell is added right away after the RRC connection establishment.
If set to measurement, the SCell can be dynamically added and released based on measurement reports configured in the scell_config element of the meas_config_desc object, see meas_config_desc.
If set to api_only, the SCell can only be added through the rrc_cnx_reconf API, see rrc_cnx_reconf.
Note that the rrc_cnx_reconf API can still add or release any SCell irrespective of its rrc_configuration value.

individual_offsetcell_list.scell_list.individual_offset

Optional integer, in dB. Relevant only when rrc_configuration is set to measurement. Individual offset used in A4 criteria evaluation for SCell addition.

a6_candidatescell_list.scell_list.a6_candidates

Optional array of integers. Defines the list of intra frequency cells candidates for SCell handover. Each entry of the array contains the cell_id value of the target cell that must also be defined in scell_list array.

scells_activationcell_list.scells_activation

Optional enumeration: mac_ce, direct or off (default = mac_ce). Selects how the eNB activates the secondary cells once they are configured. When off is selected, cells won’t be activated unless an API call to scells_act_deact is performed. When mac_ce is selected, all the SCells are activated right after their configuration using the MAC control element. When direct is selected, all the SCells are activated during their configuration using RRC signalling if the feature is supported by the UE. Otherwise it uses the MAC control element.

ue_cap_rat_typecell_list.ue_cap_rat_type

Optional array of strings. List the RAT types (eutra, utra, geran-cs, geran-ps, cdma2000-1XRTT, nr, eutra-nr) for the RRC UE capability enquiry message. In the first UE capability enquiry message, eutra is always included whatever the array content.

requested_eutra_freq_bandscell_list.requested_eutra_freq_bands

Optional array of 1 to 16 integers. Defines the list of EUTRA bands the eNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedFrequencyBands-r11 information element).

requested_eutra_max_ccs_dlcell_list.requested_eutra_max_ccs_dl

Optional integer (range = 2 to 32). Sets the maximum number of EUTRA DL CCs the eNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedMaxCCsDL-r13 information element).

requested_eutra_max_ccs_ulcell_list.requested_eutra_max_ccs_ul

Optional integer (range = 2 to 32). Sets the maximum number of EUTRA UL CCs the eNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedMaxCCsUL-r13 information element).

request_reduced_formatcell_list.request_reduced_format

Optional boolean. If set, the eNB will request the UE to provide EUTRA CA Combinations using supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 instead of supportedBandCombination-r10 in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestReducedFormat-r13 information element).

request_eutra_reduced_int_non_cont_combcell_list.request_eutra_reduced_int_non_cont_comb

Optional boolean. If set, the eNB will request an EUTRA reduced intra-band non-contiguous CA band combination in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestReducedIntNonContComb-r13 information element).

requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdccell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc

Optional array of objects of 0 to 1280 objects. If the array is present with at least one element, the requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC-r15 IE content will be based on the content provided. Otherwise, the eNB will build the requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC-r15 IE content based on the LTE and NR cells configured and their neighbor cells.
Each object contains the following parameters:

ratcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.rat

Enumeration (eutra or nr). RAT type for this FreqBandInformation item.

band_eutracell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.band_eutra

Optional integer (range 1 to 256). E-UTRA frequency band indicator. Must be present if rat is set to "eutra".

ca_bandwidth_class_dlcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.ca_bandwidth_class_dl

Optional enumeration (a, b, c, d, e, f). E-UTRA DL CA bandwidth class. Only used if rat is set to "eutra".

ca_bandwidth_class_ulcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.ca_bandwidth_class_ul

Optional enumeration (a, b, c, d, e, f). E-UTRA UL CA bandwidth class. Only used if rat is set to "eutra".

band_nrcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.band_nr

Optional integer (range 1 to 1024). NR frequency band indicator. Must be present if rat is set to "nr".

max_bandwidth_requested_dlcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_bandwidth_requested_dl

Optional enumeration (50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800). Maximum aggregated DL bandwidth. Only used if rat is set to "nr".

max_bandwidth_requested_ulcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_bandwidth_requested_ul

Optional enumeration (50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800). Maximum aggregated UL bandwidth. Only used if rat is set to "nr".

max_carriers_requested_dlcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_carriers_requested_dl

Optional integer (range 1 to 32). Maximum number of DL carriers. Only used if rat is set to "nr".

max_carriers_requested_ulcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_carriers_requested_ul

Optional integer (range 1 to 32). Maximum number of UL carriers. Only used if rat is set to "nr".

mr_dc_request_nr_dccell_list.mr_dc_request_nr_dc

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the includeNR-DC bit is set to true in the UE capability enquiry message so as to retrieve NR-DC band combinations. Note that it is automatically set if there is at least once cell configured for NR-DC.

rrc_ul_segmentation_supportcell_list.rrc_ul_segmentation_support

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, the eNB indicates that RRC UL segmentation is allowed in the RRC UE capability enquiry message.

single_ue_cap_enquirycell_list.single_ue_cap_enquiry

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, and if the UE and eNB supports R16 uplink RRC segmentation feature, EUTRA, NR and MRDC capabilities are requested in a single message.

srs_switching_time_requestcell_list.srs_switching_time_request

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the eNB sets the srs-SwitchingTimeRequest flag when requesting NR or EUTRA-NR UE capabilities.

uplink_tx_switch_requestcell_list.uplink_tx_switch_request

Optional boolean (default = true if a uplink_tx_switch configuration is present, false otherwise).
If set to true, the eNB sets the uplinkTxSwitchRequest flag when requesting NR or EUTRA-NR UE capabilities.

gbr_ul_ratiocell_list.gbr_ul_ratio

Optional float (default = 0.8). Maximum ratio of the uplink resources that can be reserved for GBR ERABs.

gbr_dl_ratiocell_list.gbr_dl_ratio

Optional float (default = 0.8). Maximum ratio of the downlink resources that can be reserved for GBR ERABs.

gbr_init_ul_bits_per_recell_list.gbr_init_ul_bits_per_re

Optional float (default = 2.0). The GBR ERAB resources are measured in terms of resource elements (RE) per second. Each RE can be assigned a given number of bits depending on the exact radio conditions. This parameter gives the initial number of bits per uplink RE when the UE is connecting (in this case no reliable radio quality measurement is available).

gbr_init_dl_bits_per_recell_list.gbr_init_dl_bits_per_re

Optional float (default = 2.0). Same as gbr_init_ul_bits_per_re for downlink.

gbr_congestedcell_list.gbr_congested

Optional boolean (default = false). Option that simulates a congestion once at least one GBR bearer is active in the cell. Any new GBR request will be rejected or will trigger a preemption depending on the ERAB ARP parameters.

ignore_gbr_congestioncell_list.ignore_gbr_congestion

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, no GBR congestion check is performed.

ue_count_maxcell_list.ue_count_max

Optional integer (default = 500). Maximum number of UEs (for this cell).

erab_count_maxcell_list.erab_count_max

Optional integer (default = 1500). Maximum number of ERABs (for this cell).

rrc_cnx_reject_waitTimecell_list.rrc_cnx_reject_waitTime

Optional integer (default = 10). RRC connection reject wait time in seconds.

rrc_cnx_reject_extWaitTimecell_list.rrc_cnx_reject_extWaitTime

Optional integer (default = 0). RRC connection reject extended wait time in seconds.

rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisationcell_list.rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisation

Optional object. If present, the deprioritisationReq-r11 field is added to the RRC Connection Reject message.
The object must contain the following fields:

typecell_list.rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisation.type

Enumeration ("none", "frequency" or "e-utra").

timercell_list.rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisation.timer

Optional enumeration (5, 10, 15 or 30). Timer in minutes. Required if type is not none.

rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTimecell_list.rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTime

Optional integer (default = 0). RRC connection release extended wait time in seconds.

rrc_cnx_release_waitTime_5gccell_list.rrc_cnx_release_waitTime_5gc

Optional integer (default = 0). RRC connection release wait time in seconds when connected to 5GC.

ims_emergency_supportcell_list.ims_emergency_support

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, IMS emergency support is advertised in SIB1.

ecall_over_ims_supportcell_list.ecall_over_ims_support

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, eCall over IMS support is advertised in SIB1.

labelcell_list.label

Optional string. Helper available in monitor (cell), remote API (config_get) and logs.

channel_dlcell_list.channel_dl

Optional object. Set the cell specific channel simulator configuration. See Cell specific channel simulator.

eps_fallback_fast_return_preferred_methodcell_list.eps_fallback_fast_return_preferred_method

Optional enumeration: none, handover, redirection (default = none). Set the preferred method for the EPS fallback fast return procedure. If the handover procedure fails a redirection is performed.
Note that the fast return can only be performed if the EPS fallback procedure was performed with a handover and if the NR SA source cell is in the LTE neighbor cell list.

ue_assistance_informationcell_list.ue_assistance_information

Optional object containing the UE assistance information procedure configuration. It can contain the following properties:

power_preferencecell_list.ue_assistance_information.power_preference

Optional object for the powerPrefIndicationConfig-r11 ASN.1 parameters.
Note that no action will be taken by the eNB when receiving the powerPrefIndication-r11 information. Its purpose is only to test the UE message sending.
It contains the following properties:

prohibit_timercell_list.ue_assistance_information.power_preference.prohibit_timer

Enumeration (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 60, 90, 120, 300, 600, -1). Sets the powerPrefIndicationConfig-r11 value. -1 means no powerPrefIndicationConfig-r11 is configured.

overheating_assistancecell_list.ue_assistance_information.overheating_assistance

Optional object for the overheatingAssistanceConfig-r14 ASN.1 parameters.
Note that no action will be taken by the eNB when receiving the overheatingAssistance-r14 information. Its purpose is only to test the UE message sending.
It contains the following properties:

prohibit_timercell_list.ue_assistance_information.overheating_assistance.prohibit_timer

Enumeration (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 60, 90, 120, 300, 600, -1). Sets the overheatingAssistanceConfig-r14 value. -1 means no overheatingAssistanceConfig-r14 is configured.

empty_bsr_grantcell_list.empty_bsr_grant

Optional object containing the empty BSR grant feature configuration.
When a UE reports an empty BSR (Buffer Status Report) MAC control element, the eNB stops scheduling it in UL and the UE needs to transmit a scheduling request to resume the UL transmission, which adds delay. With this feature, the UE will still be scheduled in UL after the empty BSR report for the configured duration with tb_len UL grants if it has a bearer active using a QCI/5QI with the use_empty_bsr_grant parameter set to true.
This feature is useful in case of an application being time sensitive but generating bursty UL traffic like a video live stream for example.
It contains the following properties:

durationcell_list.empty_bsr_grant.duration

Integer. Duration in milliseconds.

tb_lencell_list.empty_bsr_grant.tb_len

Integer. Length in bytes.

ran_slicingcell_list.ran_slicing

Optional array of objects. Defines the the maximum number of resources blocks that can be allocated for a slice by the ng-eNodeB, sorted by decreasing order of priority (if a UE has PDU sessions established in different S-NSSAIs, the scheduling constraints applied are the one of the S-NSSAI with the smallest index in the array). If a S-NSSAI defined in the cell is not defined in this array, it can use all the cell resource blocks. Each object contains the following properties:

sstcell_list.ran_slicing.sst

Integer (range 0 to 255). S-NSSAI Slice Service Type.

sdcell_list.ran_slicing.sd

Optional integer (range 0 to 0xFFFFFE). S-NSSAI Slice Differentiator.

dl_max_l_crbcell_list.ran_slicing.dl_max_l_crb

Optional integer (range 1 to n_rb_dl, default = n_rb_dl). Maximum number of DL resource blocks that can be used by the S-NSSAI.

ul_max_l_crbcell_list.ran_slicing.ul_max_l_crb

Optional integer (range 1 to n_rb_ul, default = n_rb_ul). Maximum number of UL resource blocks that can be used by the S-NSSAI.

8.5.3 Test parameters

The following cell parameters are only useful when the eNodeB is connected to a specific measurement equipment. They cannot normally be used with normal UEs.

sib_enablecell_list.sib_enable

Optional boolean (default = true). If false, disable the transmission of the SIBs.

pdcch_fillcell_list.pdcch_fill

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, add dummy PDCCHs filling the available PDCCH resources. For 1.4 and 3 bandwidths, PDCCHs of 1 CCE are added. For the other bandwidths, PDCCHs of 2 CCEs are added.

phich_fillcell_list.phich_fill

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, add dummy PHICH filling the available PHICH resources. 2 PHICH are added per group with HI=0 with sequence numbers 0 and 4 for normal cyclic and sequence numbers 0 and 2 for extended cyclic prefix.

boosted_prbscell_list.boosted_prbs

Optional string or array of array of integers. If present, specifies the list of boosted PRBs for each subframe. If a string is provided, it is E-TM1.2, E-TM3.2 or E-TM3.3 and the corresponding list of boosted PRBs is set as specified in 3GPP TS 36.141 section 6.1.1.

Otherwise, an array of PRBs is given for each subframe. The number of subframes must divide 20.

boosted_powercell_list.boosted_power

Optional float. If boosted_prbs is present, specifies the power in dB relative to the CRS of the resource elements in the boosted PRBs. In the subframes with boosted PRBs, the PRBs which are not boosted have a power so that the average relative power to the CRS is 0 dB.

deboosted_constellationcell_list.deboosted_constellation

Optional enumeration (qpsk, 16qam, 64qam, 256qam). If boosted_prbs is present, specify the constellation for the PRBs which are not boosted in the subframes where boosted PRBs are present.

forced_ricell_list.forced_ri

Optional integer. Range 0 to 8 (default = 0). If >= 1, use it as Rank Indicator (RI) returned by the UE.

forced_cqicell_list.forced_cqi

Optional integer. Range -1 to 15. (default = -1). If >= 0, use it as Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) returned by the UE.

forced_pmicell_list.forced_pmi

Optional integer. Range -1 to 15. (default = -1). If >= 0, use it as Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) returned by the UE.

pusch_fercell_list.pusch_fer

Optional float. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated PUSCH Frame Error Rate.

pdsch_fercell_list.pdsch_fer

Optional float. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated PDSCH Frame Error Rate.

test_modecell_list.test_mode

Optional object. Enable specific test modes where UE contexts are automatically created when starting the eNodeB. They are only useful when the eNodeB is connected to a specific measurement equipment.
The type property selects the test mode:

puschcell_list.test_mode.pusch

Enables continuous reception of PUSCH by the eNodeB. DCI 0 and PHICH are transmitted. The following additional properties are available:

rnticell_list.test_mode.pusch.rnti

Integer. Range 0 to 65535. Select the PUSCH RNTI.

pusch_retxcell_list.test_mode.pusch.pusch_retx

Boolean. If false, don’t force the UE to retransmit in case of error.

pusch_external_harq_ackcell_list.test_mode.pusch.pusch_external_harq_ack

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, transmit the PUSCH HARQ ACK/NACK and timing advance information to the TRX driver so that it can be transmitted to an external signal generator. The HARQ ACK/NACK signal is transmitted at the same time as PHICH (hence at PUSCH TTI + 4 in FDD mode). The timing advance information is transmitted at the same time as the corresponding PDSCH. The timing advance transmission period is set with the time_alignment_tx_timer parameter.

The cell properties pdcch_format, pusch_fixed_rb_alloc, pusch_mcs can be used to force specific PUSCH parameters.

pdschcell_list.test_mode.pdsch

Enables continuous transmission of PDSCH. The PDSCH payload contains valid data with PDCP packets of constant length. DCI are transmitted according to the selected transmission mode. PUCCH are received. The following additional properties are available:

rnticell_list.test_mode.pdsch.rnti

Integer. Range 0 to 65535. Select the PDSCH RNTI.

pdsch_retxcell_list.test_mode.pdsch.pdsch_retx

Boolean. If false, don’t retransmit the unacknowledged PDSCH (hence PUCCH ACK/NACK are ignored).

random_datacell_list.test_mode.pdsch.random_data

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, send random data instead of zeros in the PDCP payload.

The cell properties pdcch_format, pdsch_mcs, forced_ri, forced_cqi, forced_pmi, transmission_mode, dl_256qam, pdsch_fer can be used to force specific PDSCH parameters.

loadcell_list.test_mode.load

CPU load test. Several UEs are instanciated and all are transmitting and receiving at the same time. The following additional properties are available:

ue_countcell_list.test_mode.load.ue_count

Integer. Set the number of UE contexts. The upper bound is set to ue_count_max value.

The cell properties pusch_mcs, forced_ri, forced_cqi, forced_pmi, pusch_fer can be used to set the simulated radio conditions.

For all test modes, the category of the fake UE created can be set with the following parameter:

ue_categorycell_list.test_mode.ue_category

Optional integer (-1 to 26, default = 4). Category of the fake UE created for the test mode. -1 corresponds to a category M1 UE.

8.5.4 Bandwidth Reduced parameters (Category M1)

The following parameters configure the cell to allow the connection of Bandwidth-Reduced UEs (category M1). All the parameters are in the br_ue object. Bandwidth-reduced specific SIB configuration files must be used except for SIB1.

br_onlycell_list.br_ue.br_only

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, only category M1 UEs are allowed in this cell. The legacy LTE SIBs are disabled and no legacy LTE resources are allocated. 1.4 and 3 MHz category M1 cells must use br_only=true.

br_root_sequence_indexcell_list.br_ue.br_root_sequence_index

Range: 0 to 837. Set the BR PRACH root sequence index. It must be different for each neighbour cell operating on the same frequency and sharing the same PRACH configuration.

br_prach_freq_offsetcell_list.br_ue.br_prach_freq_offset

Optional integer. Range: -2 to n_rb_ul - 6 (default = -2). Set the PRACH frequency offset. The special value -2 indicates to take the value from the SIB2 (legacy case). The special value -1 indicates to automatically set it.

br_r_sib1cell_list.br_ue.br_r_sib1

Enumeration: 1, 2 or 4. Number of SIB1 BR repetitions per 20 ms (1, 2 or 4).

br_tbs_sib1cell_list.br_ue.br_tbs_sib1

Optional enumeration: 26, 32, 41, 63, 89, 117. SIB1 BR size in bytes. If not set, the size is automatically computed by the eNB based on the SIBs defined in the configuration file. It can be useful to set it manually in case new SIBs are scheduled during runtime (like SIB10, 11, 12 or 14).

br_si_window_lengthcell_list.br_ue.br_si_window_length

Enumeration: 20, 40, 60, 80, 120, 160, 200. BR SI window length in ms.

br_si_repetition_patterncell_list.br_ue.br_si_repetition_pattern

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8. SI repetition pattern (one every n Radio Frames)

br_sib_sched_listcell_list.br_ue.br_sib_sched_list

Array of ASN.1 properties. Each entry contains the content of one SI scheduling slot (the first slot must contain the SIB2):

si_periodicitycell_list.br_ue.br_sib_sched_list.si_periodicity

Enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512. SI periodicity in Radio Frames.

filename, content, content_type

See ASN.1 property

br_si_nb_idxcell_list.br_ue.br_si_nb_idx

Optional integer (default = -1). Forces the narrow band index used for BR SIB scheduling. The value -1 means that the eNB selects the narrow band automatically.

q_rx_lev_min_cecell_list.br_ue.q_rx_lev_min_ce

Optional integer (default = -71). Range: -71 to -22. SIB1 Cell selection information. The special value -71 indicates that the parameter is not transmitted.

q_qual_min_cecell_list.br_ue.q_qual_min_ce

Optional integer (default = -35). Range: -35 to -3. SIB1 Cell selection information. The special value -35 indicates that the parameter is not transmitted.

q_rx_lev_min_ce1cell_list.br_ue.q_rx_lev_min_ce1

Optional integer (default = -71). Range: -71 to -22. SIB1 Cell selection information. The special value -71 indicates that the parameter is not transmitted.

q_qual_min_ce1cell_list.br_ue.q_qual_min_ce1

Optional integer (default = -35). Range: -35 to -3. SIB1 Cell selection information. The special value -35 indicates that the parameter is not transmitted.

delta_rx_lev_min_ce1cell_list.br_ue.delta_rx_lev_min_ce1

Optional integer (default = 0). Range: -8 to 0. SIB1 Cell selection information. The special value 0 indicates that the parameter is not transmitted.

power_class_14dbm_offsetcell_list.br_ue.power_class_14dbm_offset

Optional enumeration (0, -6, -3, 3, 6, 9, 12). SIB1 powerClass14dBm-Offset-r15 parameter. The special value 0 indicates that the parameter is not transmitted. Only used if q_rx_lev_min_ce if not set to -71.

br_distributed_mpdcch_precoding_matrixcell_list.br_ue.br_distributed_mpdcch_precoding_matrix

Optional complex matrix. Set the distributed MPDCCH precoding matrix. It has n_antenna_dl rows and 2 columns.

br_coverage_levelscell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels

Array of objects. Configuration of each coverage level. There must be the same number of coverage levels as PRACH configurations in the SIB2. Since only CE mode A is currently supported, at most 2 coverage levels can be specified. For each coverage level, the following parameters are available:

br_rar_coderatecell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_rar_coderate

Float. Maximum code rate for the Random Access Response (RAR).

br_mpdcch_css_ra_alcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_css_ra_al

Enumeration: 8, 16, 24. MPDCCH aggregation level for the Common Search Space for the RAR message.

br_mpdcch_css_n_repcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_css_n_rep

Integer. Range: 1 to 255. Number of repetitions for the Common Search Space MPDCCH.

br_pusch_msg3_mcscell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_pusch_msg3_mcs

Range: 0 to 7. MCS for Msg3 (=CCCH RRC Connection Request).

br_mpdcch_n_rbcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_n_rb

Enumeration: 2, 4, 6. Number of PRBs for the UE specific MPDCCH.

br_mpdcch_tm_typecell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_tm_type

Enumeration: distributed or localized. Set the UE specific MPDCCH transmission mode. The localized transmission mode relies on the PMI reports from the UE, so it is normally used only with transmission modes 6 or 9.

br_mpdcch_alcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_al

Enumeration: 2, 4, 8, 16, 24. Aggregation level for the UE specific MPDCCH (it is currently statically configured).

br_mpdcch_n_rep_maxcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_n_rep_max

Integer. Range: 1 to 256. Maximum number of repetitions for the UE specific MPDCCH.

br_mpdcch_n_repcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_n_rep

Integer. Range: 1 to br_mpdcch_n_rep_max. Number of repetitions for the UE specific MPDCCH.

br_mpdcch_start_sfcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_start_sf

Float. Range: 1 to 10. Starting subframe value for the UE specific MPDCCH.

br_initial_cqicell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_initial_cqi

Range: 4 to 10. Initial CQI for BR UEs (used until the first CQI is received). It cannot currently be lower than 4 because no repetition is possible for CCCH.

br_pdsch_n_repcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_pdsch_n_rep

Integer. Range: 1 to 32. Number of repetitions for PDSCH (for normal UE data and RAR).

br_pusch_n_repcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_pusch_n_rep

Integer. Range: 1 to 32. Number of repetitions for PUSCH (for normal UE data).

br_msg3_pusch_n_repcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_msg3_pusch_n_rep

Integer. Range: 1 to 32. Number of repetitions for PUSCH (for MSG3).

br_pucch_fmt1_n_repcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_pucch_fmt1_n_rep

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8. Number of repetitions for PUCCH format 1 or 1A (FDD and CE mode A only).

br_pucch_fmt2_n_repcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_pucch_fmt2_n_rep

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8. Number of repetitions for PUCCH format 2 (FDD and CE mode A only).

inactivity_timercell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.inactivity_timer

Optional integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity. Allows to override the value defined in the cell object for this coverage level. Note that it is only used for the UE PCell.

br_sr_periodcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_sr_period

Optional enumeration of type sr_period. Overrides the scheduling request period set in the cell object by sr_period for this coverage level. For HD-FDD UEs, it is recommended to use a period bigger than (2*br_mpdcch_n_rep + br_pdsch_n_rep + br_pucch_fmt1_n_rep + 3). Note that the use of measurement gap (see parameter meas_gap_config) of same period may divide the effective period by two.

br_forced_sr_offsetcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_forced_sr_offset

Optional integer: range -1 to br_sr_period-1 (default = -1). Forces the scheduling request subframe offset sent to the UE. -1 means that the eNB allocates the value automatically.

br_cqi_periodcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_cqi_period

Optional enumeration of type cqi_period. Overrides the period of periodic CQI reporting set in the cell object by cqi_period for this coverage level. The largest br_cqi_period defined among the coverage levels should also be the least common multiple. (i.e a mix of periods 32, 64 or 128 with periods of 10, 20, 40, 80 or 160 is not supported). For HD-FDD UEs, it is recommended to use a period bigger than (2*br_mpdcch_n_rep + br_pdsch_n_rep + br_pucch_fmt2_n_rep + 3). Note that the use of measurement gap (see parameter meas_gap_config) of same period may divide the effective period by two.

br_pusch_n_rep_enhcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_pusch_n_rep_enh

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32. Defaults to br_pusch_n_rep if absent. This field is used when br_pdsch_pusch_enhancement is set to true to set the number of PUSCH repetitions for UEs supporting the rel14 ce-pdsch-pusch-Enhancement feature.

br_pusch_force_qpskcell_list.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_pusch_force_qpsk

Optional boolean (default = false). Control the ’mod_override’ bit in DCI 6-0A when br_pdsch_pusch_enhancement is set to true, for UEs supporting the rel14 ce-pdsch-pusch-Enhancement feature.

br_paging_mcscell_list.br_ue.br_paging_mcs

Integer. Range: 0 to 7. Maximum MCS used for paging messages. The eNB will select a MCS lower or equal to this value depending on the number of UEs present in the paging record list.

br_mpdcch_paging_n_repcell_list.br_ue.br_mpdcch_paging_n_rep

Integer. Range: 1 to 256. Number of repetition for the paging MPDCCH.

br_paging_n_repcell_list.br_ue.br_paging_n_rep

Integer. Range: 1 to 32. Number of repetitions for the paging message (PDSCH).

br_paging_direct_indicationcell_list.br_ue.br_paging_direct_indication

Optional boolean (default = false). When true, the eNB will send Direct Indication Information in DCI 6-2 instead of a full paging message, when applicable.

br_n1_pucch_sr_countcell_list.br_ue.br_n1_pucch_sr_count

Range: 1 to 1000. Number of Scheduling Request PUCCH resources reserved for BR UE.

br_cqi_pucch_n_rbcell_list.br_ue.br_cqi_pucch_n_rb

Range: 0 to n_rb_ul. Number of resources blocks reserved for CQI reporting thru PUCCH for BR UE. Must be even. Value 0 is only supported if all the coverage levels have a CQI period of 0.

br_mpdcch_ue_countcell_list.br_ue.br_mpdcch_ue_count

Integer >= 1. Maximum number of UEs assigned to a single MPDCCH resource.

br_t304cell_list.br_ue.br_t304

Optional enumeration: 50, 100, 150, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 10000 (default = t304 value). T304 timer for handover.

br_srs_enabledcell_list.br_ue.br_srs_enabled

Optional boolean (default = false). Enable SRS for the BR UEs.

br_forced_mpdcch_nb_idxcell_list.br_ue.br_forced_mpdcch_nb_idx

Optional integer (default = -1). Forces the narrow band index used for MPDCCH. The value -1 means that the eNB selects the narrow band automatically.

br_forced_pdsch_nb_idxcell_list.br_ue.br_forced_pdsch_nb_idx

Optional integer (default = -1). Forces the narrow band index used for PDSCH. The value -1 means that the eNB selects the narrow band automatically.

br_forced_pusch_nb_idxcell_list.br_ue.br_forced_pusch_nb_idx

Optional integer (default = -1). Forces the narrow band index used for PUSCH. The value -1 means that the eNB selects the narrow band automatically.

br_dl_sf_bitmapcell_list.br_ue.br_dl_sf_bitmap

Optional bit string to specify the BL/CE DL subframes in the cell. Parameter is a string of ’0’ and ’1’ of length 10 or 40. When present, it will set the SIB1 parameter fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR-r13.

br_pusch_nb_max_tbscell_list.br_ue.br_pusch_nb_max_tbs

Optional boolean (default = false). Add support for the rel14 ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS-r14 feature.

br_pdsch_pusch_enhancementcell_list.br_ue.br_pdsch_pusch_enhancement

Optional boolean (default = false). Add support for the rel14 ce-pdsch-pusch-EnhancementConfig-r14 feature. See the coverage level parameters br_pusch_n_rep_enh and br_pusch_force_qpsk for further control enabled by this feature.

br_scheduling_enhancementcell_list.br_ue.br_scheduling_enhancement

Optional integer, range 0-2 (default = 0). Add support for the rel14 ce-SchedulingEnhancement-r14 feature. Value 1 corresponds to range1, 2 to range2 and 0 means the feature is disabled.
Scheduling enhancement will be effectively used only when br_mpdcch_n_rep, br_pdsch_n_rep and br_pucch_fmt1_n_rep are all set to 1.

br_harq_ack_bundlingcell_list.br_ue.br_harq_ack_bundling

Optional boolean (default false). Add support for the rel14 ce-HARQ-AckBundling-r14 feature.
HARQ ACK bundling will be effectively used only when br_mpdcch_n_rep, br_pdsch_n_rep and br_pucch_fmt1_n_rep are all set to 1.

br_pdsch_ten_processescell_list.br_ue.br_pdsch_ten_processes

Optional boolean (default = false). Add support for the rel14 ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses-r14 feature.
Note that 10 HARQ processes can only be used when at least one of br_scheduling_enhancement or br_harq_ack_bundling is set.

br_pdsch_flexible_start_prbcell_list.br_ue.br_pdsch_flexible_start_prb

Optional boolean (default = false). Add support for the rel15 ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig feature.

br_guess_guard_timecell_list.br_ue.br_guess_guard_time

Optional boolean (default = false). Guess the presence of retuning PUSCH guard times. May improve the receive robustness in case the UE needs retuning guard times.

8.5.4.1 Wake-Up-Signal

wus_configcell_list.wus_config

Optional object containing the wake up signal configuration.

time_offsetcell_list.wus_config.time_offset

Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 80, 160, 240 (default = 0). Time offset (in ms) between the end of WUS transmission and beginning of paging occasion. If set to 0, WUS is not activated on the cell.

freq_locationcell_list.wus_config.freq_location

Optional enumeration: 0, 2, 4 (default = 0). First RB used for first WUS resource within a narrow band.

max_num_repcell_list.wus_config.max_num_rep

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 (default = 2). Maximum number of WUS repetitions (in subframes). Must be less than 0.5 x mpdcch-NumRepetition-Paging-r13 defined in SIB23.

num_pocell_list.wus_config.num_po

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4 (default = 1). Number of consecutive paging occasions mapped to one WUS.

groupscell_list.wus_config.groups

Optional array of objects containing group WUS config (two groups currently supported). If absent, group WUS is not enabled. The length of this array must be equal to 1.

prob_thresholdcell_list.wus_config.groups.prob_threshold

Enumeration: 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90. Paging probability threshold (in percent), between the two WUS groups.

resourcescell_list.wus_config.resources

Optional enumeration: 1, 2 (default = 1). Number of WUS resources for group WUS.

8.5.5 E-UTRA NR Dual Connectivity parameters

The following parameters configure some EN-DC parameters controlled by the LTE cell, and the relationship between LTE and NR cells.

en_dc_scg_cell_listcell_list.en_dc_scg_cell_list

Optional array of objects. Defines the list of NR cells that can be used by the LTE cell for EN-DC (similar to the scell_list array).
Each objet must contain the following parameters:

cell_idcell_list.en_dc_scg_cell_list.cell_id

Integer. cell_id as configured in the nr_cell_list object entry of the eNB configuration object.

nr_p_max_eutracell_list.nr_p_max_eutra

Optional integer (range = -30 to 33). Value of p-MaxEUTRA-r15 in RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1510-IEs/nr-Config-r15/setup IE.

8.5.6 DRB configuration

Array of objects giving the Data Radio Bearer configuration for each QCI (QoS Class Identifier). There must be at least one definition for QCI = 9 which is the default QCI.

Each object contains the following properties:

qcicell_list.drb_config.qci

Range: 1 to 255. The following parameters apply to DRBs of this QCI.

ims_dedicated_bearercell_list.drb_config.ims_dedicated_bearer

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, it indicates that this QCI is used for IMS dedicated bearers (VoLTE, ...)

rlc_configcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config

Object. Gives the RLC configuration. If UM (Unacknowledged Mode) is used, the ul_um and dl_um objects must be present. If AM (Acknowledged Mode) is used, the ul_am and dl_am objects must be present.

ul_umcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_um

Object. Uplink RLC UM configuration.

sn_FieldLengthcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_um.sn_FieldLength

Enumeration: 5, 10. Sequence number field length in bits.

dl_umcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_um

Object. Downlink RLC UM configuration.

sn_FieldLengthcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_um.sn_FieldLength

Enumeration: 5, 10. Sequence number field length in bits.

t_Reorderingcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_um.t_Reordering

Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 1600. t_Reordering timer value in ms.

ul_amcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am

Object. Uplink RLC AM configuration.

t_PollRetransmitcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.t_PollRetransmit

Enumeration: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 2000, 4000. t_PollRetransmit timer value in ms.

pollPDUcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.pollPDU

Enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 0. pollPDU value. 0 means infinity.

pollBytecell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.pollByte

Enumeration: 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 250, 375, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 2000, 3000, 0. pollByte value in kBytes. 0 means infinity.

maxRetxThresholdcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.maxRetxThreshold

Enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32. maxRetxThreshold value.

ul_extended_RLC_LI_Field_r12cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.ul_extended_RLC_LI_Field_r12

Optional boolean. If set to true and supported by the UE, a 15 bits LI will be used.

ul_extended_RLC_AM_SN_r13cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.ul_extended_RLC_AM_SN_r13

Optional boolean. If set to true and supported by the UE, a 16 bits SN and SO will be used.

pollPDU_v1310cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.pollPDU_v1310

Optional enumeration: 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 6144, 8192, 12288, 16384. pollPDU-v1310 value.

pollByte_r14cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.pollByte_r14

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 5, 8, 10, 15, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 9000, 10000, 11000, 12000, 13000, 14000, 15000, 16000, 17000, 18000, 19000, 20000, 25000, 30000, 35000, 40000. pollByte-r14 value in kBytes. Sent if supported by the UE.

dl_amcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am

Object. Downlink RLC AM configuration.

t_Reorderingcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.t_Reordering

Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 1600. t_Reordering timer value in ms.

t_StatusProhibitcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.t_StatusProhibit

Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2400. t_StatusProhibit timer value in ms.

dl_extended_RLC_LI_Field_r12cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.dl_extended_RLC_LI_Field_r12

Optional boolean. If set to true and supported by the UE, a 15 bits LI will be used.

dl_extended_RLC_AM_SN_r13cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.dl_extended_RLC_AM_SN_r13

Optional boolean. If set to true and supported by the UE, a 16 bits SN and SO will be used.

pdcp_configcell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config

Object. Gives the PDCP configuration.

discardTimercell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.discardTimer

Integer. PDCP discardTimer variable (in ms). 0 means infinity.

pdcp_SN_Sizecell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.pdcp_SN_Size

(UM only) Enumeration: 7, 12. pdcp sequence number size in bits.

pdcp_SN_Size_v1130cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.pdcp_SN_Size_v1130

(AM only) Optional boolean. If set to true and supported by the UE, a 15 bits SN will be used.

pdcp_SN_Size_v1310cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.pdcp_SN_Size_v1310

(AM only) Optional boolean. If set to true and supported by the UE, a 18 bits SN will be used.

statusReportRequiredcell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.statusReportRequired

(AM only) Boolean. PDCP statusReportRequired variable.

headerCompressioncell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression

Optional object. If not present or null, header compression is disabled.

maxCIDcell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.maxCID

Range: 1 to 16383.

profile0x0001cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0001

Boolean. If true, enable RTP v1 ROHC profile.

profile0x0002cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0002

Boolean. If true, enable UDP v1 ROHC profile.

profile0x0004cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0004

Boolean. If true, enable IP v1 ROHC profile.

nr_pdcp_configcell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config

Optional object. Gives the NR PDCP configuration. If set, and if the UE supports NR PDCP for EUTRA ERABs, the ERAB will be established with a NR PDCP entity instead of an EUTRA PDCP entity. Its presence is mandatory for a ng-eNB cell.

discardTimercell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.discardTimer

Enumeration: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 500, 750, 1500, 2000 or 0. Duration of the discard timer in ms. 0 means infinity.

pdcp_SN_SizeULcell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.pdcp_SN_SizeUL

Enumeration: 12 or 18. Uplink SN size in bits.

pdcp_SN_SizeDLcell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.pdcp_SN_SizeDL

Enumeration: 12 or 18. Downlink SN size in bits.

headerCompressioncell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.headerCompression

Optional object. If not present or null, header compression is disabled.

maxCIDcell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.headerCompression.maxCID

Range: 1 to 16383.

profile0x0001cell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0001

Boolean. If true, enable RTP v1 ROHC profile.

profile0x0002cell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0002

Boolean. If true, enable UDP v1 ROHC profile.

profile0x0004cell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0004

Boolean. If true, enable IP v1 ROHC profile.

statusReportRequiredcell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.statusReportRequired

(AM only) Boolean. Indicates if status reports must be generated or not.

outOfOrderDeliverycell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.outOfOrderDelivery

Boolean. Indicates if out of order delivery must be activated or not.

t_Reorderingcell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.t_Reordering

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 240, 260, 280, 300, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 1750, 2000, 2250, 2500, 2750, 3000. Duration of the t-Reordering timer in ms.

restrict_to_ng_enbcell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.restrict_to_ng_enb

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the nr_pdcp_config settings are only used for UEs connected to the ng-eNB.

en_dc_splitcell_list.drb_config.en_dc_split

Optional object. It defines if the current QCI can be used for EN-DC split bearers or not.
It contains the following items:

typecell_list.drb_config.en_dc_split.type

Enumeration: mcg, scg. Defines which cell group is the primary path. If set to mcg, nr_pdcp_config object must be defined also.
The value mcg corresponds to option 3.
The value scg corresponds to option 3x.
The absence of the en_dc_split configuration object and the same QCI being defined in the NR cell DRB configuration object corresponds to option 3a.

ul_data_thresholdcell_list.drb_config.en_dc_split.ul_data_threshold

Optional enumeration: 0, 100, 200, 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800, 25600, 51200, 102400, 204800, 409600, 819200, 1228800, 1638400, 2457600, 3276800, 4096000, 4915200, 5734400, 6553600, -1 (default = -1). Defines the PDCP ul-DataSplitThreshold parameter in bytes. -1 means infinity.

secondary_path_dl_ratiocell_list.drb_config.en_dc_split.secondary_path_dl_ratio

Optional number between 0 and 1 (default = -1). Experimental feature trying to force data ratio between both bearers, -1 disables it. Note that the ratio cannot be sustained if the force_dl_schedule option is activated in one of the cells used for the traffic, or if multiple bearers with different priorities are used, or if the traffic pushed is higher than the maximum physical bitrate.
Example: if 10Mbps is sent and ratio is set to 0.75, primary path will schedule 2.5Mbps and secondary 7.5Mbps.

logical_channel_configcell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config

Object. MAC Logical channel configuration. The downlink values are assumed to be the same as the uplink values.

prioritycell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.priority

Range: 1 to 16. logical channel priority. Lower value has more priority.

prioritisedBitRatecell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.prioritisedBitRate

Enumeration: 0, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, -1, 512, 1024, 2048. Prioritised bit rate. -1 means infinity.

bucketSizeDurationcell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.bucketSizeDuration

Enumeration: 50, 100, 150, 300, 500, 1000. Bucket size duration in ms.

logicalChannelGroupcell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.logicalChannelGroup

Range: 0 to 3. Logical channel group to which this logical channel belongs.

logicalChannelSR_Maskcell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.logicalChannelSR_Mask

Optional boolean. Indicates whether this DRB should use SR masking or not.

logicalChannelSR_Prohibitcell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.logicalChannelSR_Prohibit

Optional boolean. Indicates whether this DRB will use the R12 logical channel SR prohibit timer or not. Note that it requires setting logical_channel_sr_prohibit_timer parameter in mac_config object.

need_spscell_list.drb_config.need_sps

Optional enumeration: dl, ul, both or none (default = none). If present, defines whether the radio bearer needs an SPS configuration for DL, UL or both directions.

If a corresponding configuration exists in the eNB (See SPS configuration) and if the UE supports SPS, SPS will be configured when the bearer is established.

Further Activation/Release of the SPS allocations will be performed depending on the trafic on the radio bearer.

5qi_qoscell_list.drb_config.5qi_qos

Optional object. Default 5QI QoS characteristics to be used for this 5QI by the ng-eNB. If not present, the ng-eNB tries to retrieve a default value based on 3GPP TS 23.501 table 5.7.4-1 and errors if the 5QI value is unknown.

priority_levelcell_list.drb_config.5qi_qos.priority_level

Integer (range 1 to 127).

averaging_windowcell_list.drb_config.5qi_qos.averaging_window

Optional integer (range 1 to 4095). Averaging window for GBR bearers.

use_empty_bsr_grantcell_list.drb_config.use_empty_bsr_grant

Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates if empty BSR grant feature must be used for this QCI. See empty_bsr_grant LTE cell parameter.

tx_fifo_sizecell_list.drb_config.tx_fifo_size

Optional integer (default = 10485760). Defines the maximum number of bytes that can be queued in the DL PDCP entity before dropping incoming DL packets.

8.5.7 MBMS configuration

mbms_dedicatedcell_list.mbms_dedicated

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the cell is MBMS dedicated. It is downlink only. Only the 15 kHz subcarrier spacing is supported for PMCH.

pmch_bandwidthcell_list.pmch_bandwidth

Optional integer (range 6 to 8). Specifies the PMCH bandwidth in MHz for MBMS dedicated cell. If not present, the PMCH has the same bandwidth as the cell.

reference_signal_powercell_list.reference_signal_power

Optional integer (range -60 to 50). Specifies the reference signal power in dBm for MBMS dedicated cell. The reference signal power is currently not automatically set for MBMS dedicated cell. This parameter does not apply to non-MBMS dedicated cells.

mbmscell_list.mbms

The object mbms gives the eNB MBMS configuration. Other parameters previously present in this object are now configured in MBMS Gateway. Here are the properties of the object:

sib13_periodicitycell_list.mbms.sib13_periodicity

Integer. Range: 8 to 512, power of two. Periodicity (in 10 ms frames) of the SIB13 retransmission. The SIB13 contain the parameters to find the MCCH for each MBSFN area.

synchronization_area_idcell_list.mbms.synchronization_area_id

Integer. Range: 0 to 65535. MBSFN synchronization area identifier sent in the M2 Setup Request message.

use_precise_timestampcell_list.mbms.use_precise_timestamp

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, eNB and MBMSGW internal time (as seen by the time monitor command) are assumed to be synchronized. SYNC packets will be dropped in their time stamp is not ahead of 1 to msp_fifo_size number of times the MCH Scheduling Period compared to the current eNB internal time. If set to false, the eNB will not consider the SYNC packet timestamp.

mbms_time_offsetcell_list.mbms.mbms_time_offset

Optional integer. Offset in ms applied to the eNB internal time (as retrieved by the time monitor command) so as to synchronize the eNB with the MBMSGW and ensure that they have a common time base for SYNC protocol. It is ignored if use_precise_timestamp option is set to false.

msp_fifo_sizecell_list.mbms.msp_fifo_size

Optional integer. Range: 2 to 512, default set to 8. Size of the FIFO used by eNB to store SYNC packets based on their timestamp, ahead of the current MCH Scheduling Period (one entry per MCH Scheduling Period). Should be set to a relevant value according to the time_offset parameter set in MBMS Gateway.

service_area_id_listcell_list.mbms.service_area_id_list

Array of integers. Range: 0 to 65535 per item. List of MBMS service areas for which the cell is subscribed. This list is sent in the M2 Setup Request message.

notification_configcell_list.mbms.notification_config

Object. Definition of the MCCH change notification parameters. Note: the MCCH parameters are currently static so that eNodeB never signals MCCH change.

notification_repetition_coeffcell_list.mbms.notification_config.notification_repetition_coeff

Enumeration: 2, 4.

notification_offsetcell_list.mbms.notification_config.notification_offset

Range: 0 to 10.

notification_sf_indexcell_list.mbms.notification_config.notification_sf_index

Range: 1 to 6.

cas_mutingcell_list.mbms.cas_muting

Optional object. Optional CAS muting parameters for MBMS dedicated cell. The CAS parameters transmitted in M2AP are currently ignored. Use this object to set them instead.

k_cascell_list.mbms.cas_muting.k_cas

Integer. Range: 4 to 63.

n_cascell_list.mbms.cas_muting.n_cas

Enumeration: 2, 4, 8, 16.

8.5.8 SON configuration

The optional object son_config gives the SON configuration. It contains the following properties:

add_all_xap_cellscell_list.son_config.add_all_xap_cells

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, all the serving cells declared by a peer eNB/ng-eNB using X2AP/XnAP connection are automatically added to the neighbour cell list.

apply_meas_config_immediatelycell_list.son_config.apply_meas_config_immediately

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, a new RRC reconfiguration message is sent to all UEs in RRC connected state when a new neighbour cell is automatically added. If set to false, only new RRC connections will have the new neighbour cells added in the mobility configuration. Note that this operation can be CPU intensive if a lot of UEs are connected.

anrcell_list.son_config.anr

Optional object containing the ANR configuration. It contains the following properties:

enabledcell_list.son_config.anr.enabled

Optional boolean. Activates or deactivates ANR feature.

ue_ratiocell_list.son_config.anr.ue_ratio

Optional float (range 0 to 1). Defines the ratio of UEs involved in the ANR procedure. 0 means no UE and 1 means all UEs.

default_peer_enb_typecell_list.son_config.anr.default_peer_enb_type

Optional enumeration (macro, short_macro, long_macro or home). Defines the default peer eNB type for cells discovered by the ANR procedure. It is set by default to the enb_type eNB parameter.

periodical_report_intervalcell_list.son_config.anr.periodical_report_interval

Optional enumeration (ms120, ms240, ms480, ms640, ms1024, ms2048, ms5120, ms10240, min1, min6, min12, min30, min60; default = ms1024). Defines the periodicity of the measurement reports for the EARFCNs defined in earfcn_list.

earfcn_listcell_list.son_config.anr.earfcn_list

Optional array of objects defining the EARFCNs to monitor for the ANR procedure. Each object of the array contains the following properties:

dl_earfcncell_list.son_config.anr.earfcn_list.dl_earfcn

Integer (range 0 to 262143). DL EARFCN to monitor.

multi_band_listcell_list.son_config.anr.earfcn_list.multi_band_list

Optional array of integers. List the additional bands supported by the DL EARFCN to monitor, in decreasing priority order (MFBI feature).

8.6 NB-IoT cell configuration

8.6.1 NB-IoT Frequency setting

NB-IoT carrier frequency position is not straightforward, especially for in-band and guard-band operation. The eNB provides two mutually exclusive ways to specify a NB-IoT carrier frequency:

This is done with the parameters detailed below:

dl_prbnb_cell_list.dl_prb

Optional integer, available only for in-band or guard-band operation. If the parameter is present, dl_earfcn and dl_carrier_freq_offset shall not be present. Range: -6 to n_rb_dl+5. If provided, it defines the DL PRB of the base LTE cell in which the NB-IoT carrier is deployed.

  • In-band operation: range 0 to n_rb_dl-1. For anchor carriers, not all PRB are suitable because the frequency needs to be in the 7.5kHz range around an NB EARFCN. Authorized PRB are given in 3GPP TS 36.213 chapter 16.8.
  • Guard-band operation: range [-6..-1] and [n_rb_dl..n_rb_dl+5]. The PRB is virtual and is not mapped by the base LTE cell.
    Not all PRB are suitable because the carrier shall fit inside the guardband interval.
    For anchor carriers, the PRB also needs to be in the 7.5 kHz range around an NB EARFCN.
    Note that this constraint make it impossible to have an anchor carrier in the guard-band of a 1.4 or 3 MHz LTE cell.
dl_earfcnnb_cell_list.dl_earfcn

Optional integer, range: 0 to 262143. Set the NB DL EARFCN. This parameter is mandatory for standalone operation. For in-band and guard-band operation, dl_prb can be used instead.
For in-band operation and anchor carriers, the NB DL EARFCN must be in a range of 7.5 kHz around the center of a PRB of the base LTE cell. Such NB DL EARFCN are spaced by 900 kHz (5 resource blocks).
For in-band operation and non-anchor carriers, the NB DL EARFCN must be in a range of 50 kHz around the center of a PRB of the base LTE cell.
For in-band and guard-band operation, eNB will automatically compute a valid value for dl_carrier_freq_offset to fully specify the NB carrier position.
For guard-band operation, the NB carrier shall fit inside the guardband interval. Note that this constraint make it impossible to have an anchor carrier in the guard-band of a 1.4 or 3 MHz LTE cell.

dl_carrier_freq_offsetnb_cell_list.dl_carrier_freq_offset

Optional integer, range: -10 to 9. Set the offset (also called raster offset in 3GPP TS 36.331 or M_{DL} in 3GPP TS 36.101) between the actual NB DL carrier position and the NB DL EARFCN. This parameter can only be used with a dl_earfcn setting and for in-band or guard-band operation.
For anchor carriers, it must be in the range -2 to 1.
Value in kHz is 5*dl_carrier_freq_offset + 2.5.
Note that this parameter is truly necessary only for non-anchor carriers in guard-operation when several NB carriers can correspond to the same NB DL EARFCN. This parameter shall not be present for stand-alone operation.

ul_prbnb_cell_list.ul_prb

Optional integer, available only for in-band or guard-band operation. If the parameter is present, ul_earfcn and ul_carrier_freq_offset shall not be present. Range: -6 to n_rb_ul+5. If provided, it defines the UL PRB of the base LTE cell in which the NB-IoT carrier is deployed.

  • In-band operation: range 0 to n_rb_dl-1. The PRB shall not be used by PRACH or PUCCH on the base LTE cell. It is more efficient to set it at the edge of the PUSCH spectrum to have larger contiguous PUSCH allocations.
  • Guard-band operation: range [-6..-1] and [n_rb_dl..n_rb_dl+5]. The PRB is virtual and is not mapped by the base LTE cell. Not all PRB are suitable because the carrier shall fit in the guardband interval, depending on the base LTE cell bandwidth.
ul_earfcnnb_cell_list.ul_earfcn

Optional integer, range: 0 to 262143. Set the NB UL EARFCN. If neither ul_earfcn nor ul_prb are provided, the default DL/UL separation is used. For in-band and guard-band operation, ul_prb can be used instead.
For in-band operation, the NB UL EARFCN must be in a range of 50 kHz around the center of a UL PRB of the base LTE cell and this PRB must follow the restriction specified above for ul_prb.
For in-band and guard-band operation, eNB will automatically compute a valid value for ul_carrier_freq_offset to fully specify the NB carrier position.

ul_carrier_freq_offsetnb_cell_list.ul_carrier_freq_offset

Optional integer, range: -10 to 9. Set the offset (also called raster offset or M_{UL} in 3GPP TS 36.101) between the actual NB UL carrier position and the NB UL EARFCN. This parameter can only be used with a ul_earfcn setting and for in-band or guard-band operation.
Value in kHz is 5*ul_carrier_freq_offset.
It is only really mandatory to specify this value for guard-operation when several NB carriers can correspond to the same NB UL EARFCN. This parameter shall not be present for stand-alone operation.

8.6.2 Basic NB-IoT cell parameters

plmn_listnb_cell_list.plmn_list

Array of objects or strings. List of PLMNs broadcasted by the eNodeB. At most 6 PLMNs are supported. Each element of the array is either a PLMN (5 or 6 digit string) or an object containing the following properties:

plmnnb_cell_list.plmn_list.plmn

String. PLMN (5 or 6 digits).

reservednb_cell_list.plmn_list.reserved

Boolean. True if the cell is reserved for operator use.

attach_without_pdnnb_cell_list.plmn_list.attach_without_pdn

Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates if PLMN supports attach without PDN connectivity.

additional_tac_listnb_cell_list.plmn_list.additional_tac_list

optional array of 1 to 11 integers (range 1 to 0xFFFFFF, except 0xFFFFFE). List of additional Tracking Area Code for this PLMN. Only applicable to NTN cells.

When reserved is not provided, its default value is false.

plmn_list_5gcnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc

Optional list of objects. List of PLMNs broadcasted by the ng-eNodeB. At most 6 PLMNs are supported, only 1 object is supported. Each object contains the following properties:

plmn_idsnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids

Array of objects. The array can contain up to 6 PLMNs. Each object contains the following properties:

plmnnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.plmn

String. PLMN (5 or 6 digits).

reservednb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.reserved

Boolean. True if the cell is reserved for operator use.

ng_u_data_transfernb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.ng_u_data_transfer

Optional boolean (default = true). ng-U-DataTransfer-r16 parameter.

truncated_5g_s_tmsinb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.truncated_5g_s_tmsi

Optional object. Defines the parameters to rebuild the UE 5G-S-TMSI from the truncated 5G-S-TMSI. The object contains the following properties:

amf_set_id_upper_bits_lennb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.truncated_5g_s_tmsi.amf_set_id_upper_bits_len

Integer (range 0 to 9). Number of upper bits to rebuild the AMF Set ID.

amf_set_id_upper_bitsnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.truncated_5g_s_tmsi.amf_set_id_upper_bits

Integer. Upper bits AMF Set ID value.

amf_pointer_upper_bits_lennb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.truncated_5g_s_tmsi.amf_pointer_upper_bits_len

Integer (range 0 to 5). Number of upper bits to rebuild the AMF Pointer.

amf_pointer_upper_bitsnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.truncated_5g_s_tmsi.amf_pointer_upper_bits

Integer. Upper bits AMF Pointer value.

fiveg_tmsi_upper_bitsnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.truncated_5g_s_tmsi.fiveg_tmsi_upper_bits

Integer. Upper bits 5G-TMSI value.

tacnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.tac

Integer (range 1 to 0xFFFFFF, except 0xFFFFFE). Tracking Area Code of the cell.

reservednb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.reserved

Boolean. True if the cell is reserved for operator use.

nssainb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.nssai

Optional array of objects. List of supported S-NSSAIs.
Default content is sst: 1 (eMBB).
Each object will set a S-NSSAI value as defined below:

sstnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sst

Integer (range 0 to 255). Slice Service Type.

sdnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sd

Optional integer (range 0 to 0xFFFFFE). Slice Differentiator.

eutra_5gc_onlynb_cell_list.eutra_5gc_only

Optional boolean (default = false). It plmn_list_5gc is present and if this parameter is set to true, EUTRA/EPC access is barred and only EUTRA/5GC access is allowed.

operation_modenb_cell_list.operation_mode

Enumeration: same_pci, diff_pci, guardband, standalone. Set the cell operation mode. same_pci and diff_pci are for in-band operation. diff_pci must be used in case of a LTE base cell with 4 PBCH antenna ports.

For in-band operation, the eNodeB checks that the specified DL and UL EARFCN are consistent.

dl_prbnb_cell_list.dl_prb

See NB-IoT frequency setting.

ul_prbnb_cell_list.ul_prb

See NB-IoT frequency setting.

dl_earfcnnb_cell_list.dl_earfcn

See NB-IoT frequency setting.

dl_carrier_freq_offsetnb_cell_list.dl_carrier_freq_offset

See NB-IoT frequency setting.

ul_earfcnnb_cell_list.ul_earfcn

See NB-IoT frequency setting.

ul_carrier_freq_offsetnb_cell_list.ul_carrier_freq_offset

See NB-IoT frequency setting.

n_antenna_dlnb_cell_list.n_antenna_dl

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4 or 8. Number of DL antennas. It must be the same for all NB-IoT and LTE cells sharing the same RF port.

n_antenna_ulnb_cell_list.n_antenna_ul

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4 or 8. Number of UL antennas. It must be the same for all NB-IoT and LTE cells sharing the same RF port.

n_antenna_pbchnb_cell_list.n_antenna_pbch

Optional enumeration: 1, 2. Number of NPBCH antenna ports. It is automatically set to min(2, number of PBCH antenna ports of the base cell) for in-band operation. Otherwise its default value is min(2, n_antenna_dl).

rf_portnb_cell_list.rf_port

Optional integer (default = 0). This parameter selects the RF port when several cells on different RF interfaces or RF bands are handled by the eNodeB. The number of supported RF ports depends on the radio head. For example, each PCIe card or N210 counts as one RF port.

multi_band_listnb_cell_list.multi_band_list

Optional array of integers. List the additional bands supported by the cell, in decreasing priority order (MFBI feature). The downlink and uplink frequency of the cell must exist in all these bands.

cell_idnb_cell_list.cell_id

Range: 0 to 1023. 7 bit (long macro eNB), 8 bit (macro eNB) or 10 bit (short macro eNB) cell identifier. The 28 bit E-UTRAN cell identity is the concatenation of enb_id and cell_id.

tacnb_cell_list.tac

Range 1 to 0xFFFF, except 0xFFFE. Tracking Area Code of the cell. Note: the NB-IoT and LTE tracking areas must be different.

base_cell_idnb_cell_list.base_cell_id

Integer. Only needed for in-band / guard band operation. 7, 8 or 10 bit cell identifier of the base cell in which the NB-IoT cell is mapped.

cell_gainnb_cell_list.cell_gain

Optional float (default = 0). Downlink cell gain in dB. Must be between -200 and 0 (included). Note: it is not taken into account to set SIB2.nrs-Power-r13.

nrs_crs_power_offsetnb_cell_list.nrs_crs_power_offset

Optional float. Range: -6 to 9 (default = 0). Power offset in dB of the Narrow band Reference Signal with respect to the LTE Cell Reference Signal. This field is unused when the operation mode is standalone.

n_id_ncellnb_cell_list.n_id_ncell

Range: 0 to 503. Physical cell identifier. It is not necessary if the operation mode is same_pci.

cipher_algo_prefnb_cell_list.cipher_algo_pref

Array of integers. Set the preferred algorithms for RRC and User Plane encryption in decreasing order of preference (see corresponding LTE cell parameter).

cipher_algo_null_allowednb_cell_list.cipher_algo_null_allowed

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to false, the use of NULL ciphering algorithm (EEA0) is forbidden unless the UE performs an emergency registration.

integ_algo_prefnb_cell_list.integ_algo_pref

Array of integers. Set the preferred algorithms for RRC integrity check in decreasing order of preference (see corresponding LTE cell parameter).

integ_algo_null_allowednb_cell_list.integ_algo_null_allowed

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to false, the use of NULL integrity algorithm (EIA0) is forbidden unless the UE performs an emergency registration.

inactivity_timernb_cell_list.inactivity_timer

Integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity.

rel13_5nb_cell_list.rel13_5

Optional boolean (default = true). If true, enable incompatible physical layer changes for NPBCH/BCCH introduced in release 13.5.

8.6.3 System Information parameters

si_value_tagnb_cell_list.si_value_tag

Range: 0 to 31. Increment modulo 32 if SI is modified.

r_sib1nb_cell_list.r_sib1

Enumeration: 4, 8, 16. Number of SIB1 repetitions for 256 radio frames.

tbs_sib1nb_cell_list.tbs_sib1

Optional enumeration: 26, 41, 55, 85. SIB1 size in bytes. If not set, the size is automatically computed by the eNB based on the SIBs defined in the configuration file. It can be useful to set it manually in case new SIBs are scheduled during runtime (like SIB14).

cell_barrednb_cell_list.cell_barred

Boolean or string (true, false or "auto"). Value of SIB1.cellBarred-r13. If set to "auto", the cell is barred when there is no connection with a core network for any of the PLMNs broadcast.

intra_freq_reselectionnb_cell_list.intra_freq_reselection

Boolean. Value of SIB1.intraFreqReselection-r13

q_rx_lev_minnb_cell_list.q_rx_lev_min

Integer. Value of SIB1.q-RxLevMin.

delta_rx_lev_minnb_cell_list.delta_rx_lev_min

Optional integer (-8 to 0). Value of SIB1.nonCriticalExtension.cellSelectionInfo-v1350.delta-RxLevMin-v1350. If set to 0, the field is not transmitted.

q_qual_minnb_cell_list.q_qual_min

Integer. Value of SIB1.q-QualMin

power_class_14dbm_offsetnb_cell_list.power_class_14dbm_offset

Optional enumeration (0, -6, -3, 3, 6, 9, 12). Value of SIB1.nonCriticalExtension.nonCriticalExtension.cellSelectionInfo-v1430.powerClass14dBm-Offset-r14. The special value 0 indicates that the parameter is not transmitted.

ce_authorization_offsetnb_cell_list.ce_authorization_offset

Optional enumeration (0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35). Value of SIB1.nonCriticalExtension.nonCriticalExtension.cellSelectionInfo-v1430.ce-authorisationOffset-r14. The special value 0 indicates that the parameter is not transmitted.

p_maxnb_cell_list.p_max

Optional integer. Value of SIB1.p-Max.

dl_bitmapnb_cell_list.dl_bitmap

Optional bit string. Set the Downlink Subframe bitmap. It must contain 10 or 40 bits.

si_window_lengthnb_cell_list.si_window_length

Integer. SI window length in ms.

si_radio_frame_offsetnb_cell_list.si_radio_frame_offset

Integer. SI radio frame offset (in radio frames).

si_value_tag_list_enablenb_cell_list.si_value_tag_list_enable

Boolean. If true, enables per SIB si_value_tag.

sib_sched_listnb_cell_list.sib_sched_list

Array of ASN.1 properties. Each entry contains the content of one SI scheduling slot (the first slot must contain the SIB2):

si_periodicitynb_cell_list.sib_sched_list.si_periodicity

Integer. SI periodicity in Radio Frames.

si_repetition_patternnb_cell_list.sib_sched_list.si_repetition_pattern

Integer. The SI is present every si_repetition_pattern radio frames.

si_value_tagnb_cell_list.sib_sched_list.si_value_tag

Optional integer. Range: 0 to 3. Must be present if si_value_tag_list_enable is true. Increment modulo 4 if the corresponding SIB is modified.

filename, content, content_type

See ASN.1 property

si_tb_sizenb_cell_list.sib_sched_list.si_tb_size

Optional integer. Values: 7, 15, 26, 32, 41, 55, 69 or 85. Sets the TB size in bytes of this SIB message. If not set, the smallest TB size fitting the message is chosen.

sib16nb_cell_list.sib16

Optional object. If present, the SIB16 message will be scheduled.

si_periodicitynb_cell_list.sib16.si_periodicity
si_repetition_patternnb_cell_list.sib16.si_repetition_pattern
si_value_tagnb_cell_list.sib16.si_value_tag

It must contain the si_periodicity, si_repetition_pattern and si_value_tag objects described in sib_sched_list. See sib_sched_list.

time_reference_infonb_cell_list.sib16.time_reference_info

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, adds the timeReferenceInfo-r15 IE to SIB16.

sib22nb_cell_list.sib22

Optional object. If present, the SIB22 message will be scheduled. SIB22 is necessary to enable NPRACH on non-anchor carriers. Configuration must contain the si_periodicity, si_repetition_pattern and si_value_tag objects described in sib_sched_list. See sib_sched_list.

sib31nb_cell_list.sib31

Optional object. If present, the SIB31 message will be scheduled. SIB31 is necessary to enable NTN functionnality in the cell. See Non Terrestrial Network. It must contain the si_periodicity, si_repetition_pattern and si_value_tag objects described in sib_sched_list. See sib_sched_list.

cp_Reestablishment_r14nb_cell_list.cp_Reestablishment_r14

Optional boolean. If present, it overrides the cp-Reestablishment-r14 field in SIB2-NB message.

8.6.4 MAC configuration

mac_confignb_cell_list.mac_config

Object. MAC configuration. Currently the same for all UEs. The following properties are defined:

msg3_max_harq_txnb_cell_list.mac_config.msg3_max_harq_tx

Integer. Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for MSG3.

ul_max_harq_txnb_cell_list.mac_config.ul_max_harq_tx

Integer. Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for uplink.

dl_max_harq_txnb_cell_list.mac_config.dl_max_harq_tx

Integer. Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for downlink.

ul_max_consecutive_retxnb_cell_list.mac_config.ul_max_consecutive_retx

Integer. Maximum number of UL retransmissions after which the UE is disconnected.
If NPDCCH order NPRACH is defined for the current coverage level of the UE, the eNB will send a NPDCCH order.

dl_max_consecutive_retxnb_cell_list.mac_config.dl_max_consecutive_retx

Integer. Maximum number of DL retransmissions after which the UE is disconnected. If NPDCCH order NPRACH is defined for the current coverage level of the UE, the eNB will send a NPDCCH order.

time_alignment_timer_dedicatednb_cell_list.mac_config.time_alignment_timer_dedicated

Integer. Time alignment timer dedicated in ms. 0 means infinity.

periodic_bsr_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.periodic_bsr_timer

Integer. Periodic BSR timer value in NPDCCH periods.

retx_bsr_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.retx_bsr_timer

Integer. Retransmission BSR timer value in NPDCCH periods.

logical_channel_sr_prohibit_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.logical_channel_sr_prohibit_timer

Optional integer (default = 0). Logical Channel SR prohibit timer value in NPDCCH periods. 0 means that the timer is deactivated.

data_inactivity_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.data_inactivity_timer

Optional integer or array of integers (default = 0). Value in seconds of the data inactivity monitoring timer. 0 means that the timer is deactivated. If defined as an integer, the same value applies to all coverage levels. If defined as an array, the first entry of the array is for the first coverage level, etc.

time_alignment_tx_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.time_alignment_tx_timer

Optional integer from 0 to 10240 (default = 0). Transmit the UL time alignment information every time_alignment_tx_timer ms. The value 0 means infinity. No actual UL time alignment measurement is done and a zero time alignment MAC control element is always sent. Hence this option is only useful for UE testing.

rai_supportnb_cell_list.mac_config.rai_support

Optional boolean (default = false). Activates MAC release assistance indication feature in the eNB. It will not be used if rai_enh_support is set and the UE supports R16 MAC rai-ActivationEnh feature.

rai_enh_supportnb_cell_list.mac_config.rai_enh_support

Optional boolean (default = false). Activates R16 MAC rai-ActivationEnh feature in the eNB.

drx_confignb_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config

Optional object. DRX configuration. The following properties are defined:

on_duration_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.on_duration_timer

Enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 16, 32. onDurationTimer-r13 parameter, in NPDCCH periods.

drx_inactivity_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_inactivity_timer

Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 16, 32. drx-InactivityTimer-r13 parameter, in NPDCCH periods.

drx_retransmission_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_retransmission_timer

Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 16, 24, 33. drx-RetransmissionTimer-r13 parameter, in NPDCCH periods.

drx_ul_retransmission_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_ul_retransmission_timer

Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 16, 24, 33, 40, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 320. drx-ULRetransmissionTimer-r13 parameter, in NPDCCH periods.

drx_cyclenb_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_cycle

Enumeration: 256, 512, 1024, 2048. drx-Cycle-r13 parameter, in subframes. Values not dividing 10240 are not yet supported.

8.6.5 PHY and L1 configuration

npusch_max_itsnb_cell_list.npusch_max_its

Integer. Set the maximum number of turbo decoder iterations

dl_snr_adapt_fernb_cell_list.dl_snr_adapt_fer

Optional float (default = 0.1). This value defines the DL PER targeted by the eNB link adaptation algorithm. By default it applies an error rate of 10% for the initial HARQ transmission.

dl_snr_adapt_retxnb_cell_list.dl_snr_adapt_retx

Optional float (default = 1). Defines the correction step applied by the HARQ initial transmission decoding result.

ul_snr_adapt_fernb_cell_list.ul_snr_adapt_fer

Optional float (default = 0.1). This value defines the UL PER targeted by the eNB link adaptation algorithm. By default it applies an error rate of 10% for the initial HARQ transmission.

ul_snr_adapt_retxnb_cell_list.ul_snr_adapt_retx

Optional float (default = 1). Defines the correction step applied by the HARQ initial transmission decoding result.

coverage_levelsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels

Array of objects. Configuration of each coverage level. There must be the same number of coverage levels as NPRACH configurations in the SIB2.

NPRACH additional parameters:

nprach_detect_thresholdnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.nprach_detect_threshold

Optional float. Set the NPRACH SNR detection threshold in dB.

nprach_prob_anchor_denomnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.nprach_prob_anchor_denom

Optional integer (default = 1). Set the denominator of the value nprach-ProbabilityAnchor-r14 in SIB22 for this coverage level. Value 0 means a probability of zero.

nprach_ta_minnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.nprach_ta_min

Optional integer (default = -16). The computed NPRACH timing advance ta is such that: nprach_ta_min <= ta < 512 + nprach_ta_min.

npdcch_order_nprachnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdcch_order_nprach

Optional enumeration (none, cb_random, cb_given, cf_given, default = none). Defines possibility to trigger a NPDCCH order NPRACH either with random preamble (ra-PreambleIndex = 0), dedicated contention-based preamble or dedicated contention-free preamble.
NPDCCH order NPRACH is triggered when a UE reaches ul_max_consecutive_retx or dl_max_consecutive_retx, or via a call the pdcch_order_prach API or monitor command.

RAR Parameters:

npdcch_ra_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdcch_ra_n_rep

Integer. Number of RAR (Random Access Response) NPDCCH repetitions. It must be <= SIB2.npdcch-NumRepetitions-RA-r13.

npdsch_ra_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_ra_n_rep

Integer. Number of repetitions for RAR NPDSCH..

npdsch_ra_i_tbsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_ra_i_tbs

Integer. Range 0 to 12. I_TBS for the RAR NPDSCH. For in-band cells, the maximum value is 10.

npdsch_ra_i_delay_minnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_ra_i_delay_min

Optional Integer (default = 0). Range: 0 to 7. Minimum value for the RAR DCI N1 scheduling delay field.

ul_sc_spacingnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.ul_sc_spacing

Enumeration: 0, 1. Select the subcarrier spacing used by the UE. 0 = 3.75 KHz subcarriers, 1 = 15 KHz subcarriers.

MSG3 parameters:

msg3_n_scnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.msg3_n_sc

Enumeration: 1, 3, 6, 12. Maximum number of subcarriers for MSG3. The eNodeB uses more than one subcarrier only if the UE supports it.

msg3_single_tone_mcsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.msg3_single_tone_mcs

Integer. Range: 0 to 2. MCS for single-tone MSG3.

msg3_multi_tone_mcsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.msg3_multi_tone_mcs

Integer. Range 0 to 2. MCS for multi-one MSG3. Only needed if msg3_n_sc > 1.

msg3_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.msg3_n_rep

Integer. Range 1 to 128. Number of repetitions for MSG3.

msg3_i_delay_minnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.msg3_i_delay_min

Optional Integer (default = 0). Range: 0 to 3. Minimum value for the RAR UL grant scheduling delay field.

Paging parameters:

npdcch_paging_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdcch_paging_n_rep

Integer. Range: 1 to 2048. Number of repetitions for the paging NPDCCH. It must be <= SIB2.npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging-r13.

npdsch_paging_i_tbsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_paging_i_tbs

Integer. Range: 0 to 12. I_TBS for the paging NPDSCH. For in-band cells, the maximum value is 10.

npdsch_paging_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_paging_n_rep

Integer. Range: 1 to 2048. Number of repetitions for the paging NPDSCH.

UE dedicated parameters:

npdcch_uss_n_rep_maxnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdcch_uss_n_rep_max

Integer. Range: 1 to 2048. npdcch-NumRepetitions-r13 RRC parameter. Max number of NPDCCH repetitions for the User Search Space (USS).

npdcch_uss_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdcch_uss_n_rep

Optional Integer. Actual number of repetitions for the USS NPDCCH. The special value 0 means to use a single CCE (instead of 2) with a single transmission. If not present, the eNodeB link adaptation algorithm automatically chooses it.

npdcch_uss_start_sfnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdcch_uss_start_sf

Enumeration: 1.5, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 48, 64. Used to compute of the period of the USS NPDCCH by multiplying it to npdcch_uss_n_rep_max.

npdcch_uss_offsetnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdcch_uss_offset

Integer. Range: 0 to 3. USS NPDCCH start offset in 8th of the USS NPDCCH period.

npdsch_i_tbsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_i_tbs

Optional Integer (default = -1). Range: -1 to 13. I_TBS for NPDSCH. For in-band cells, the maximum value is 10. For category NB1 UEs, the value is limited to 12. -1 means that the eNodeB link adaptation algorithm automatically chooses it.

npdsch_i_sfnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_i_sf

Optional Integer (default = -1). Range: -1 to 7. I_SF value for NPDSCH. -1 means that the eNodeB scheduler automatically chooses it.

npdsch_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_n_rep

Optional Integer. Range: 1 to 2048. Number of NPDSCH repetitions. If not present, the eNodeB link adaptation algorithm automatically chooses it.

npdsch_i_delay_minnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_i_delay_min

Optional Integer (default = 0). Range: 0 to 7. Minimum value for the DCI N1 scheduling delay field.

npusch_n_scnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npusch_n_sc

Optional enumeration: 1, 3, 6, 12. Maximum number of subcarriers for NPUSCH. The eNodeB uses more than one subcarrier only if the UE supports it. If not present, the eNodeB link adaptation automatically chooses it.

npusch_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npusch_n_rep

Optional Integer. Range: 1 to 128. Number of NPUSCH repetitions. If not present, the eNodeB link adaptation algorithm automatically chooses it along with i_tbs.

npusch_single_tone_i_tbsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npusch_single_tone_i_tbs

Optional Integer. Range: 0 to 10. I_TBS for single-tone NPUSCH. Mandatory if npusch_n_rep is present, unused and optional otherwise.

npusch_multi_tone_i_tbsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npusch_multi_tone_i_tbs

Optional Integer. Range: 0 to 13. I_TBS for multi-tone NPUSCH. For category NB1 UEs, the value is limited to 12. Mandatory if npusch_n_rep is present, unused and optional otherwise.

npusch_i_runb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npusch_i_ru

Optional Integer (default = -1). Range: -1 to 7. I_RU value for NPUSCH. -1 means that the eNodeB scheduler automatically chooses it.

npusch_i_delay_minnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npusch_i_delay_min

Optional Integer (default = 0). Range: 0 to 3. Minimum value for the DCI N0 scheduling delay field.

npusch_an_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npusch_an_n_rep

Optional Integer. Range: 1 to 128. Number of NPUSCH Format 2 repetitions for ACK/NACK. If not present or equal to the value of ack-NACK-NumRepetitions-Msg4-r13 from the SIB2, no ack-NACK-NumRepetitions-r13 parameter will be sent in the RRC connection setup message, unless dedicated_ack_nack_num_rep_enabled is set to true.

inactivity_timernb_cell_list.coverage_levels.inactivity_timer

Optional integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity. Allows to override the value defined in the cell object for this coverage level.

harq_disablednb_cell_list.coverage_levels.harq_disabled

Optional boolean (default = false). In NTN operation, enables DCI-based DL HARQ disabling feature to improve DL throughput when the UE-eNB RTT is large.
Note that the UE capability should be known at RRC connection establishment so the feature will not be activated during UE initial attach.

ul_harq_mode_bnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.ul_harq_mode_b

Optional boolean (default = false). In NTN operation, enables UL HARQ mode B to improve UL throughput when the UE-eNB RTT is large.
Note that the UE capability should be known at RRC connection establishment so the feature will not be activated during UE initial attach.

paging_direct_indicationnb_cell_list.paging_direct_indication

Optional boolean (default = false). When true, the eNB will send Direct Indication Information in DCI N2 instead of a full paging message, when applicable.

npusch_all_symbolsnb_cell_list.npusch_all_symbols

Optional boolean. If true, NPUSCH symbols are transmitted in the SRS symbols. The field must be present if SRS is enabled on the base cell for in-band operation.

group_hopping_disablednb_cell_list.group_hopping_disabled

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, disable group hopping in the UE RRC dedicated signaling.

dedicated_ack_nack_num_rep_enablednb_cell_list.dedicated_ack_nack_num_rep_enabled

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, force the ack-NACK-NumRepetitions-r13 parameter in the RRC connection setup message, even if its value should be identical (depending on npusch_an_n_rep parameter) to the ack-NACK-NumRepetitions-Msg4-r13 from the SIB2. Note: this parameter is only useful for UE testing.

two_harq_supportnb_cell_list.two_harq_support

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNB will use two HARQ processes in UL and DL for UE declaring two HARQ process support (UE category NB2 only). Note that the UE capability should be known at RRC connection establishment so the feature will not be activated during UE initial attach.

two_harq_forcenb_cell_list.two_harq_force

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, and if two HARQ processes are enabled, the scheduler will use the two HARQ processes, even if it is less efficient than single-HARQ process scheduling.

two_harq_interleaved_dl_ulnb_cell_list.two_harq_interleaved_dl_ul

Optional boolean (default = false). If true and if two HARQ processes are enabled, the scheduler will interleave DL and UL transmission if necessary.
Note that this scheduling is very efficient but not compliant with 3GPP specification (see 3GPP TS 36.321 - 5.7).

interf_rnd_supportnb_cell_list.interf_rnd_support

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNB will enable the interference randomisation feature for UE declaring its support (release 14 only). Note that the UE capability should be known at RRC connection establishment so the feature will not be activated during UE initial attach. Note that a UE accessing the eNB through NPRACH on a non-anchor carrier will always be configured with interference randomisation.

sr_with_harqnb_cell_list.sr_with_harq

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNB will enable the sr-WithHARQ-ACK-Config feature for UEs declaring its support (release 15 only). Note that the UE capability should be known at RRC connection establishment so the feature will not be activated during UE initial attach.

sr_grant_sizenb_cell_list.sr_grant_size

Optional integer (range 3-125, default = 11). UL grant size in bytes scheduled after reception of a Scheduling Request from a UE. This parameter is used only if sr_with_harq is set to true.

nprach_format2nb_cell_list.nprach_format2

Optional array of objects. If set, the eNB will support NPRACH Format 2 and broadcast the relevant configuration in SIB2 via the IE fmt2-Parameters-r15.
The array must contain the same number of elements as NPRACH configurations in SIB2 and as coverage_levels in the NB cell.
An empty element {} indicates that there is no Format 2 resource for this coverage level.
If at least one parameter is present, a Format 2 resource is defined. Unless stated otherwise, all optional parameters default to the value of the corresponding field in SIB2.
For a correct behaviour, it is mandatory to set specific values for the NPRACH Format 2 resources so that they dont’t overlap with the regular NPRACH resources defined in SIB2. It can be done in the time domain by adjusting the start_time/period and/or in the frequency domain by adjusting subcarrier_offset/num_subcarriers.

periodnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.period

Optional enumeration: 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5120. NPRACH periodicity in ms.

start_timenb_cell_list.nprach_format2.start_time

Optional enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024. NPRACH start time in ms.

subcarrier_offsetnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.subcarrier_offset

Enumeration: 0, 36, 72, 108, 6, 54, 102, 42, 78, 90, 12, 24, 48, 84, 60, 18. NPRACH sub-carriers offset, in 1.25 kHz subcarriers

num_subcarriersnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.num_subcarriers

Enumeration: 36, 72, 108, 144. Number of sub-carriers in a NPRACH resource, in 1.25 kHZ subcarriers.

sc_msg3_range_startnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.sc_msg3_range_start

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3. Fraction in multiple of 1/3 for calculating the range reserved for indication of multi-tone MSG3 support.

npdcch_num_repetitionsnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.npdcch_num_repetitions

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048. Maximum number of repetitions for NPDCCH common search space for RAR, Msg3 retransmission and Msg4.

npdcch_start_sf_cssnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.npdcch_start_sf_css

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 48, 64 Starting subframe configuration for NPDCCH common search space. The value 1 actually conveys the value 1.5 (v1dot5).

npdcch_offsetnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.npdcch_offset

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3 Fractional period offset of starting subframe for NPDCCH common search space. Expressed in number of eighths.

num_cbra_start_scnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.num_cbra_start_sc

Optional enumeration: 24, 30, 33, 36, 60, 66, 69, 72, 96, 102, 105, 108, 120, 132, 138, 144. Default is num_subcarriers. The number of 1.25kHz subcarriers from which a UE can randomly select a start subcarrier for contention based random access.

npusch_an_thresholdnb_cell_list.npusch_an_threshold

Optional float. SNR threshold in dB to filter HARQ ACK/NACK detection in NPUSCH format 2.

subframe_offsetnb_cell_list.subframe_offset

Optional integer (default = 0). Normally all cells have their subframe number temporally aligned. This parameters adds a cell specific subframe offset.

8.6.6 Non-anchor carriers

non_anchor_listnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list

Optional array of objects. List of non-anchor carriers for this NB-IoT cell.

dl_prbnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_prb

See NB-IoT frequency setting. Note that the non-anchor carrier has always the same base LTE cell as the anchor carrier.

dl_earfcnnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_earfcn

See NB-IoT frequency setting. The center frequency of the non-anchor carrier shall be within a 20 MHz range around the anchor carrier.

dl_carrier_freq_offsetnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_carrier_freq_offset

See NB-IoT frequency setting.

ul_prbnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.ul_prb

See NB-IoT frequency setting. If neither ul_prb nor ul_earfcn are provided, the DL/UL separation of the anchor carrier is used, as per 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 6.7.3.2.

ul_earfcnnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.ul_earfcn

See NB-IoT frequency setting. If neither ul_prb nor ul_earfcn are provided, the DL/UL separation of the anchor carrier is used, as per 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 6.7.3.2.

ul_carrier_freq_offsetnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.ul_carrier_freq_offset

See NB-IoT frequency setting.

operation_modenb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.operation_mode

Enumeration: same_pci, diff_pci, guardband, standalone. Set the carrier operation mode. If the anchor carrier uses in-band or guard-band operation, non-anchor carrier can only use in-band or guard-band operation. If the anchor uses standalone operation, non-anchor carrier can only operate in standalone mode. See 3GPP TS 36.300 chapter 5.5a.

cell_idnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.cell_id

Integer. Range: 0 to 1023. Internal identifier for this carrier. The value should be unique and distinct from the cell_id of the other cells (LTE and NB-IoT) and non-anchor carriers.

cell_gainnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.cell_gain

Optional float (default = 0). Additional downlink cell gain in dB. Must be between -200 and 0 (included). Note: it is not taken into account to set SIB2.nrs-Power-r13.

nrs_power_offset_non_anchornb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.nrs_power_offset_non_anchor

Optional enumeration: -12, -10, -8, -6, -4, -2, 0, 3 (default = 0). Power offset in dB between the non-anchor carrier and the anchor carrier.

dl_bitmapnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_bitmap

Optional string: 'anchor, 'no' or a 10/40 bits bitstring (default = 'no'). Defines the DL bitmap pattern to use on the non-anchor carrier.

dl_gapnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_gap

Optional string: 'anchor', 'no' or 'explicit' (default = 'no'). Defines the DL gap configuration of the non-anchor carrier. If set to 'explicit', the following parameters can be used:

dl_gap_thresholdnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_gap.dl_gap_threshold

Optional enumeration: 32, 64, 128 or 256 (default = value for anchor carrier if present or 32). Threshold on the maximum number of repetitions configured for NPDCCH before application of DL transmission gap.

dl_gap_periodnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_gap.dl_gap_period

Optional enumeration: 64, 128, 256, 512 (default = value for anchor carrier if present or 64). Periodicity of a DL transmission gap in number of subframes.

dl_gap_duration_coeffnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_gap.dl_gap_duration_coeff

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4 (default = value for anchor carrier if present or 1) Coefficient to calculate the gap duration of a DL transmission, measured in eighths of dl_gap_period.

non_anchor_ue_maxnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.non_anchor_ue_max

Optional integer (default = 500). Maximum number of UE to schedule on this non-anchor carrier unless no other non-anchor carriers are available. Non-anchor carriers are filled up in the order of their definition.

nrs_always_onnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.nrs_always_on

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to false, eNB will turn off the NRS of this non-anchor carrier when no UEs are scheduled on it. In case of in-band operation, the occupied DL and UL PRB become available for scheduling on the base cell.

nprach_supportnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.nprach_support

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, eNB will add this non-anchor carrier to SIB22 and allow NPRACH access on it. Note that SIB22 scheduling must be configured. See sib22_nb. Note that nprach_prob_anchor_denom must be different from 1 to effectively allow UEs to use the non-anchor carrier for NPRACH on a given coverage level. NPRACH configuration of the non-anchor carrier is the same as the anchor carrier.

paging_supportnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.paging_support

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, eNB will add this non-anchor carrier to SIB22 and use it for paging according to its paging_weight, see below. Note that SIB22 scheduling must be configured. See sib22_nb. NPDCCH configuration for paging on the non-anchor carrier is the same as the anchor carrier.

paging_weightnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.paging_weight

Optional integer. Range 1 to 16 (default = 1). Specifies the paging weight to use for this carrier when paging_support is enabled.

anchor_ue_maxnb_cell_list.anchor_ue_max

Optional integer (default = 0). Maximum number of UE to schedule on the anchor carrier before using the non-anchor carriers, if at least one non-anchor carrier is defined and if the UE supports multi-carrier. Value 0 means that all the multi-carrier UEs will be scheduled on the non-anchor carriers, if any.

anchor_paging_weightnb_cell_list.anchor_paging_weight

Optional integer. Range 0 to 16 (default = 0). Paging weight of the anchor carrier broadcasted in SIB22. A value of 0 means that a UE supporting paging on non-anchor carrier will never be paged on the anchor carrier.

8.6.7 Advanced parameters

rx_epre_in_dbfsnb_cell_list.rx_epre_in_dbfs

Optional boolean (default = false). In the logs, the EPRE (Energy Per Resource Element) is displayed in dBm if the RF interface provides its reference receive power and if rx_epre_in_dbfs = false. Otherwise it is displayed in dBFS (Decibels relative to Full Scale).

manual_ref_signal_powernb_cell_list.manual_ref_signal_power

Optional boolean (default = false). If the RF interface provides its transmit power, then SIB2.nrs-Power-r13 is automatically set. If manual_ref_signal_power is true, then SIB2.nrs-Power-r13 is never automatically set by the eNodeB.

rrc_cnx_reject_extWaitTimenb_cell_list.rrc_cnx_reject_extWaitTime

Optional integer. Range: 1 to 1800 (default = 10). Set the wait time in seconds in the RRC connection reject message.

rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTimenb_cell_list.rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTime

Optional integer. Range: 0 to 1800 (default = 0). RRC connection release extended wait time in seconds.

rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTime_CPdatanb_cell_list.rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTime_CPdata

Optional integer. Range: 0 to 1800 (default = 0). RRC connection release extended wait time for Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation in seconds.

power_npssnb_cell_list.power_npss

Option float (default = 0 for n_antenna_pbch = 1, -3 for n_antenna_pbch = 2). Set the NPSS power level (in dB) relative to the NRS power level.

power_nsssnb_cell_list.power_nsss

Option float (default = 0 for n_antenna_pbch = 1, -3 for n_antenna_pbch = 2). Set the NSSS power level (in dB) relative to the NRS power level.

force_full_bsrnb_cell_list.force_full_bsr

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB considers the UE always indicates a full buffer size. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for NPUSCH transmission.

force_dl_schedulenb_cell_list.force_dl_schedule

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB considers there is always DL data waiting for transmission. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for NPDSCH transmission.

rrc_procedure_filternb_cell_list.rrc_procedure_filter

Optional object. Allows to define the eNB behavior for a list of RRC procedures.
Each property name represents a RRC procedure. The ones currently supported are rrc_connection_request, rrc_connection_reestablishment_request and early_data_request.
Each property value is an object containing the following fields:

actionnb_cell_list.rrc_procedure_filter.action

Enumeration (treat (UE message is processed), ignore (UE message is ignored) or reject (UE message is rejected))

ttlnb_cell_list.rrc_procedure_filter.ttl

Optional integer. If set, the reject of ignore filter is applied ttl times. If not set, the filter is applied until it is modified.

By default all procedures are treated.

Example: 

rrc_procedure_filter: {
    rrc_connection_request: {
        action: "treat"
    },
    rrc_connection_reestablishment_request: {
        action: "reject",
        ttl: 1
    }
}
rach_ignore_countnb_cell_list.rach_ignore_count

Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive RACH attempts are ignored by the eNB.

mac_crnti_ce_ignore_countnb_cell_list.mac_crnti_ce_ignore_count

Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive MAC C-RNTI control elements are ignored by the eNB.

dummy_ue_contention_resolution_idnb_cell_list.dummy_ue_contention_resolution_id

Optional boolean. If set to true, a wrong MAC UE Contention Resolution Identity control element will be sent in the Msg4, rather than the one matching the UE Msg3 content.

srb_confignb_cell_list.srb_config

Optional object. Allows to override some parameters of the default configuration specified in 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 9.2.1. If unset, the eNB will configure maxRetxThreshold value to 32, t-PollRetransmit value to 25 s and logicalChannelSR-Prohibit to true if logical_channel_sr_prohibit_timer is not set to 0.
The object contains the following fields:

maxRetxThresholdnb_cell_list.srb_config.maxRetxThreshold

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32 (default 32). maxRetxThreshold value on UE side.

enb_maxRetxThresholdnb_cell_list.srb_config.enb_maxRetxThreshold

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32 (default 32). maxRetxThreshold value on eNB side.

t_PollRetransmitnb_cell_list.srb_config.t_PollRetransmit

Optional enumeration: 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 10000, 15000, 25000, 40000, 60000, 90000, 120000, 180000 (default 25000). t-PollRetransmit timer value in ms on UE side.

enb_t_PollRetransmitnb_cell_list.srb_config.enb_t_PollRetransmit

Optional enumeration: 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 10000, 15000, 25000, 40000, 60000, 90000, 120000, 180000 (default 25000). t-PollRetransmit timer value in ms on eNB side.

logical_channel_sr_prohibitnb_cell_list.srb_config.logical_channel_sr_prohibit

Optional boolean (default true if logical_channel_sr_prohibit_timer is not set to 0, false otherwise). logicalChannelSR-Prohibit for SRB1/SRB1bis.

t_Reorderingnb_cell_list.srb_config.t_Reordering

Optional enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 1600 (default 60). Duration of the t-Reordering timer in ms, applicable only when UE is configured with two HARQ processes.

enableStatusReportSN_Gapnb_cell_list.srb_config.enableStatusReportSN_Gap

Optional boolean (default false). enableStatusReportSN-Gap-r13 for SRB1/SRB1bis.

use_periodic_ul_grantnb_cell_list.srb_config.use_periodic_ul_grant

Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates if periodic UL grant feature must be used for SRB1/SRB1bis. See periodic_ul_grant NB-IoT cell parameter.

drb_confignb_cell_list.drb_config

String. Filename for the DRB configuration. See the file drb_nb.cfg to have a description of its fields. Note that the DRB configuration is ignored when Control Plane CIoT optimization is used.

unsupported_qci_fallbacknb_cell_list.unsupported_qci_fallback

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true and if the core network requests the establishment of an unsupported QCI value, the parameters from QCI 9 are used instead. Otherwise the establishment is rejected.

ue_count_maxnb_cell_list.ue_count_max

Optional integer (default = 500). Maximum number of UEs (for this cell).

erab_count_maxnb_cell_list.erab_count_max

Optional integer (default = 1500). Maximum number of ERABs (for this cell).

rar_backoff_indexnb_cell_list.rar_backoff_index

Optional. Range: -1 to 15. If set to -1, no Backoff Indicator is sent in the Random Access Response message. Values 0 to 15 refer to the index of table 7.2-2 found in 3GPP TS 36.321.

npdcch_uss_half_rb_ccenb_cell_list.npdcch_uss_half_rb_cce

Optional Integer (default = 0). Range: 0 to 1. Set the first CCE index used for half RB NPDCCH allocation.

npdsch_fernb_cell_list.npdsch_fer

Optional float. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated NPDSCH Frame Error Rate.

npusch_fernb_cell_list.npusch_fer

Optional float. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated NPUSCH Frame Error Rate.

test_modenb_cell_list.test_mode

Optional object. Enable specific test modes where UE contexts are automatically created when starting the eNodeB. They are only useful when the eNodeB is connected to a specific measurement equipment.
The type property selects the test mode:

npuschnb_cell_list.test_mode.npusch

Enables continuous reception of NPUSCH by the eNodeB. DCI N0 is transmitted. The following additional properties are available:

rntinb_cell_list.test_mode.npusch.rnti

Integer. Range 0 to 65535. Select the NPUSCH RNTI.

npusch_retxnb_cell_list.test_mode.npusch.npusch_retx

Boolean. If false, don’t force the UE to retransmit in case of error.

npdschnb_cell_list.test_mode.npdsch

Enables continuous transmission of NPDSCH. The NPDSCH payload contains valid data with PDCP packets of constant length. DCI are transmitted. NPUSCH ACK/NACK are received. The following additional properties are available:

rntinb_cell_list.test_mode.npdsch.rnti

Integer. Range 0 to 65535. Select the PDSCH RNTI.

npdsch_retxnb_cell_list.test_mode.npdsch.npdsch_retx

Boolean. If false, don’t retransmit the unacknowledged NPDSCH (hence NPUSCH ACK/NACK are ignored).

random_datanb_cell_list.test_mode.npdsch.random_data

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, send random data instead of zeros in the PDCP payload.

loadnb_cell_list.test_mode.load

Creates ue_count virtual UEs in connected mode and force bidirectionnal trafic. If two_harq_support is set to true in the cell, the UEs allocated on CE level 0 will use two harq processes. The following additional properties are available:

ue_countnb_cell_list.test_mode.load.ue_count

Integer. Number of UEs to instantiate. The upper bound is set to ue_count_max value.

random_ce_levelnb_cell_list.test_mode.load.random_ce_level

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the UEs are affected randomly to the coverage levels defined in the cell. If false, all UEs are affected to CE level 0.

n_tmnb_cell_list.test_mode.n_tm

Enables transmission based on the NB-IoT Test Model specified in 3GPP TS 36.141-6.1.3:
NPSS/NSSS and NPBCH are transmitted normally.
NPDCCH is transmitted in subframe 1 with content set to 0.
NPDSCH is transmitted in other NB DL subframes, starting with subframe 2, with content set to 0. NPDSCH transmission can be customized with parameters npdsch_i_tbs and npdsch_i_sf of the first coverage level but NPDSCH transmission cannot be longer than 6 subframes. The additional property random_data of this test_mode object will set random data instead of zeros in the NPDSCH payload. NPDSCH is scrambled with RNTI=1000.
SIB1 and other SIBs are not transmitted.

preemptive_ul_grantnb_cell_list.preemptive_ul_grant

Optional boolean (default = true). When set to true, the eNB can send a DCIN0 grant before the UE explicitly request an allocation via the random access procedure.

rrc_redirectnb_cell_list.rrc_redirect

Array of objects. Each object can contain the following properties:

r13nb_cell_list.rrc_redirect.r13

Optional ASN.1 property. RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-r13 redirection information. It defines the redirection parameter within RRC Connection Release sent by eNB to the UE (cf 3GPP TS 36.331). Mut be present if v1900 is absent.
Below is an example of the ASN.1 file content: 

{
    carrierFreq-r13 2859,
    carrierFreqOffset-r13 v0
}
v1430nb_cell_list.rrc_redirect.v1430

Optional ASN.1 property. RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-v1430 redirection information.

v1900nb_cell_list.rrc_redirect.v1900

Optional ASN.1 property. RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-v1900 redirection information. Must be present if r13 is absent.

labelnb_cell_list.label

Optional string. Helper available in monitor (cell), remote API (config_get) and logs.

channel_dlnb_cell_list.channel_dl

Optional object. Set the cell specific channel simulator configuration. See Cell specific channel simulator.

sib14nb_cell_list.sib14

Optional object used to configure the SIB 14. Contains the parameters defined for SIB 14 modification (See sib14).
The following additional parameters may be present:

si_periodicitynb_cell_list.sib14.si_periodicity

Integer. SI periodicity in Radio Frames.

si_repetition_patternnb_cell_list.sib14.si_repetition_pattern

Integer. The SI is present every si_repetition_pattern radio frames.

si_value_tagnb_cell_list.sib14.si_value_tag

Optional integer. Range: 0 to 3. Must be present if si_value_tag_list_enable is true. Increment modulo 4 if the corresponding SIB is modified.

si_tb_sizenb_cell_list.sib14.si_tb_size

Optional integer. Values: 7, 15, 26, 32, 41, 55, 69 or 85. Sets the TB size in bytes of this SIB message. If not set, the smallest TB size fitting the message is chosen.

periodic_ul_grantnb_cell_list.periodic_ul_grant

Optional object containing the periodic UL grant configuration.
Once defined, when the UE activates a bearer (either SRB or DRB) with the use_periodic_ul_grant parameter set to true, the eNB periodically schedules new UL grants of the size configured in this object without the need for the UE to send a Buffer Status Report. It acts roughly as a UL Semi Persistent Scheduling feature. When used in combination with the logical_channel_sr_prohibit parameter, it can prevent the UE from triggering an extra random access procedure to report its BSR and send UL data. It can be useful when the UL traffic pattern is known and you want to avoid the random access procedure overhead.
It contains the following properties:

periodicitynb_cell_list.periodic_ul_grant.periodicity

Integer. Periodicity in milliseconds.

sizenb_cell_list.periodic_ul_grant.size

Integer. Number of bytes to grant to the UE. Note that the value does not necessarily needs to be high as the UE will also report its Buffer Status Report that will be taken into account by the scheduler.

8.6.8 CP-EDT

edtnb_cell_list.edt

Optional object. Only applicable to NB-IoT cells.

cp_edt_supportnb_cell_list.edt.cp_edt_support

Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates if CP-EDT is supported.

parametersnb_cell_list.edt.parameters

Array of 1 to 3 set of EDT parameters. Significant only if CP-EDT is supported.
It corresponds to the EDT specific parameters for each coverage level, and must contain the same number of elements as NPRACH configurations in SIB2 and as coverage_levels in the NB cell.
All parameters are optional and default to the value of their non-EDT counterpart (either found in SIB2 or in coverage_levels).
For a correct behaviour, it is mandatory to set specific values for the NPRACH resources so that they dont’t overlap with the non-EDT NPRACH resources. It can be done in the time domain by adjusting the start_time/period and/or in the frequency domain by adjusting subcarrier_offset/num_subcarriers.

edt_tbsnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.edt_tbs

Optional enumeration: 41, 51, 63, 73, 85, 101, 117, 125. Default value is 125. Largest TBS for Msg3 in bytes.

msg3_mcsnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.msg3_mcs

Optional integer (range 3 to 7). MCS for Msg3 RrcEarlyDataRequest. Default value is 7.

periodnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.period

Optional enumeration: 40, 80, 160, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560. NPRACH periodicity in ms.

start_timenb_cell_list.edt.parameters.start_time

Optional enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024. NPRACH start time in ms.

subcarrier_offsetnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.subcarrier_offset

Optional enumeration: 0, 2, 12, 18, 24, 34, 36. NPRACH sub-carriers offset.

num_subcarriersnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.num_subcarriers

Optional enumeration: 12, 24, 36, 48. Number of sub-carriers in a NPRACH resource.

sc_msg3_range_startnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.sc_msg3_range_start

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3. Fraction in multiple of 1/3 for calculating the starting subcarrier index.

npdcch_num_repetitionsnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.npdcch_num_repetitions

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048. Maximum number of repetitions for NPDCCH common search space for RAR, Msg3 retransmission and Msg4.

npdcch_start_sf_cssnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.npdcch_start_sf_css

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 48, 64 Starting subframe configuration for NPDCCH common search space. The value 1 actually conveys the value 1.5 (v1dot5).

npdcch_offsetnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.npdcch_offset

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3 Fractional period offset of starting subframe for NPDCCH common search space. Expressed in number of eighths.

num_cbra_start_scnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.num_cbra_start_sc

Optional enumeration: 8, 10, 11, 12, 20, 22, 23, 24, 32, 34, 35, 36, 40, 44, 46, 48. The number of start subcarriers from which a UE can randomly select a start subcarrier.

mac_cr_timernb_cell_list.edt.parameters.mac_cr_timer

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Timer for contention resolution in number PDCCH periods.

8.6.9 Wake-Up-Signal

wus_confignb_cell_list.wus_config

Optional object containing the wake up signal configuration.

time_offsetnb_cell_list.wus_config.time_offset

Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 80, 160, 240 (default = 0). Time offset (in ms) between the end of WUS transmission and beginning of paging occasion. If set to 0, WUS is not activated on the cell.

max_num_repnb_cell_list.wus_config.max_num_rep

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024 (default = 2). Maximum number of WUS repetitions (in subframes). Must be less than 0.5 x npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging-r13 defined in SIB2.

num_ponb_cell_list.wus_config.num_po

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4 (default = 1). Number of consecutive paging occasions mapped to one WUS.

num_drx_cycles_relaxednb_cell_list.wus_config.num_drx_cycles_relaxed

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8 (default = 1). Maximum number of consecutive DRX cycles during which the UE may use WUS for synchronisation and skip serving cell measurements.

groupsnb_cell_list.wus_config.groups

Optional array of objects containing group WUS config (two groups currently supported). If absent, group WUS is not enabled. The length of this array must be equal to 1.

prob_thresholdnb_cell_list.wus_config.groups.prob_threshold

Enumeration: 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90. Paging probability threshold (in percent), between the two WUS groups.

resourcesnb_cell_list.wus_config.resources

Optional enumeration: 1, 2 (default = 1). Number of WUS resources for group WUS.

8.7 NR cell configuration

To configure NR cells, add an array of objects named nr_cell_list to your eNB configuration object.

8.7.1 Basic NR cell parameters

cell_idnr_cell_list.cell_id

Integer (range 0 to 1023, depending on the gnb_id_bits value). Internal cell identity. It must be different for each cell configured in the eNB.

bandnr_cell_list.band

Integer or array of integers. NR bands. Use an array in case of MFBL.

dl_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.dl_nr_arfcn

Integer. Downlink NR absolute radio frequency channel number. See https://www.sqimway.com/nr_band.php to convert between the center frequency and NR-ARFCN.

ul_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.ul_nr_arfcn

Optional integer. Uplink NR absolute radio frequency channel number. If not present, the default UL NR ARFCN associated with dl_nr_arfcn is configured.

n_antenna_dlnr_cell_list.n_antenna_dl

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4 or 8. Number of DL antennas.

n_antenna_ulnr_cell_list.n_antenna_ul

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4 or 8. Number of UL antennas.

rf_portnr_cell_list.rf_port

Integer. Selects the RF port used for the NR cell. The number of supported RF ports depends on the radio head. For example, each PCIe card or N210 counts as one RF port.

subcarrier_spacingnr_cell_list.subcarrier_spacing

Integer (15, 30, 60, 120). Subcarrier spacing in kHz for the data. Currently the same subcarrier spacing is used for downlink and uplink. Note that 60 Khz is not supported for NR SA cells operating in FR1.

bandwidthnr_cell_list.bandwidth

Integer (3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100) for frequencies <= 7.125 GHz (FR1) or (50, 100, 200, 400) for frequencies >= 24.25 GHz (FR2). Bandwidth in MHz. The number of downlink and uplink resource blocks is deduced from it.

n_rb_dlnr_cell_list.n_rb_dl

Optional integer (range 11 to 275). Number of resource blocks for downlink. It is ignored if bandwidth is provided.

n_rb_ulnr_cell_list.n_rb_ul

Optional integer (range 11 to 275) (default = same as n_rb_dl). Number of resource blocks for uplink. By default it is set to n_rb_dl value.

n_id_cellnr_cell_list.n_id_cell

Integer (range 0 to 1007). NR cell physical cell identity (PCI).

enhanced_channel_rasternr_cell_list.enhanced_channel_raster

Optional boolean (default = false). Allow release 18 enhanced channel raster.

8.7.2 MAC parameters

mac_confignr_cell_list.mac_config

Object. MAC configuration. Currently the same for all UEs. The following properties are defined:

msg3_max_harq_txnr_cell_list.mac_config.msg3_max_harq_tx

Integer (range 1 to 255). Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for Msg3 PUSCH.

ul_max_harq_txnr_cell_list.mac_config.ul_max_harq_tx

Integer (range 1 to 255). Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for PUSCH.

dl_max_harq_txnr_cell_list.mac_config.dl_max_harq_tx

Integer (range 1 to 255). Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for PDSCH.

ul_max_consecutive_retxnr_cell_list.mac_config.ul_max_consecutive_retx

Integer. Maximum number of UL retransmissions after which the UE is disconnected.

dl_max_consecutive_retxnr_cell_list.mac_config.dl_max_consecutive_retx

Integer. Maximum number of DL retransmissions after which the UE is disconnected.

periodic_bsr_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.periodic_bsr_timer

Enumeration: 1, 5, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 0. periodicBSR-Timer parameter. 0 means infinity.

retx_bsr_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.retx_bsr_timer

Enumeration: 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5120, 10240. retxBSR-Timer parameter.

logical_channel_sr_delay_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.logical_channel_sr_delay_timer

Optional enumeration: 20, 40, 64, 128, 512, 1024, 2560. logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer parameter.

periodic_phr_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.periodic_phr_timer

Enumeration: 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000, 0. phr-PeriodicTimer parameter. 0 means infinity.

prohibit_phr_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.prohibit_phr_timer

Enumeration: 0, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000. phr-ProhibitTimer parameter.

phr_tx_power_factor_changenr_cell_list.mac_config.phr_tx_power_factor_change

Enumeration: dB1, dB3, dB6, infinity. phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange parameter.

sr_prohibit_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.sr_prohibit_timer

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 192, 256, 320, 384, 448, 512, 576, 640, 1082. sr-ProhibitTimer parameter. 0 means deactivated. Must be present if sr_period is not 0.

sr_trans_maxnr_cell_list.mac_config.sr_trans_max

Optional enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. sr-TransMax parameter. Must be present if sr_period is not 0.

tag_idnr_cell_list.mac_config.tag_id

Optional integer (range 0 to 7, default = 0). Defines a MAC Timing Advance Group ID local to the configuration file used to group cells in separate timing advance groups. If the UE does not indicate supporting enough MAC TAGs in its RRC capabilities, the carrier aggregation secondary cells won’t have UL added if the maximum number of TAGs supported has been reached.
Note that SCells configured with another tag_id than the PCell must have the pdcch_order_prach parameter set to "cf_given" and an uss entry with dci_0_1_and_1_1 set to false.

time_alignment_tx_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.time_alignment_tx_timer

Optional integer from 0 to 10240 (default = 500). Transmit the UL time alignment information every time_alignment_tx_timer ms. The value 0 means infinity.

time_alignment_timer_dedicatednr_cell_list.mac_config.time_alignment_timer_dedicated

Optional integer (default = 0). Time alignment timer dedicated. 0 means infinity. Note: time_alignment_tx_timer must be used to set the UL time alignment transmission period.

data_inactivity_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.data_inactivity_timer

Optional integer (default = 0). Value in seconds of the data inactivity monitoring timer. 0 means that the timer is deactivated.

drx_confignr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config

Optional object. DRX configuration. The following properties are defined:

drx_on_duration_timer_sub_msnr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_on_duration_timer_sub_ms

Optional integer (range 1 to 31). drx-onDurationTimer parameter in 1/32th ms when the value is less than 1 ms. The value should be a multiple of the DL slot duration. Must be present if drx_on_duration_timer_ms is absent.

drx_on_duration_timer_msnr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_on_duration_timer_ms

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600. drx-onDurationTimer parameter in ms when the value is greater or equal than 1 ms. Must be present if drx_on_duration_timer_sub_ms if absent.

drx_inactivity_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_inactivity_timer

Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 200, 300, 500, 750, 1280, 1920, 2560. drx-InactivityTimer parameter, in ms.

drx_harq_rtt_dlnr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_harq_rtt_dl

Optional integer (range 0 to 56, default 56). drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL parameter in symbols. The value should be a multiple of 14 symbols.

drx_harq_rtt_ulnr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_harq_rtt_ul

Optional integer (range 0 to 56, default 56). drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL parameter in symbols. The value should be a multiple of 14 symbols.

drx_retransmission_timer_dlnr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_retransmission_timer_dl

Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 16, 24, 33, 40, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 320. drx-RetransmissionTimerDL parameter, in slots.

drx_retransmission_timer_ulnr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_retransmission_timer_ul

Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 16, 24, 33, 40, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 320. drx-RetransmissionTimerUL parameter, in slots.

long_drx_cyclenr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.long_drx_cycle

Enumeration: 10, 20, 32, 40, 60, 64, 70, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2048, 2560, 5120, 10240. drx-LongCycle parameter, in ms. drx-StartOffset is chosen dynamically per UE, unless forced_drx_start_offset is set.

short_drx_cyclenr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.short_drx_cycle

Optional enumeration: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, 20, 30, 32, 35, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640. drx-ShortCycle parameter, in ms.

drx_short_cycle_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_short_cycle_timer

Optional integer (range 1 to 16). drx-ShortCycleTimer, in number of short DRX cycles. Must be present if short_drx_cycle is present.

forced_drx_start_offsetnr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.forced_drx_start_offset

Optional integer (range -1 to long_drx_cycle, default = -1). If set to a positive value, it will force the drx-StartOffset of all the UEs. Beware that forcing the setting may no longer be compliant with other contraints (gap offset, TDD pattern, ...).

forced_drx_slot_offsetnr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.forced_drx_slot_offset

Optional integer (range 0 to 2^\mu-1, default = 0). If forced_drx_start_offset is set, this parameter given in slots will force the drx-SlotOffset value, based on the slot duration in 32th of ms.

drx_last_transmission_ulnr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_last_transmission_ul

Optional boolean (default = false). If set and if the UE supports it, drx-LastTransmissionUL-r17 is configured.

enhanced_skip_uplink_tx_dynamic_enablednr_cell_list.mac_config.enhanced_skip_uplink_tx_dynamic_enabled

Optional boolean (default = false). If set, and if the UE supports it, enhancedSkipUplinkTxDynamic-r16 is activated.

enhanced_skip_uplink_tx_configured_enablednr_cell_list.mac_config.enhanced_skip_uplink_tx_configured_enabled

Optional boolean (default = true). If set, and if the UE supports it, enhancedSkipUplinkTxConfigured-r16 is activated.

8.7.3 RRC parameters

8.7.3.1 MIB/SIB contents

The parameters in this section must be present for a SA cell:

plmn_listnr_cell_list.plmn_list

List of objects. List of PLMNs broadcasted by the gNodeB. The total number of PLMNs (identified by a PLMN identity in plmn), SNPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a NID in snpn) and PNI-NPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a CAG-ID in cag_info_list) shall not exceed 12. Each object contains the following properties:

plmnnr_cell_list.plmn_list.plmn

Optional string or array of strings. PLMN (5 or 6 digits). The array can contain up to 12 PLMNs.

snpnnr_cell_list.plmn_list.snpn

Optional array of 1 to 12 objects. List of Stand-Alone Non-Public Network.
Restriction: shall not be present if cag_info_list or plmn is present. Each element contains the following parameters:

plmnnr_cell_list.plmn_list.snpn.plmn

PLMN string (5 or 6 digits).

nid_listnr_cell_list.plmn_list.snpn.nid_list

Array of NID as defined in 23.003 12.7 Stand-Alone Non-Public Network Identifier an contains the following parameters. Each element contains the following parameters:

nid_valuenr_cell_list.plmn_list.snpn.nid_list.nid_value

String (10 hexadecimal digits). NID value.

assignment_modenr_cell_list.plmn_list.snpn.nid_list.assignment_mode

Optional enumeration ("self", "coordinated_1", "coordinated_2"). Default value is "self". Each combination of a PLMN and NID identifies a Stand-Alone Non-Public Network.

network_namenr_cell_list.plmn_list.snpn.network_name

Optional array of strings. The n-th entry in the array gives the hrnn (human readable network name) of the n-th SNPN in nid_list. The hrnn in the corresponding entry is empty if there is no HRNN associated with the given NPN.

cag_info_listnr_cell_list.plmn_list.cag_info_list

Optional array of objects. List of PNI-NPNs with CAG. Restriction: shall not be present if snpn or plmn is present. Each element of the array contains:

plmnnr_cell_list.plmn_list.cag_info_list.plmn

PLMN string (5 or 6 digits).

cag_id_listnr_cell_list.plmn_list.cag_info_list.cag_id_list

Array of 1 to 12 integers (range 0 to 4294967295) giving the CAG-Identifiers.

network_namenr_cell_list.plmn_list.cag_info_list.network_name

Optional array of strings. The n-th entry in the array gives the hrnn (human readable network name) of the n-th PNI-NPN in the cag_id_list. The hrnn in the corresponding entry is empty if there is no HRNN associated with the given NPN.

tacnr_cell_list.plmn_list.tac

Integer or array of integers (range 1 to 0xFFFFFF, except 0xFFFFFE). Tracking Area Code of the cell. Only NTN cells can have more than one TAC.

ranacnr_cell_list.plmn_list.ranac

Optional integer (range 0 to 255). If present, sets the RAN Area Code.

reservednr_cell_list.plmn_list.reserved

Boolean. True if the cell is reserved for operator use.

nssainr_cell_list.plmn_list.nssai

Optional array of objects. List of supported S-NSSAIs.
Default content is sst: 1 (eMBB).
Each object will set a S-NSSAI value as defined below:

sstnr_cell_list.plmn_list.nssai.sst

Integer (range 0 to 255). Slice Service Type.

sdnr_cell_list.plmn_list.nssai.sd

Optional integer (range 0 to 0xFFFFFE). Slice Differentiator.

cell_barrednr_cell_list.cell_barred

Boolean or string (true, false or "auto"). Value of MIB.cellBarred. If set to "auto", the cell is barred when there is no connection with a core network for any of the PLMNs broadcast.

intra_freq_reselectionnr_cell_list.intra_freq_reselection

Boolean. Value of MIB.intraFreqReselection.

q_rx_lev_minnr_cell_list.q_rx_lev_min

Integer. Value of SIB1.cellSelectionInfo.q-RxLevMin.

delta_rx_lev_minnr_cell_list.delta_rx_lev_min

Optional integer (default = 0). Value of SIB1.cellSelectionInfo.q-RxLevMinOffset. The value 0 disables the field.

q_qual_minnr_cell_list.q_qual_min

Optional integer. Value of SIB1.cellSelectionInfo.q-QualMin.

delta_qual_minnr_cell_list.delta_qual_min

Optional integer (default = 0). Value of SIB1.cellSelectionInfo.q-QualMinOffset. Only applicable when q_qual_min is present. The value 0 disables the field.

p_maxnr_cell_list.p_max

Optional integer or array of integers (range -30 to 33 or -127). p-NR-FR1 (in PhysicalCellGroupConfig IE) and p-Max (in FrequencyInfoUL and FrequencyInfoUL-SIB IEs) value in dB. The value -127 means that the parameter is not broadcast. If the object is an array, it should have the same size as the band array.

additional_spectrum_emissionnr_cell_list.additional_spectrum_emission

Optional integer or array of integer (range -1 to 39). Additional spectrum emission value for the cell. The value -1 means that the parameter is not broadcast. If the object is an array, it should have the same size as the band array.

sib1_repetition_periodnr_cell_list.sib1_repetition_period

Optional integer (20, 40, 80 or 160, default = 20). SIB1 repetition period in ms.

sib_sched_listnr_cell_list.sib_sched_list

Optional array of ASN.1 properties. Must be present if SIBs other than SIB1 should be transmitted. Each object contains the content of one SI scheduling slot. Each object contains the following properties:

filename, content, content_type

See ASN.1 property, BCCH-DL-SCH-Message RRC message type.

si_periodicitynr_cell_list.sib_sched_list.si_periodicity

Enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512. SI periodicity in Radio Frames.

si_value_tagnr_cell_list.sib_sched_list.si_value_tag

Optional integer. Range: 0 to 31 (default = 0). Initial valueTag RRC field.

area_scopenr_cell_list.sib_sched_list.area_scope

Optional boolean (default = false). areaScope RRC field.

si_window_lengthnr_cell_list.si_window_length

Enumeration: 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280. SI window length in slots. Must be present for a SA cell.

bcch_modification_period_coeffnr_cell_list.bcch_modification_period_coeff

Optional enumeration: 2, 4, 8, 16 (default = 4). BCCH modification period coefficient.

pagingnr_cell_list.paging

Optional object containing the paging configuration (PCCH-Config) broadcast in SIB1.
If absent, all the parameters take their default value.
It contains the following fields:

cyclenr_cell_list.paging.cycle

Optional enumeration: 32, 64, 128, 256 (default = 128). Default paging cycle, in radio frames.

n_fracnr_cell_list.paging.n_frac

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 (default = 1). Denominator of fraction N/T, ratio of paging frames in the paging cycle.

pf_offsetnr_cell_list.paging.pf_offset

Optional integer: range 0 to n_frac-1 (default = 0). Paging frame offset. In TDD, the paging frame must match the start of TDD period.

nsnr_cell_list.paging.ns

Optional enumeration: 4, 2, 1 (default = 1). Ns parameter, number of paging occasion inside a paging frame.

first_pdcch_mo_of_ponr_cell_list.paging.first_pdcch_mo_of_po

Optional array of integer of size ns. firstPDCCH-MonitoringOccasionOfPO parameter, force the starting position of the PO inside the PF.

pei_frame_offsetnr_cell_list.paging.pei_frame_offset

Optional integer. Range: -1 to 16 (default = -1). pei-FrameOffset parameter. If set to -1, PEI is disabled.

pei_n_subgroupsnr_cell_list.paging.pei_n_subgroups

Optional integer. Range: 1 to 8 (default = 1). subgroupsNumPerPO parameter. Number of subgroups used for PEI. Ignored if pei_frame_offset is set to -1.

n_po_per_peinr_cell_list.paging.n_po_per_pei

Optional integer. Range: 1 to ns (default = 1). Must be a power of two. po-NumPerPEI parameter. Number of PO per PEI. Ignored if pei_frame_offset is set to -1.

edrxnr_cell_list.edrx

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, extended idle mode DRX support is activated in the cell, and Hyper Frame Number value is scheduled in SIB1.

uac_barring_infonr_cell_list.uac_barring_info

Optional object containing the configuration for ASN.1 uac-BarringInfo object in SIB1.
It contains the following fields:

info_set_listnr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.info_set_list

Array of objects to configure the UAC-BarringInfoSetList and the UAC-BarringInfoSet-v1700.
Each object contains the following fields:

barring_factornr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.info_set_list.barring_factor

Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95. uac-BarringFactor value.

barring_timenr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.info_set_list.barring_time

Enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512. uac-BarringTime value.

barring_for_access_idnr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.info_set_list.barring_for_access_id

7 bits bit string (a string of ’0’ and ’1’). uac-BarringForAccessIdentity value.

ai3_barring_factornr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.info_set_list.ai3_barring_factor

Optional enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95. uac-BarringFactorForAI3-r17 value.

for_common_listnr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.for_common_list

Optional array of objects to configure the uac-BarringForCommon object of type UAC-BarringPerCatList.
Each object contains the following fields:

access_categorynr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.for_common_list.access_category

Integer (range = 1 to 63). accessCategory value.

info_set_indexnr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.for_common_list.info_set_index

Integer (range = 1 to number of items in info_set_list). uac-BarringInfoSetIndex value.

per_plmn_listnr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.per_plmn_list

Optional array of objects to configure the uac-BarringPerPLMNList.
Each object contains the following fields:

plmn_indexnr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.per_plmn_list.plmn_index

Integer (range = 1 to number of items in the plmn_list). plmn-IdentityIndex value.

explicit_barring_listnr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.per_plmn_list.explicit_barring_list

Optional array of objects with the same syntax than for_common_list. Content of the uac-ExplicitACBarringList. Only one of explicit_barring_list and implicit_barring_list may be present.

implicit_barring_listnr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.per_plmn_list.implicit_barring_list

Optional array of 63 uac_BarringInfoSetIndex. Content of the uac-ImplicitACBarringList. Only one of explicit_barring_list and implicit_barring_list may be present.

ims_emergency_supportnr_cell_list.ims_emergency_support

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, IMS emergency support is advertised in SIB1.

ecall_over_ims_supportnr_cell_list.ecall_over_ims_support

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, IMS emergency support is advertised in SIB1.

timers_and_constantsnr_cell_list.timers_and_constants

Optional object containing the configuration for ASN.1 UE-TimersAndConstants and RLF-TimersAndConstants objects.
It contains the following fields:

t300nr_cell_list.timers_and_constants.t300

Optional enumeration: 100, 200, 300, 400, 600, 1000, 1500, 2000 (default = 1000). T300 timer value.

t301nr_cell_list.timers_and_constants.t301

Optional enumeration: 100, 200, 300, 400, 600, 1000, 1500, 2000 (default = 1000). T301 timer value.

t310nr_cell_list.timers_and_constants.t310

Optional enumeration: 0, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 6000 (default = 1000). T310 timer value. Note that values 4000 and 6000 are only applicable to RLF-TimersAndConstants object, and will be capped to 2000 in the UE-TimersAndConstants object.

n310nr_cell_list.timers_and_constants.n310

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 20 (default = 1). N310 counter value.

t311nr_cell_list.timers_and_constants.t311

Optional enumeration: 1000, 3000, 5000, 10000, 15000, 20000, 30000 (default = 30000). T311 timer value.

n311nr_cell_list.timers_and_constants.n311

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 (default = 1). N311 counter value.

t319nr_cell_list.timers_and_constants.t319

Optional enumeration: 100, 200, 300, 400, 600, 1000, 1500, 2000 (default = 1000). T319 timer value.

hsdnnr_cell_list.hsdn

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, HSDN cell is advertised in SIB1.

conn_est_failure_controlnr_cell_list.conn_est_failure_control

Optional object containing the configuration for ASN.1 connEstFailureControl object in SIB1.
It contains the following fields:

countnr_cell_list.conn_est_failure_control.count

Optional integer (1 to 4). Value of SIB1.connEstFailureControl.connEstFailCount. If not present, connEstFailureControl is not transmitted in SIB1.

offset_validitynr_cell_list.conn_est_failure_control.offset_validity

Enumeration (30, 60, 12, 240, 300, 420, 600, 900). Value of SIB1.connEstFailureControl.connEstFailOffsetValidity.

offsetnr_cell_list.conn_est_failure_control.offset

Optional integer (range 0 to 15). Value of SIB1.connEstFailureControl.connEstFailOffset. If not present, connEstFailOffset is not transmitted in SIB1.

idle_mode_measurement_eutranr_cell_list.idle_mode_measurement_eutra

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, idleModeMeasurementsEUTRA-r16 is advertized in SIB1.

idle_mode_measurement_nrnr_cell_list.idle_mode_measurement_nr

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, idleModeMeasurementsNR-r16 is advertized in SIB1.

pws_max_segment_lennr_cell_list.pws_max_segment_len

Optional integer (default = 32). Set the maximum CMAS/ETWS message segment length in bytes, including the WarningAreaCoordinate segment if any. It is needed in order to limit the size of the corresponding SIB messages.

pws_si_periodicitynr_cell_list.pws_si_periodicity

Enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 (default = 16). Set the periodicity (in frames) of the transmission of the CMAS/ETWS SIB messages

pws_emergency_area_idnr_cell_list.pws_emergency_area_id

Optional integer (range 0 to 16777215). If set, defines the emergency area identity of the cell for CMAS/ETWS.

pws_etws_primary_notif_automatic_stopnr_cell_list.pws_etws_primary_notif_automatic_stop

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, SIB 6 scheduling is stopped at the same time as SIB7 scheduling (when the configured number of broadcasts is reached). Otherwise it is stopped when receving a NGAP PWS Cancel Request message.

sib9nr_cell_list.sib9

Optional object. If present, the SIB9 message will be scheduled.

si_periodicitynr_cell_list.sib9.si_periodicity
si_value_tagnr_cell_list.sib9.si_value_tag
area_scopenr_cell_list.sib9.area_scope

It must contain the si_periodicity, si_value_tag and area_scope objects described in sib_sched_list. See NR sib_sched_list.

reference_time_infonr_cell_list.sib9.reference_time_info

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, adds the referenceTimeInfo-r16 IE to SIB9

sib10nr_cell_list.sib10

Optional object. If present, the SIB10 message will be scheduled if NPN network names are configured in the plmn_list object. It must contain the si_periodicity, si_value_tag and area_scope objects described in sib_sched_list. See NR sib_sched_list.

sib19nr_cell_list.sib19

Optional object. If present, the SIB19 message will be scheduled. SIB19 is necessary to enable NTN functionnality in the cell. See Non Terrestrial Network. It must contain the si_periodicity, si_value_tag and area_scope objects described in sib_sched_list. See NR sib_sched_list.

8.7.3.2 Mobility and Measurements

ncell_listnr_cell_list.ncell_list

Optional array of objects. List of neighbour NR or EUTRA cells. Used to convert the physical cell identity and NR SSB ARFCN or EARFCN to a cell identity in case of handover or cell redirection. Each neighbour cell is defined by the following properties. The cell_id parameter can be used for cells internal to the gNB to ease the configuration. For cells belonging to another gNB, all the parameters must be set manually.

ratnr_cell_list.ncell_list.rat

Optional enumeration (eutra or nr, default = nr). Radio access technology for this neighbor cell. If set to eutra the other properties must match an EUTRA cell description. See LTE ncell_list.

cell_idnr_cell_list.ncell_list.cell_id

Optional integer. cell_id as configured in the nr_cell_list object entry of the gNB configuration object.

ssb_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_nr_arfcn

Optional integer. NR ARFCN of the SSB carrier. Must be present if cell_id is not set.

dl_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.ncell_list.dl_nr_arfcn

Optional integer. NR ARFCN of the SSB carrier. Must be present if cell_id is not set.

ul_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ul_nr_arfcn

Optional integer. NR ARFCN of the SSB carrier. Must be present if cell_id is not set.

n_id_cellnr_cell_list.ncell_list.n_id_cell

Optional integer: 0 to 1007. Physical cell identity. Must be present if cell_id is not set.

gnb_id_bitsnr_cell_list.ncell_list.gnb_id_bits

Optional integer: 22 to 32. gNB ID length in bits. Must be present if cell_id is not set.

plmnnr_cell_list.ncell_list.plmn

Optional string. PLMN of the Global RAN Node ID and NR Cell Global Identity (5 or 6 digits). The default is the same PLMN as the gNB.

nr_cell_idnr_cell_list.ncell_list.nr_cell_id

Optional integer. 36 bits NR cell identity. Concatenation of gnb_id and cell_id. Must be present if cell_id is not set.

tainr_cell_list.ncell_list.tai

Optional array of 1 to 12 objects. Allows to define multiple TAIs support in the gNB neighbor cell. It is useful for MOCN deployments. Each object contains the following properties:

tacnr_cell_list.ncell_list.tai.tac

Integer (range 1 to 0xFFFF, except 0xFFFE). Tracking Area Code.

plmnnr_cell_list.ncell_list.tai.plmn

String. PLMN of the target cell TAI.

tacnr_cell_list.ncell_list.tac

Optional integer (range 1 to 0xFFFFFF, except 0xFFFFFE). Tracking area code. Must be present if cell_id and tai are not set.

tac_plmnnr_cell_list.ncell_list.tac_plmn

Optional string. PLMN of the target cell TAI. If not present and if tai is not present, the current UE PLMN is used.

bandnr_cell_list.ncell_list.band

Optional integer or array of integers. NR bands. Use an array in case of MFBL. Must be present if cell_id is not set.

ssb_subcarrier_spacingnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_subcarrier_spacing

Optional enumeration: 15, 30, 120, 240. SSB subcarrier spacing. Must be present if cell_id is not set.

ssb_periodnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_period

Optional enumeration: 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160. Periodicity of the SSB. Must be present if cell_id is not set.

ssb_offsetnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_offset

Optional integer: 0 to ssb_period-1. SSB offset. Must be present if cell_id is not set.

ssb_durationnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_duration

Optional integer: 1 to 5. SSB duration. Must be present if cell_id is not set.

reference_locationnr_cell_list.ncell_list.reference_location

Optional object. Reference location of the neighbor cell provided via NTN quasi-Earth fixed system. Only used if band parameter defines a NTN band. It contains the following parameters:

latitudenr_cell_list.ncell_list.reference_location.latitude

Float value. Range -90 to 90. Degrees of latitude.

longitudenr_cell_list.ncell_list.reference_location.longitude

Float value. Range -180 to 180. Degrees of longitude.

ssb_rsrp_individual_offsetnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_rsrp_individual_offset

Optional enumeration: -24, -22, -20, -18, -16, -14, -12, -10, -8, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 or 24. Individual SSB RSRP offset in dB given to the UE in the Measurement Object for the corresponding cell.

ssb_rsrq_individual_offsetnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_rsrq_individual_offset

Optional enumeration: -24, -22, -20, -18, -16, -14, -12, -10, -8, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 or 24. Individual SSB RSRQ offset in dB given to the UE in the Measurement Object for the corresponding cell.

ssb_sinr_individual_offsetnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_sinr_individual_offset

Optional enumeration: -24, -22, -20, -18, -16, -14, -12, -10, -8, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 or 24. Individual SSB SINR offset in dB given to the UE in the Measurement Object for the corresponding cell.

handover_targetnr_cell_list.ncell_list.handover_target

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, this cell is considered for handover purpose. If set to false, no handover is triggered towards this cell.

conditional_handover_targetnr_cell_list.ncell_list.conditional_handover_target

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, this cell is considered for conditional handover purpose. If set to false, no conditional handover is configured towards this cell. Only one cell should be configured with true. This parameter is only applicable for cells declared with the cell_id parameter.

cell_redirect_targetnr_cell_list.ncell_list.cell_redirect_target

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, this cell is considered for redirection purpose. If set to false, no redirection is triggered towards this cell.

allowed_during_eps_fallbacknr_cell_list.ncell_list.allowed_during_eps_fallback

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, this cell is considered for inter RAT handover or cell redirection during an ongoing EPS fallback procedure

direct_forwarding_availablenr_cell_list.ncell_list.direct_forwarding_available

Optional boolean (default = true). Defines if a direct path is available between gNBs or ng-eNBs for user data forwarding during a NGAP handover

eps_fallback_preferred_methodnr_cell_list.eps_fallback_preferred_method

Optional enumeration: handover, redirection (default = handover). Set the preferred method for the EPS fallback procedure. If the handover procedure fails a redirection is performed.

emergency_fallback_preferred_methodnr_cell_list.emergency_fallback_preferred_method

Optional enumeration: handover, redirection (default = redirection). Set the preferred method for the emergency fallback procedure. If the handover procedure fails a redirection is performed.

meas_confignr_cell_list.meas_config

Optional ASN.1 property. ASN.1 content of the measConfig field of the RRCReconfiguration message (see 3GPP TS 38.331). It is used to set the parameters of the RRC measurements (not including the measGapConfig IE that must be configured using the meas_gap_config object). The first measurement object should correspond to the PCell. If it is absent and if meas_config_desc optional object is absent, no measConfig field is transmitted to the UEs.
The object can optionally contain a meas_report_action array to define an action when receiving a measurement report for an event trigger. An empty array is allowed to ensure no action is performed. If the array is not defined, a handover action is automatically defined for A3 and A5 events.

meas_report_actionnr_cell_list.meas_config.meas_report_action

Optional array. Each object has the following fields:

report_config_idnr_cell_list.meas_config.meas_report_action.report_config_id

Optional integer (range 1 to 64). Defines the reportConfigId associated with the action. Must be present if meas_id is absent.

meas_idnr_cell_list.meas_config.meas_report_action.meas_id

Optional integer (range 1 to 64). Defines the measId associated with the action. Must be present if report_config_id is absent.

actionnr_cell_list.meas_config.meas_report_action.action

Optional enumeration (handover, cell_redirect, nr_dc_setup, mr_dc_release). Defines the action triggered when receiving the measurement report.

meas_config_descnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc

Optional object. If present, and if meas_config object is not present, the gNB will dynamically build the measurement configuration sent to the UE based on the content of this object and the list of neighbour cells defined in ncell_list object. It will create A1 and A2 events for the serving cell (if inter frequencies neighbour cells exist), and optionally an A3 or A4 or A5 event for each serving and neighbour frequencies. At the beginning, gaps are not activated. When A2 event report is received and if meas_gap_config is configured, gaps are activated. When A1 event report is received, gaps are released. Note that either A1 or A2 event is configured at a given time, not both at the same time.
If nr_handover, nr_handover_intra or nr_handover_inter are present, an A3 or A4 or A5 event is defined for handover (for SA) or NR PSCell change (for MR-DC) purpose.
If nr_handover_location_based is present and if the UE declares the supporting the eventD1-MeasReportTrigger-r17 NR capability, a D1 event is defined for NTN cells with the reference_location parameter set both in the serving cell and neighbour cell definition. In that case no A3 or A4 or A5 event is defined for this neighbour cell.
If nr_conditional_handover is present and if the UE declares the supporting the feature, a measurement based and/or a location/time based event are defined for the neighbor cell with conditional_handover_target set to true.
If nr_cell_redirect, nr_cell_redirect_intra or nr_cell_redirect_inter are present, an A3 or A4 or A5 event is defined for cell redirection purpose.
An extra A2 event can be added to release EN-DC or NR-DC configuration.
If scell_config is present with A2/A4 events and if some cells are defined in scell_list with rrc_configuration=measurement (see scell_list_nr), the gNB will also define A2 and A4 events respectively for SCell release and addition and gaps will always be activated.
If scell_config is present with an A6 event and if some cells are defined in scell_list with a6_candidates (see scell_list), the gNB will also define an A6 event for SCell handover.
If nr_periodical is present, a periodical measurement report is defined for the NR primary cell, and optionally inter frequency neighbor cells.
If EUTRA cells are defined in the ncell_list array, inter RAT B1 and B2 events can be defined to trigger a cell redirection during the RRC release procedure when eutra_cell_redirect is set, or a handover when eutra_handover is set.
If eutra_periodical is present, a periodical measurement report is defined for each EUTRA cell defined in ncell_list object.
This object contains the following fields:

a1_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_report_type

Enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A1 report.

a1_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_rsrp

Integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if a1_report_type is set to rsrp.

a1_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_rsrq

Integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a1_report_type is set to rsrq.

a1_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_sinr

Integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a1_report_type is set to sinr.

a1_hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. A2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.

a1_time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_time_to_trigger

Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A1 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

a2_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_report_type

Enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A2 report.

a2_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_rsrp

Integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if a2_report_type is set to rsrp.

a2_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_rsrq

Integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a2_report_type is set to rsrq.

a2_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_sinr

Integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a2_report_type is set to sinr.

a2_hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. A2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.

a2_time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_time_to_trigger

Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

nr_handovernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover

Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra and inter frequency handover. If nr_handover_intra or nr_handover_inter objects are present, it is ignored. It contains the following fields:

a3_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a3_report_type

Optional enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A3 report. If set, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold1_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrq, a5_threshold1_sinr, a5_threshold2_rsrp, a5_threshold2_rsrq and a5_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

a3_offsetnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a3_offset

Optional integer, range from -30 to 30. A3 offset in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if a3_report_type is set.

a4_threshold_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a4_threshold_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold1_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrq, a5_threshold1_sinr, a5_threshold2_rsrp, a5_threshold2_rsrq and a5_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

a4_threshold_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a4_threshold_rsrq

Optional integer, from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold1_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrq, a5_threshold1_sinr, a5_threshold2_rsrp, a5_threshold2_rsrq and a5_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

a4_threshold_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a4_threshold_sinr

Optional integer, from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a5_threshold1_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrq, a5_threshold1_sinr, a5_threshold2_rsrp, a5_threshold2_rsrq and a5_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

a5_threshold1_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a5_threshold1_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold1_rsrq and a5_threshold1_sinr are ignored.

a5_threshold1_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a5_threshold1_rsrq

Optional integer, from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold1_rsrp and a5_threshold1_sinr are ignored.

a5_threshold1_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a5_threshold1_sinr

Optional integer, from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold1_rsrp and a5_threshold1_rsrq are ignored.

a5_threshold2_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a5_threshold2_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold2_rsrq and a5_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

a5_threshold2_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a5_threshold2_rsrq

Optional integer, from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold2_rsrp and a5_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

a5_threshold2_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a5_threshold2_sinr

Optional integer, from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold2_rsrp and a5_threshold2_rsrq are ignored.

hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. A3/A4/A5 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. is set.

time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.time_to_trigger

Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A3/A4/A5 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

nr_handover_intranr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover_intra

Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra frequency handover. It contains the same fields as nr_handover object. See nr_handover

nr_handover_internr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover_inter

Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for inter frequency handover. It contains the same fields as nr_handover object. See nr_handover

nr_handover_location_basednr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover_location_based

Optional object used to describe the D1 reporting criteria for handover. It contains the following fields:

distance_threshold_from_ref1nr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover_location_based.distance_threshold_from_ref1

Integer, range from 0 to 65525. Distance from reference location 1 in 50m steps.

distance_threshold_from_ref2nr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover_location_based.distance_threshold_from_ref2

Integer, range from 0 to 65525. Distance from reference location 2 in 50m steps.

hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover_location_based.hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 32768. D1 hysteresis in 10m steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.

time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover_location_based.time_to_trigger

Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the D1 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

nr_conditional_handovernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover

Optional object used to describe the conditional handover configuration. It contains the following fields:

activation_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.activation_trigger

Optional object. If present, an A2 or D1 event is defined to delay the conditional handover configuration to the UE. If it is not present, the configuration is sent as soon as the UE capabilities are retrieved. It contains the following fields:

a2_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.activation_trigger.a2_report_type

Optional enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A2 report. Must be present for an A2 event.

a2_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.activation_trigger.a2_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if a2_report_type is set to rsrp. Must be present for an A2 event.

a2_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.activation_trigger.a2_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a2_report_type is set to rsrq. Must be present for an A2 event.

a2_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.activation_trigger.a2_sinr

Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a2_report_type is set to sinr. Must be present for an A2 event.

a2_hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.activation_trigger.a2_hysteresis

Optional integer, range from 0 to 30. A2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present for an A2 event.

a2_time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.activation_trigger.a2_time_to_trigger

Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present for an A2 event.

distance_threshold_from_ref1nr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.activation_trigger.distance_threshold_from_ref1

Optional integer, range from 0 to 65525. Distance from reference location 1 in 50m steps. Must be present for a D1 event.

distance_threshold_from_ref2nr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.activation_trigger.distance_threshold_from_ref2

Optional integer, range from 0 to 65525. Distance from reference location 2 in 50m steps. Must be present for a D1 event.

hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.activation_trigger.hysteresis

Optional integer, range from 0 to 32768. D1 hysteresis in 10m steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present for a D1 event.

time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.activation_trigger.time_to_trigger

Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the D1 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present for a D1 event.

measurement_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.measurement_trigger

Optional object defining a measurement based condition. It contains the same fields as nr_handover object. See nr_handover. Note that an A4 event can only be defined in a NTN cell.

location_or_time_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.location_or_time_trigger

Optional object defining a location or time based condition. It contains the following fields:

distance_threshold_from_ref1nr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.location_or_time_trigger.distance_threshold_from_ref1

Optional integer, range from 0 to 65525. Distance from reference location 1 in 50m steps. Must be present for a D1 event.

distance_threshold_from_ref2nr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.location_or_time_trigger.distance_threshold_from_ref2

Optional integer, range from 0 to 65525. Distance from reference location 2 in 50m steps. Must be present for a D1 event.

hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.location_or_time_trigger.hysteresis

Optional integer, range from 0 to 32768. D1 hysteresis in 10m steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present for a D1 event.

time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.location_or_time_trigger.time_to_trigger

Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the D1 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present for a D1 event.

time_thresholdnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.location_or_time_trigger.time_threshold

Optional string, format "below_elevation" or "YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS[.mmm]". UTC time for the T1 event entering condition. Must be present for a T1 event. If set to "below_elevation", the UTC time sent in the report configuration is the time where the current serving cell satellite elevation is below the time_satellite_elevation parameter.

time_satellite_elevationnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.location_or_time_trigger.time_satellite_elevation

Optional integer, range from 10 to 80. Defines the serving cell satellite elevation that will be used to compute the T1 event threshold when time_threshold is set to "below_elevation".

time_durationnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.location_or_time_trigger.time_duration

Optional integer, range from 0 to 6000. Time used to define the T1 event leaving condition in 100ms steps. Must be present for a T1 event.

single_trigger_allowednr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_conditional_handover.location_or_time_trigger.single_trigger_allowed

Optional boolean, default = false. Indicates if the gNB can configure a location or time based condition only if supported by the UE.

nr_cell_redirectnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect

Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra and inter frequency cell redirection. If nr_cell_redirect_intra or nr_cell_redirect_inter objects are present, it is ignored. It contains the following fields:

a3_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a3_report_type

Optional enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A3 report. If set, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold1_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrq, a5_threshold1_sinr, a5_threshold2_rsrp, a5_threshold2_rsrq and a5_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

a3_offsetnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a3_offset

Optional integer, range from -30 to 30. A3 offset in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if a3_report_type is set.

a4_threshold_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a4_threshold_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold1_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrq, a5_threshold1_sinr, a5_threshold2_rsrp, a5_threshold2_rsrq and a5_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

a4_threshold_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a4_threshold_rsrq

Optional integer, from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold1_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrq, a5_threshold1_sinr, a5_threshold2_rsrp, a5_threshold2_rsrq and a5_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

a4_threshold_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a4_threshold_sinr

Optional integer, from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a5_threshold1_rsrp, a5_threshold1_rsrq, a5_threshold1_sinr, a5_threshold2_rsrp, a5_threshold2_rsrq and a5_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

a5_threshold1_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a5_threshold1_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold1_rsrq and a5_threshold1_sinr are ignored.

a5_threshold1_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a5_threshold1_rsrq

Optional integer, from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold1_rsrp and a5_threshold1_sinr are ignored.

a5_threshold1_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a5_threshold1_sinr

Optional integer, from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold1_rsrp and a5_threshold1_rsrq are ignored.

a5_threshold2_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a5_threshold2_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold2_rsrq and a5_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

a5_threshold2_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a5_threshold2_rsrq

Optional integer, from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold2_rsrp and a5_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

a5_threshold2_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a5_threshold2_sinr

Optional integer, from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, a3_report_type, a3_offset, a4_threshold_rsrp, a4_threshold_rsrq, a4_threshold_sinr, a5_threshold2_rsrp and a5_threshold2_rsrq are ignored.

hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. A3/A4/A5 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. is set.

time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.time_to_trigger

Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A3/A4/A5 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

nr_cell_redirect_intranr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect_intra

Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra frequency cell redirection. It contains the same fields as nr_cell_redirect object. See nr_cell_redirect

nr_cell_redirect_internr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect_inter

Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for inter frequency cell redirection. It contains the same fields as nr_cell_redirect object. See nr_cell_redirect

ssb_rsrp_filter_coeffnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.ssb_rsrp_filter_coeff

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the SSB RSRP layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 38.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).

ssb_rsrq_filter_coeffnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.ssb_rsrq_filter_coeff

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the SSB RSRQ layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 38.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).

ssb_sinr_filter_coeffnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.ssb_sinr_filter_coeff

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the SSB SINR layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 38.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).

s_measurenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.s_measure

Optional object. Defines the s-MeasureConfig parameters. It contains the following fields:

typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.s_measure.type

Enumeration (ssb or csi). RSRP measurement type.

thresholdnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.s_measure.threshold

Integer (range -156 to -29). RSRP threshold in dBm. -29 means infinity.

scell_confignr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config

Optional object used to describe the A2, A4 and A6 reporting criteria for SCell release/addition and handover. It contains the following fields:

a2_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_report_type

Optional enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A2 report. Must be present if a4_report_type is set.

a2_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if a2_report_type is set to rsrp.

a2_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a2_report_type is set to rsrq.

a2_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_sinr

Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a2_report_type is set to sinr.

a2_hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_hysteresis

Optional integer, range from 0 to 30. A2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if a2_report_type is set.

a2_time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_time_to_trigger

Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present if a2_report_type is set.

a4_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_report_type

Optional enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A4 report.

a4_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if a4_report_type is set to rsrp.

a4_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a4_report_type is set to rsrq.

a4_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_sinr

Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a4_report_type is set to sinr.

a4_hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_hysteresis

Optional integer, range from 0 to 30. A4 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if a4_report_type is set.

a4_time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_time_to_trigger

Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A4 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present if a4_report_type is set.

gaps_requirednr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.gaps_required

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, the gNB will activate measurement gaps if there is at least one cell with measurement-based scell addition in scell_list.

a6_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_report_type

Optional enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A6 report.

a6_offsetnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_offset

Optional integer, range from -30 to 30. A6 offset in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if a6_report_type is set.

a6_hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. A6 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if a6_report_type is set.

a6_time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_time_to_trigger

Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A6 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present if a6_report_type is set.

nr_periodicalnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_periodical

Optional object used to describe a NR periodical measurement report. It contains the following fields:

report_intervalnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_periodical.report_interval

Enumeration: ms120, ms240, ms480, ms640, ms1024, ms2048, ms5120, ms10240, min1, min6, min12, min30. Interval between each measurement report.

report_amountnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_periodical.report_amount

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, infinity. Number of measurement reports.

report_quantity_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_periodical.report_quantity_rsrp

Boolean. Report RSRP quantity.

report_quantity_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_periodical.report_quantity_rsrq

Boolean. Report RSRQ quantity.

report_quantity_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_periodical.report_quantity_sinr

Boolean. Report SINR quantity.

max_report_cellsnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_periodical.max_report_cells

Integer (range 1 to 8). Maximum number of cells reported.

measure_neighbor_cellsnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_periodical.measure_neighbor_cells

Boolean. Defines if a measurement report must be configured for inter frequency neighbor cells on top of the primary cell.

eutra_cell_redirectnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect

Optional object. If set, it defines a B1 or B2 event for EUTRA cell redirection procedure. It contains the following fields:

b1_threshold_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b1_threshold_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, b1_threshold_rsrq, b1_threshold_sinr, b2_threshold1_rsrp, b2_threshold1_rsrq and b2_threshold1_sinr are ignored.

b1_threshold_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b1_threshold_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, b1_threshold_sinr, b2_threshold1_rsrp, b2_threshold1_rsrq and b2_threshold1_sinr are ignored.

b1_threshold_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b1_threshold_sinr

Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, b2_threshold1_rsrp, b2_threshold1_rsrq and b2_threshold1_sinr are ignored.

b2_threshold1_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b2_threshold1_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, b2_threshold1_rsrq and b2_threshold1_sinr are ignored.

b2_threshold1_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b2_threshold1_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, b2_threshold1_sinr is ignored.

b2_threshold1_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b2_threshold1_sinr

Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps.

b2_threshold2_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b2_threshold2_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, b2_threshold2_rsrq and b2_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

b2_threshold2_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b2_threshold2_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, b2_threshold2_sinr is ignored.

b2_threshold2_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b2_threshold2_sinr

Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps.

hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. B1 or B2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps.

time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.time_to_trigger

Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the B1 or B2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

eutra_handovernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover

Optional object. If set, it defines a B1 or B2 event for EUTRA handover procedure. It contains the following fields:

b1_threshold_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b1_threshold_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, b1_threshold_rsrq, b1_threshold_sinr, b2_threshold1_rsrp, b2_threshold1_rsrq and b2_threshold1_sinr are ignored.

b1_threshold_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b1_threshold_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, b1_threshold_sinr, b2_threshold1_rsrp, b2_threshold1_rsrq and b2_threshold1_sinr are ignored.

b1_threshold_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b1_threshold_sinr

Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, b2_threshold1_rsrp, b2_threshold1_rsrq and b2_threshold1_sinr are ignored.

b2_threshold1_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b2_threshold1_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, b2_threshold1_rsrq and b2_threshold1_sinr are ignored.

b2_threshold1_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b2_threshold1_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, b2_threshold1_sinr is ignored.

b2_threshold1_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b2_threshold1_sinr

Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps.

b2_threshold2_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b2_threshold2_rsrp

Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set, b2_threshold2_rsrq and b2_threshold2_sinr are ignored.

b2_threshold2_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b2_threshold2_rsrq

Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set, b2_threshold2_sinr is ignored.

b2_threshold2_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b2_threshold2_sinr

Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps.

hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. B1 or B2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps.

time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.time_to_trigger

Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the B1 or B2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

eutra_periodicalnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_periodical

Optional object used to describe an EUTRA periodical measurement report. It contains the following fields:

report_intervalnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_periodical.report_interval

Enumeration: ms120, ms240, ms480, ms640, ms1024, ms2048, ms5120, ms10240, min1, min6, min12, min30. Interval between each measurement report.

report_amountnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_periodical.report_amount

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, infinity. Number of measurement reports.

report_quantity_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_periodical.report_quantity_rsrp

Boolean. Report RSRP quantity.

report_quantity_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_periodical.report_quantity_rsrq

Boolean. Report RSRQ quantity.

report_quantity_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_periodical.report_quantity_sinr

Boolean. Report SINR quantity.

max_report_cellsnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_periodical.max_report_cells

Integer (range 1 to 8). Maximum number of cells reported.

measure_neighbor_cellsnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_periodical.measure_neighbor_cells

Boolean. Defines if a measurement report must be configured for inter frequency neighbor cells on top of the primary cell.

eutra_rsrp_filter_coeffnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_rsrp_filter_coeff

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the RSRP layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 38.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).

eutra_rsrq_filter_coeffnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_rsrq_filter_coeff

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the RSRQ layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 38.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).

eutra_sinr_filter_coeffnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_sinr_filter_coeff

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the SINR layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 38.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).

nr_dc_setupnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_dc_setup

Optional object. If set, it defines an A4 event to trigger NR-DC activation. It contains the following fields:

a4_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_dc_setup.a4_report_type

Enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A4 report.

a4_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_dc_setup.a4_rsrp

Integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if a4_report_type is set to rsrp.

a4_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_dc_setup.a4_rsrq

Integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a4_report_type is set to rsrq.

a4_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_dc_setup.a4_sinr

Integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a4_report_type is set to sinr.

a4_hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_dc_setup.a4_hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. A4 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.

a4_time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_dc_setup.a4_time_to_trigger

Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A4 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

mr_dc_releasenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.mr_dc_release

Optional object. Defines the A2 event configuration for the EN-DC or NR-DC release trigger. This object contains the following fields:

a2_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.mr_dc_release.a2_report_type

Enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A2 report.

a2_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.mr_dc_release.a2_rsrp

Integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if a2_report_type is set to rsrp.

a2_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.mr_dc_release.a2_rsrq

Integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a2_report_type is set to rsrq.

a2_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.mr_dc_release.a2_sinr

Integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if a2_report_type is set to sinr.

a2_hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.mr_dc_release.a2_hysteresis

Integer, range from 0 to 30. A2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.

a2_time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.mr_dc_release.a2_time_to_trigger

Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.

meas_gap_confignr_cell_list.meas_gap_config

Optional object allowing to configure gaps for a SA UE (MR-DC UE uses the measurement gap configuration coming from MCG). If the object it not present, no measurement gap is defined.
It contains the following fields:

pattern_idnr_cell_list.meas_gap_config.pattern_id

Integer, range 0 to 23. Measurement gap pattern identity as defined in 3GPP TS 38.133 table 9.1.2-1.

use_gap_frnr_cell_list.meas_gap_config.use_gap_fr

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the gNB tries to use gapFR1 or gapFR2 instead of gapUE if the UE is having only FR1 or FR2 serving and neighbor cells and is not using NR-DC.

forced_meas_gap_offsetnr_cell_list.forced_meas_gap_offset

Optional integer. Forces the gap offset sent to the UE in the GapConfig ASN.1 object. -1 means that the gNB allocates the value automatically.

ho_from_measnr_cell_list.ho_from_meas

Optional boolean (default = true). If true, when meas_config is used the gNodeB triggers a handover (for SA) or a NR PSCell change (for MR-DC) when a measurement event with action set to "handover" is received from the UE; when meas_config_desc is used the gNodeB triggers a handover or NR PSCell change when the event defined in nr_handover, nr_handover_intra or nr_handover_inter is reported. It is also used for the event defined in eutra_handover triggering an inter RAT handover towards a LTE cell.

reconf_sync_cfranr_cell_list.reconf_sync_cfra

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, any reconfiguration with sync towards this cell (e.g SCG configuration in MR-DC or handover in SA) will use contention-free random access if there is a contention-free preamble still available.

ho_force_full_confignr_cell_list.ho_force_full_config

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, any handover towards this cell will use full configuration.

ho_continue_rohc_contextnr_cell_list.ho_continue_rohc_context

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, and if the UE supports the feature, the RoHC contexts are not reset during an intra gNB handover towards this cell.

t304nr_cell_list.t304

Optional enumeration: 50, 100, 150, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 10000 (default = 1000). T304 timer for reconfiguration with sync.

sib1_delivery_during_honr_cell_list.sib1_delivery_during_ho

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the target cell SIB1 is sent in the RRC reconfiguration with sync message.

8.7.3.3 Carrier Aggregation

scell_listnr_cell_list.scell_list

Optional array of objects. List the cells of the same gNB which can be used for carrier aggregation. There is no restriction concerning TDD/FDD mode, UL/DL configuration or subcarrier spacing across the serving cells. Each object contains the following fields:

cell_idnr_cell_list.scell_list.cell_id

Range: 0 to 1023 (depending on the gnb_id_bits value). Cell identifier

ul_allowednr_cell_list.scell_list.ul_allowed

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enable uplink for this serving cell for PUSCH only. PUCCH on SCell is not supported.

rrc_configurationnr_cell_list.scell_list.rrc_configuration

Optional enumeration: initial, measurement or api_only (default = initial). Desscribes the conditions under which the SCell is configured.
If set to initial, the SCell is added right away after the RRC connection establishment.
If set to measurement, the SCell can be dynamically added and released based on measurement reports configured in the scell_config element of the meas_config_desc object, see meas_config_desc_nr.
If set to api_only, the SCell can only be added through the rrc_cnx_reconf API, see rrc_cnx_reconf.
Note that the rrc_cnx_reconf API can still add or release any SCell irrespective of its rrc_configuration value.

individual_offsetnr_cell_list.scell_list.individual_offset

Optional integer, in dB. Relevant only when rrc_configuration is set to measurement. Individual offset used in A4 criteria evaluation for SCell addition.

a6_candidatesnr_cell_list.scell_list.a6_candidates

Optional array of integers. Defines the list of intra frequency cells candidates for SCell handover. Each entry of the array contains the cell_id value of the target cell that must also be defined in scell_list array.

scells_activationnr_cell_list.scells_activation

Optional enumeration: mac_ce, direct or off (default = mac_ce). Selects how the gNB activates the secondary cells once they are configured. When off is selected, cells won’t be activated unless an API call to scells_act_deact is performed. When mac_ce is selected, all the SCells are activated right after their configuration using the MAC control element. When direct is selected, all the SCells are activated during their configuration using RRC signalling if the feature is supported by the UE. Otherwise it uses the MAC control element.

nr_dc_scg_cell_listnr_cell_list.nr_dc_scg_cell_list

Optional array of objects. Defines the list of other NR cells that can be used by the current NR cell for NR-DC (similar to the scell_list array).
Each objet must contain the following parameters:

cell_idnr_cell_list.nr_dc_scg_cell_list.cell_id

Integer. cell_id as configured in the nr_cell_list object entry of the gNB configuration object.

8.7.3.4 Radio bearers

srb_confignr_cell_list.srb_config

Optional array of objects. Allows to override some parameters of the default configuration specified in 3GPP TS 38.331 chapter 9.2.1.
Each object contains the following fields:

idnr_cell_list.srb_config.id

Integer: 1, 2 or 3. Contains the SRB identity.

t_PollRetransmitnr_cell_list.srb_config.t_PollRetransmit

Optional enumeration: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 2000, 4000 (default 45). t-PollRetransmit timer value in ms.

pollPDUnr_cell_list.srb_config.pollPDU

Optional enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 6144, 8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 40960, 49152, 57344, 65536, 0 (default 0). pollPDU parameter. 0 means infinity.

pollBytenr_cell_list.srb_config.pollByte

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 5, 8, 10, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 250, 375, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 9000, 10000, 11000, 12000, 13000, 14000, 15000, 16000, 17000, 18000, 20000, 25000, 30000, 40000, 0 (default 0). pollByte parameter in kBytes. 0 means infinity.

maxRetxThresholdnr_cell_list.srb_config.maxRetxThreshold

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32 (default 8). maxRetxThreshold value.

t_Reassemblynr_cell_list.srb_config.t_Reassembly

Optional enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 340, 350, 550, 1100, 1650, 2200 (default 35). t-Reassembly timer value in ms.

t_StatusProhibitnr_cell_list.srb_config.t_StatusProhibit

Optional enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2400 (default 0). Duration of the t-StatusProhibit timer in ms.

sdt_allowednr_cell_list.srb_config.sdt_allowed

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, and if the UE supports SDT for SRBs, SRB2 will be configured for SDT upon the suspension of the RRC connection. See rrc_inactive. Only applicable to SRB2.

drb_confignr_cell_list.drb_config

String or Array. Array of objects containing the DRB configuration for each QCI/5QI value. There must be at least one definition for QCI = 9 which is the default QCI/5QI. If a string is given, the array is read from the corresponding filename. If must contain the following parameters.

qcinr_cell_list.drb_config.qci

Integer (range 0 to 255). QCI/5QI value.

use_for_mr_dc_scgnr_cell_list.drb_config.use_for_mr_dc_scg

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to false, this QCI/5QI value is not used for the SCG of a MR-DC UE.

ims_dedicated_bearernr_cell_list.drb_config.ims_dedicated_bearer

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, it indicates that this QCI/5QI is used for IMS dedicated bearers (VoNR, ...)

trigger_eps_fallbacknr_cell_list.drb_config.trigger_eps_fallback

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true and if EPS fallback is indicated as supported by the 5GC, trying to establish this 5QI will trigger an EPS fallback procedure.
Note that an EPS fallback procedure is also triggered if the UE does not declare supporting voice over NR in its NR capability and the 5QI has ims_dedicated_bearer set to true.

pdcp_confignr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config

Object. PDCP configuration. It must contain the following parameters.

discardTimernr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.discardTimer

Enumeration: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 500, 750, 1500, 2000 or 0. Duration of the discard timer in ms. 0 means infinity.

discardTimerExt_r16nr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.discardTimerExt_r16

Optional enumeration: 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 or 0 (default = 0). Duration of the extended discard timer. 0 means disabled.

pdcp_SN_SizeULnr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.pdcp_SN_SizeUL

Enumeration: 12 or 18. Uplink SN size in bits.

pdcp_SN_SizeDLnr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.pdcp_SN_SizeDL

Enumeration: 12 or 18. Downlink SN size in bits.

headerCompressionnr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression

Optional object. If not present or null, header compression is disabled.

maxCIDnr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.maxCID

Range: 1 to 16383.

profile0x0001nr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0001

Boolean. If true, enable RTP v1 ROHC profile.

profile0x0002nr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0002

Boolean. If true, enable UDP v1 ROHC profile.

profile0x0004nr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0004

Boolean. If true, enable IP v1 ROHC profile.

statusReportRequirednr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.statusReportRequired

(AM only) Boolean. Indicates if status reports must be generated or not.

outOfOrderDeliverynr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.outOfOrderDelivery

Boolean. Indicates if out of order delivery must be activated or not.

t_Reorderingnr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.t_Reordering

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 240, 260, 280, 300, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 1750, 2000, 2250, 2500, 2750, 3000. Duration of the t-Reordering timer in ms.

sn_GapReport_r18nr_cell_list.drb_config.sn_GapReport_r18

Optional boolean (default = FALSE). Indicates if SN gap report feature must be activated if the UE supports it.

nr_dc_splitnr_cell_list.drb_config.nr_dc_split

Optional object. It defines if the current 5QI can be used for NR-DC split bearers or not.
It contains the following items:

typenr_cell_list.drb_config.nr_dc_split.type

Enumeration: mcg, scg. Defines which cell group is the primary path.
If the nr_dc_split configuration object is absent or if the same 5QI is not defined in the SCG cell DRB configuration object, the bearer will not be split.

ul_data_thresholdnr_cell_list.drb_config.nr_dc_split.ul_data_threshold

Optional enumeration: 0, 100, 200, 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800, 25600, 51200, 102400, 204800, 409600, 819200, 1228800, 1638400, 2457600, 3276800, 4096000, 4915200, 5734400, 6553600, -1 (default = -1). Defines the PDCP ul-DataSplitThreshold parameter in bytes. -1 means infinity.

secondary_path_dl_rationr_cell_list.drb_config.nr_dc_split.secondary_path_dl_ratio

Optional number between 0 and 1 (default = -1). Experimental feature trying to force data ratio between both bearers, -1 disables it. Note that the ratio cannot be sustained if the force_dl_schedule option is activated in one of the cells used for the traffic, or if multiple bearers with different priorities are used, or if the traffic pushed is higher than the maximum physical bitrate.
Example: if 10Mbps is sent and ratio is set to 0.75, primary path will schedule 2.5Mbps and secondary 7.5Mbps.

rlc_confignr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config

Object. RLC configuration. If UM (Unacknowledged Mode) is used, the ul_um and/or dl_um objects must be present. If AM (Acknowledged Mode) is used, ul_am and dl_am objects must be present.

ul_umnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_um

Optional object. UL UM configuration. It must contain the following parameters.

sn_FieldLengthnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_um.sn_FieldLength

Enumeration: 6 or 12. Uplink SN size in bits.

dl_umnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_um

Optional object. DL UM configuration. It must contain the following parameters.

sn_FieldLengthnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_um.sn_FieldLength

Enumeration: 6 or 12. Downlink SN size in bits.

t_Reassemblynr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_um.t_Reassembly

Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 340, 350, 550, 1100, 1650, 2200. Duration of the t-Reassembly timer in ms.

ul_amnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am

Optional object. UL AM configuration. It must contain the following parameters.

sn_FieldLengthnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.sn_FieldLength

Enumeration: 12 or 18. Uplink SN size in bits.

t_PollRetransmitnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.t_PollRetransmit

Enumeration: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 2000, 4000. Duration of the t-PollRetransmit timer in ms.

t_PollRetransmit_v1610nr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.t_PollRetransmit_v1610

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 (default = 0). Duration of the t-PollRetransmit timer in ms when using v1610 extension. 0 means deactivated.

pollPDUnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.pollPDU

Enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 6144, 8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 40960, 49152, 57344, 65536, 0. pollPDU parameter. 0 means infinity.

pollBytenr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.pollByte

Enumeration: 1, 2, 5, 8, 10, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 250, 375, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 9000, 10000, 11000, 12000, 13000, 14000, 15000, 16000, 17000, 18000, 20000, 25000, 30000, 40000, 0. pollByte parameter in kBytes. 0 means infinity.

maxRetxThresholdnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.maxRetxThreshold

Enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32. maxRetxThreshold parameter.

dl_amnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am

Optional object. DL AM configuration. It must contain the following parameters.

sn_FieldLengthnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.sn_FieldLength

Enumeration: 12 or 18. Downlink SN size in bits.

t_Reassemblynr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.t_Reassembly

Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 340, 350, 550, 1100, 1650, 2200. Duration of the t-Reassembly timer in ms.

t_StatusProhibitnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.t_StatusProhibit

Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2400. Duration of the t-StatusProhibit timer in ms.

t_StatusProhibit_v1610nr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.t_StatusProhibit_v1610

Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 (default = 0). Duration of the t-StatusProhibit-v1610 timer in ms. 0 means deactivated.

logical_channel_confignr_cell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config

Object. Logical channel configuration. It must contain the following parameters.

prioritynr_cell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.priority

Integer (range 1 to 16). Logical channel priority.

prioritisedBitRatenr_cell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.prioritisedBitRate

Enumeration: 0, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384, 32768, 65536, -1. Prioritised bit rate in kBps. -1 means infinity.

bucketSizeDurationnr_cell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.bucketSizeDuration

Enumeration: 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 150, 300, 500, 1000. Duration of the bucket in ms.

logicalChannelGroupnr_cell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.logicalChannelGroup

Integer (range 0 to 7). Logical channel group.

logicalChannelSR_Masknr_cell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.logicalChannelSR_Mask

Optional boolean (default = false). Activates SR masking for this logical channel.

logicalChannelSR_DelayTimerAppliednr_cell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.logicalChannelSR_DelayTimerApplied

Optional boolean (default = false). The logical_channel_sr_delay_timer parameter must also be configured.

need_spsnr_cell_list.drb_config.need_sps

Optional enumeration: dl, ul, both or none (default = none). If present, defines whether the radio bearer needs a SPS/CG configuration. Currently only UL CG are supported, so the value dl has no effect.

harq_modenr_cell_list.drb_config.harq_mode

Optional enumeration: enabled_only, disabled_only and both (default = both). In NTN cells and if supported by the UE, configures whether this DRB will use HARQ enabled processes only, HARQ disabled processes only, or all HARQ processes.

If a corresponding configuration exists in the gNB (See Configured Grant) and if the UE supports CG, a CG will be configured when the bearer is established.

sdt_allowednr_cell_list.drb_config.sdt_allowed

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, and if the UE supports SDT, the corresponding bearer will be configured for SDT upon the suspension of the RRC connection. See rrc_inactive.

5qi_qosnr_cell_list.drb_config.5qi_qos

Optional object. Default 5QI QoS characteristics to be used for this 5QI. If not present, the gNB tries to retrieve a default value based on 3GPP TS 23.501 table 5.7.4-1 and errors if the 5QI value is unknown.

priority_levelnr_cell_list.drb_config.5qi_qos.priority_level

Integer (range 1 to 127).

averaging_windownr_cell_list.drb_config.5qi_qos.averaging_window

Optional integer (range 1 to 4095). Averaging window for GBR bearers.

use_empty_bsr_grantnr_cell_list.drb_config.use_empty_bsr_grant

Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates if empty BSR grant feature must be used for this 5QI. See empty_bsr_grant NR cell parameter.

tx_fifo_sizenr_cell_list.drb_config.tx_fifo_size

Optional integer (default = 10485760). Defines the maximum number of bytes that can be queued in the DL PDCP entity before dropping incoming DL packets.

unsupported_5qi_fallbacknr_cell_list.unsupported_5qi_fallback

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true and if the core network requests the establishment of un unsupported 5QI value, the parameters from 5QI 9 are used instead. Otherwise the establishment is rejected.

srb3_supportnr_cell_list.srb3_support

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, and if the UE supports SRB3, the gNodeB will activate it.

gbr_ul_rationr_cell_list.gbr_ul_ratio

Optional float (default = 0.8). Maximum ratio of the uplink resources that can be reserved for GBR QoS flows.

gbr_dl_rationr_cell_list.gbr_dl_ratio

Optional float (default = 0.8). Maximum ratio of the downlink resources that can be reserved for GBR QoS flows.

gbr_init_ul_bits_per_renr_cell_list.gbr_init_ul_bits_per_re

Optional float (default = 2.0). The GBR QoS flow resources are measured in terms of resource elements (RE) per second. Each RE can be assigned a given number of bits depending on the exact radio conditions. This parameter gives the initial number of bits per uplink RE when the UE is connecting (in this case no reliable radio quality measurement is available).

gbr_init_dl_bits_per_renr_cell_list.gbr_init_dl_bits_per_re

Optional float (default = 2.0). Same as gbr_init_ul_bits_per_re for downlink.

gbr_congestednr_cell_list.gbr_congested

Optional boolean (default = false). Option that simulates a congestion once at least one GBR bearer is active in the cell. Any new GBR request will be rejected or will trigger a preemption depending on the QoS flow ARP parameters.

ignore_gbr_congestionnr_cell_list.ignore_gbr_congestion

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, no GBR congestion check is performed.

drb_count_maxnr_cell_list.drb_count_max

Optional integer (default = 1500). Maximum number of DRBs (for this cell).

8.7.3.5 Other RRC parameters

inactivity_timernr_cell_list.inactivity_timer

Integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity. Note that it is only used for the UE PCell.

scg_failure_information_behaviornr_cell_list.scg_failure_information_behavior

Optional enum (auto, release, reestablish, default = auto). Defines the behavior when the MCG primary cell receives a RRC SCG failure information message for this SCG primary cell.
If set to auto, the SCG is released if the cause is set to T310 expiry or synchReconfigFailure and a measurement reporting configuration is defined to trigger the SCG addition. Otherwise the SCG is reestablished.
If set to release, SCG is always released.
If set to reestablish, a RRC message is always sent to reestablish SCG.

cipher_algo_prefnr_cell_list.cipher_algo_pref

Array of integers. Set the preferred algorithms for RRC and User Plane encryption in decreasing order of preference. If none match the UE capabilities, then NEA0 (no encryption) is selected. List of supported algorithms:

ValueAlgorithm
1NEA1 (Snow 3G)
2NEA2 (128 bit AES)
3NEA3 (ZUC)

If encryption is necessary, for best performance use AES (NEA2) as first choice if your CPU supports the AES NI Intel instruction set (use the hwcaps monitor command and see if AES is displayed). Otherwise use Snow3G (NEA1) or ZUC (NEA3).

cipher_algo_null_allowednr_cell_list.cipher_algo_null_allowed

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to false, the use of NULL ciphering algorithm (NEA0) is forbidden unless the UE performs an emergency registration.

integ_algo_prefnr_cell_list.integ_algo_pref

Array of integers. Set the preferred algorithms for RRC integrity (and optionally User Plane integrity) check in decreasing order of preference. If none match the UE capabilities, then NIA0 (no integrity check) is selected. List of supported algorithms:

ValueAlgorithm
1NIA1 (Snow 3G)
2NIA2 (128 bit AES)
3NIA3 (ZUC)

For best performance, use AES (NIA2) as first choice if your CPU supports the AES NI Intel instruction set (use the hwcaps monitor command and see if AES is displayed). Otherwise use Snow3G (NIA1) or ZUC (NIA3).

integ_algo_null_allowednr_cell_list.integ_algo_null_allowed

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to false, the use of NULL integrity algorithm (NIA0) is forbidden unless the UE performs an emergency registration.

rrc_inactivenr_cell_list.rrc_inactive

Optional object. If present, the cell will support UEs in RRC Inactive mode and will be able to suspend/resume RRC connection and perform RAN paging.
Note that RRC connection suspend is possible only if the 5GC sends the ’Core Network Assistance Information For Inactive’ during initial context setup of the UE.
RAN paging and RRC resume procedure is currently limited to cells belonging to the same gNB.

use_full_resume_idnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.use_full_resume_id

Optional boolean (default = false). Sets the useFullResumeId flag in SIB1.

rna_cell_listnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.rna_cell_list

Optional array of objects.
If absent, the ran-NotificationAreaInfo of the SuspendConfig will be set as a PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList covering the full registration area given by the 5GC in the Core Network Assistance Information, unless rna_ranac_list is present.
If present, sets the ran-NotificationAreaInfo of the SuspendConfig as a PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList.
Each element has the following parameters:

plmnnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.rna_cell_list.plmn

String. PLMN (5 or 6 digits).

cell_id_listnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.rna_cell_list.cell_id_list

Array of integer. Each value is a full 28 bits cell identity, concatenation of enb_id and cell_id.

rna_ranac_listnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.rna_ranac_list

Optional array of objects.
If present, the list or RAN Area Code defined for the Tracking Area Code will be sent in the RAN-AreaConfig field of the PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig item.
Each element has the following parameters:

tacnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.rna_ranac_list.tac

Integer. Tracking Area Code.

ranac_listnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.rna_ranac_list.ranac_list

Array of 1 to 32 integers. List of RAN Area Code.

ran_paging_cyclenr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.ran_paging_cycle

Enumeration (32, 64, 128, 256). RAN paging cycle, in frames.

t380_minsnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.t380_mins

Optional enumeration (5, 10, 20, 30, 60, 120, 360, 720). Value for T380 (Periodic RNA update timer) in minutes.
If absent, the timer will take the value of the periodic registration update timer given by the 5GC in the Core Network Assistance Information.

inactivity_timernr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.inactivity_timer

Optional integer. Overrides the top-level value of inactivity_timer for UEs supporting RRC Inactive mode. Note that it is only used for the UE PCell.

release_timer_minsnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.release_timer_mins

Optional integer (range 0 to 1440, default 0). Duration of total UE inactivity after which the UE will be actually released and no longer suspended. The expiry is evaluated during each RNA update procedure.
If 0, the UE won’t be released due to UE inactivity but will keep being suspended.

continue_rohc_contextnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.continue_rohc_context

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, and if the UE supports the feature, the RoHC contexts are not reset during the RRC connection resume procedure.

sdtnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt

Optional object. If present, it configures the Small Data Transmission feature.
Both CG-SDT and RA-SDT are supported. For RA-SDT, the prach_feature_preambles_list should contain at least one preamble with sdt. See prach_feature_preambles.
SDT shall also be enabled per DRB basis. See NR DRB configuration.
It contains the following parameters:

rsrp_thresholdnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.rsrp_threshold

Optional integer (range -156 to -29, default = -29). sdt-RSRP-Threshold-r17 parameter: RSRP threshold above which a UE can initiate a SDT session. Value -29 means the threshold is not advertised in SIB1.

logical_channel_sr_delay_timernr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.logical_channel_sr_delay_timer

Optional enumeration (20, 40, 64, 128, 512, 1024, 2560, 0, default = 0). sdt-LogicalChannelSR-DelayTimer-r17: logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer applied during SDT for logical channels configured with SDT. Value 0 means the timer is not advertized in SIB1.

ul_data_volume_thresholdnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.ul_data_volume_threshold

Enumeration (32, 100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 9000, 10000, 12000, 24000, 48000, 96000). sdt-DataVolumeThreshold-r17 parameter: maximum number of bytes pending for transmission on the SDT bearers to initiate a SDT session.

t319anr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.t319a

Enumeration (100, 200, 300, 400, 600, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000). t319a-r17 parameter: value in ms for the T319a timer.

session_inactivity_timernr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.session_inactivity_timer

Optional integer (range 10ms to 80% of T319A, default = 20% T319A). Inactivity timer for the SDT session. If there is no transmission during this value, the eNB will suspend the RRC connection.

session_max_durationnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.session_max_duration

Optional integer (range 10ms to 80% of T319A, default = 80% T319A). If the SDT session lasts longer than this value, the eNB will resume the RRC connection.

continue_rohc_contextnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.continue_rohc_context

Optional enum ("none", "cell", default = "none"). If set to "cell", and if the UE supports the feature, the RoHC contexts are not reset during the SDT procedure.

configured_grantnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.configured_grant

Optional object to add CG-SDT support. It contains the following parameters:

rsrp_threshold_ssbnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.configured_grant.rsrp_threshold_ssb

Optional integer (range -156 to -29, default to sdt.rsrp_threshold). Configures cg-SDT-RSRP-ThresholdSSB-r17.

time_alignment_timernr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.configured_grant.time_alignment_timer

Integer (500, 750, 1280, 1920, 2560, 5120 or 10240). Configures cg-SDT-TimeAlignmentTimer-r17.

ta_valid_rsrp_change_thresholdnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.configured_grant.ta_valid_rsrp_change_threshold

Optional integer (2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34). Configures cg-SDT-RSRP-ChangeThreshold-r17. If absent, CG-SDT-TA-ValidationConfig-r17 is disabled

grantnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.configured_grant.grant

Optional object defining the UL grant parameters in the initial BWP. It contains the same parameters than the configured_grant object of the pusch configuration, See Configured Grant with the following changes:
dynamic_beta_offsets, beta_offset_ack_index, beta_offset_ack_index1, n_layer are ignored because they are not applicable.
configuration_type is ignored because it is forced to "type1"
periodicity should be larger than 5 milliseconds

grant_redcapnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.configured_grant.grant_redcap

Optional object defining the UL grant parameters in the RedCap specific initial BWP.

ssb_subset_bitmapnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.configured_grant.ssb_subset_bitmap

Optional bitstring (same length as ssb_pos_bitmap, defaults to ssb_pos_bitmap). Configures sdt-SSB-Subset-r17. See ssb_pos_bitmap

ssb_per_cg_puschnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.configured_grant.ssb_per_cg_pusch

Enumeration (1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16). Configures sdt-SSB-PerCG-PUSCH-r17.

dmrs_ports_bitmapnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.configured_grant.dmrs_ports_bitmap

Optional bitstring (length 4, 8, 6 or 12 based on dmrs_type and dmrs_max_len defined in grant.dmrs, defaults to all the ports allowed by the DMRS configuration). Configures sdt-DMRS-Ports-r17

rrc_reject_waitTimenr_cell_list.rrc_reject_waitTime

Optional integer (range 1 to 16). RRC reject wait time in seconds.

rrc_release_waitTimenr_cell_list.rrc_release_waitTime

Optional integer (range 1 to 16). RRC release wait time in seconds.

rrc_release_deprioritisationnr_cell_list.rrc_release_deprioritisation

Optional object. If present, the deprioritisationReq field is added to the RRC Release message.
The object must contain the following fields:

typenr_cell_list.rrc_release_deprioritisation.type

Enumeration ("none", "frequency" or "nr").

timernr_cell_list.rrc_release_deprioritisation.timer

Optional enumeration (5, 10, 15 or 30). Timer in minutes. Required if type is not none.

rrc_redirectnr_cell_list.rrc_redirect

Array of ASN.1 properties. Each entry is the ASN.1 content of a RedirectedCarrierInfo redirection information.
These will define the redirection parameter within the RRC Release sent by the gNB to the UE (cf 3GPP TS 38.331).
Below is an example of the ASN.1 file content: 

nr: {
  carrierFreq 518910,
  ssbSubcarrierSpacing kHz15
}
rrc_release_cell_reselection_prioritiesnr_cell_list.rrc_release_cell_reselection_priorities

Optional ASN.1 property. ASN.1 content of a cellReselectionPriorities information. It will define the cellReselectionPriorities parameter within the RRC Release sent by the gNB to the UE (cf 3GPP TS 38.331).
Below is an example of the ASN.1 file content: 

{
  freqPriorityListNR {
    {
      carrierFreq 391970,
      cellReselectionPriority 3
    },
    {
      carrierFreq 427970,
      cellReselectionPriority 7
    }
  },
  t320 min10
}
rrc_procedure_filternr_cell_list.rrc_procedure_filter

Optional object. Allows to define the eNB behavior for a list of RRC procedures.
Each property name represents a RRC procedure. The ones currently supported are rrc_setup_request, rrc_reestablishment_request, rrc_resume_request and scg_failure_information.
Each property value is an object containing the following fields:

actionnr_cell_list.rrc_procedure_filter.action

Enumeration (treat (UE message is processed), ignore (UE message is ignored) or reject (UE message is rejected))

ttlnr_cell_list.rrc_procedure_filter.ttl

Optional integer. If set, the reject of ignore filter is applied ttl times. If not set, the filter is applied until it is modified.

By default all procedures are treated.

Example: 

rrc_procedure_filter: {
    rrc_setup_request: {
        action: "treat"
    },
    rrc_reestablishment_request: {
        action: "reject",
        ttl: 1
    }
}
ue_cap_rat_typenr_cell_list.ue_cap_rat_type

Optional array of strings. List the RAT types (nr, eutra-nr, eutra, utra-fdd) for the RRC UE capability enquiry message. In the first UE capability enquiry message, nr is always included whatever the array content.

requested_freq_bands_nrnr_cell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr

Optional array of objects of the same type than requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc, See requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.
Force the frequencyBandListFilter element of the UE-CapabilityRequestFilterNR when requesting UE capabilities in SA mode.
By default, the frequencyBandListFilter contains the bands of all the NR cells defined in nr_cell_list and EUTRA cells defined in cell_list.

requested_eutra_freq_bandsnr_cell_list.requested_eutra_freq_bands

Optional array of 1 to 16 integers. Defines the list of EUTRA bands the gNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedFrequencyBands-r11 information element).

requested_eutra_max_ccs_dlnr_cell_list.requested_eutra_max_ccs_dl

Optional integer (range = 2 to 32). Sets the maximum number of EUTRA DL CCs the gNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedMaxCCsDL-r13 information element).

requested_eutra_max_ccs_ulnr_cell_list.requested_eutra_max_ccs_ul

Optional integer (range = 2 to 32). Sets the maximum number of UL CCs the gNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedMaxCCsUL-r13 information element).

request_reduced_formatnr_cell_list.request_reduced_format

Optional boolean. If set, the gNB will request the UE to provide EUTRA CA combinations using supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 instead of supportedBandCombination-r10 in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestReducedFormat-r13 information element).

request_eutra_reduced_int_non_cont_combnr_cell_list.request_eutra_reduced_int_non_cont_comb

Optional boolean. If set, the gNB will request an EUTRA reduced intra-band non-contiguous CA band combination in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestReducedIntNonContComb-r13 information element).

mr_dc_request_nr_dcnr_cell_list.mr_dc_request_nr_dc

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the includeNR-DC bit is set to true in the UE capability enquiry message so as to retrieve NR-DC band combinations. Note that it is automatically set if there is at least once cell configured for NR-DC.

rrc_ul_segmentation_supportnr_cell_list.rrc_ul_segmentation_support

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, the gNB indicates that RRC UL segmentation is allowed in the RRC UE capability enquiry message.

single_ue_cap_enquirynr_cell_list.single_ue_cap_enquiry

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, and if the UE and gNB supports R16 uplink RRC segmentation feature, NR, EUTRA and MRDC capabilities are requested in a single message.

srs_switching_time_requestnr_cell_list.srs_switching_time_request

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the gNB sets the srs-SwitchingTimeRequest flag when requesting NR or EUTRA-NR UE capabilities.

uplink_tx_switch_requestnr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch_request

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the gNB sets the uplinkTxSwitchRequest flag when requesting NR or EUTRA-NR UE capabilities.

ue_assistance_informationnr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information

Optional object containing the UE assistance information procedure configuration. It can contain the following properties:

overheating_assistancenr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.overheating_assistance

Optional object for the overheatingAssistanceConfig ASN.1 parameters.
Note that no action will be taken by the gNB when receiving the overheatingAssistance information. Its purpose is only to test the UE message sending.
It contains the following properties:

prohibit_timernr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.overheating_assistance.prohibit_timer

Enumeration (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 60, 90, 120, 300, 600, -1). Sets the overheatingAssistanceConfig value. -1 means no overheatingAssistanceConfig is configured.

max_bw_preferencenr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.max_bw_preference

Optional object for the maxBW-PreferenceConfig-r16 ASN.1 parameters.
Note that no action will be taken by the gNB when receiving the maxBW-Preference-r16 information. Its purpose is only to test the UE message sending.
It contains the following properties:

prohibit_timernr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.max_bw_preference.prohibit_timer

Enumeration (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, -1). Sets the maxBW-PreferenceConfig-r16 value. -1 means no maxBW-PreferenceConfig-r16 is configured.

max_cc_preferencenr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.max_cc_preference

Optional object for the maxCC-PreferenceConfig-r16 ASN.1 parameters.
It contains the following properties:

prohibit_timernr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.max_cc_preference.prohibit_timer

Enumeration (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, -1). Sets the maxCC-PreferenceConfig-r16 value. -1 means no maxCC-PreferenceConfig-r16 is configured.

max_mimo_layer_preferencenr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.max_mimo_layer_preference

Optional object for the maxMIMO-LayerPreferenceConfig-r16 ASN.1 parameters.
It contains the following properties:

prohibit_timernr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.max_mimo_layer_preference.prohibit_timer

Enumeration (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, -1). Sets the maxMIMO-LayerPreferenceConfig-r16 value. -1 means no maxMIMO-LayerPreferenceConfig-r16 is configured.

release_preferencenr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.release_preference

Optional object for the releasePreferenceConfig-r16 ASN.1 parameters. It contains the following properties:

prohibit_timernr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.release_preference.prohibit_timer

Enumeration (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, infinity, -1). Sets the releasePreferenceProhibitTimer-r16 value. -1 means no releasePreferenceConfig-r16 is configured.

delay_timernr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.release_preference.delay_timer

Optional integer (default = 0). Defines the delay between releasePreference-r16 reception and its treatment. If the value is greater than 0, connectedReporting ASN.1 parameter is set to true.

rrm_meas_relaxation_reportingnr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.rrm_meas_relaxation_reporting

Optional object for the rrm-MeasRelaxationReportingConfig-r17 ASN.1 parameters.
Note that no action will be taken by the gNB when receiving the rrm-MeasRelaxationFulfilment-r17 information. Its purpose is only to test the UE message sending.
It contains the following properties:

s_search_delta_p_stationarynr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.rrm_meas_relaxation_reporting.s_search_delta_p_stationary

Enumeration (2, 3, 6, 9, 12, 15). Sets the s-SearchDeltaP-Stationary-r17 value.

t_search_delta_p_stationarynr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.rrm_meas_relaxation_reporting.t_search_delta_p_stationary

Enumeration (5, 10, 20, 30, 60, 120, 180, 240, 300). Sets the t-SearchDeltaP-Stationary-r17 value.

prop_delay_diff_reportnr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.prop_delay_diff_report

Optional object for the propDelayDiffReportConfig-r17 ASN.1 parameters.
Note that no action will be taken by the gNB when receiving the propagationDelayDifference-r17 information. Its purpose is only to test the UE message sending.
It contains the following properties:

thresh_prop_delay_diffnr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.prop_delay_diff_report.thresh_prop_delay_diff

Enumeration (0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10). Sets the threshPropDelayDiff-r17 value.

high_speed_confignr_cell_list.high_speed_config

Optional object. If present, it should contain the following configuration parameters.

high_speed_meas_flagnr_cell_list.high_speed_config.high_speed_meas_flag

Boolean. If true, highSpeedMeasFlag is advertised in the cell.

8.7.4 PHY/L1 - Downlink parameters

8.7.4.1 SSB

ssb_pos_bitmapnr_cell_list.ssb_pos_bitmap

String or Object. SSB position bitmap in bits (4, 8 or 64 bits depending on the DL frequency). For convenience, an object with the same fields as the SIB1 is accepted too. It contains the following fields:

in_one_groupnr_cell_list.ssb_pos_bitmap.in_one_group

String. 4 or 8 bits depending on the DL frequency.

group_presencenr_cell_list.ssb_pos_bitmap.group_presence

Optional string. 8 bits. Only present in FR2.

ssb_periodnr_cell_list.ssb_period

Enumeration (5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160). SSB periodicity in ms.

ssb_subcarrier_spacingnr_cell_list.ssb_subcarrier_spacing

Optional integer (15, 30, 120, 240). Set the SSB subcarrier spacing in kHz. By default it is the same as subcarrier_spacing.

ssb_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.ssb_nr_arfcn

Optional integer. Set the NR ARFCN of the SSB carrier. If not set, its value depends on gscn.

gscnnr_cell_list.gscn

Optional integer (default = 0). Set the SSB GSCN (=SSB carrier frequency). The special default value 0 indicates to automatically set it. It is computed so that the SSB is at the lowest possible frequency in the cell bandwidth.

ssb_precodingnr_cell_list.ssb_precoding

Optional complex matrix. Array of N vectors of n_antenna_dl elements where N is the number of ’1’ bits in ssb_pos_bitmap. Set the precoding vector for each SSB. By default all the elements are set to one.

ssb_power_offsetnr_cell_list.ssb_power_offset

Optional float (default = 0). Power offset (in dB) added to the SS PBCH block power in SIB1.

ssb_offsetnr_cell_list.ssb_offset

Optional integer (default = 0). Offset in ms of the start of the SSB half-frame in the SSB period. It must be a multiple of 5 and less than the SSB period.

ssb_case_cnr_cell_list.ssb_case_c

Optional boolean. For the 30 kHz subcarrier spacing, select between SSB block pattern case B (false) or case C (true). The default value depends on the selected frequency band (see 3GPP TS 38.101-1 table 5.4.3.3-1).

8.7.4.2 PDCCH

pdcchnr_cell_list.pdcch

Object. Contains the PDCCH parameters defined below.

common_coresetnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset

Optional object. Define the common CoReSet. For backward compatibility, the common CoReSet properties can be in the pdcch object if no dedicated CoReSet is defined.

The CoReSet definition accepts the following properties:

coreset_idnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.coreset_id

Optional integer. Force the CoReSet ID. If the parameter is absent, the CoReSet IDs are automatically assigned.

rb_startnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.rb_start

Optional integer (default = -1). PDCCH start position in number of RBs relative to the start of the BWP. rb_start + BWP_rb_start must be a multiple of 6. -1 means to select the value to maximize the bandwidth based on the BWP and CoReSet #0 configurations.

l_crbnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.l_crb

Optional integer (default = -1). PDCCH length in number of RBs. Must be a multiple of 6 or -1. -1 means to use the maximum number of RBs compatible with the DL bandwidth.

rb_listnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.rb_list

Optional array of objects. If present, a list of resource blocks is provided instead of rb_start and l_crb. The syntax of the list is similar to the rate match pattern resource_blocks parameter.

durationnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.duration

Optional integer (0 to dmrs_type_a_pos value, default = 0). PDCCH duration. The special value 0 indicates to automatically set it from the CoReSet bandwidth.

interleavednr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.interleaved

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enable interleaved mapping.

reg_bundle_sizenr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.reg_bundle_size

Optional enumeration: 2, 3, 6. Must be present for interleaved mapping.

interleaver_sizenr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.interleaver_size

Optional enumeration: 2, 3, 6. Must be present for interleaved mapping.

shift_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.shift_index

Optional integer. Range: -1 to 274. Must be present for interleaved mapping. -1 is a shortcut for the physical cell ID.

precoder_granularitynr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.precoder_granularity

Optional enum (sameAsREG_bundle, allContiguousRBs, default = sameAsREG_bundle).

dmrs_scidnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.dmrs_scid

Optional integer (default = -1). Range: -1 to 65535. DMRS scrambling ID. -1 is a shortcut for the physical cell ID.

tci_states_pdcchnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.tci_states_pdcch

Optional array of integers. TCI state IDs for the PDCCH.

dedicated_coresetnr_cell_list.pdcch.dedicated_coreset

Optional object or array of objects. Define UE dedicated CoReSets. At least one should be defined for best performance in standalone mode. The properties are the same as for common_coreset.

cssnr_cell_list.pdcch.css

Object or array of objects. PDCCH common search space configuration defined in RRC PDCCH-ConfigCommon. Each object defines a search space with the parameters defined below.

search_space_idnr_cell_list.pdcch.css.search_space_id

Optional integer. Force the Search space ID. If not present, IDs are assigned in BWP order and then search space definition order.

n_candidatesnr_cell_list.pdcch.css.n_candidates

Optional array of 5 integers, mandatory for the DL BWP #0. Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8. nrofCandidates parameters for each aggregation level (1, 2, 4, 8, 16).

pei_n_candidatesnr_cell_list.pdcch.css.pei_n_candidates

Optional array of 3 integers. Enumeration. nrofCandidates parameters for each PEI aggregation level (4, 8, 16). Allowed values are for AL 4: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, for AL 8: 0, 1, 2 and for AL 16: 0, 1. When PEI is activated, default value is set to 4, 2, 1.

start_symbnr_cell_list.pdcch.css.start_symb

Optional integer (default = 0). range: 0 to 3. First symbol of the search space.

coreset_idnr_cell_list.pdcch.css.coreset_id

Optional integer to force the CoReSet ID. If the parameter is absent and if the cell has a CoReSet 0, CoReSet 0 is used. Otherwise, the default CoReSet is the one defined by common_coreset.

ussnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss

Object or array of objects. PDCCH UE dedicated search space configuration defined in RRC PDCCH-Config. Each object defines a search space with the parameters defined below.

search_space_idnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.search_space_id

Optional integer. Force the Search space ID. If not present, IDs are assigned in BWP order and then search space definition order.

n_candidatesnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.n_candidates

Optional array of 5 integers, mandatory for the DL BWP #0. Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8. nrofCandidates parameters for each aggregation level (1, 2, 4, 8, 16).

start_symbnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.start_symb

Optional integer (default = 0). range: 0 to 3. First symbol of the search space.

coreset_idnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.coreset_id

Optional integer to force the CoReSet ID. It is set by default to the first UE dedicated CoReSet ID if present otherwise to the first common CoReSet ID.

cssnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.css

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, a common search space is defined. Otherwise a UE specific search space is defined.

dci_0_1_and_1_1nr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.dci_0_1_and_1_1

Optional boolean (default = true). It defines whether DCI 0_1 and 1_1 are used for PDCCH in the search space. It is relevant only if css is false.

slot_periodnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.slot_period

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560 (default = 1). Monitoring periodicity of the search space, in slots.

slot_durationnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.slot_duration

Optional integer, 1 to slot_period-1 (default = 1). Monitoring duration of the search space, in slots. The parameter is ignored if slot_period is set to 1.

force_cce0nr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.force_cce0

Optional boolean (default = false). Force the CCE index 0 (only useful to implement test models).

rar_search_spacenr_cell_list.pdcch.rar_search_space

Optional integer. Set the RAR search space ID. It is set by default to the first common search space of the BWP.

rar_al_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch.rar_al_index

Integer (range 0 to 4). Aggregation level for Random Access Response.

dl_search_spacenr_cell_list.pdcch.dl_search_space

Optional integer (default = -1). If >= 0, force the search space ID used when scheduling DL data. If set to -1, the first UE dedicated search space compatible with the force_dci_1_0 parameter is used. If no suitable UE dedicated search space is found, then the first common search space is used.

force_dci_1_0nr_cell_list.pdcch.force_dci_1_0

Optional boolean (default = false). Force the use of DCI 1_0 if both DCI 0_1 and 1_1 are possible. It is relevant only if dl_search_space is set to -1.

ul_search_spacenr_cell_list.pdcch.ul_search_space

Optional integer (default = -1). If >= 0, force the search space ID used when scheduling UL data. If set to -1, the first UE dedicated search space compatible with the force_dci_0_0 parameter is used. If no suitable UE dedicated search space is found, then the first common search space is used.

force_dci_0_0nr_cell_list.pdcch.force_dci_0_0

Optional boolean (default = false). Force the use of DCI 0_0 if both DCI 0_1 and 1_1 are possible. It is relevant only if ul_search_space is set to -1.

al_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch.al_index

Integer (range 0 to 4). Aggregation level for PDCCH.

precoding_from_csinr_cell_list.pdcch.precoding_from_csi

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, precode the UE specific PDCCH using the CSI reports. Otherwise, use the SSB precoding.

other_si_search_spacenr_cell_list.pdcch.other_si_search_space

Optional integer. Set the other SI search space ID. It is set by default to the first common search space of the BWP. It is relevant in the initial BWPs of a SA cell.

paging_search_spacenr_cell_list.pdcch.paging_search_space

Optional integer. Set the paging search space ID. It is set by default to the first common search space of the BWP. It is relevant in the initial BWPs of a SA cell. It is not possible to have several initial BWPs mixing paging_search_space set to zero and not set to zero.

mcch_search_spacenr_cell_list.pdcch.mcch_search_space

Optional integer. Sets the MCCH search space ID. It is set by default to the other_si_search_space value.

mtch_search_spacenr_cell_list.pdcch.mtch_search_space

Optional integer. Sets the MTCH search space ID. It is set by default to the mcch_si_search_space value.

The following parameters must be present in the DL BWP#0 for a SA cell:

coreset0_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch.coreset0_index

Optional integer (range 0 to 15). CORESET0 index.

n_rb_coreset0nr_cell_list.pdcch.n_rb_coreset0

Optional integer (12, 15, 20, 24, 48 or 96). Number of resource blocks for CORESET0. Only meaningful if coreset0_index is absent. The default value is set from the DL bandwidth.

n_symb_coreset0nr_cell_list.pdcch.n_symb_coreset0

Optional integer (range 1 to 3). Number of symbols for CORESET0. Only meaningful if coreset0_index is absent. The default value is set from the DL bandwidth.

offset_rbs_coreset0nr_cell_list.pdcch.offset_rbs_coreset0

Optional integer (range -42 to 97). Recource block offset for CORESET0. Used if present and if coreset0_index is absent.

search_space0_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch.search_space0_index

Integer (range 0 to 15). Search space index for SIBs.

si_al_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch.si_al_index

Integer (range 2 to 4). Aggregation level for SIBs.

paging_al_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch.paging_al_index

Optional integer (range 2 to 4, default = 2). Aggregation level for paging.

pei_al_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch.pei_al_index

Optional integer (range 2 to 4, default = 2). Aggregation level for PEI.

8.7.4.3 PDSCH

pdsch_harq_ack_maxnr_cell_list.pdsch_harq_ack_max

Optional integer. Set the maximum number of PDSCH scheduled having their HARQ ACK information in a given uplink slot.

pdschnr_cell_list.pdsch

Object. Contains the PDSCH parameters defined below.

mapping_typenr_cell_list.pdsch.mapping_type

Enumeration (typeA or typeB). Select the mapping type.

start_symbnr_cell_list.pdsch.start_symb

Optional Integer (range 0 to 3 for mapping type A, 0 to 13 for mapping type B). PDSCH start symbol. If not provided it is set the maximum CoReSet duration.

n_symbnr_cell_list.pdsch.n_symb

Optional Integer. Number of symbols for PDSCH. If not provided it is set to 14 - start_symb for mapping type A.

dmrs_mapping_type_anr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_a
dmrs_mapping_type_bnr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b

Optional object. Set the DMRS mapping type A and/or type B configuration. If neither the dmrs_mapping_type_a nor the dmrs_mapping_type_b objects are present, the DMRS configuration properties are directly in the pdsch object and the DMRS mapping is determined by mapping_type. The DMRS parameters are the following:

dmrs_add_posnr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_add_pos

Otional integer (range 0 to 3, default = 2). dmrs-AdditionalPosition parameter.

dmrs_max_lennr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_max_len

Optional integer (range 1 to 2, default = 1). DMRS maxLength parameter.

dmrs_typenr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_type

Optional integer (1 or 2, default = 1). dmrs-Type parameter.

dmrs_scid0nr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_scid0

Optional integer (-1 to 65535, default = -1). DMRS for scrambling ID 0. -1 means default value (PCI).

dmrs_scid1nr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_scid1

Optional integer (-1 to 65535, default = -1). DMRS for scrambling ID 1. -1 means default value (PCI).

dmrs_low_paprnr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_low_papr

Optional boolean (default = false). Enable low PAPR downlink DMRS.

ptrsnr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs

Optional object. PDSCH PT-RS parameters. If the object is present, the PT-RS are enabled regardless of the UE capabilities. The following PT-RS parameters are available:

frequency_densitynr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.frequency_density

Optional array of integers (range: 1 to 276) of 2 elements.

time_densitynr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.time_density

Optional array of integers (range: 0 to 29) of 3 elements.

epre_rationr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.epre_ratio

Optional integer (range: 0 to 1, default = 0).

resource_element_offsetnr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.resource_element_offset

Optional integer (range: 0 to 3, default = 0).

When n_layer is forced, the following additional DMRS parameters are available:

dmrs_lennr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_len

Optional integer (range 1 to dmrs_max_len, default = 1). Set the DMRS length (only used in DCI 1_1).

n_dmrs_cdm_groupsnr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.n_dmrs_cdm_groups

Optional integer (range 1 to 3, default = 1). Number of DMRS CDM groups (only used in DCI 1_1).

dmrs_portsnr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_ports

Optional array of integers. DMRS port for each layer. By default dmrs_ports[i] = i.

k0nr_cell_list.pdsch.k0

Optional integer (0 to 3, default = 0). Delay in slots from DCI to PDSCH. Support for k0 != 0 is experimental.

bwp_switch_k0nr_cell_list.pdsch.bwp_switch_k0

Optional integer (range -1 to 3*2^\mu, default = 0). Delay in slots from DCI 1_1 to PDSCH when doing a DCI downlink BWP switch. DCI downlink BWP switch is only possible if bwp_switch_k0 is non zero. When set to -1, the eNB will adjust the value based on UE capability (bwp-SwitchingDelay type1 or type2).

k1nr_cell_list.pdsch.k1

Optional integer or array of integers (range k_min to 15 or -1). Delay in slots from PDSCH to ACK/NACK. In FDD a single value is provided. In TDD, an array is provided with one entry per downlink slot in the TDD period. At least one slot must have a k1 value <= 8 to allow the use of DCI 1_0. The special value -1 indicates that no acknowledged PDSCH is scheduled in the slot (but PDSCH for SI, RAR or paging can still be scheduled).
If the field is absent, and if k2 in the PUSCH configuration (See pusch) is also absent, the gNB automatically computes valid values.

slot_enablenr_cell_list.pdsch.slot_enable

Optional array of booleans. Enable (true) or disable (false) the scheduling on a given slot. Each element corresponds to a slot number modulo the array length. The array length must divide the number of slots in 20 ms.

n_harq_processnr_cell_list.pdsch.n_harq_process

Optional enumeration: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 32 (default = 16). nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPDSCH parameter. The value 32 will be applied only on NTN cells and if the UE supports it, and will default to 16 otherwise.

harq_process_disablednr_cell_list.pdsch.harq_process_disabled

Optional boolean or string (default = false). Controls the NTN HARQ disabling feature.
If set to true, it disables HARQ feedback on all processes except process 0.
If set to a string, it should be a 32 bits bitmap of the HARQ processes to disable. Like the RRC IE DownlinkHARQ-FeedbackDisabled-r17, a bit set to ’1’ disables HARQ feedback and HARQ process 0 is represented by the first/leftmost bit. You must always leave at least one process with HARQ process enabled for SRBs and DRBs with harq_mode set to enabled_only.
The boolean value true is equivalent to the bitstring with the first bit set to 0 and all others to 1.

mcs_tablenr_cell_list.pdsch.mcs_table

Optional enum (qam64, qam256, qam64LowSE, qam1024, default = qam64). Selected MCS table.
If set to 1024qam, and if a UE doesn’t support it, the configuration will fallback to 256QAM for this UE.

two_codewordsnr_cell_list.pdsch.two_codewords

Optional boolean (default = false). Enable two codewords in DCI 1_1. Two codewords are necessary to use more than 4 MIMO layers.

n_layernr_cell_list.pdsch.n_layer

Optional integer (0 to 8, default = 0). The default value 0 indicates that the number of layers in DCI 1_1 is computed from the CSI reports. Otherwise, the number of layers is forced and the following additional parameter may be provided:

precoding_matrixnr_cell_list.pdsch.n_layer.precoding_matrix

Optional complex matrix with n_antenna_dl rows and n_layer columns. Force the PDSCH precoding matrix.

Additional DMRS parameters may be provided too.

fixed_rb_allocnr_cell_list.pdsch.fixed_rb_alloc

Optional boolean or array of booleans (default = false). Allows to force the PDSCH allocations. If an array is provided, its length must divide 20*2^\mu and each element corresponds to a slot modulo the length of the array.

rb_startnr_cell_list.pdsch.rb_start

Optional integer or array of integers. PDSCH allocation starting position in number of RBs. Must be present if fixed_rb_alloc is true.

l_crbnr_cell_list.pdsch.l_crb

Optional integer or array of integers. PDSCH allocation length in number of RBs. Must be present if fixed_rb_alloc is true. If set to 0, PDSCH scheduling is disabled on the slot.

mcsnr_cell_list.pdsch.mcs

Optional integer or array of integers (range -1 to 28, default = -1). PDSCH MCS. -1 means autonomous DL MCS adaptation by the gNB scheduler. If an array is provided, its length must divide 20*2^\mu and each element corresponds to a slot modulo the length of the array.

data_scidnr_cell_list.pdsch.data_scid

Optional integer (range -1 to 1023, default = -1). PDSCH data scrambling ID. -1 means default value (PCI).

n_scidnr_cell_list.pdsch.n_scid

Optional integer (range 0 to 1, default = 0). Forces the DMRS sequence scrambling ID (only used in DCI 1_1).

x_overheadnr_cell_list.pdsch.x_overhead

Optional enumeration (0, 6, 12, 18, default = 0). Corresponds to the xOverhead RRC parameter.

max_mimo_layers_enablednr_cell_list.pdsch.max_mimo_layers_enabled

Optional boolean (default = true). If enabled, the RRC serving cell parameter maxMIMO_Layers is set.

max_mimo_layers_r16nr_cell_list.pdsch.max_mimo_layers_r16

Optional integer (default = 0). If the UE declares supporting maxLayersMIMO-Indication and a value other than 0 is set, this value is sent in the maxMIMO-Layers-r16 field.

ra_typenr_cell_list.pdsch.ra_type

Optional enumeration (type0, type1, dynamic_switch, default = type1). Set the RB resource allocation type. Note: fixed_rb_alloc = true cannot be used with resource allocation type 0.

rbg_sizenr_cell_list.pdsch.rbg_size

Optional enumeration (config1, config2, default = config1). Set the RBG size configuration for resource allocation type 0.

vrb_to_prb_interleavernr_cell_list.pdsch.vrb_to_prb_interleaver

Optional enumeration (0, 2, 4, default = 0). Set the VRB to PRB interleaver size or 0 to disable it.

prb_bundlingnr_cell_list.pdsch.prb_bundling

Optional object. If not present, the PRB bundling size is set to static wideband. Otherwise, one of the following properties must be present:

staticnr_cell_list.pdsch.prb_bundling.static

enumeration: 2, 4, wideband. Set the static PRB bundling size.

dynamicnr_cell_list.pdsch.prb_bundling.dynamic

Object containing the following properties:

set1nr_cell_list.pdsch.prb_bundling.dynamic.set1

enumeration: 2, 4, wideband, n2_wideband, n4_wideband. Dynamic PRB bundling size set1.

set2nr_cell_list.pdsch.prb_bundling.dynamic.set2

enumeration: 2, 4, wideband. Dynamic PRB bundling size set2.

prb_bundling_size_indicatornr_cell_list.pdsch.prb_bundling_size_indicator

Optional integer (range 0 to 1, default = 0). Set the value of the DCI PRB bundling size indicator field. It is used to select the dynamic PRB bundling size set.

prg_precoding_testnr_cell_list.pdsch.prg_precoding_test

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, one PRG every two has its precoding matrix multiplied by -1. The PRG size is computed according to the configured PRB bundling parameters.

rar_mcsnr_cell_list.pdsch.rar_mcs

Integer (range 0 to 9). MCS used for RAR.

rar_tb_scalingnr_cell_list.pdsch.rar_tb_scaling

Optional integer (range 0 to 2, default = 0).

fernr_cell_list.pdsch.fer

Optional float (range 0 to 1). If present, simulates a PDSCH Frame Error Rate of fer. It is mainly useful in test mode (see the test_mode parameter).

cqi_adapt_fernr_cell_list.pdsch.cqi_adapt_fer

Optional float (range 0 to 1, default = 0.1). DL FER target for the initial HARQ transmission used by the gNB DL MCS adaptation algorithm, enabled when mcs is absent or set to -1. Applied for all MCS tables but 64QAMLowSE.

cqi_adapt_fer_lowsenr_cell_list.pdsch.cqi_adapt_fer_lowse

Optional float (range 0 to 1, default = 0.00001). DL FER target for the initial HARQ transmission used by the gNB DL MCS adaptation algorithm, enabled when mcs is absent or set to -1. Applied for MCS table 64QAMLowSE.

cqi_adapt_ampnr_cell_list.pdsch.cqi_adapt_amp

Optional float (default = 2). This values defines the maximum amplitude (in CQI units) of the correction applied on top of the MCS selected from the CQI report.

cqi_adapt_retxnr_cell_list.pdsch.cqi_adapt_retx

Optional float (default = 0.3). Defines the correction step applied by the HARQ initial transmission decoding result within the cqi_adapt_amp range.

power_256qamnr_cell_list.pdsch.power_256qam

Optional float (default = 0). PDSCH power offset in dB when using 256QAM.

power_1024qamnr_cell_list.pdsch.power_1024qam

Optional float (default = 0). PDSCH power offset in dB when using 1024QAM.

initial_cqinr_cell_list.pdsch.initial_cqi

Optional integer (range 1 to 15, default = 5). This CQI value is assumed when none has been received from the UE.

tci_statesnr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states

Optional array of objects. If not present, a single TCI state of ID 0 is defined with the first SSB index as reference signal and QCL type D. Otherwise, the following parameters must be present:

tci_state_idnr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states.tci_state_id

Integer (range 0 to 127).

qcl_type1nr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states.qcl_type1

Object. The following parameters are available:

reference_signalnr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states.qcl_type1.reference_signal

Enumeration: csi_rs, ssb.

csi_rs_indexnr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states.qcl_type1.csi_rs_index

Integer. Must be present if reference_signal is csi_rs.

ssb_indexnr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states.qcl_type1.ssb_index

Integer. Must be present if reference_signal is ssb. The special value -1 selects the SSB that the UE is listening to.

qcl_typenr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states.qcl_type1.qcl_type

Enumeration: typeA, typeB, typeC, typeD.

bwp_idnr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states.qcl_type1.bwp_id

Optional integer (range 0 to 4). If reference_signal is csi_rs, specifies the BWP ID of the resource. If absent the BWP ID will be set to the BWP in which the TCI state is defined.

qcl_type2nr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states.qcl_type2

Optional object. Same parameters as qcl_type1.

rate_match_patternnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern

Optional array of objects. BWP level PDSCH rate match patterns (see cell_rate_match_pattern for cell level rate match patterns). Each object has the following properties:

rate_match_pattern_idnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.rate_match_pattern_id

Optional integer (range: 0 to 3). Rate match pattern ID. They are assigned by default by using consecutive integers starting from 0.

coreset_idnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.coreset_id

Optional integer. If set, the rate match pattern consists in the corresponding Control Resource Set and the associated search spaces. In this case, the following properties are disabled. This property is only valid for BWP level rate match patterns.

resource_blocksnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.resource_blocks

Array of objects. Each object defines a range of resource blocks with the following properties:

startnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.resource_blocks.start

Integer. Index of the first resource block.

lennr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.resource_blocks.len

Optional integer. Number of resource blocks. Either len or end must be present.

endnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.resource_blocks.end

Optional integer. Ending resource block hence the number of resource blocks is end - start.

The ranges must be non overlapping and sorted by increasing resource block indexes.

symbols_in_resource_blocknr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.symbols_in_resource_block

Array of array of integers (range: 0 to 13). Each array provides the rate matched symbols in the even (resp. odd) slots. The symbols for one or two slots are provided.

periodnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.period

Integer (range: 1 to 40). period in slots (or double slots if symbols_in_resource_block contains the symbols for two slots).

patternnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.pattern

Array of integer (range: 0 to period - 1). Corresponding slot offsets (in slot or double slot unit) in the period.

subcarrier_spacingnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.subcarrier_spacing

Optional integer (default = cell subcarrier spacing). Only applies to cell level rate match patterns. The rate match pattern only applies to the BWP using this subcarrier spacing.

rate_match_pattern_group1nr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern_group1
rate_match_pattern_group2nr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern_group2

Optional array of objects. Definition of the rate match pattern groups. Each object contains either the integer property cell_level or bwp_level giving the corresponding rate match pattern ID.

rate_match_pattern_dcinr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern_dci

Optional integer (range: 0 to 3, default = 0). When rate match pattern groups are defined, this property forces the rate_match DCI 1_1 field to select the rate match pattern groups.

aggregation_factornr_cell_list.pdsch.aggregation_factor

Optional enumeration (1, 2, 4, 8, default = 1). If greater than 1 and if the UE supports it, pdsch-AggregationFactor will be configured for PDSCH in this BWP.
If repetition_scheme is also configured and if the UE supports both features, the parameter is ignored.

repetition_schemenr_cell_list.pdsch.repetition_scheme

Optional object to define the Rel-16 repetitionSchemeConfig-r16 IE. Contains the following parameters:

slot_based_repetitionnr_cell_list.pdsch.repetition_scheme.slot_based_repetition

Optional enumeration (2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 16). Configures a slot based repetition scheme for PDSCH if the UE supports it and sets the value for the repetitionNumber field in the TimeDomain resource allocation.

The following parameters must be present for a SA cell:

si_mcsnr_cell_list.pdsch.si_mcs

Integer (range 0 to 9). MCS used for SIBs.

paging_mcsnr_cell_list.pdsch.paging_mcs

Optional integer (range 0 to 9, default = 3). MCS used for paging.

paging_tb_scalingnr_cell_list.pdsch.paging_tb_scaling

Optional integer (range 0 to 2, default = 0). Transport block scaling for paging.

8.7.4.4 CSI-RS - PRS

csi_rsnr_cell_list.csi_rs

Optional Object. Allows to define CSI-RS resources and CSI reporting. CSI-RS resources can be configured:

  • either automatically with the resource_auto parameter,
  • either explicitly with the nzp_csi_rs_resource, nzp_csi_rs_resource_set, csi_im_resource, csi_im_resource_set, zp_csi_rs_resource, p_zp_csi_rs_resource_set and csi_resource_config parameters. In that case, the parameters are directly mapped to the corresponding RRC parameters, unless otherwise specified.
resource_autonr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto

Optional object. Contains the following parameters:

nzp_csi_rs_periodnr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.nzp_csi_rs_period

Integer. Period for NZP CSI-RS resources, in slots.

n_portsnr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.n_ports

Optional integer (defaults to the value of n_antenna_dl). Number of ports for NZP CSI-RS.

trs_presencenr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.trs_presence

Optional boolean (default = true). Add NZP CSI-RS resources for TRS.

trs_periodnr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.trs_period

Optional integer (defaults to the value of nzp_csi_rs_period). Period of TRS resources when present, in slots.

exclude_slotsnr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.exclude_slots

Optional array of booleans. Excludes CSI-RS presence in slots set to true. The array length must divide 20*2^\mu and each element corresponds to a slot modulo the length of the array.

exclude_slot_sib1nr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.exclude_slot_sib1

Optional boolean (defaults to false when n_ports <= 2, true otherwise). Excludes CSI-RS presence in slots used for SIB1 scheduling.

exclude_slot_ssbnr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.exclude_slot_ssb

Optional boolean (defaults to true). Excludes CSI-RS presence in slots where SSB is present.

power_control_offsetnr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.power_control_offset

Optional integer (range -8 to 15, default = 0). Power control offset value for NZP CSI-RS.

dl_bwp_listnr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.dl_bwp_list

Optional array of integer. List of IDs of the DL BWPs on which CSI RS resources are configured. When absent, CSI RS resources are configured on all DL BWPs.

nzp_csi_rs_resourcenr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource

Optional array of objects. Mandatory if resource_auto is not present. NZP CSI-RS resource definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:

csi_rs_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.csi_rs_id

Integer.

n_portsnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.n_ports

Integer.

frequency_domain_allocationnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.frequency_domain_allocation

Enumeration: row1, row2, row4, other.

bitmapnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.bitmap

Bit string.

cdm_typenr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.cdm_type

Enumeration: no_cdm, fd_cdm2, cdm4_fd2_td2, cdm8_fd2_td4.

densitynr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.density

Enumeration: 0.5, 1, 3.

odd_prbsnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.odd_prbs

Optional integer.

first_symbnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.first_symb

Integer.

first_symb2nr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.first_symb2

Optional Integer.

rb_startnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.rb_start

Integer.

l_crbnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.l_crb

Integer. -1 means the whole bandwidth.

power_control_offsetnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.power_control_offset

Integer.

power_control_offset_ssnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.power_control_offset_ss

Optional integer.

scrambling_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.scrambling_id

Optional integer (-1 to 1023, default = -1). -1 indicates to use n_id_cell.

periodnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.period

Integer.

offsetnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.offset

Integer.

qcl_info_periodic_csi_rsnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.qcl_info_periodic_csi_rs

Integer.

precoding_matrixnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.precoding_matrix

Optional complex matrix with n_antenna_dl rows and n_ports columns. Set the NZP CSI-RS precoding matrix. Otherwise, the antenna i is associated with the NZP CSI-RS port i\pmod{n_{ports}}.

nzp_csi_rs_resource_setnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource_set

Optional array of objects. Mandatory if resource_auto is not present. NZP CSI-RS resource set definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:

csi_rs_set_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource_set.csi_rs_set_id

Integer.

nzp_csi_rs_resourcesnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource_set.nzp_csi_rs_resources

Array of integers.

repetitionnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource_set.repetition

Boolean.

trs_infonr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource_set.trs_info

Boolean.

csi_im_resourcenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource

Optional array of objects. Mandatory if resource_auto is not present. CSI-IM resource definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:

csi_im_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.csi_im_id

Integer.

patternnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.pattern

Integer.

subcarrier_locationnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.subcarrier_location

Integer.

symbol_locationnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.symbol_location

Integer.

rb_startnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.rb_start

Integer.

l_crbnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.l_crb

Integer. -1 means the whole bandwidth.

periodnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.period

Integer.

offsetnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.offset

Integer.

csi_im_resource_setnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource_set

Optional array of objects. Mandatory if resource_auto is not present. CSI-IM resource set definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:

csi_im_set_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource_set.csi_im_set_id

Integer

csi_im_resourcesnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource_set.csi_im_resources

Array of integer.

csi_ssb_resource_setnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_ssb_resource_set

Optional array of objects. CSI-SSB resource set definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:

csi_ssb_set_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_ssb_resource_set.csi_ssb_set_id

Integer

csi_ssb_resourcesnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_ssb_resource_set.csi_ssb_resources

Array of integer. Each element is a SSB index.

zp_csi_rs_resourcenr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource

Optional array of objects. Mandatory if resource_auto is not present. ZP CSI-RS resource definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:

csi_rs_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.csi_rs_id

Integer.

frequency_domain_allocationnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.frequency_domain_allocation

Enumeration: row1, row2, row4, other.

bitmapnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.bitmap

Bit string.

n_portsnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.n_ports

Integer.

cdm_typenr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.cdm_type

Enumeration: no_cdm, fd_cdm2, cdm4_fd2_td2, cdm8_fd2_td4.

densitynr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.density

Enumeration: 0.5, 1, 3.

odd_prbsnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.odd_prbs

Optional integer.

first_symbnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.first_symb

Integer.

first_symb2nr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.first_symb2

Optional Integer.

rb_startnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.rb_start

Integer.

l_crbnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.l_crb

Integer. -1 means the whole bandwidth.

periodnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.period

Integer. For aperiodic ZP CSI-RS resources, the period must also be provided and is used by the gNB to generate the corresponding DCI 1_1 ZP CSI-RS trigger bits.

offsetnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.offset

Integer.

p_zp_csi_rs_resource_setnr_cell_list.csi_rs.p_zp_csi_rs_resource_set

Optional array of objects. ZP CSI-RS resource set definitions. At most one element must be present. Each object contains the following parameters:

csi_rs_set_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.p_zp_csi_rs_resource_set.csi_rs_set_id

Optional integer. Range: 0 to 15 (default = 0).

zp_csi_rs_resourcesnr_cell_list.csi_rs.p_zp_csi_rs_resource_set.zp_csi_rs_resources

Array of integers.

aperiodic_zp_csi_rs_resource_setnr_cell_list.csi_rs.aperiodic_zp_csi_rs_resource_set

Optional array of objects. Aperiodic ZP CSI-RS resource sets. At most 3 objects must be present. Each object contains the following parameters:

csi_rs_set_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.aperiodic_zp_csi_rs_resource_set.csi_rs_set_id

Optional integer. Range: 0 to 15. It is set by default to (i + 1) where i is the object index in the aperiodic_zp_csi_rs_resource_set array.

zp_csi_rs_resourcesnr_cell_list.csi_rs.aperiodic_zp_csi_rs_resource_set.zp_csi_rs_resources

Array of integers.

csi_resource_confignr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_resource_config

Optional array of objects. Mandatory if resource_auto is not present. CSI resource configuration definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:

csi_rsc_config_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_resource_config.csi_rsc_config_id

Integer.

nzp_csi_rs_resource_set_listnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_resource_config.nzp_csi_rs_resource_set_list

Optional array of integer.

csi_ssb_resource_set_listnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_resource_config.csi_ssb_resource_set_list

Optional array of integer.

csi_im_resource_set_listnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_resource_config.csi_im_resource_set_list

Optional array of integer.

resource_typenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_resource_config.resource_type

Enumeration: aperiodic, semi_persistent, periodic. Only periodic is currently supported.

bwp_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_resource_config.bwp_id

Optional integer (default = 0). Cell downlink BWP ID for the CSI resources. Mandatory if several downlink BWPs are defined.

csi_report_confignr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config

Array of objects. CSI report definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:

resources_for_channel_measurementnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.resources_for_channel_measurement

Optional integer, mandatory if resource_auto is not present.

csi_im_resources_for_interferencenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.csi_im_resources_for_interference

Optional integer, mandatory if resource_auto is not present.

nzp_csi_rs_resources_for_interferencenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.nzp_csi_rs_resources_for_interference

Optional integer.

dl_bwp_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.dl_bwp_id

Optional integer (default = 0). Specifies the cell DL BWP for the resources to use, when resource_auto is configured.

report_config_typenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.report_config_type

Enumeration: periodic, aperiodic.

periodnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.period

Integer. Period in UL slots of periodic reports. For aperiodic reports, gives approximately the period (in UL slots) at which the gNB will schedule CSI requests, as long as DL traffic is ongoing.

ul_bwp_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.ul_bwp_id

Optional integer (default = 0). ID of the cell uplink BWP containing the periodic CSI reports. When carrier aggregation is configured, it refers to the uplink BWP of the primary cell.

report_quantitynr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.report_quantity

Optional enumeration (default = CRI_RI_PMI_CQI): none, CRI_RI_PMI_CQI, CRI_RI_i1, CRI_RI_i1_CQI, CRI_RI_CQI, CRI_RSRP, ssb_Index_RSRP, CRI_RI_LI_PMI_CQI. none is not supported.

codebook_confignr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config

Optional object. A default configuration matching the number of ports of the CSI RS will be provided if absent. The object contains the following properties:

codebook_typenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config.codebook_type

Optional enumeration (default = type1): type1.

sub_typenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config.sub_type

Optional enumeration (default = typeI_SinglePanel): typeI_SinglePanel.

n1nr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config.n1

Optional integer, mandatory for more than 2 CSI RS ports.

n2nr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config.n2

Optional integer, mandatory for more than 2 CSI RS ports.

codebook_modenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config.codebook_mode

Optional integer (range 1 or 2, default = 1).

ri_restrictionnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config.ri_restriction

Optional bit string.

subset_restrictionnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config.subset_restriction

Optional bit string.

subset_restriction_i2nr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config.subset_restriction_i2

Optional bit string.

non_pmi_port_indicationnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.non_pmi_port_indication

Optional array of array of array of integers. May be present only if report_quantity is set to CRI_RI_CQI. Indicate the port indexes for each possible rank. The first dimension corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS resource. The second to the rank. The third to the layer for a given rank. The third array can be null if no ports are defined for a given rank.

cqi_tablenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.cqi_table

Optional integer (range 1 to 4, default is based on the pdsch.mcs_table of the BWP where the resources belong to).

subband_sizenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.subband_size

Optional enumeration (default = value1): value1, value2.

Only wideband CQI and PMI reports are currently supported.

prsnr_cell_list.prs

Optional object. Contains the Positioning Reference Signals (PRS) configuration. PRS parameters are defined in 3GPP TS 38.211 section 7.4.1.7, 3GPP TS 38.214 section 5.1.6.5 and 3GPP TS 37.355 section 6.4.3.

prs_resource_setnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set

Array of objects. Each object corresponds to one PRS resource set:

periodnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.period

Enumeration. Periodicity in slots. The allowed periods correspond to 2^\mu multiplied by [4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5120, 10240].

offsetnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.offset

Integer (0 to period - 1). Offset in slots inside the PRS period.

time_gapnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.time_gap

Integer: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32. dl-PRS-ResourceTimeGap parameter.

repetition_factornr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.repetition_factor

Integer: 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32. dl-PRS-ResourceRepetitionFactor parameter.

prs_muting_option1nr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.prs_muting_option1

Optional bit string. dl-PRS-MutingOption1 parameter.

muting_bit_repetition_factornr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.muting_bit_repetition_factor

Optional integer. Must be present when prs_muting_option1 is present. dl-prs-MutingBitRepetitionFactor parameter.

prs_muting_option2nr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.prs_muting_option2

Optional bit string. dl-PRS-MutingOption2 parameter.

rb_startnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.rb_start

Optional Integer (default = 0). First PRB index of the PRS. The origin is the same as the carrier data. The SCS is the same as the carrier data SCS.

l_crbnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.l_crb

Optional Integer (default = -1). Number of PRBs of the PRS. -1 indicates to use the largest possible value.

comb_sizenr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.comb_size

Integer: 2, 4, 6, 12. PRS comb size. part of the dl-PRS-CombSizeN-AndReOffset parameter.

n_symbnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.n_symb

Integer: 2, 4, 6, 12. dl-PRS-NumSymbols parameter.

power_prsnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.power_prs

Optional float (default = 0). Power of the PRS relative to the SSB in dB.

precoding_matrixnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.precoding_matrix

Optional complex matrix. Precoding matrix of n_antenna_dl rows and 1 column.

prs_resourcenr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.prs_resource

Array of objects. Each object corresponds to one PRS resource:

sequence_idnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.prs_resource.sequence_id

Optional integer (0 to 4095, default = physical cell ID). dl-PRS-SequenceID parameter.

re_offsetnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.prs_resource.re_offset

Integer (0 to comb_size - 1). part of the dl-PRS-CombSizeN-AndReOffset parameter.

slot_offsetnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.prs_resource.slot_offset

Integer (0 to period - 1). dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset parameter.

start_symbnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.prs_resource.start_symb

Integer (0 to 12). dl-PRS-ResourceSymbolOffset parameter.

8.7.4.5 Other downlink parameters

dmrs_type_a_posnr_cell_list.dmrs_type_a_pos

Enumeration: 2 or 3. dmrs-TypeA-Position parameter.

channel_dlnr_cell_list.channel_dl

Optional object. Set the cell specific channel simulator configuration. See Cell specific channel simulator.

lte_crsnr_cell_list.lte_crs

Optional object or string. If present, the RRC element lte-CRS-ToMatchAround is added and the PDSCH data is rate matched against the LTE CRS. The string value auto automatically sets the configuration from the LTE cell having the same center frequency as the NR cell. Otherwise, the following properties are available:

carrier_freq_dlnr_cell_list.lte_crs.carrier_freq_dl

Integer. carrierFreqDL RRC field.

carrier_bandwidth_dlnr_cell_list.lte_crs.carrier_bandwidth_dl

Enumeration: 6, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100. carrierBandwidthDL RRC field.

nr_of_crs_portsnr_cell_list.lte_crs.nr_of_crs_ports

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4. nrofCRS-Ports RRC field.

v_shiftnr_cell_list.lte_crs.v_shift

Integer. Range: 0 to 5. v-Shift RRC field.

mbsfn_subframe_config_listnr_cell_list.lte_crs.mbsfn_subframe_config_list

Optional array of object. mbsfn-SubframeConfigList RRC field. Each object has the following properties:

radio_frame_allocation_periodnr_cell_list.lte_crs.mbsfn_subframe_config_list.radio_frame_allocation_period

Integer. radioframeAllocationPeriod RRC field.

radio_frame_allocation_offsetnr_cell_list.lte_crs.mbsfn_subframe_config_list.radio_frame_allocation_offset

Integer. radioframeAllocationOffset RRC field.

subframe_allocation1nr_cell_list.lte_crs.mbsfn_subframe_config_list.subframe_allocation1

Bit string of length 6 or 24. subframeAllocation1 RRC field.

subframe_allocation2nr_cell_list.lte_crs.mbsfn_subframe_config_list.subframe_allocation2

Optional bit string of length 2 or 8. subframeAllocation2 RRC field.

cell_rate_match_patternnr_cell_list.cell_rate_match_pattern

Optional array of objects. Cell level PDSCH rate match patterns. See the rate_match_pattern description.

reserved_dl_prbsnr_cell_list.reserved_dl_prbs

Optional array of integers containing the RB indices where PDCCH and PDSCH allocations are strongly restricted. To allow the cell to run correctly even with a relatively large amount of reserved RBs, only the following allocations are allowed on the reserved_dl_prbs :

  • PDCCH allocations of aggregation level greater than or equal to 4
  • If necessary, PDSCH allocations for SIBs and MSG4
blanked_scsnr_cell_list.blanked_scs

Optional array of integers. List of blanked DL subcarrier ranges. Each range is defined by a pair of integers. The first integer gives the subcarrier index (starting from 0). The second integer gives the number of subcarriers. The SSB subcarriers are not blanked if the SSB subcarrier spacing is not the same as the data subcarrier spacing.

8.7.5 PHY/L1 - Uplink parameters

8.7.5.1 PRACH

prachnr_cell_list.prach

Object. Contains the PRACH parameters defined below.

prach_config_indexnr_cell_list.prach.prach_config_index

Integer (range 0 to 262). prach-ConfigurationIndex parameter.

msg1_subcarrier_spacingnr_cell_list.prach.msg1_subcarrier_spacing

Optional integer. msg1-SubcarrierSpacing parameter. Must be present for PRACH format above 3.

l_ranr_cell_list.prach.l_ra

Optional enumeration: 139, 571, 1151 (default = 139). For PRACH format above 3, select the length of the root sequence. Only 139 is available for release 15 UEs.

msg1_fdmnr_cell_list.prach.msg1_fdm

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8. msg1-FDM parameter.

msg1_frequency_startnr_cell_list.prach.msg1_frequency_start

Integer. msg1-FrequencyStart parameter. The special value -1 indicates to automatically select the PRACH frequency.

zero_correlation_zone_confignr_cell_list.prach.zero_correlation_zone_config

Integer (range 0 to 15). zeroCorrelationZoneConfig parameter.

preamble_received_target_powernr_cell_list.prach.preamble_received_target_power

Integer (range -202 to -60). preambleReceivedTargetPower parameter, in dBm.

preamble_trans_maxnr_cell_list.prach.preamble_trans_max

Enumeration: 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200. preambleTransMax parameter.

power_ramping_stepnr_cell_list.prach.power_ramping_step

Enumeration: 0, 2, 4, 6. powerRampingStep parameter.

ra_response_windownr_cell_list.prach.ra_response_window

Enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 20, 40, 80. ra-ResponseWindow parameter.

restricted_set_confignr_cell_list.prach.restricted_set_config

Enumeration: unrestricted_set, restricted_set_type_a, restricted_set_type_b. restrictedSetConfig parameter.

ra_contention_resolution_timernr_cell_list.prach.ra_contention_resolution_timer

Enumeration: 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64. ra-ContentionResolutionTimer parameter.

ssb_per_prach_occasionnr_cell_list.prach.ssb_per_prach_occasion

Enumeration: 1/8 1/4 1/2 1 2 4 8 16. ssb-perRACH-OccasionAndCB-PreamblesPerSSB parameter.

cb_preambles_per_ssbnr_cell_list.prach.cb_preambles_per_ssb

Integer (1 to 64). ssb-perRACH-OccasionAndCB-PreamblesPerSSB parameter.

total_number_of_ra_preamblesnr_cell_list.prach.total_number_of_ra_preambles

Optional integer (1 to 64, default = 64). totalNumberOfRA-Preambles parameter.

prach_detect_thresholdnr_cell_list.prach.prach_detect_threshold

Optional float. Set the PRACH SNR detection threshold in dB. The default value depends on the cell and PRACH parameters.

sul_prachnr_cell_list.sul_prach

Optional array of objects. Each object of the array defines a PRACH resource to be used for supplementary uplink PRACH by other cells.
The array is only relevant when serve_as_sul is set to true. See serve_as_sul.
Each object of the array contains the following parameters:

msg1_frequency_startnr_cell_list.sul_prach.msg1_frequency_start

Optional integer. msg1-FrequencyStart parameter

msg1_fdmnr_cell_list.sul_prach.msg1_fdm

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8. msg1-FDM parameter.

root_sequence_indexnr_cell_list.sul_prach.root_sequence_index

Optional integer (range 0 to 837 for PRACH format up to 3, 0 to 137 otherwise). prach-RootSequenceIndex parameter.

zero_correlation_zone_confignr_cell_list.sul_prach.zero_correlation_zone_config

Optional integer (range 0 to 15). zeroCorrelationZoneConfig parameter.

restricted_set_confignr_cell_list.sul_prach.restricted_set_config

Optional enumeration: unrestricted_set, restricted_set_type_a, restricted_set_type_b. restrictedSetConfig parameter.

When they are not present, the parameters defaults to the value defined in the cell’s prach configuration. However, each SUL PRACH resource should not overlap with the cell PRACH resource, either through frequency separation or sequence separation or both.

two_steps_prachnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach

Optional object for the support of two-steps (or type2) RACH procedure.
The current version only supports shared RACH occasions with the 4-steps RACH. It contains the following parameters:

shared_ronr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.shared_ro

Object for the configuration for shared RACH occasions. It contains the following parameters:

cb_preambles_per_ssb_per_sronr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.shared_ro.cb_preambles_per_ssb_per_sro

Integer (range 1 to 60). msgA-CB-PreamblesPerSSB-PerSharedRO-r16 parameter. Actual range will depend on cb_preambles_per_ssb, ssb_per_prach_occasion and total_number_of_ra_preambles parameters of the 4-steps RACH

ssb_mask_indexnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.shared_ro.ssb_mask_index

Optional integer (range 0 to 15). msgA-SSB-SharedRO-MaskIndex-r16 parameter. The value is ignored if ssb_per_rach_occasion is greater or equal than "1".

msga_rsrp_thresholdnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_rsrp_threshold

Integer (range -156 to -30). Value in dB for parameter msgA-RSRP-Threshold-r16.

msga_puschnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch

Object containing configuration of the PUSCH of the MSGA.
Time multiplexing of MsgA PO is not supported, i.e. nrofMsgA-PO-PerSlot-r16 and nrofSlotsMsgA-PUSCH-r16 are set to ’1’.
It contains the following parameters:

time_domain_offsetnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.time_domain_offset

Integer (range 4 to 32). msgA-PUSCH-TimeDomainOffset-r16 parameter. Values shorter than 4 are not supported.

mcsnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.mcs

Integer (range 0 to 15). msgA-MCS-r16 parameter.

l_crbnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.l_crb

Integer (range 1 to 32). nrofPRBs-PerMsgA-PO-r16 parameter.

guard_bandnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.guard_band

Optional integer (range 0 to 1, default 0). guardBandMsgA-PUSCH-r16 parameter.

po_fdmnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.po_fdm

Optional enumeration (1, 2, 4, 8, default = 1). nrofMsgA-PO-FDM-r16 parameter.

rb_startnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.rb_start

Optional integer (range -1 to UL BWP bandwidth, default = -1). frequencyStartMsgA-PUSCH-r16 parameter. If omitted or set to -1, it is automatically allocated by the eNB.

mapping_typenr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.mapping_type

Optional enumeration (typeA, typeB, default = mapping_type of the pusch configuration). mappingTypeMsgA-PUSCH-r16 parameter.

n_symbnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.n_symb

Optional integer (range 1 to 14). Number of symbols for a MsgA PO.

start_symbnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.start_symb

Optional integer (range 0 to 14-n_symb). Mandatory if mapping_type is set to typeB, ignored otherwise. Starting symbol of the MsgA PO in a slot.

data_scrambling_indexnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.data_scrambling_index

Optional integer (range -1 to 1023, default = -1). msgA-DataScramblingIndex-r16 parameter. Value -1 conveys the absence of the parameter.

tf_precodingnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.tf_precoding

Optional boolean (default = msg3_tf_precoding of the pusch configuration). msgA-TransformPrecoder-r16 parameter.

dmrs_scrambling_id_0nr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.dmrs_scrambling_id_0

Optional integer (range -1 to 65535, default = -1). msgA-ScramblingID0-r16 parameter if not set to -1.
Only a single DMRS sequence is supported.

dmrs_add_posnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.dmrs_add_pos

Optional integer (range 0 to 3, default = 2). msgA-DMRS-AdditionalPosition-r16 parameter.

dmrs_max_lennr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.dmrs_max_len

Optional integer (range 1 to 2, default = 1). msgA-MaxLength-r16 parameter.

dmrs_cdm_groupnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.dmrs_cdm_group

Optional enumeration (0, 1, "both", default = "both"). msgA-PUSCH-DMRS-CDM-Group-r16 parameter.

dmrs_n_portsnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.dmrs_n_ports

Optional enumeration (1, 2, 4, default = 2 or 4). msgA-PUSCH-NrofPorts parameter. Value 4 is possible only if dmrs_max_len is set to 2.

msgb_response_windownr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msgb_response_window

Enumeration (1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320). msgB-ResponseWindow-r16 parameter in slots. Cannot represent a duration bigger than 40 ms.

msgb_mcsnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msgb_mcs

Optional integer (range 0 to 16, default = rar_mcs). MCS used for MSGB transmission.

msgb_tb_scalingnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msgb_tb_scaling

Optional integer (range 0 to 2, default = rar_tb_scaling). TB scaling to apply to MSGB to reduce coderate.

prach_feature_preambles_listnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list

Optional array to configure one or several partitions of the PRACH preambles corresponding to a combination of features. AdditionalRACH-Config is not supported.
Each element of the array contains the following parameters :

feature_combinationnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.feature_combination

Array of enumeration (redcap, msg3_rep, sdt or eredcap). The combination of features associated to this PRACH preambles partition.

preamble_startnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.preamble_start

Optional integer (range 0 to 64, defaults to cb_preambles_per_ssb + two_steps_rach.cb_preambles_per_ssb_per_sro). Starting preamble of the partition. Overriding the default value can be useful when the whole PRACH resource can be reserved to a certain feature, typically (e)RedCap in a (e)RedCap-only BWP.

preambles_per_ssbnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.preambles_per_ssb

Integer (actual range depends on preamble_start and total_number_of_ra_preambles). Number of preambles per SSB in this partition.

rsrp_thresholdnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.rsrp_threshold

Optional integer (range -156 to -30). rsrp-ThresholdSSB to restrict beam selection when using this partition.

two_steps_prachnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.two_steps_prach

Optional object. If present, this PRACH partition will be configured with two-steps RACH and will inherit the configuration of the two_steps_prach object of this UL BWP. See two_steps_prach.
The object contains the following parameters :

msga_puschnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch

Optional object with the same parameters than msga_pusch of the main two_steps_prach configuration. All parameters are optional and default to the value given by the two-steps RACH configuration of this UL BWP.
To avoid MSGA collision, it is preferable to separate (in time, frequency or code) this MSGA configuration from the other MSGA configurations.

sul_prach_index_listnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.sul_prach_index_list

Optional array of integers. If the cell defines SUL PRACH resources with sul_prach, this PRACH preamble partition will also apply to the SUL PRACH resources of the given indices. See sul_prach.
The source cells refering to those SUL PRACH resource indices need to have a configuration suitable for the feature_combination.

sul_prach_onlynr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.sul_prach_only

Optional boolean (default = false). When set to true, this PRACH preamble partition doesn’t apply to the cell’s own PRACH, but only to the SUL PRACH resources.

feature_prioritiesnr_cell_list.feature_priorities

Optional object to configure the feature priorities. The object is mandatory when at least one of the BWP contains a prach_feature_preambles_list. It contains the following parameters:

redcapnr_cell_list.feature_priorities.redcap

Optional integer (range 0 to 7). Priority for the RedCap feature.

msg3_repnr_cell_list.feature_priorities.msg3_rep

Optional integer (range 0 to 7). Priority for the MSG3 repetition feature.

sdtnr_cell_list.feature_priorities.sdt

Optional integer (range 0 to 7). Priority for the SDT feature.

eredcapnr_cell_list.feature_priorities.eredcap

Optional integer (range 0 to 7). Priority for the eRedCap feature.

pdcch_order_prachnr_cell_list.pdcch_order_prach

Optional object to support PDCCH order PRACH.
PDCCH order is triggered when a UE reaches ul_max_consecutive_retx or dl_max_consecutive_retx, or via a call the pdcch_order_prach API or monitor command.
It contains the following parameters:

preamble_typenr_cell_list.pdcch_order_prach.preamble_type

Enumeration (cb_random, cf_given). Defines the type of RACH triggered by the gNB: random contention-based preamble chosen by UE (ra-PreambleIndex = 0) or dedicated contention-free preamble. If set to cb_random, all the other parameters are irrelevant.

sul_indnr_cell_list.pdcch_order_prach.sul_ind

Optional enumeration (last, normal_ul, sul, default = normal_ul). Defines on which UL carrier is performed the access. last corresponds to the UL carrier used by the UE for the last random access.

ssb_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch_order_prach.ssb_index

Optional integer (range -1 to length of ssb_pos_bitmap minus 1, default = -1). The index should correspond to a ’one’ bit in ssb_pos_bitmap. SSB index used by the UE to determine RACH occasion. The special value -1 selects the SSB that the UE is listening to.

prach_mask_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch_order_prach.prach_mask_index

Optional integer (range 0 to 15, default = 0). PRACH mask index to further restrict PRACH occasions.

root_sequence_indexnr_cell_list.root_sequence_index

Integer (range 0 to 837 for PRACH format up to 3, 0 to 137 otherwise). prach-RootSequenceIndex parameter. It must be different for each neighbour cell operating on the same frequency and sharing the same PRACH configuration.

rar_backoff_indexnr_cell_list.rar_backoff_index

Optional integer (range -1 to 15, default = -1). Sets the backoff indicator sent in the RAR message. -1 means that the BI is not transmitted.

8.7.5.2 PUCCH

pucchnr_cell_list.pucch

Object. Contains the PUCCH parameters defined below. PUCCH can be defined either automatically with the resource_auto parameter or explicitely.
For an explicit configuration, either the pucch0 or pucch1 object must be defined and either the pucch2, pucch3 or pucch4 object must be defined.

p0_nominalnr_cell_list.pucch.p0_nominal

Integer (range -202 to 24). p0-nominal parameter.

resource_autonr_cell_list.pucch.resource_auto

Optional object. Contains high level configuration to generate automatically the PUCCH resources. When set, the following parameters are ignored: n_rb_max, short_pucch_an_rsc_count, long_pucch_an_rsc_count, ue_short_pucch_an_rsc_count, ue_long_pucch_an_rsc_count, pucch02_min_start_symb, pucch134_auto_n_symb, pucch0, pucch1, pucch2, pucch3 and pucch4. It contains the following :

ue_countnr_cell_list.pucch.resource_auto.ue_count

Optional integer (default = dependent on the UL BWP bandwidth): Estimation of the number of simultaneous users on this BWP.

formatsnr_cell_list.pucch.resource_auto.formats

Optional enumeration: automatic, format_0_and_2, format_1_and_3, format_1_and_4 (default = automatic). Force the formats for the short and long PUCCH. In automatic mode, the format is chosen based on the maximum number of available symbols in UL slots.

robustnessnr_cell_list.pucch.resource_auto.robustness

Optional enumeration: low, medium, high (default = medium). Configure the wanted robustness of the PUCCH signal.

freq_hoppingnr_cell_list.pucch.resource_auto.freq_hopping

Optional boolean (default = false). Configure intra-slot frequency hopping for the PUCCH whenever possible.

pucch_resource_commonnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch_resource_common

Optional integer (range -1 to 15, default = -1). pucch_ResourceCommon parameter, -1 if not present. This parameter is normally not needed for NSA. For SA, -1 means that it is automatically set.

pucch_group_hoppingnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch_group_hopping

Optional enumeration: neither, enable, disable (default = neither). pucch-GroupHopping parameter.

hopping_idnr_cell_list.pucch.hopping_id

Optional integer (range -1 to 1023, default = -1). hoppingId parameter. -1 means disabled.

dpc_snr_targetnr_cell_list.pucch.dpc_snr_target

Optional float (range -10 to 40). When set, closed-loop power control is enabled for PUCCH and gNB will send TPC commands in DCI 1_0/1_1 to make the PUCCH SNR converge to the specified value.

dpc_p_maxnr_cell_list.pucch.dpc_p_max

Optional float (default = -15). Set the PUCCH maximum power in dBFS for the dynamic power control. The corresponding maximum EPRE is computed by dividing it by the number of subcarriers. Only used when dpc_snr_target is present.

dpc_epre_maxnr_cell_list.pucch.dpc_epre_max

Optional float. Set the PUCCH maximum EPRE in dBFS for the dynamic power control. If not present, dpc_p_max is used instead. See rx_epre_in_dbfs if you want to display the EPRE in dBFS instead of dBm in the logs. Only used when dpc_snr_target is present.

n_rb_maxnr_cell_list.pucch.n_rb_max

Optional integer (range 2 to n_rb_ul). Set the maximum number of resource blocks which can be allocated for PUCCH.

short_pucch_an_rsc_countnr_cell_list.pucch.short_pucch_an_rsc_count

Optional integer (range 1 to 1024, default = 8). Number of short PUCCH (format 0 or 1) allocated for HARQ/ACK in the cell.

long_pucch_an_rsc_countnr_cell_list.pucch.long_pucch_an_rsc_count

Optional integer (range 0 to 1024, default = 4). Number of long PUCCH (format 2, 3 or 4) allocated for HARQ/ACK in the cell.

ue_short_pucch_an_rsc_countnr_cell_list.pucch.ue_short_pucch_an_rsc_count

Optional integer (range 1 to 8, default = min(8, short_pucch_an_rsc_count)). Number of short PUCCH for HARQ/ACK per UE.

ue_long_pucch_an_rsc_countnr_cell_list.pucch.ue_long_pucch_an_rsc_count

Optional integer (range 0 to 8, default = min(8, long_pucch_an_rsc_count)). Number of long PUCCH for HARQ/ACK per UE.

pucch02_min_start_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch02_min_start_symb

Optional integer (range 0 to 13, default = 0). Force the PUCCH format 0 and 2 to be allocated in symbols starting from pucch02_min_start_symb.

pucch134_auto_n_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch134_auto_n_symb

Optional boolean (default = true). When set to true, the eNB overrides the value of n_symb for PUCCH formats 1, 3 or 4 based on SRS configuration to lower the risk of PUCCH allocation issues.

multi_csinr_cell_list.pucch.multi_csi

Optional boolean (default = false). When set to true, the eNB uses the same PUCCH resource for all the CSI reports and configures multi-CSI-PUCCH-ResourceList.

dmrs_tf_precodingnr_cell_list.pucch.dmrs_tf_precoding

Optional boolean (default = false). When set to true, enable DMRS transform precoding for PUCCH 3 and 4 when the BPSK modulation is used. Warning: the feature is enabled regardless of the UE capabilities.

pucch0nr_cell_list.pucch.pucch0

Object. Contains the parameters for PUCCH 0 and enable its use for short ACK/NACK/SR report.

initial_cyclic_shiftnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch0.initial_cyclic_shift

Integer (range 0 to 11). Initial cyclic shift.

n_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch0.n_symb

Integer (range 1 to 2). Number of symbols.

freq_hoppingnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch0.freq_hopping

Optional boolean (default = true when n_symb = 2). Enable intra slot frequency hopping (only possible with n_symb = 2).

sr_detect_thresholdnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch0.sr_detect_threshold

Optional float. Scheduling Request detection threshold in dB.

pucch1nr_cell_list.pucch.pucch1

Object. Contains the parameters for PUCCH 1 and enable its use for short ACK/NACK/SR report.

n_csnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch1.n_cs

Integer (range 2 to 4). Cyclic shift.

n_occnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch1.n_occ

Integer (range 2 to 4). Number of time orthogonal codes.

freq_hoppingnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch1.freq_hopping

Optional boolean (default = true). Enable intra slot frequency hopping.

start_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch1.start_symb

Optional integer (range 0 to 10, default = 0). Starting symbol.

n_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch1.n_symb

Optional integer (range 4 to 14, default = 14). Number of symbols.

sr_detect_thresholdnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch1.sr_detect_threshold

Optional float. Scheduling Request detection threshold in dB.

pucch2nr_cell_list.pucch.pucch2

Object. Contains the parameters for PUCCH 2 and enable its use for long ACK/NACK report.

n_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch2.n_symb

Integer (range 1 to 2). Number of symbols.

freq_hoppingnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch2.freq_hopping

Optional boolean (default = true when n_symb = 2). Enable intra slot frequency hopping (only possible with n_symb = 2).

max_code_ratenr_cell_list.pucch.pucch2.max_code_rate

Optional enumeration: 0.08, 0.15, 0.25, 0.35, 0.45, 0.6, 0.8. (default = 0.25). Set the maxCodeRate PUCCH RRC parameter.

simultaneous_harq_ack_csinr_cell_list.pucch.pucch2.simultaneous_harq_ack_csi

Optional boolean (default = false).

n_prbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch2.n_prb

Integer (range 1 to 16). Maximum number of PRBs for HARQ-ACK PUCCH. It must be of the form 2^a 3^b 5^c.

n_prb_csinr_cell_list.pucch.pucch2.n_prb_csi

Optional integer (range 0 to 16, default = 0). Number of PRBs for CSI reports. The default value 0 indicates that it is automatically computed from the number of estimated CSI bits and max_code_rate.

pucch3nr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3

Object. Contains the parameters for PUCCH 3 and enable its use for long ACK/NACK report.

bpsknr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.bpsk

Boolean. Use BPSK instead of QPSK.

additional_dmrsnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.additional_dmrs

Boolean. Use additional DMRS symbols.

freq_hoppingnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.freq_hopping

Boolean. Enable intra slot frequency hopping.

start_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.start_symb

Optional integer (range 0 to 10, default = 0). Starting symbol.

n_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.n_symb

Optional integer (range 4 to 14, default = 14). Number of symbols.

max_code_ratenr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.max_code_rate

Optional enumeration: 0.08, 0.15, 0.25, 0.35, 0.45, 0.6, 0.8. (default = 0.25). Set the maxCodeRate PUCCH RRC parameter.

simultaneous_harq_ack_csinr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.simultaneous_harq_ack_csi

Optional boolean (default = true).

n_prbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.n_prb

Integer (range 1 to 16). Maximum number of PRBs for HARQ-ACK PUCCH. It must be of the form 2^a 3^b 5^c.

n_prb_csinr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.n_prb_csi

Optional integer (range 0 to 16, default = 0). Number of PRBs for CSI reports. The default value 0 indicates that it is automatically computed from the number of estimated CSI bits and max_code_rate.

pucch4nr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4

Object. Contains the parameters for PUCCH 4 and enable its use for long ACK/NACK report.

bpsknr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.bpsk

Boolean. Use BPSK instead of QPSK.

additional_dmrsnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.additional_dmrs

Boolean. Use additional DMRS symbols.

occ_lennr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.occ_len

Integer (2 or 4). Select the orthogonal code length.

freq_hoppingnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.freq_hopping

Boolean. Enable intra slot frequency hopping.

start_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.start_symb

Optional integer (range 0 to 10, default = 0). Starting symbol.

n_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.n_symb

Optional integer (range 4 to 14, default = 14). Number of symbols.

max_code_ratenr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.max_code_rate

Optional enumeration: 0.08, 0.15, 0.25, 0.35, 0.45, 0.6, 0.8. (default = 0.25). Set the maxCodeRate PUCCH RRC parameter.

simultaneous_harq_ack_csinr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.simultaneous_harq_ack_csi

Optional boolean (default = true).

sr_periodnr_cell_list.sr_period

Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320, 640. Scheduling Request periodicity. 0 means no Sheduling Request configuration.

forced_sr_offsetnr_cell_list.forced_sr_offset

Optional integer: range -1 to sr_period-1 (default = -1). Forces the scheduling request slot offset sent to the UE. -1 means that the gNB allocates the value automatically.

8.7.5.3 SRS

srsnr_cell_list.srs

Optional object. Contains the SRS configuration.
If not present a default aperiodic SRS configuration with one antenna port is selected if use_dci_0_1_and_1_1 is set to true, and no SRS configuration is selected otherwise.
SRS can be configured:

  • either automatically with the resource_auto parameter. The object takes a high level description and the actual SRS configuration will depend on the UE capabilities.
  • either explicitly with the srs_symbols, srs_resource and srs_resource_set parameters.

The following parameters are available:

resource_autonr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto

Optional object. Contains high level configuration for one or two SRS resource sets, based on their usage. At least one of codebook, non_codebook or antenna_switching set needs to be defined. codebook and non_codebook shall not be defined simultaneously.

codebooknr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.codebook

Optional object. Configures the SRS resource set for codebook usage. It contains the following parameters:

resource_typenr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.codebook.resource_type

Optional enumeration: aperiodic, periodic (default = aperiodic).

periodnr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.codebook.period

Integer (range 1 to 2560). SRS period in slots. For an aperiodic resource, it indicates the approximate period for SRS scheduling via DCI.

widebandnr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.codebook.wideband

Optional boolean (default = false). Whether the SRS resource is wideband or not. The cell can accomodate less UEs with wideband resources.

n_portsnr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.codebook.n_ports

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, default = 4. Maximum number of SRS antenna ports allowed. The actual number of ports will depend on UE capability.

p0nr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.codebook.p0

Optional integer (range -202 to 24). If not provided the p0_nominal_with_grant and alpha values from the PUSCH configuration are used.

alphanr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.codebook.alpha

Optional enumeration: 0, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, default = 1.

symb_placementnr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.codebook.symb_placement

Optional enumeration: anywhere, first_symb, last_symb, default = anywhere. Indicates a preference for where the SRS resource will be placed for this set in the case of several available symbol.

non_codebooknr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.non_codebook

Optional object. Configured the SRS resource set for non-codebook usage. It contains the same parameters than codebook object, except that n_ports is forced to 1. It also contains the following additional parameter:

rsc_countnr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.non_codebook.rsc_count

Optional integer (range 1 to 4, default = 4). Maximum number of SRS resources in the non-codebook set. For aeriodic resources, the value is limited to 2. The actual number of resources will depend on UE capability.
If pusch.ncb_sri_bitmap is set, it will also adapt based on UE capability.

antenna_switchingnr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.antenna_switching

Optional object. Configures the SRS resource sets for antenna switching usage. It contains the same parameters than codebook object plus the following additional parameter:

allow_xTyRnr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.antenna_switching.allow_xTyR

Optional boolean (default = true). Set to true when UE with antena switching capabilities like xTyR (with x \neq y) are expected. It reserves more slots and symbols for SRS resources in the cell.
Note that SRS resources allocated for xTyR will override the setting in symb_placement.

n_symbnr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.n_symb

Optional integer (range 1 to 4). Force the number of symbols reserved for SRS. If the parameter is absent, a default value is chosen depending on cell bandwidth and allow_xTyR value.

srs_symbolsnr_cell_list.srs.srs_symbols

Optional array of integer. Each element gives the number of trailing symbols reserved for SRS in the corresponding slot. The length of the array must divide 20*2^\mu. PUSCH in slots with reserved SRS symbols are automatically shortened. PUCCH format 0 and 2 are allocated so that they don’t collide with the SRS Symbols. The number of symbols for PUCCH formats 1, 3 and 4 must be chosen so that they don’t overlap with SRS.

srs_resourcenr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource

Array of objects. Each object defines a SRS resource:

srs_resource_idnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.srs_resource_id

Integer: 0 to 63. RRC SRS resource ID.

n_portsnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.n_ports

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, default = 1. Select the number of SRS antenna ports. The maximum rank for PUSCH cannot be larger.

transmission_combnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.transmission_comb

Optional enumeration: 2, 4, default = 2.

cyclic_shiftnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.cyclic_shift

Optional integer: -1 to 11, default = -1. -1 indicates a random per UE cyclic shift.

n_symbnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.n_symb

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, default = 1.

repetition_factornr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.repetition_factor

Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, default = 1.

c_srsnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.c_srs

Optional integer (range 0 to 63). SRS bandwidth configuration index. The default value is chosen depending on the BWP bandwidth.

freq_domain_shiftnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.freq_domain_shift

Optional integer (range 0 to 268). The default value is chosen so that the SRS bandwidth is centered in the BWP bandwidth.

b_srsnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.b_srs

Optional integer (range 0 to 3, default = 2).

b_hopnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.b_hop

Optional integer (range 0 to 3, default = 0).

group_or_sequence_hoppingnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.group_or_sequence_hopping

Optional enumeration: neither, group, sequence (default = neither).

n_idnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.n_id

Optional integer (range 0 to 1023, default = n_id_cell).

resource_typenr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.resource_type

Optional enumeration: aperiodic, periodic (default = aperiodic).

periodnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.period

Integer (range 1 to 2560). SRS period in slots.
When resource_type is periodic, the parameter is mandatory.
When resource_type is aperiodic, the parameter is optional and indicates the approximate period for SRS scheduling via DCI. If the parameter is absent or set to 0, the aperiodic SRS is still configured but never scheduled.

symb_placementnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.symb_placement

Optional enumeration: anywhere, first_symb, last_symb, default = anywhere. Indicates a preference for where the SRS resource will be placed inside the slot when there are more symbols available.

srs_resource_setnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set

Array of objects. Each object defines a SRS resource set:

srs_resource_set_idnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set.srs_resource_set_id

Optional integer (range 0 to 15). The default value is set to the array element index.

srs_resource_id_listnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set.srs_resource_id_list

Array of integer. Each element must be a valid SRS resource ID. All the SRS resources must have the same resource_type.

aperiodic_srs_triggernr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set.aperiodic_srs_trigger

Optional integer (range 1 to 3, default = 1). Aperiodic SRS parameter.

slot_offsetnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set.slot_offset

Optional integer (range 0 to 32, default = 7). Aperiodic SRS parameter.

usagenr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set.usage

Optional enumeration: beam_management, codebook, non_codebook, antenna_switching, default = codebook.

p0nr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set.p0

Optional integer (range -202 to 24). If not provided the p0_nominal_with_grant and alpha values from the PUSCH configuration are used.

alphanr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set.alpha

Optional enumeration: 0, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, default = 1.

srs_carrier_switchingnr_cell_list.srs.srs_carrier_switching

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enable SRS carrier switching when the containing cell is used as primary cell. It can be used when SRS is configured explicitly or with resource_auto. The SRS resources sets with usage set as antenna_switching are configured on the secondary cells with no uplink.

8.7.5.4 PUSCH

puschnr_cell_list.pusch

Object. Contains the PUSCH parameters defined below.

mapping_typenr_cell_list.pusch.mapping_type

Optional enumeration (typeA or typeB, default = typeA). Select the mapping type for the full UL slots

n_symbnr_cell_list.pusch.n_symb

Optional integer (range 4 to 14 for mapping type A, 1 to 14 for mapping type B). Number of symbols for PUSCH. Defaults to the maximum possible.

start_symbnr_cell_list.pusch.start_symb

Optional integer. Only required for mapping type B as it is set to 0 for mapping type A. Defaults to the smallest possible.

partial_slotsnr_cell_list.pusch.partial_slots

Optional boolean. (default = false). If set to true, partial UL slots will also be allocated if they have more than 2 symbols not taken by SRS.

dmrs_mapping_type_anr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_a
dmrs_mapping_type_bnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b

Optional object. Set the DMRS mapping type A and/or type B configuration. If neither the dmrs_mapping_type_a nor the dmrs_mapping_type_b objects are present, the DMRS configuration properties are directly in the pusch object and the DMRS mapping is determined by mapping_type. The DMRS parameters are the following:

dmrs_add_posnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_add_pos

Optional integer (range 0 to 3, default = 2). dmrs-AdditionalPosition parameter.

dmrs_max_lennr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_max_len

Optional integer (range 1 to 2, default = 1). maxLength parameter.

dmrs_typenr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_type

Optional integer (1 or 2, default = 1). dmrs-Type parameter.

dmrs_scid0nr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_scid0

Optional integer (-1 to 65535, default = -1). DMRS for scrambling ID 0. -1 means default value (PCI).

dmrs_scid1nr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_scid1

Optional integer (-1 to 65535, default = -1). DMRS for scrambling ID 1. -1 means default value (PCI).

dmrs_low_paprnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_low_papr

Optional boolean (default = false). Enable low PAPR uplink DMRS without transform precoding.

dmrs_tf_precodingnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_tf_precoding

Optional object (default = null). Enable low PAPR uplink DMRS with transform precoding. The object contains the following paramters:

pi2_bpsk_scid0nr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_tf_precoding.pi2_bpsk_scid0

Optional integer (default = -1). Set the pi/2 BPSK DMRS scrambling ID 0. -1 means default value (PCI).

pi2_bpsk_scid1nr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_tf_precoding.pi2_bpsk_scid1

Optional integer (default = -1). Set the pi/2 BPSK DMRS scrambling ID 1. -1 means default value (PCI).

n_id_rsnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.n_id_rs

Optional integer (range -1 to 1024, default = -1). PUSCH identity for transform precoding. -1 means default value (PCI).

group_hopping_disablednr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.group_hopping_disabled

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, set uplink DMRS transformPrecodingEnabled.sequenceGroupHopping to disabled.

sequence_hoppingnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.sequence_hopping

Optional boolean (default = false).

ptrsnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs

Optional object. PUSCH PT-RS parameters. If the object is present, the PT-RS are enabled regardless of the UE capabilities. The following PT-RS parameters are available:

frequency_densitynr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.frequency_density

Optional array of integers (range: 1 to 276) of 2 elements.

time_densitynr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.time_density

Optional array of integers (range: 0 to 29) of 3 elements.

powernr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.power

Optional integer (range: 0 to 3, default = 0).

resource_element_offsetnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.resource_element_offset

Optional integer (range: 0 to 3, default = 0).

ptrs_dmrs_assocnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.ptrs_dmrs_assoc

Optional integer (range: 0 to 3, default = 0). Force the value of the PTRS-DMRS association DCI 0_1 field when present.

sample_density_tpnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.sample_density_tp

Optional array of integers (range: 1 to 276) of 5 elements. If present, PT-RS with transform precoding are enabled.

time_density_tpnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.time_density_tp

Option integer (range: 1 to 2, default = 1).

When n_layer is forced, the following additional DMRS parameters are available:

dmrs_lennr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_len

Optional integer (range 1 to dmrs_max_len, default = 1) (only used in DCI 0_1).

n_dmrs_cdm_groupsnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.n_dmrs_cdm_groups

Optional integer (range 1 to 3, default = 1) (only used in DCI 0_1).

dmrs_portsnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_ports

Optional array of integers. DMRS port for each layer. By default dmrs_ports[i] = i.

tf_precodingnr_cell_list.pusch.tf_precoding

Optional boolean (default = false). Enable transform precoding for PUSCH (only used in DCI 0_1).

msg3_tf_precodingnr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_tf_precoding

Optional boolean (default = tf_precoding value). msg3-transformPrecoder parameter.

group_hoppingnr_cell_list.pusch.group_hopping

Optional boolean (default = false). Corresponds to pusch-ConfigCommon.groupHoppingEnabledTransformPrecoding.

mcs_tablenr_cell_list.pusch.mcs_table

Enumeration (qam64, qam256, qam64LowSE). Select the MCS Table when transform precoding is disabled.

mcs_table_tpnr_cell_list.pusch.mcs_table_tp

Enumeration (qam64, qam256, qam64LowSE). Select the MCS Table when transform precoding is enabled.

tp_pi2_bpsknr_cell_list.pusch.tp_pi2_bpsk

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the UE uses pi/2 BPSK for some MCS when transform precoding is enabled (only used in DCI 0_1).

ldpc_max_itsnr_cell_list.pusch.ldpc_max_its

Optional integer (range 1 to 50, default = 5). Maximum number of iterations for the LDPC decoder.

ra_typenr_cell_list.pusch.ra_type

Optional enumeration (type0, type1, dynamic_switch, default = type1). Set the RB resource allocation type. Note: fixed_rb_alloc = true or transform precoding cannot be used with resource allocation type 0.

rbg_sizenr_cell_list.pusch.rbg_size

Optional enumeration (config1, config2, default = config1). Set the RBG size configuration for resource allocation type 0.

fixed_rb_allocnr_cell_list.pusch.fixed_rb_alloc

Optional boolean or array of booleans (default = false). Allows to force the PUSCH allocations. If an array is provided, its length must divide 20*2^\mu and each element corresponds to a slot modulo the length of the array.

rb_startnr_cell_list.pusch.rb_start

Optional integer or array of integers. PUSCH allocation starting position in number of RBs. Must be present if fixed_rb_alloc is true.

l_crbnr_cell_list.pusch.l_crb

Optional integer or array of integers. PUSCH allocation length in number of RBs. Must be present if fixed_rb_alloc is true.
If set to 0, PUSCH scheduling is disabled on the slot.

tx_confignr_cell_list.pusch.tx_config

Optional enumeration: codebook, non_codebook (default = codebook). PUSCH TX configuration.

codebook_subsetnr_cell_list.pusch.codebook_subset

Optional enumeration: fully_and_partial_and_non_coherent, partial_and_non_coherent, non_coherent (default = non_coherent). Codebook subset when tx_config = codebook. Warning: this parameter is set regardless of the UE capabilities.

ul_full_power_transmissionnr_cell_list.pusch.ul_full_power_transmission

Optional enumeration: none, full_power, full_power_mode1, full_power_mode2 (default = none). ul-FullPowerTransmission configuration when tx_config = codebook. Warning: this parameter is set regardless of the UE capabilities.

max_ranknr_cell_list.pusch.max_rank

Optional integer (default = 1). Maximum rank for DCI 0_1. For codebook configuration, the maximum value is the number of SRS antenna ports of the SRS resource with codebook usage.
For non_codebook configuration, the maximum value is the number of SRS resources in the SRS set with non-codebook usage.

n_layernr_cell_list.pusch.n_layer

Optional integer (range 0 to max_rank, default = 0). The default value 0 indicates that the number of layers in DCI 0_1 is computed from the SRS reports. Otherwise, the number of layers is forced and the following additional parameter may be provided:

tpminr_cell_list.pusch.n_layer.tpmi

Optional integer (default = 0). Forced TPMI for PUSCH in codebook configuration. Only meaningful if tx_config = codebook and if more than one SRS antenna port.

ncb_sri_bitmapnr_cell_list.pusch.n_layer.ncb_sri_bitmap

Optional string of ’0’ or ’1’. Mandatory if tx_config = non_codebook, ignored otherwise. The length of the bitstring should equal the number of SRS resources in the SRS set with non-codebook usage. Indicates the SRS resources to use for PUSCH transmission in non_codebook configuration, there should be n_layer bits set to 1.

Additional DMRS parameters may be provided too.

mcsnr_cell_list.pusch.mcs

Optional integer or array of integers (range -1 to 28, default = -1). PUSCH MCS. -1 means autonomous UL MCS adaptation by the gNB scheduler. If an array is provided, its length must divide 20*2^\mu and each element corresponds to a slot modulo the length of the array.

max_mcsnr_cell_list.pusch.max_mcs

Optional. Range: 0 to 28 (default = 28). CPU load limitation: maximum MCS allocated by the gNodeB for PUSCH. Smaller MCS give a smaller bitrate and a smaller CPU load.

k2nr_cell_list.pusch.k2

Optional integer or array of integer (range k_min to 32). Delay in slots from DCI to PUSCH. In FDD a single value is provided. In TDD, an array is provided with one entry per uplink slot in the TDD period. The k2 value for a given UL slot must be less or equal than all k1 values leading to a HARQ ACK/NACK in this slot.
If the field is absent, and if k1 is also absent in the PDSCH configuration, the gNB automatically computes valid values.

msg3_k2nr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_k2

Optional integer (range k_min to 32). Delay in slots from DCI to Msg3 PUSCH. If the field is absent, and if k1 and k2 are absent, the gNB automatically computes a valid value.

msg3_delta_powernr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_delta_power

Integer (range -6 to 8). TPC command for Msg3 PUSCH.

msg3_mcsnr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_mcs

Integer (range 0 to 15). MCS for Msg3 PUSCH.

msg3_alphanr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_alpha

Optional enumeration (0, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, default = 1). Power control alpha value for Msg3.

p0_nominal_with_grantnr_cell_list.pusch.p0_nominal_with_grant

Integer (range -202 to 24). p0-NominalWithGrant parameter.

alphanr_cell_list.pusch.alpha

Optional enumeration (0, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, default = 1). Power control alpha value.

dpc_snr_targetnr_cell_list.pusch.dpc_snr_target

Optional float (range -5 to 40). When set, closed-loop power control is enabled for PUSCH and gNB will send TPC commands in DCI 0_0/0_1 to make the PUSCH SNR converge to the specified value.

dpc_p_maxnr_cell_list.pusch.dpc_p_max

Optional float (default = -15). Set the PUSCH maximum power in dBFS for the dynamic power control. The corresponding maximum EPRE is computed by dividing it by the number of subcarriers. Only used when dpc_snr_target is present.

dpc_epre_maxnr_cell_list.pusch.dpc_epre_max

Optional float. Set the PUSCH maximum EPRE in dBFS for the dynamic power control. If not present, dpc_p_max is used instead. See rx_epre_in_dbfs if you want to display the EPRE in dBFS instead of dBm in the logs. Only used when dpc_snr_target is present.

data_scidnr_cell_list.pusch.data_scid

Optional integer (range -1 to 1023, default = -1). dataScramblingIdentityPUSCH parameter. -1 means disabled.

n_scidnr_cell_list.pusch.n_scid

Optional integer (range 0 to 1, default = 0). Allows to force the DMRS for scrambling ID used (only used in DCI 0_1).

x_overheadnr_cell_list.pusch.x_overhead

Optional enumeration (0, 6, 12, 18, default = 0). Corresponds to the xOverhead RRC parameter.

dynamic_beta_offsetsnr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets

Optional array of 4 objects. If present, enable the dynamic beta offsets. Each object contains the following properties:

beta_offset_ack_indexnr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_ack_index

Optional integer (range 0 to 15). Set the 3 fields beta_offset_ack_index1, beta_offset_ack_index2, beta_offset_ack_index3 to the same value. Otherwise, each field must be set separately.

beta_offset_ack_index1nr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_ack_index1

Optional integer (range 0 to 15).

beta_offset_ack_index2nr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_ack_index2

Optional integer (range 0 to 15).

beta_offset_ack_index3nr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_ack_index3

Optional integer (range 0 to 15).

beta_offset_csi_part1_indexnr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_csi_part1_index

Optional integer (range 0 to 18). Set beta_offset_csi_part1_index1 and beta_offset_csi_part1_index2 to the same value.

beta_offset_csi_part1_index1nr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_csi_part1_index1

Optional integer (range 0 to 18, default = beta_offset_csi_part1_index).

beta_offset_csi_part1_index2nr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_csi_part1_index2

Optional integer (range 0 to 18, default = beta_offset_csi_part1_index).

beta_offset_csi_part2_indexnr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_csi_part2_index

Optional integer (range 0 to 18). Set beta_offset_csi_part2_index1 and beta_offset_csi_part2_index2 to the same value.

beta_offset_csi_part2_index1nr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_csi_part2_index1

Optional integer (range 0 to 18, default = beta_offset_csi_part2_index).

beta_offset_csi_part2_index2nr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_csi_part2_index2

Optional integer (range 0 to 18, default = beta_offset_csi_part2_index).

The semi-static beta offset index properties are directly set in the pusch object.

dci_beta_offset_indicatornr_cell_list.pusch.dci_beta_offset_indicator

Optional integer (range 0 to 3, default = 0). When dynamic beta offsets are enabled, set the value of the DCI 0_1 beta_offset_indicator field.

uci_scalingnr_cell_list.pusch.uci_scaling

Optional enumeration (0.5, 0.65, 0.8, 1, default = 1). Set the RRC UCI-OnPUSCH scaling field value.

fernr_cell_list.pusch.fer

Optional float (range 0 to 1). If present, simulates a PUSCH Frame Error Rate of fer. It is mainly useful in test mode (see the test_mode parameter).

ul_snr_adapt_fernr_cell_list.pusch.ul_snr_adapt_fer

Optional float (range 0 to 1, default = 0.1). UL FER target for the initial HARQ transmission used by the gNB UL MCS adaptation algorithm, enabled when mcs is absent or set to -1. Applied for all MCS tables but 64QAMLowSE.

ul_snr_adapt_fer_lowsenr_cell_list.pusch.ul_snr_adapt_fer_lowse

Optional float (range 0 to 1, default = 0.00001). UL FER target for the initial HARQ transmission used by the gNB UL MCS adaptation algorithm, enabled when mcs is absent or set to -1. Applied for MCS table 64QAMLowSE.

ul_snr_adapt_ampnr_cell_list.pusch.ul_snr_adapt_amp

Optional float (default = 10). This values defines the maximum amplitude (in dB units) of the correction applied on top of the MCS selected from the UL SNR.

ul_snr_adapt_retxnr_cell_list.pusch.ul_snr_adapt_retx

Optional float (default = 0.3). Defines the correction step applied by the HARQ initial transmission decoding result within the ul_snr_adapt_amp range.

phr_link_adaptationnr_cell_list.pusch.phr_link_adaptation

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, the gNB will lower the UL MCS and/or resource blocks allocation if the UE sends negative MAC power headroom reports indicating it is power limited. If set to false, the power headroom value is not taken into account for the UL link adaptation mecanism.

dtx_snr_thresholdnr_cell_list.pusch.dtx_snr_threshold

Optional float (default = -8.0). SNR threshold on the PUSCH for DTX detection on a dynamic grant. When enhanced_skip_uplink_tx_dynamic_enabled is set to true, if the received signal is below the threshold the grant is considered skipped by the UE and will not be requested for retransmission. Otherwise if the received signal is below the threshold, the gNB will request a retransmission using the same redundancy version as the previous transmission.

aggregation_factornr_cell_list.pusch.aggregation_factor

Optional enumeration (1, 2, 4, 8, default = 1). If greater than 1 and if the UE supports it, pusch-AggregationFactor will be configured for PUSCH multi-slots transmission in this BWP.
If tdra_repetition_number is also configured and if the UE supports both features, the parameter is ignored.

tdra_repetition_numbernr_cell_list.pusch.tdra_repetition_number

Optional enumeration (1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, default = 1). Configure TDRA based PUSCH multi-slots transmission via the field numberOfRepetitions-r16 if the value is less or equal than 16 or numberOfRepetitionsExt-r17 otherwise, if the UE supports it.

available_slot_countingnr_cell_list.pusch.available_slot_counting

Optional boolean (default = false). Enables availableSlotCounting-r17 if the UE supports it, to change how the UE counts the DL-only slots for the repetition mapping.

dmrs_bundlingnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_bundling

Optional boolean (default = false). Enables pusch-DMRS-Bundling-r17 if the UE supports it and if PUSCH repetition are configured

dmrs_bundling_tdw_lengthnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_bundling_tdw_length

Optional integer (0 or range 2 to 8, default = 0). Controls the pusch-TimeDomainWindowLength-r17 field for PUSCH DMRS bundling. If set to 0, the value will not be configured and UE will apply a default value. If set to a value between 2 and 8, the value will be configured by also taking into account UE capability.

dmrs_bundling_window_restartnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_bundling_window_restart

Optional boolean (default = false). Enables pusch-WindowRestart-r17 if the UE supports it.

msg3_repetition_numbernr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_repetition_number

Optional enumeration (1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 12, 16, default = 1). If set to 1, the gNB will not use msg3 repetitions. Number of repetitions for MSG3 if the UE uses a PRACH preamble for the msg3_rep feature. See prach_feature_preambles.

msg3_repetition_mcsnr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_repetition_mcs

Optional integer (range 0 to 15, default is msg3_mcs). MCS for MSG3 PUSCH with repetitions.

msg3_repetition_rsrp_thresholdnr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_repetition_rsrp_threshold

Optional integer (range -156 to -130, default is -110). RSRP threshold below which a capable UE will try to use the MSG3 repetition feature.

n_harq_processnr_cell_list.pusch.n_harq_process

Optional enumeration: 16, 32 (default = 16). nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPUSCH parameter. The value 32 will be applied only on NTN cells and if the UE supports it, and will default to 16 otherwise.

harq_mode_bnr_cell_list.pusch.harq_mode_b

Optional boolean or string (default = false). Controls the NTN HARQ mode B feature.
If set to true, all HARQ processes except process 0 are set to HARQ mode B. If set to false, all the processes are HARQ mode A.
If set to a string, it should be a 32 bits bitmap of the HARQ processes to disable. HARQ process 0 is represented by the first/leftmost bit.
You must always leave at least one process in mode A since the SRBs and DRBs with harq_mode set to enabled_only will only be allowed on processes mode A.
Note : Unlike the RRC IE uplinkHARQ-mode-r17, a bit set to ’1’ sets the process in mode B and a bit value of ’0’ corresponds to HARQ mode A.

freq_hoppingnr_cell_list.pusch.freq_hopping

Optional boolean (default = false). Enables PUSCH frequency hopping with an hopping offset of half the UL BWP.

freq_hopping_offsetsnr_cell_list.pusch.freq_hopping_offsets

Optional array of integers. Frequency hopping offsets list transmitted to UE.

freq_hopping_indexnr_cell_list.pusch.freq_hopping_index

Optional integer. Index in freq_hopping_offsets of the actually used frequency offset, which must be equal to the half of the UL BWP.

configured_grantnr_cell_list.configured_grant

Optional object. Defines UL configured grant parameters used when at least one bearer with need_sps equal to ul or both is established and if the UE supports Configured Grant. See NR DRB configuration.
Both Configured Grant Type 1 and Type 2 are supported.
It contains a subset of parameters defined in the pusch object, with the same meaning. See pusch.
All those parameters are optional and default to the value defined in the pusch object of the same BWP, unless stated otherwise.
Those PUSCH parameters are:

tf_precodingnr_cell_list.configured_grant.tf_precoding

Optional boolean

mcs_tablenr_cell_list.configured_grant.mcs_table

Optional enumeration (qam64, qam256, qam64LowSE).

rbg_sizenr_cell_list.configured_grant.rbg_size

Optional enumeration (config1, config2)

ra_typenr_cell_list.configured_grant.ra_type

Optional enumeration (type0, type1, dynamic_switch)

dynamic_beta_offsetsnr_cell_list.configured_grant.dynamic_beta_offsets

Optional array of 4 objects.

dmrsnr_cell_list.configured_grant.dmrs

Optional object

tpminr_cell_list.configured_grant.tpmi

Optional integer.

mcsnr_cell_list.configured_grant.mcs

Optional integer (range 0 to 28). If absent and if the corresponding value is set to -1 in the pusch object (dynamic behaviour), the value defaults to 4.

n_layernr_cell_list.configured_grant.n_layer

Optional integer (range 1 to pusch.max_rank). If absent and if the corresponding value is set to 0 in the pusch object (dynamic behaviour), the value defaults to 1.

skip_uplink_tx_snr_thresholdnr_cell_list.configured_grant.skip_uplink_tx_snr_threshold

Optional float (default = -8.0). SNR threshold on the PUSCH for skip uplink detection on a configured grant if enhanced_skip_uplink_tx_configured_enabled is set to true. If the received signal is below the threshold, the grant is considered skipped by the UE and will not be requested for retransmission.

In addition to the above parameters, the configured_grant contains the following additional parameters:

l_crbnr_cell_list.configured_grant.l_crb

Integer. Configured Grant size in number of RBs. Must be a multiple of the RBG size if ra_type is set to type0.

periodicitynr_cell_list.configured_grant.periodicity

Integer. Periodicity of the CG in slots

configuration_typenr_cell_list.configured_grant.configuration_type

Enumeration (type1, type2_immediate, type2_dynamic). Configuration type1 is a semi-static grant configured via RRC while type2 is activated/released by an UL DCI.
type2_immediate will send an activation DCI right after RRC configuration.
type2_dynamic will send activation/release DCI based on the UL trafic on the bearers flagged with need_sps.

type2_deact_no_data_thresholdnr_cell_list.configured_grant.type2_deact_no_data_threshold

Optional integer (default = 3). Number of consecutive Configured Grants without any UL data on bearers flagged with need_sps after which CG will be released via DCI. This parameter is only meaningful when configuration_type is set to type2_dynamic.

max_retransnr_cell_list.configured_grant.max_retrans

Optional integer (range 0 to 3, default = 1). Maximum number of HARQ retransmission for a Configured Grant.

rep_knr_cell_list.configured_grant.rep_k

Optional integer (1, 2, 4 or 8, default = 1). Number of repetitions for the Configured Grant.

l_crb_maxnr_cell_list.configured_grant.l_crb_max

Optional integer (defaults to 1/4 of available bandwidth in the BWP). Maximum number of RBs used for Configured Grants in a slot.

rb_startnr_cell_list.configured_grant.rb_start

Optional integer (defaults to -1). Start RB for Configured Grants allocation. If absent or set to -1, Configured Grants are placed automatically in the high part of the BWP bandwidth.

p0_nominal_without_grantnr_cell_list.configured_grant.p0_nominal_without_grant

Optional integer (range -202 to 24). p0-NominalWithoutGrant parameter. If not present, the value p0_nominal_with_grant in the pusch object is used.

8.7.5.5 Other uplink parameters

ul_frequency_shift_7p5_khznr_cell_list.ul_frequency_shift_7p5_khz

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, a 7.5 kHz offset is added to the NR UL frequency.

reserved_ul_prbsnr_cell_list.reserved_ul_prbs

Optional array of integers. List of PRB indexes in which no PUSCH and PUCCH will be allocated. In TDD, it is set by default to the same as reserved_dl_prbs.

ul_blanked_scsnr_cell_list.ul_blanked_scs

Optional array of integers. List of blanked UL subcarrier ranges. Each range is defined by a pair of integers. The first integer gives the subcarrier index (starting from 0). The second integer gives the number of subcarriers.

sulnr_cell_list.sul

Optional object. Controls the configuration of Supplementary Uplink (SUL) for this cell.
The supplementary uplink uses the uplink of another NR cell that should have set the serve_as_sul parameter and belong to a band compatible with SUL operation. See serve_as_sul.
Note that SUL will only be enabled for the primary cell and that SUL configuration is currently performed before the reception of UE capabilities, based solely on the cell configuration and on which uplink carrier the PRACH access is performed.
The object contains the following properties:

cell_idnr_cell_list.sul.cell_id

Integer. Cell identifier of the cell which uplink will be used as SUL.

q_rx_lev_minnr_cell_list.sul.q_rx_lev_min

Optional integer. Value of SIB1.cellSelectionInfo.q-RxLevMinSUL.

prach_indexnr_cell_list.sul.prach_index

Optional integer, default -1. Index of the PRACH configuration in SUL cell’s sul_prach array. If set to -1, there is no setting for PRACH in SUL configuration.

prach_rsrp_thresholdnr_cell_list.sul.prach_rsrp_threshold

Optional integer, mandatory if prach_index >= 0. Parameter rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL, in dB.

channelsnr_cell_list.sul.channels

Object. Describes how the PUCCH, PUSCH and SRS are configured for UEs accessing the cell via NUL PRACH or in NSA.
It contains the following properties:

pucchnr_cell_list.sul.channels.pucch

Optional enumeration: normal_only, sul_only (default = normal_only). Choose if PUCCH is configured in the uplinkConfig or in supplementaryUplink.

puschnr_cell_list.sul.channels.pusch

Optional enumeration: normal_only, sul_only, both (default = normal_only). Choose if PUSCH is configured in the uplinkConfig, or in supplementaryUplink, or in both. When set to both, the choice to schedule on NUL or SUL is based on the received SNR and the configuration of pusch_switch_snr_threshold or based on uplink Tx switching rules (see uplink_tx_switch below).

srsnr_cell_list.sul.channels.srs

Optional enumeration: normal_only, sul_only, both (default = normal_only). Choose if SRS is configured in the uplinkConfig or in supplementaryUplink, or in both.
SRS should be configured in all the possible UL carriers for PUSCH.

channels_prach_on_sulnr_cell_list.sul.channels_prach_on_sul

Optional object. Describes how the channels are configured for UEs accessing the cell via a SUL PRACH resource. If the object is not defined, it defaults to the same configuration than channels.
It contains the same properties than channels.

pusch_switch_snr_thresholdnr_cell_list.sul.pusch_switch_snr_threshold

Float (range -6.0 to 50.0). Mandatory if at least one of channels.pusch or channels_prach_on_sul.pusch is set to both, unused otherwise. If the received SNR for the PUSCH is below the threshold, PUSCH will be scheduled on SUL. If Uplink Tx Switch is configured (see uplink_tx_switch below), the parameter is no longer used.

pusch_switch_hysteresisnr_cell_list.sul.pusch_switch_hysteresis

Optional float (range 1.0 to 20.0, default 9.0). Hysteresis used when comparing SNR to pusch_switch_snr_threshold.

serve_as_sulnr_cell_list.serve_as_sul

Optional boolean (default = false). When set to true, and if the cell belong to a suitable band (namely band 1, 3, 5, 8, 20, 24, 28, 34, 39, 40 or 66), the cell’s uplink can be used as supplementary uplink by other cells. To do so, the other cells need to have a sul configuration referencing this cell.
If the cell’s uplink is also to be used for supplementary PRACH, the sul_prach array needs to be specified. See sul_prach.

uplink_tx_switchnr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch

Optional object. Controls the configuration of the Uplink Tx Switch feature for this cell.
Uplink Tx Switch feature is rel18 compliant for CA and SUL, with up to 4 different bands. Each cell involved in the Uplink Tx Switch operation shall have an uplink_tx_switch object.
For SUL operation, the pusch channel setting also need to be set to both in the sul configuration (see above). The object contains the following properties:

prioritynr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.priority

Optional integer (range 0 to 15, default 15). Priority of this band in the UL Tx switching operation. Lower values means higher priority.
For any given slot, the UL will be scheduled on the band (or the two bands in case of dualUL) with the highest priority within their active_slots and when the activation is triggered.
With 2 cells operation, priority: 15 is equivalent to set the cell as carrier1 and priority: 0 to carrier2.

active_slotsnr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.active_slots

Optional array of booleans (default = true for all UL slots). Specifies the slots where the UL can be scheduled in this cell during Uplink Tx switching operation.
The array length must divide 20*2^\mu and each element corresponds to a slot modulo the length of the array.

preferred_optionnr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.preferred_option

Optional enumeration: dualUL, switchedUL (default = dualUL). Chooses the UL Tx switching option when the UE reports the support for both options in a band pair. This setting should be identical in the cells of the concerned band pair.

two_txnr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.two_tx

Optional boolean (default = true). Activates twoT mode if the UE supports it. This setting should be identical in the cells of the concerned band pair.

activationnr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.activation

Optional enumeration : immediate, ul_quality (default = immediate). Specifies when the UL Tx Switching operation will become effective on this cell.

immediatenr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.activation.immediate

UL Tx Switching will be activated whenever the SCell is activated

ul_qualitynr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.activation.ul_quality

UL Tx Switching will be activated when the signal on carrier 2 (as measured by SRS) has an UL rank greater than 1 and an UL CQI above ul_quality_ri2_cqi_threshold

ul_quality_ri2_cqi_thresholdnr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.ul_quality_ri2_cqi_threshold

Optional integer (range 1 to 15, default = 5). UL CQI value measured on SRS of carrier 2 above wich UL Tx switching will be activated, if UL rank is greater than 1 and activation is set to ul_quality.

max_allowed_periodnr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.max_allowed_period

Optional enumeration : 35, 140, 210 (default = 210 for 15kHz SCS, 140 for 30kHz SCS). Gives a limit on the length of the allowed UL Tx Switching period to avoid cropping too much PUSCH allocations and PUCCH resources.

8.7.6 PHY/L1 - Other parameters

tdd_ul_dl_confignr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config

Optional object. Define the TDD UL/DL configuration. If present, it contains the following properties:

ref_subcarrier_spacingnr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.ref_subcarrier_spacing

Optional integer. Reference subcarrier spacing for pattern1 and pattern2. The default value is the same as the data subcarrier spacing.

pattern1nr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.pattern1

Object. Definition of the first TDD pattern. The following properties must be present:

periodnr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.pattern1.period

Enumeration: 0.5, 0.625, 1, 1.25, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 10. DL/UL transmission periodicity in ms.

dl_slotsnr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.pattern1.dl_slots

Integer. Number of downlink slots.

ul_slotsnr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.pattern1.ul_slots

Integer. Number of uplink slots.

dl_symbolsnr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.pattern1.dl_symbols

Integer (0-13). Number of downlink symbols after the last complete downlink slot.

ul_symbolsnr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.pattern1.ul_symbols

Integer (0-13). Number of uplink symbols before the first complete uplink slot.

pattern2nr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.pattern2

Optional object. Optional second TDD pattern. It contains the same properties as pattern1.

n_timing_advance_offsetnr_cell_list.n_timing_advance_offset

Optional enumeration: 0, 25600, 39936. UL/DL timing advance offset in multiples of T=1/(16*64*1920000) seconds for FR1. The default timing advance offset is 25600. The RRC field n-TimingAdvanceOffset is updated accordingly.

subframe_offsetnr_cell_list.subframe_offset

Optional integer (default = 0). Normally all cells have their subframe number temporally aligned. This parameters adds a cell specific subframe offset. It is useful to align the LTE and NR TDD patterns while keeping the uplink slots at the end of the NR TDD pattern.

k_minnr_cell_list.k_min

Optional integer (range 1 to 16, default = 4). Minimum value for PDSCH k1 and PUSCH k2 and msg3_k2.

rx_to_tx_latencynr_cell_list.rx_to_tx_latency

Optional integer. Minimum allowed latency in slots between RX and TX.
Its range is from 2 slots to 4ms (The default value depends on subcarrier spacing). If the latency is too high, the gNB scheduler may not be able to use all the PDSCH transmission occasions with subcarrier spacings larger or equal to 30 kHz. Increasing the value will improve performances, especially in case of radio frontend underflows. If LTE and NB-IoT cells are present on the RF port, only 4ms is allowed.

alternate_retx_schemenr_cell_list.alternate_retx_scheme

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the gNB always perform HARQ retransmissions using MCS >= 29. Otherwise it indicates the initial MCS in the DCI if possible.

8.7.7 Bandwidth parts (BWP)

dl_bwp_rb_startnr_cell_list.dl_bwp_rb_start

Optional integer (default = 0) First PRB of the initial downlink BWP (DL BWP #0).

dl_bwp_l_crbnr_cell_list.dl_bwp_l_crb

Optional integer (default = all the carrier bandwidth) Number of PRBs of the initial downlink BWP.

ul_bwp_rb_startnr_cell_list.ul_bwp_rb_start

Optional integer (default = 0) First PRB of the initial uplink BWP (UL BWP #0).

ul_bwp_l_crbnr_cell_list.ul_bwp_l_crb

Optional integer (default = all the carrier bandwidth) Number of PRBs of the initial uplink BWP.

first_active_dl_bwp_idnr_cell_list.first_active_dl_bwp_id

Optional integer (default = 0). Set the ID of the first active cell downlink BWP. This parameter is ignored if the UE cannot be configured with this BWP by dl_bwp_access.

first_active_ul_bwp_idnr_cell_list.first_active_ul_bwp_id

Optional integer (default = 0). Set the ID of the first active cell uplink BWP. This parameter is ignored if the UE cannot be configured with this BWP by ul_bwp_access.

dl_bwp_accessnr_cell_list.dl_bwp_access

Optional enumeration all_ue, normal_only or redcap_only (default = all_ue or normal_only based on dl_bwp_l_crb). Restrict configuration and access to this DL BWP depending on UE type.
The initial BWP cannot be redcap_only.

ul_bwp_accessnr_cell_list.ul_bwp_access

Optional enumeration all_ue, normal_only or redcap_only (default = all_ue or normal_only based on ul_bwp_l_crb). Restrict configuration and access to this UL BWP depending on UE type.
The initial BWP cannot be redcap_only.

bwp_inactivity_timernr_cell_list.bwp_inactivity_timer

Optional enumeration. If present, set the value of the BWP inactivity timer.

default_dl_bwp_idnr_cell_list.default_dl_bwp_id

Optional integer (default = 0). Set the ID of the default cell downlink BWP.

allow_rrc_bwp_switchnr_cell_list.allow_rrc_bwp_switch

Optional boolean (default = true if several non-redcap BWPs are defined). Allows a robust operation of RRC-based BWP switch. The requirements on the source and destination BWP for a RRC-based BWP switch in a SA cell are:
- BWP access is all_ue or normal_only.
- UL BWPs must have some RBs in common on one edge of the cell spectrum.
- DL BWPs must share the same common search space.

ran_slicingnr_cell_list.ran_slicing

Optional array of objects. Defines the the maximum number of resources blocks that can be allocated for a slice by the gNodeB, sorted by decreasing order of priority (if a UE has PDU sessions established in different S-NSSAIs, the scheduling constraints applied are the one of the S-NSSAI with the smallest index in the array). If a S-NSSAI defined in the cell is not defined in this array, it can use all the cell resource blocks. Each object contains the following properties:

sstnr_cell_list.ran_slicing.sst

Integer (range 0 to 255). S-NSSAI Slice Service Type.

sdnr_cell_list.ran_slicing.sd

Optional integer (range 0 to 0xFFFFFE). S-NSSAI Slice Differentiator.

dl_max_l_crbnr_cell_list.ran_slicing.dl_max_l_crb

Optional integer (range 1 to n_rb_dl, default = n_rb_dl). Maximum number of DL resource blocks that can be used by the S-NSSAI.

ul_max_l_crbnr_cell_list.ran_slicing.ul_max_l_crb

Optional integer (range 1 to n_rb_ul, default = n_rb_ul). Maximum number of UL resource blocks that can be used by the S-NSSAI.

dl_bwpnr_cell_list.dl_bwp

Optional array of objects. If present, downlink BWPs are defined in addition to the initial downlink BWP. Each object contains the following properties:

bwp_idnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.bwp_id

Optional integer. Set the ID to identify the BWP in the cell. Note that the BWP ID sent to the UE might differ from the one set here.

dl_bwp_rb_startnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.dl_bwp_rb_start
dl_bwp_l_crbnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.dl_bwp_l_crb
dl_bwp_accessnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.dl_bwp_access

Same meaning as for the initial BWP.

ssb_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.ssb_nr_arfcn

Optional integer. Specify the NCD-SSB ARFCN. Available only if BWP does not contain CD-SSB.
If set to -1, NCD-SSB is not activated.
If set to 0, NCD-SSB is placed automatically at the lowest position of the BWP.
If set to a positive value, specify the NCD-SSB ARFCN.
Default value is 0 when dl_bwp_access is redcap_only and -1 when dl_bwp_access is all_ue.

pdcchnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.pdcch

Object. Contains a subset of the pdcch object properties in the initial BWP. The contents of the css, uss objects and rar_al_index, al_index parameters defaults to those of DL BWP #0.
The following properties are available only in the initial BWP: coreset0_index, n_rb_coreset0, n_symb_coreset0, offset_rbs_coreset0, search_space0_index, si_al_index and paging_al_index.

pdschnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.pdsch

Object. Contains a subset of the pdsch object properties in the initial BWP.
The following properties are available only in the initial BWP: mapping_type, start_symb, n_symb, k0, bwp_switch_k0, k1, slot_enable, n_harq_process, rar_mcs, si_mcs, paging_mcs, paging_tb_scaling, x_overhead, initial_cqi, cqi_adapt_fer, cqi_adapt_fer_lowse, cqi_adapt_amp, cqi_adapt_retx, tci_states, max_mimo_layers_enabled.
All the other properties can be redefined and defaults to the value of those of DL BWP #0.

ran_slicingnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.ran_slicing

Optional array of objects. If not present, the configuration is inherited from the cell ran_slicing object. Each object contains the following properties:

sstnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.ran_slicing.sst

Integer (range 0 to 255). S-NSSAI Slice Service Type.

sdnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.ran_slicing.sd

Optional integer (range 0 to 0xFFFFFE). S-NSSAI Slice Differentiator.

dl_max_l_crbnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.ran_slicing.dl_max_l_crb

Optional integer (1 to n_rb_dl, default = n_rb_dl). Maximum number of DL resource blocks that can be used by the S-NSSAI.

ul_bwpnr_cell_list.ul_bwp

Optional array of objects. If present, uplink BWPs are defined in addition to the initial uplink BWP. Each object contains the following properties:

bwp_idnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.bwp_id

Optional integer. Set the ID to identify the BWP in the cell. Note that the BWP ID sent to the UE might differ from the one set here.

ul_bwp_rb_startnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.ul_bwp_rb_start
ul_bwp_l_crbnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.ul_bwp_l_crb
ul_bwp_accessnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.ul_bwp_access

Same meaning as for the initial BWP. In TDD, each uplink BWP is paired with the downlink BWP of identical ID. They must have the same center frequency and same access restriction.

pucchnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.pucch

Object. Contains a subset of the pucch object properties in the initial BWP. Each property is optional and defaults to the value defined in the pucch of the initial BWP.
The following properties are available:
pucch_group_hopping, hopping_id, n_rb_max, short_pucch_an_rsc_count, long_pucch_an_rsc_count, ue_short_pucch_an_rsc_count, ue_long_pucch_an_rsc_count.

puschnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.pusch

Object. Contains a subset of the pusch object properties in the initial BWP.
The following properties are available only in the initial BWP: mapping_type, n_symb, ldpc_max_its, x_overhead, msg3_k2, k2, p0_nominal_with_grant, alpha, msg3_alpha, dpc_snr_target, dpc_p_max, dpc_epre_max, msg3_delta_power, ul_snr_adapt_fer,ul_snr_adapt_fer_lowse, ul_snr_adapt_amp, ul_snr_adapt_retx, n_harq_process.
All the other properties can be redefined and defaults to the value of those of UL BWP #0.

prachnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.prach

Optional object. Contains a subset of the prach object properties in the initial BWP. Each property is optional and defaults to the value defined in the prach of the initial BWP. However, at least one property should differ so that the PRACH defined in this BWP doesn’t overlap the PRACH of the initial BWP, either through frequency separation or sequence separation or both.
The following properties are available:
msg1_frequency_start, msg1_fdm, root_sequence_index, zero_correlation_zone_config, restricted_set_config.

two_steps_prachnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.two_steps_prach

Optional object to configure two-steps RACH procedure on this BWP. The initial UL BWP must also have a valid two_steps_prach object. See two_steps_prach.
It contains the following parameters :

msga_puschnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch

Object with the same parameters than msga_pusch of the main two_steps_prach configuration. To avoid MSGA collision, it is preferable to separate (in time, frequency or code) this MSGA configuration from other MSGA configurations.

All the other two-steps PRACH related parameters will be inherited from the two_steps_prach of the initial UL BWP.

prach_feature_preambles_listnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.prach_feature_preambles_list

Optional object, valid only if a prach object is present in the BWP. Contains the same properties than the prach_feature_preamble_list list in the initial BWP.

srsnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.srs

Object. Contains a subset of the srs object properties in the initial BWP. The following property is available only in the initial BWP: srs_symbols.

configured_grantnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.configured_grant

Optional object. Contains the same properties than the configured_grant object in the initial BWP.

ran_slicingnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.ran_slicing

Optional array of objects. If not present, the configuration is inherited from the cell ran_slicing object. Each object contains the following properties:

sstnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.ran_slicing.sst

Integer (range 0 to 255). S-NSSAI Slice Service Type.

sdnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.ran_slicing.sd

Optional integer (range 0 to 0xFFFFFE). S-NSSAI Slice Differentiator.

ul_max_l_crbnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.ran_slicing.ul_max_l_crb

Optional integer (1 to n_rb_ul, default = n_rb_ul). Maximum number of UL resource blocks that can be used by the S-NSSAI.

bwp_dynamic_switchnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch

Optional object. Provide parameters to configure the dynamic BWP switching based on bit rate. In TDD, both the DL and UL BWP are switched using DCI 0_1. In FDD, the DL and UL BWP switch are independent. The DL BWP is switched using DCI 1_1 and UL BWP is switched using DCI 0_1. Note that the UE must be in the bwp_id_low or bwp_id_high BWP to trigger the dynamic switch. The object contains the following properties:

dl_high_rate_thresholdnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.dl_high_rate_threshold

Integer. DL high bit rate threshold in bit/s to switch to the high BWP.

dl_low_rate_thresholdnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.dl_low_rate_threshold

Optional integer. DL low bit rate threshold in bit/s to switch to the low BWP. It is set by default to dl_high_rate_threshold / 2.

ul_high_rate_thresholdnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.ul_high_rate_threshold

Optional integer, defaults to dl_high_rate_threshold. UL high bit rate threshold in bit/s to switch to the high BWP. In TDD, since DL and UL BWP are coupled, the switch is performed when one of the DL or UL bit rate is above the high threshold.

ul_low_rate_thresholdnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.ul_low_rate_threshold

Optional integer. UL low bit rate threshold in bit/s to switch to the low BWP. It is set by default to ul_high_rate_threshold / 2. In TDD, the switch is performed when both the DL and UL bit rate are below the low threshold.

bwp_id_highnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.bwp_id_high
bwp_id_lownr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.bwp_id_low

Integer. Cell BWP ID for the high (resp. low) BWP.

probe_intervalnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.probe_interval

Optional integer (default = 50). Probe interval for the bit rate in ms.

probe_counter_thresholdnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.probe_counter_threshold

Optional integer (default = 3). The BWP switching is initiated if the bit rate is higher (resp. lower) than the selected thresholds over probe_counter_threshold consecutive probe intervals.

rrc_based_bwp_switchnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.rrc_based_bwp_switch

Optional boolean (default = false). If true and if allow_rrc_bwp_switch is set and the constraints on the BWP are respected, the BWP switching will be performed via RRC reconfiguration.

8.7.8 Reduced Capability parameters ((e)RedCap)

The following parameters configure the cell to allow the connection of Reduced Capability UEs (RedCap) and enhanced Reduced Capability UEs (eRedCap). All the parameters must be put in a redcap_ue object in the NR cell object.

allownr_cell_list.redcap_ue.allow

Optional boolean (default = true). Defines if RedCap UEs are allowed in the cell or not.

allow_1rx_uenr_cell_list.redcap_ue.allow_1rx_ue

Optional boolean (default = true). Defines if RedCap 1Rx UE access is allowed in the cell or not.

allow_2rx_uenr_cell_list.redcap_ue.allow_2rx_ue

Optional boolean (default = true). Defines if RedCap 2Rx UE access is allowed in the cell or not.

eredcap_uenr_cell_list.redcap_ue.eredcap_ue

Optional object. If present, eRedCap UEs are allowed in the cell. If contains the following properties:

allow_1rx_uenr_cell_list.redcap_ue.eredcap_ue.allow_1rx_ue

Optional boolean (default = true). Defines if eRedCap 1Rx UE access is allowed in the cell or not.

allow_2rx_uenr_cell_list.redcap_ue.eredcap_ue.allow_2rx_ue

Optional boolean (default = true). Defines if eRedCap 2Rx UE access is allowed in the cell or not.

half_duplexnr_cell_list.redcap_ue.half_duplex

Optional object. If present, half duplex support is activated in the cell. For each BWPs where half duplex is enabled, the DCI format 0_1/1_1 will be larger. It contains the following properties. The gNB defines default values that can be overwritten if needed:

dl_k1_maxnr_cell_list.redcap_ue.half_duplex.dl_k1_max

Optional integer (range k_min to min between k_min+7 and PDSCH n_harq_process). Maximum k1 value for half duplex PDSCH.

dl_k2_maxnr_cell_list.redcap_ue.half_duplex.dl_k2_max

Optional integer (range k_min to min k_min+6). Maximum k2 value for half duplex PUSCH.

dl_ul_guard_symbnr_cell_list.redcap_ue.half_duplex.dl_ul_guard_symb

Optional integer (range 1 to 6, default = 1). Number of guard symbols when switching from DL to UL.

ul_dl_guard_symbnr_cell_list.redcap_ue.half_duplex.ul_dl_guard_symb

Optional integer (range 0 to 6, default = 1). Number of guard symbols when switching from UL to DL.

dl_bwp_listnr_cell_list.redcap_ue.half_duplex.dl_bwp_list

Optional array of integers. List of the DL BWP IDs where half duplex is enabled. If the parameter is absent, half duplex is supported on all DL BWPs.

ul_bwp_listnr_cell_list.redcap_ue.half_duplex.ul_bwp_list

Optional array of integers. List of the UL BWP IDs where half duplex is enabled. If the parameter is absent, half duplex is supported on all UL BWPs.

initial_dl_bwp_idnr_cell_list.redcap_ue.initial_dl_bwp_id

Optional integer (default = 0). Defines a (e)RedCap specific initial cell DL BWP.
This DL BWP should contain CoReSet #0 and its common search space should use CoReSet #0.
This DL BWP should also have a bandwidth smaller than 20MHz and dl_bwp_access set to all_ue or redcap_only.
If different from the DL BWP #0, the DL BWP#0 must be unsuitable for (e)RedCap UE.

initial_ul_bwp_idnr_cell_list.redcap_ue.initial_ul_bwp_id

Optional integer (default = 0). Defines a (e)RedCap specific initial cell UL BWP.
This UL BWP should feature a PRACH configuration, have a bandwidth smaller than 20MHz and ul_bwp_access set to all_ue or redcap_only.
If different from the UL BWP #0, the UL BWP#0 must be unsuitable for (e)RedCap UE.

8.7.9 Multicast/Broadcast Service parameters (MBS)

The following parameters configure the support of MBS feature in the cell. They must be put in a mbs object in the NR cell object.

broadcastnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast

Optional object. Defines the MBS broadcast parameters. It contains the following properties:

max_l_crbnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.max_l_crb

Optional integer (range 1 to n_rb_dl, default = n_rb_dl). Maximum number of DL resource blocks that can be used by MCCH and MTCH. Note that the MCCH transport block can exceed this value if the MCS configured is too low.

mcchnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mcch

Object. Defines the parameters for MCCH scheduling.

repetition_periodnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mcch.repetition_period

Enumeration (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256). MCCH repetition period in radio frames.

repetition_offsetnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mcch.repetition_offset

Optional integer. MCCH repetition radio frame offset.

window_start_slotnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mcch.window_start_slot

Optional integer (default = 1). MCCH transmission window start slot.

window_durationnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mcch.window_duration

Optional enumeration (2, 4, 8, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160). MCCH transmission window duration in slots.

modification_periodnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mcch.modification_period

Optional enumeration (2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 82192, 16384, 32768, 65536; default = 128). MCCH modification period in radio frames.

mcs_tablenr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mcch.mcs_table

Optional enum (qam64, qam256, qam64LowSE, default = qam64). MCS table used for MCCH DL transport blocks.

mcsnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mcch.mcs

Integer (range 0 to 28). MCS used for the MCCH DL transport blocks.

al_indexnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mcch.al_index

Integer (range 0 to 4). Aggregation level for MCCH.

mtchnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mtch

Object. Defines the parameters for MTCH scheduling.

ssb_mapping_window_durationnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mtch.ssb_mapping_window_duration

Optional enumeration (10, 20, 32, 64, 128, 256). MTCH SSB mapping window.

sessionsnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mtch.sessions

Optional array of objects. Allows to define a specific MCS for a given MBS session ID. Each object contains the following properties:

tmginr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mtch.sessions.tmgi

Object. Session TMGI. It contains the following properties:

plmnnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mtch.sessions.tmgi.plmn

String. PLMN.

service_idnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mtch.sessions.tmgi.service_id

Integer. 24 bits service identity.

nidnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mtch.sessions.nid

Optional object. See nid.

mcsnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mtch.sessions.mcs

Integer (range 0 to 28). MCS used by this MBS session for MTCH DL transport blocks.

al_indexnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mtch.sessions.al_index

Integer (range 0 to 4). PDCCH Aggregation level used by this MBS session.

aggregation_factornr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mtch.sessions.aggregation_factor

Optional enumeration (1, 2, 4, 8, default=default_aggregation_factor). PDSCH aggregation factor (ie repetitions) used by this MBS session for MTCH DL transmission.

mcs_tablenr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mtch.mcs_table

Optional enum (qam64, qam256, qam64LowSE, default = qam64). MCS table used for MTCH DL transport blocks.

default_mcsnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mtch.default_mcs

Integer (range 0 to 28). Default MCS used for MTCH DL transport blocks if no specific value is defined in the sessions array.

default_al_indexnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mtch.default_al_index

Integer (range 0 to 4). Default PDCCH aggregation level if no specific value is defined in the sessions array.

default_aggregation_factornr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mtch.default_aggregation_factor

Optional enumeration (1, 2, 4, 8, default = 1). Default PDSCH aggregation factor used for MTCH DL transmission if no specific value is defined in the sessions array.

sib20nr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.sib20

Object. Defines the parameters for SIB20 scheduling.

si_periodicitynr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.sib20.si_periodicity
si_value_tagnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.sib20.si_value_tag

It must contain the si_periodicity and si_value_tag objects described in sib_sched_list. See NR sib_sched_list.

mrbnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mrb

Array of objects containing the MRB configuration for each 5QI value. If the 5QI value requested by the core network is not defined, the MRB is not created. Each object contains the following properties:

5qinr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mrb.5qi

Integer. 5QI value.

pdcp_confignr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mrb.pdcp_config

Object. Defines the PDCP parameters:

pdcp_SN_SizeDLnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mrb.pdcp_config.pdcp_SN_SizeDL

Enumeration (12 or 18). Number of bits for the PDCP sequence number.

headerCompressionnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mrb.pdcp_config.headerCompression

Optional object. If not present or null, header compression is disabled.

maxCIDnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mrb.pdcp_config.headerCompression.maxCID

Range: 1 to 16.

profile0x0001nr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mrb.pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0001

Boolean. If true, enable RTP v1 ROHC profile.

profile0x0002nr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mrb.pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0002

Boolean. If true, enable UDP v1 ROHC profile.

t_Reorderingnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mrb.pdcp_config.t_Reordering

Optional enumeration (1, 10, 40, 160, 500, 1000, 1250, 2750). PDCP t-Reordering timer duration in ms. If not present, the timer is set to 0 ms.

rlc_confignr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mrb.rlc_config

Object. Defines the RLC parameters:

sn_FieldLengthnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mrb.rlc_config.sn_FieldLength

Enumeration (6 or 12). Number of bits for the RLC sequence number.

t_Reassemblynr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mrb.rlc_config.t_Reassembly

Optional enumeration (0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200). RLC t-Reassembly timer duration in ms. If not present, the timer is set to 0 ms.

5qi_qosnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mrb.5qi_qos

Optional object. Default 5QI QoS characteristics to be used for this 5QI. If not present, the gNB tries to retrieve a default value based on 3GPP TS 23.501 table 5.7.4-1 and errors if the 5QI value is unknown.

priority_levelnr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mrb.5qi_qos.priority_level

Integer (range 1 to 127).

averaging_windownr_cell_list.mbs.broadcast.mrb.5qi_qos.averaging_window

Optional integer (range 1 to 4095). Averaging window for GBR bearers.

8.7.10 SON configuration

The optional object son_config gives the SON configuration. It contains the following properties:

add_all_xap_cellsnr_cell_list.son_config.add_all_xap_cells

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, all the serving cells declared by a peer gNB using XnAP connection are automatically added to the neighbour cell list.

apply_meas_config_immediatelynr_cell_list.son_config.apply_meas_config_immediately

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, a new RRC reconfiguration message is sent to all UEs in RRC connected state when a new neighbour cell is automatically added. If set to false, only new RRC connections will have the new neighbour cells added in the mobility configuration. Note that this operation can be CPU intensive if a lot of UEs are connected.

anrnr_cell_list.son_config.anr

Optional object containing the ANR configuration. It contains the following properties:

enablednr_cell_list.son_config.anr.enabled

Optional boolean. Activates or deactivates ANR feature.

ue_rationr_cell_list.son_config.anr.ue_ratio

Optional float (range 0 to 1). Defines the ratio of UEs involved in the ANR procedure. 0 means no UE and 1 means all UEs.

default_peer_gnb_id_bitsnr_cell_list.son_config.anr.default_peer_gnb_id_bits

Optional integer (range 22 to 32). Defines the default number of bits of the gNodeB global identifier for cells discovered by the ANR procedure. It is set by default to the gnb_id_bits gNB parameter.

periodical_report_intervalnr_cell_list.son_config.anr.periodical_report_interval

Optional enumeration (ms120, ms240, ms480, ms640, ms1024, ms2048, ms5120, ms10240, min1, min6, min12, min30, default = ms1024). Defines the periodicity of the measurement reports for the ARFCNs defined in nr_arfcn_list.

nr_arfcn_listnr_cell_list.son_config.anr.nr_arfcn_list

Optional array of objects defining the ARFCNs to monitor for the ANR procedure. Each object of the array contains the following properties:

ssb_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.son_config.anr.nr_arfcn_list.ssb_nr_arfcn

Integer (range 0 to 3279165). SSB NR ARFCN to monitor.

bandnr_cell_list.son_config.anr.nr_arfcn_list.band

Integer or array of integers. NR bands. Use an array in case of MFBL.

ssb_subcarrier_spacingnr_cell_list.son_config.anr.nr_arfcn_list.ssb_subcarrier_spacing

Enumeration (15, 30, 120, 240). SSB subcarrier spacing.

8.7.11 Miscellaneous and Test parameters

cell_gainnr_cell_list.cell_gain

Optional float (default = 0). Downlink cell gain in dB. Must be between -200 and 0 (included). Note: it is not taken into account to set the SS PBCH block power in SIB1.

manual_ref_signal_powernr_cell_list.manual_ref_signal_power

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the SS PBCH block power must be set manually. Otherwise it is computed automatically if the RF interface provides its transmit power.

ss_pbch_block_powernr_cell_list.ss_pbch_block_power

Optional integer (range -60 to 50). Must be present if manual_ref_signal_power is set to true.

rx_epre_in_dbfsnr_cell_list.rx_epre_in_dbfs

Optional boolean (default = false). In the logs, the EPRE (Energy Per Resource Element) is displayed in dBm if the RF interface provides its reference receive power and if rx_epre_in_dbfs = false. Otherwise it is displayed in dBFS (Decibels relative to Full Scale).

rx_epre_offsetnr_cell_list.rx_epre_offset

Optional float (default = 0). Offset in dB applied to all the receive EPRE measurements.

force_full_bsrnr_cell_list.force_full_bsr

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the gNodeB considers the UE always indicates a full buffer size. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for PUSCH transmission.

force_dl_schedulenr_cell_list.force_dl_schedule

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the gNodeB considers there is always DL data waiting for transmission. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for PDSCH transmission.

sr_ignore_countnr_cell_list.sr_ignore_count

Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive Scheduling Request are ignored by the gNB.

rach_ignore_countnr_cell_list.rach_ignore_count

Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive RACH attempts are ignored by the gNB.

mac_crnti_ce_ignore_countnr_cell_list.mac_crnti_ce_ignore_count

Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive MAC C-RNTI control elements are ignored by the gNB.

dummy_ue_contention_resolution_idnr_cell_list.dummy_ue_contention_resolution_id

Optional boolean. If set to true, a wrong MAC UE Contention Resolution Identity control element will be sent in the Msg4, rather than the one matching the UE Msg3 content.

ue_count_maxnr_cell_list.ue_count_max

Optional integer (default = 500). Maximum number of UEs (for this cell).

labelnr_cell_list.label

Optional string. Helper available in monitor (cell), remote API (config_get) and logs.

The following cell parameters are only useful when the gNodeB is connected to a specific measurement equipment. They cannot normally be used with normal UEs.

test_modenr_cell_list.test_mode

Optional object. Enable specific test modes where UE contexts are automatically created when starting the gNodeB. They are only useful when the gNodeB is connected to a specific measurement equipment.
The type property selects the test mode:

puschnr_cell_list.test_mode.pusch

Enables continuous reception of PUSCH. DCI are transmitted. The following additional properties are available:

rntinr_cell_list.test_mode.pusch.rnti

Integer. Range 0 to 65535. Select the PUSCH RNTI.

pdschnr_cell_list.test_mode.pdsch

Enables continuous transmission of PDSCH. The PDSCH payload contains valid data with PDCP packets of constant length. DCI are transmitted according to the selected transmission mode. PUCCH are received. The following additional properties are available:

rntinr_cell_list.test_mode.pdsch.rnti

Integer. Range 0 to 65535. Select the PDSCH RNTI.

pdsch_harq_ack_disablenr_cell_list.test_mode.pdsch.pdsch_harq_ack_disable

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, no HARQ ACK/NACK is received for the PDSCH. It is useful to make sure a PDSCH is sent in all DL slots in case the gNodeB is latency limited.

random_datanr_cell_list.test_mode.pdsch.random_data

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, send random data instead of zeros in the PDCP payload.

loadnr_cell_list.test_mode.load

CPU load test. Several UEs are instanciated and all are transmitting and receiving at the same time. The following additional properties are available:

ue_countnr_cell_list.test_mode.load.ue_count

Integer. Set the number of UE contexts. The upper bound is set to ue_count_max value.

pdsch_harq_ack_disablenr_cell_list.test_mode.load.pdsch_harq_ack_disable

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, no HARQ ACK/NACK is received for the PDSCH. It is useful to make sure a PDSCH is sent in all DL slots in case the gNodeB is latency limited.

random_datanr_cell_list.test_mode.load.random_data

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, send random data instead of zeros in the PDCP payload.

no_ssb_allowednr_cell_list.no_ssb_allowed

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, allow a zero SSB bitmap for the cell (can be used to implement test models from 3GPP TS 38.141).

tm_pdschnr_cell_list.tm_pdsch

Optional object. Define one or two additional PDSCHs using a fixed configuration to implement test models from 3GPP TS 38.141-1 section 4.9.2.2. The following properties are available:

rb_startnr_cell_list.tm_pdsch.rb_start

Integer. Position of the first resource block.

l_crbnr_cell_list.tm_pdsch.l_crb

Optional integer. Number of contiguous resource blocks. The default value corresponds to the whole carrier.

mcsnr_cell_list.tm_pdsch.mcs

Integer. MCS using the MCS table from the initial BWP.

boosted_rationr_cell_list.tm_pdsch.boosted_ratio

Optional float (default = 0). If non zero, boost the power of some of the resource block groups inside the PRB range by adding a second PDSCH.

boosted_powernr_cell_list.tm_pdsch.boosted_power

Optional float. Specify the relative power in dB of the boosted PRBs.

deboosted_mcsnr_cell_list.tm_pdsch.deboosted_mcs

Optional integer. Set the MCS of the PRBs which are not power boosted.

sib_enablenr_cell_list.sib_enable

Optional boolean (default = true). If false, disable the transmission of the SIBs.

empty_bsr_grantnr_cell_list.empty_bsr_grant

Optional object containing the empty BSR grant feature configuration.
When a UE reports an empty BSR (Buffer Status Report) MAC control element, the eNB stops scheduling it in UL and the UE needs to transmit a scheduling request to resume the UL transmission, which adds delay. With this feature, the UE will still be scheduled in UL after the empty BSR report for the configured duration with tb_len UL grants if it has a bearer active using a 5QI with the use_empty_bsr_grant parameter set to true.
This feature is useful in case of an application being time sensitive but generating bursty UL traffic like a video live stream for example.
It contains the following properties:

durationnr_cell_list.empty_bsr_grant.duration

Integer. Duration in milliseconds.

tb_lennr_cell_list.empty_bsr_grant.tb_len

Integer. Length in bytes.

8.8 Channel simulator

8.8.1 RF port specific channel simulator

The channel simulator applies after the DL modulator(s) on each RF port using the configured sample rate. It takes cell.n_antenna_dl channels as inputs (n_input) and may output a different number of channels (n_output) (see the global n_antenna_dl parameter).

It applies a number of delay paths with a configurable gain and phase for each n_input x n_output antenna combination. Each path can also appply a Rayleigh fading (Jakes or Gaussian fading model). In case of MIMO channels, a configurable MIMO correlation matrix is applied for each path. Then a white Gaussian noise is added (AWGN). 

                /--------\ 
DL output >-----| Path 1 |-->-+--------+--------> RF output 
             |  \--------/    |        |
             |                |        |
             |  /--------\    |        |
             |--| Path 2 |-->-+       AWGN 
             .  \--------/    .
             .                .
             .  /--------\    .
             \--| Path N |-->-/            
                \--------/

Preconfigured path configurations are available for common 3GPP channel models. Preconfigured 3GPP MIMO correlation matrixes are also available.

When the channel simulator is enabled with fading channels, it may be necessary to lower tx_gain_offset (digital gain) to allow a larger dynamic range without saturation. Use the t spl monitor command to check that no overflow is present at the RF output. The tx_gain_offset value of -21 dB should be safe for all channel types.

The CPU usage of the channel simulator increases with the sample rate, number of MIMO channels and the number of paths. If the CPU load is too high (see the t cpu monitor command to estimate it), you can reduce the RF bandwidth (i.e. n_rb_dl), reduce the number of MIMO channels or use a simpler channel model with a smaller number of paths.

The channel_dl object contains the downlink channel simulator parameters:

typerf_ports.channel_dl.type

Optional. Must be present if no paths property. Set the predefined channel type:

TypeDescription
awgnAdditive White Gaussian Noise channel. It is equivalent to specifying a single zero delay unit gain constant path: 
    paths: [{
        type: "constant",
        gain: 0.0,
        delay: 0,
        channel_matrix: [[ 1 ]],
    }]

When there are more than one input or output antennas, the channel matrix a_{i,j} is set such as a_{i,i \bmod n_{tx}} = 1. In this case, it is usually better to manually specify a paths configuration to select an explicit channel matrix.

staticStatic channel model from 3GPP TS 36.101 and TS 38.101-4.
epaExtended Pedestrian A model from 3GPP TS 36.101.
evaExtended Vehicular A model from 3GPP TS 36.101.
etuExtended Typical Urban model from 3GPP TS 36.101.
mbsfnMBSFN channel from 3GPP TS 36.101.
tdla30TDLA30 channel from 3GPP TS 38.141 (TDLA with 30 ns delay spread).
tdlb100TDLB100 channel from 3GPP TS 38.141 (TDLB with 100 ns delay spread).
tdlc300TDLC300 channel from 3GPP TS 38.141 (TDLC with 300 ns delay spread).
tdld30TDLD30 channel from 3GPP TS 38.141 (TDLD with 30 ns delay spread).
ntn_tdla100NTN-TDLA100 channel from 3GPP TS 38.101-5.
ntn_tdlc5NTN-TDLC5 channel from 3GPP TS 38.101-5.
tdla, tdlb, tdlc, tdld or tdleTDL channels from 3GPP TS 38.901 section 7.7.2. Note that the TDL channels from 3GPP TS 38.141 slightly differ from the ones defined in 3GPP TS 38.901 when using the same delay spread.
ntn_tdla, ntn_tdlb, ntn_tdlc, ntn_tdldNTN TDL channels from 3GPP TS 38.811 section 6.9.2.
freq_dopplerrf_ports.channel_dl.freq_doppler

For non AWGN channels, sets the doppler frequency, in Hz.

delay_spreadrf_ports.channel_dl.delay_spread

Set the delay spread in ns for the TDL channels (tdla, tdlb, tdlc, tdld, tdle, ntn_tdla, ntn_tdlb, ntn_tdlc and ntn_tdld).

mimo_correlationrf_ports.channel_dl.mimo_correlation

Optional enumeration or matrix. The default value is low.

MIMO correlation matrix. Allowed values:

lowrf_ports.channel_dl.mimo_correlation.low

Low correlation matrix (identity matrix) (3GPP TS 36.101 section B.2.3.2).

mediumrf_ports.channel_dl.mimo_correlation.medium

Medium correlation matrix with uniform linear array (3GPP TS 36.101 section B.2.3.2).

highrf_ports.channel_dl.mimo_correlation.high

High correlation matrix with uniform linear array (3GPP TS 36.101 section B.2.3.2).

cross_pol_mediumrf_ports.channel_dl.mimo_correlation.cross_pol_medium

Medium correlation matrix with cross polarized antennas (3GPP TS 38.101-4 section B.2.3.2).

cross_pol_highrf_ports.channel_dl.mimo_correlation.cross_pol_high

High correlation matrix with cross polarized antennas (3GPP TS 38.101-4 section B.2.3.2).

Alternatively, an explicit complex matrix of n rows and n columns can be provided where n is the product of the number n_input and n_output antennas. The matrix must be Hermitian positive.

pathsrf_ports.channel_dl.paths

Optional array of objects. Set user defined paths. If present the type parameter is ignored. Each path has the following fields:

typerf_ports.channel_dl.paths.type

Enumeration. Type of path. constant for constant path, rayleigh for Rayleigh fading with the Jakes model, rayleigh_gauss for Rayleigh fading with the Gaussian model.

gainrf_ports.channel_dl.paths.gain

Relative path gain, in dB.

delayrf_ports.channel_dl.paths.delay

Path delay, in ns. Note: the delay is internally rounded to an integer number of samples.

channel_matrixrf_ports.channel_dl.paths.channel_matrix

Only necessary for constant path. Complex matrix of n_output rows and n_input columns giving the channel coefficients.

freq_shiftrf_ports.channel_dl.paths.freq_shift

Provides an optional frequency shift in Hz for constant paths. A constant path with frequency shift coupled with a rayleigh path can be used to implement Ricean fading.

freq_dopplerrf_ports.channel_dl.paths.freq_doppler

Only needed for Rayleigh paths. Doppler frequency in Hz.

mimo_correlationrf_ports.channel_dl.paths.mimo_correlation

Only needed for Rayleigh paths. Path specific correlation matrix (same definition as the global channel.mimo_correlation property). If not present, the global channel.mimo_correlation matrix is used for this path.

freq_shiftrf_ports.channel_dl.freq_shift

Optional float (default = 0). Apply a global frequency shift (in Hz) after the paths.

delayrf_ports.channel_dl.delay

Optional float (default = 0). Apply an additional global delay (in ns) to all the paths.

gainrf_ports.channel_dl.gain

Optional float (default = 0). Apply a global gain (in dB) after the paths.

high_speed_trainrf_ports.channel_dl.high_speed_train

Optional object. Parameters for the high speed train model (see 3GPP TS 36.141 section B.3 or 3GPP TS 38.141 section G.3). This model applies a variable global frequency shift after the paths. In this case the freq_shift parameter is ignored.

d_srf_ports.channel_dl.high_speed_train.d_s

Float. d_s / 2 is the initial distance of the train from BS in meters.

d_minrf_ports.channel_dl.high_speed_train.d_min

Float. BS - railway track distance in meters.

vrf_ports.channel_dl.high_speed_train.v

Float. Speed of the train in km/h.

f_drf_ports.channel_dl.high_speed_train.f_d

Float. Maximum Doppler frequency in Hz.

noise_levelrf_ports.channel_dl.noise_level

Float or array of floats. Set the noise level in dB relative to the PDSCH data level. If an array is provided, each element sets the noise level for the corresponding output antenna. Otherwise the same noise level is applied to all the output antennas. The Gaussian noise is generated with a constant power density over the whole generated bandwidth. A large negative value such as -200 can be used to completely suppress the noise generation.

Note: the noise_level corresponds to the SNR measured on the PDSCH data RE on OFDM symbols without Cell Reference Signal. For LTE, there is no need to take p-a into account as in the previous releases of the software.

The noise level can be interactively modified with the noise_level monitor command.

Warning: the reference signal level is not modified when the cell_gain monitor command is used. So you can monitor the noise level on a spectrum analyzer by suppressing the DL signal with a near zero cell gain (e.g. cell_gain 1 -200).

snrrf_ports.channel_dl.snr

Float or array of floats. Deprecated. Set the SNR defined as the opposite of noise_level.

dump_pathsrf_ports.channel_dl.dump_paths

Optional boolean (default = false). Print on the standard output the path delays and relative powers.

It only applies when the paths property is not set.

max_pathsrf_ports.channel_dl.max_paths

Optional integer. Set the maximum number of paths. The paths with the smallest power are removed. It can be used to reduce the CPU load at the expense of the precision of the simulated impulse response. The default value depends on the sample rate.

It only applies when the paths property is not set.

normalizerf_ports.channel_dl.normalize

Optional boolean (default = true). If true, the Rayleigh fading channel matrices are normalized with respect to the number of TX antennas. Set normalize to false to restore the previous behavior.

8.8.2 Cell specific channel simulator

In addition to the RF port specific channel simulator, it is possible to set cell specific channel simulators. They are useful to have a different channel model for cells sharing the same RF port. They are also faster so they can be used with a larger number of antennas or larger bandwidths.

The cell specific channel simulator assumes a constant channel impulse response during each OFDM symbol, so it is less accurate than the RF port specific channel simulator when the Doppler frequency becomes non negligible compared to the OFDM symbol frequency. For example, for LTE, Doppler frequencies up to 200 Hz give a negligible loss of accuracy.

The cell specific channel simulator uses the same parameters as the RF port specific channel simulator with the following modifications:

8.9 Non Terrestrial Network

This eNB supports the Release-18 NTN feature for NB-IoT cells and NR cells. It supports all the orbit configuration (LEO, MEO and GEO).
In NGSO scenario, the default behaviour for the satellite beam is a quasi-earth fixed beam.
Direct-To-Cell operation supporting pre-Release 17 UEs without any NTN specific signalling is also supported on non-NTN NR bands and non-NTN LTE bands.
The following ntn configuration object allows the cell to operate a NTN/Direct-To-Cell configuration.
To simulate the large RTT delay and Optionally doppler shift and large attenuation induced by NTN operation, the RF port channel simulator channel_dl may be used. See RF port specific channel simulator.
The satellite ephemeris can be configured either with a TLE file, a StateVector file or with explicit orbital elements. If nothing is specified, a default ephemeris is generated according to the default_ephemeris parameter.
Regenerative mode (ie if the eNB is on-board the satellite) is supported by setting n_ta_common to 0.

ntnnb_cell_list.ntn nr_cell_list.ntn cell_list.ntn

Optional object to describe the NTN configuration. Contains the following parameters:

sv_filenamenb_cell_list.ntn.sv_filename nr_cell_list.ntn.sv_filename cell_list.ntn.sv_filename

Optional string to configure satellite state vectors from a file according to the file format specified with sv_filetype.
Real time satellite position determination will depend on the sv_interpolation parameter.  When the parameter is present, tle_filename and ephemeris are ignored, and use_state_vectors is forced to true.

sv_filetypenb_cell_list.ntn.sv_filetype nr_cell_list.ntn.sv_filetype cell_list.ntn.sv_filetype

Optional enumeration: ccsds-oem, custom-1. Default is custom-1.
Describe the file format used to parse the state vectors file defined by sv_filename.
ccsds-oem corresponds to the ORBIT EPHEMERIS MESSAGE specified by The Consultative Committee for Space Data Systems (CCSDS) in document CCSDS 502.0-B-2.
custom-1 is a proprietary format.

sv_interpolationnb_cell_list.ntn.sv_interpolation nr_cell_list.ntn.sv_interpolation cell_list.ntn.sv_interpolation

Optional enumeration: none, linear or integration. Default is integration. Describes how satellite is interpolated between the datapoints of the state vectors file by sv_filename.
When set to none, the eNB fetches the last datapoint of the file timestamped before the current time and consider the satellite as stationary until the next datapoint timestamp is reached.
When set to linear, satellite position and velocity is linearly interpolated between the current datapoint and the next one (if present).
When set to integration, the eNB propagates the satellite position and velocity from the current datapoint with its internal gravitational model.

tle_filenamenb_cell_list.ntn.tle_filename nr_cell_list.ntn.tle_filename cell_list.ntn.tle_filename

Optional string to configure satellite ephemeris from a Two Line Elements (TLE) file.
The file shall contain only the two lines of data and optionally a title line.
When the parameter is present, ephemeris is ignored.

default_ephemerisnb_cell_list.ntn.default_ephemeris nr_cell_list.ntn.default_ephemeris cell_list.ntn.default_ephemeris

Optional enumeration: geo, meo, leo. Default is geo.
If ephemeris is absent, a default satellite ephemeris is generated so that the satellite is overhead the eNB ground position at eNB startup. The GEO and MEO satellite will be placed on the equatorial plane (zero inclination) at the longitude of the eNB ground position.
The LEO satellite will be initially placed at the zenith of the eNB position.

default_smanb_cell_list.ntn.default_sma nr_cell_list.ntn.default_sma cell_list.ntn.default_sma

Optional float, range 6500e3 to 42300e3. If default_ephemeris is used and set to meo or leo, this parameter (in meters) allows to override the semi-major axis of the chosen orbit.
The parameter is ignored otherwise. The default values are 6928e3 (altitude 550km) for leo and 14441e3 for meo.

default_elevation_offsetnb_cell_list.ntn.default_elevation_offset nr_cell_list.ntn.default_elevation_offset cell_list.ntn.default_elevation_offset

Optional float, range -90 to 90, default = 0. If default_ephemeris is used and set to leo, this parameter (in degrees) allows to adjust the initial elevation of the satellite compared to the zenith position.
The parameter is ignored otherwise. Negative values will place the satellite before its zenith pass and positive values after the zenith.

ephemerisnb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris cell_list.ntn.ephemeris

Optional object to configure satellite ephemeris in the form of orbital parameters.
The epehemeris configuration is understood in a fixed ECI reference frame aligned with the J2000 vernal equinox, like a TLE configuration, irrespective of the eci_reference parameter. If absent and if tle_filename and sv_filename are also absent, a default ephemeris is generated.
Contains the following parameters:

eccentricitynb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.eccentricity nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.eccentricity cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.eccentricity

Float value. Range 0 to 0.99. Eccentricity, unitless

inclinationnb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.inclination nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.inclination cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.inclination

Float value. Range 0 to \pi. Inclination, in radians. Value between \pi/2 and \pi will be encoded as -\pi/2 to -1 in RRC ASN.1 representation.

semi_major_axisnb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.semi_major_axis nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.semi_major_axis cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.semi_major_axis

Float value. Semi-major axis, in meters.

longitudenb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.longitude nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.longitude cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.longitude

Float value. Range 0 to 2\pi. Longitude of the ascending node, in radians.

periapsisnb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.periapsis nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.periapsis cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.periapsis

Float value. Range 0 to 2\pi. Argument of periapsis, in radians.

anomalynb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.anomaly nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.anomaly cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.anomaly

Float value. Range 0 to 2\pi. Mean anomaly of the satellite on its orbit at epoch, in radians.

epochnb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.epoch nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.epoch cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.epoch

Optional integer or string. Epoch for the anomaly parameter, given as UTC time.
If given as an integer, it represents a timestamp in 10ms unit of Unix time (UTC time since 1970-01-01).
If given as a string, it should be a date with the following format: "YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS.mmm".
If absent, the eNB startup time is used.

use_state_vectorsnb_cell_list.ntn.use_state_vectors nr_cell_list.ntn.use_state_vectors cell_list.ntn.use_state_vectors

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the satellite position is converted to ECEF coordinates and broadcast as EphemerisStateVectors-r17 in SIB31. If false, EphemerisOrbitalParameters-r17 is used.

eci_referencenb_cell_list.ntn.eci_reference nr_cell_list.ntn.eci_reference cell_list.ntn.eci_reference

Optional enumeration: vernal_point, ecef_greenwich. Default is vernal_point.
Defines the ECI reference frame X axis when broadcasting the orbital parameters, which serves as origin for the longitude of ascending node measurement.
vernal_point corresponds to the standard J2000 vernal equinox.
ecef_greenwich corresponds to the Greenwich meridian at epoch, so that the ECI and ECEF reference frame coincide.

ground_positionnb_cell_list.ntn.ground_position nr_cell_list.ntn.ground_position cell_list.ntn.ground_position

Optional object to configure the geographical ground position of the eNB in order to automatically compute NTA-Common, NTA-CommonDrift and NTA-CommonDriftVariation for transparent mode.
In case the ephemeris parameter is absent, the default geostationary satellite will be instantiated at the configured longitude. Contains the following parameters:

same_as_ap_positionnb_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.same_as_ap_position nr_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.same_as_ap_position cell_list.ntn.ground_position.same_as_ap_position

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the position configured by access_point_position is used and latitude, longitude and altitude are ignored.
If false, latitude and longitude are mandatory.

latitudenb_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.latitude nr_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.latitude cell_list.ntn.ground_position.latitude

Float value. Range -90 to 90. Degrees of latitude.

longitudenb_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.longitude nr_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.longitude cell_list.ntn.ground_position.longitude

Float value. Range -180 to 180. Degrees of longitude.

altitudenb_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.altitude nr_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.altitude cell_list.ntn.ground_position.altitude

Optional float value (default = 0). Range -1000m to 20km. Altitude in meters.

n_ta_commonnb_cell_list.ntn.n_ta_common nr_cell_list.ntn.n_ta_common cell_list.ntn.n_ta_common

Optional float value, mandatory if ground_position is absent. Force the value of NTA-Common, in us. Setting this to 0 effectively emulates a regenerative architecture where the eNB is on-board the satellite, without any feeder link.
If the parameter is absent, then the NTA-Common value is automatically computed based on ground_position and current satellite position.

n_ta_driftnb_cell_list.ntn.n_ta_drift nr_cell_list.ntn.n_ta_drift cell_list.ntn.n_ta_drift

Optional float value (default = 0). Force the value of NTA-CommonDrift, in us/s. n_ta_common must be present if set.

n_ta_drift_varnb_cell_list.ntn.n_ta_drift_var nr_cell_list.ntn.n_ta_drift_var cell_list.ntn.n_ta_drift_var

Optional float value (default = 0). Force the value of NTA-CommonDriftVariation, in us/s/s. n_ta_common must be present if set.

n_ta_common_offsetnb_cell_list.ntn.n_ta_common_offset nr_cell_list.ntn.n_ta_common_offset cell_list.ntn.n_ta_common_offset

Optional float value (default = 0). Adds a constant to the NTA-common broadcast in SIB. It can be used to reflect fixed delays occuring in the system independently of satellite position. This offset will not be simulated in the channel simulator.

feeder_doppler_compensationnb_cell_list.ntn.feeder_doppler_compensation nr_cell_list.ntn.feeder_doppler_compensation cell_list.ntn.feeder_doppler_compensation

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNB will precompensate the doppler effect present on the feeder link. This parameters needs ground_position to be set.

feeder_dl_freqnb_cell_list.ntn.feeder_dl_freq nr_cell_list.ntn.feeder_dl_freq cell_list.ntn.feeder_dl_freq

Optional integer (default = cell UL frequency). Sets the actual frequency in Hz of the satellite DL feeder link (from satellite to eNB) to compute an accurate doppler compensation. Unused if feeder_doppler_compensation is false.

feeder_ul_freqnb_cell_list.ntn.feeder_ul_freq nr_cell_list.ntn.feeder_ul_freq cell_list.ntn.feeder_ul_freq

Optional integer (default = cell DL frequency). Sets the actual frequency in Hz of the satellite UL feeder link (from eNB to satellite) to compute an accurate doppler compensation. Unused if feeder_doppler_compensation is false.

large_freq_shiftnb_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift nr_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift

Optional object to add a ’calibration’ phase where the eNB measures the received PRACH (without handling them) in order to compensate a large and unforeseen frequency error. The frequency error is also constantly tracked and adjusted on subsequent UL signals. This option is available for NR and LTE only.
This feature is compatible with all PRACH formats except format 0 and C0. The eNB parameter compute_freq_shift also needs to be set.
The object contains the following parameters:

prach_range_scnb_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.prach_range_sc nr_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.prach_range_sc cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.prach_range_sc

Integer. Range 0 to 768. Range of frequency error detection in PRACH subcarrier units. If set below 12, PRACH frequency detection is effectively disabled and the remaining parameters of large_freq_shift will allow for simple frequency tracking.

prach_n_accnb_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.prach_n_acc nr_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.prach_n_acc cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.prach_n_acc

Integer. Range 1 to 11. Number of PRACH to accumulate before deciding on a frequency measurement.

ta_tolerancenb_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.ta_tolerance nr_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.ta_tolerance cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.ta_tolerance

Integer. Range 0 to 32, in TA units. Range in TA units below which the received PRACH will be assumed coming from the same UE.

average_modenb_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.average_mode nr_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.average_mode cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.average_mode

Optional boolean (default false). Defines how the frequency error is determined. When true, the error is the average of the frequency measurements performed on the prach_nacc PRACH sharing the same TA (in the ta_tolerance range). When false, the error is the mode of the frequency measurements.

large_time_shift_symbolsnb_cell_list.ntn.large_time_shift_symbols nr_cell_list.ntn.large_time_shift_symbols cell_list.ntn.large_time_shift_symbols

Optional integer. Range 0 to 4 (default 0). If set, the eNB will add a ’calibration’ phase to compensate for large and unforeseen timing errors when operating in FR2 with short PRACH preambles.
Upon a PRACH reception, the eNB will add an offset of n symbols to the measured TA before sending the RAR, with n ranging from 0 to large_time_shift_symbols or until RACH procedure is successful.
The best results will be obtained with preamble format C2 where the timing estimation range of the PRACH corresponds to one symbol.

direct_to_cellnb_cell_list.ntn.direct_to_cell nr_cell_list.ntn.direct_to_cell cell_list.ntn.direct_to_cell

Optional object to configure Direct-To-Cell operation. This setting is possible only on NR FDD and LTE FDD non-NTN bands.
When configured, the following NTN parameters are ignored or have no effect: k_mac, k_offset, use_state_vectors, eci_reference, ul_sync_validity, dynamic_k_offset, t_service, neighbour_cells, rat_type.
Direct-To-Cell operation also brings some constraints on the PRACH configuration. The eNB will display an comprehensive error message when those constraints are not met.
The object contains the following parameters:

cell_centernb_cell_list.ntn.direct_to_cell.cell_center nr_cell_list.ntn.direct_to_cell.cell_center cell_list.ntn.direct_to_cell.cell_center

Optional object, configures the center position of the served cell on the ground used as a reference point for timing and doppler precompensation.
When earth_moving is used, the reference point is the center of the beam and the object must not be configured. Otherwise, it is mandatory.
It contains the following parameters:

latitudenb_cell_list.ntn.direct_to_cell.cell_center.latitude nr_cell_list.ntn.direct_to_cell.cell_center.latitude cell_list.ntn.direct_to_cell.cell_center.latitude

Float value. Range -90 to 90. Degrees of latitude.

longitudenb_cell_list.ntn.direct_to_cell.cell_center.longitude nr_cell_list.ntn.direct_to_cell.cell_center.longitude cell_list.ntn.direct_to_cell.cell_center.longitude

Float value. Range -180 to 180. Degrees of longitude.

altitudenb_cell_list.ntn.direct_to_cell.cell_center.altitude nr_cell_list.ntn.direct_to_cell.cell_center.altitude cell_list.ntn.direct_to_cell.cell_center.altitude

Optional float value (default = 0). Range -1000m to 20km. Altitude in meters.

earth_movingnb_cell_list.ntn.earth_moving nr_cell_list.ntn.earth_moving cell_list.ntn.earth_moving

Optional object to configure earth-moving beams instead of quasi-earth fixed beams for a NGSO scenario.
This setting only affects the computation of the service link attenuation if enabled in the channel simulator (see channel_sim_control.ue_dl_attenuation) and the reference point in Direct-To-Cell operation (see direct_to_cell).
It contains the following parameters:

beam_center_offsetnb_cell_list.ntn.earth_moving.beam_center_offset nr_cell_list.ntn.earth_moving.beam_center_offset cell_list.ntn.earth_moving.beam_center_offset

Optional array of 2 floats. Offset from the subsatellite point to the beam center on the ground, in meters. The first coordinate is in the ’East’ direction, the second in the ’North’ direction, irrespective of satellite motion.
Mutually exclusive with beam_angle_offset.

beam_angle_offsetnb_cell_list.ntn.earth_moving.beam_angle_offset nr_cell_list.ntn.earth_moving.beam_angle_offset cell_list.ntn.earth_moving.beam_angle_offset

Optional array of 2 floats. Angle of the beam center compared to the satellite geocentric vertical, in degrees. The first coordinate is in the ’East’ direction, the second in the ’North’ direction, irrespective of satellite motion.
Mutually esclusive with beam_center_offset.

radiusnb_cell_list.ntn.earth_moving.radius nr_cell_list.ntn.earth_moving.radius cell_list.ntn.earth_moving.radius

Optional float (default 100e3). Radius of the beam on the ground, in meters.

channel_sim_controlnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control

Optional object to automatically adjust the global delay of the channel simulator.
If ue_doppler_shift and/or feeder_doppler_shift is true, the values of freq_shift and ul_freq_shift will be automatically updated.
If ue_dl_attenuation is true, the global gain of the channel simulator is also updated.
If the channel_sim_control object is absent, channel simulator control is disabled.
Contains the following parameters:

typenb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.type nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.type cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.type

Enumeration: disabled, auto_feeder_link, auto_feeder_service_link. Sets the type of control of the channel simulator.
auto_feeder_link updates the delay with only the feeder link, based on satellite ephemeris and ground_position.
auto_feeder_service_link updates the delay with the feeder link plus the service link to simulate the overall round-trip time of a NTN system. In that mode, an estimation of the UE position needs to be configured with ue_position.
If ground_position is not present (typically in a regenerative architecture), feeder link simulation is based on explicit ta_common setting.

ue_positionnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position

Optional object, needed only when type is set to auto_feeder_service_link. Configures the expected geographical position of the UEs to simulate the global round-trip time. Contains the following parameters:

latitudenb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position.latitude nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position.latitude cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position.latitude

Float value. Range -90 to 90. Degrees of latitude.

longitudenb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position.longitude nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position.longitude cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position.longitude

Float value. Range -180 to 180. Degrees of longitude.

altitudenb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position.altitude nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position.altitude cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position.altitude

Optional float value (default = 0). Range -1000m to 20km. Altitude in meters.

ue_doppler_shiftnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_doppler_shift nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_doppler_shift cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_doppler_shift

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the doppler frequency shift of the service link is added to the channel simulator in DL and in UL.
This parameter is used only if the control type is set to auto_feeder_service_link.

ue_dl_freqnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_dl_freq nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_dl_freq cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_dl_freq

Optional integer (default = cell DL freq). Sets the actual DL frequency in Hz of the satellite service link to simulate accurate doppler shifts when ue_doppler_shift is true.

ue_ul_freqnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_ul_freq nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_ul_freq cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_ul_freq

Optional integer (default = cell UL freq). Sets the actual UL frequency in Hz of the satellite service link to simulate accurate doppler shifts when ue_doppler_shift is true.

feeder_doppler_shiftnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.feeder_doppler_shift nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.feeder_doppler_shift cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.feeder_doppler_shift

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the doppler frequency shift of the feeder link is added to the channel simulator in DL and in UL.
The frequencies used for the simulation of feeder link doppler are the same than the one used for feeder_doppler_compensation.

ue_dl_attenuationnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_dl_attenuation nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_dl_attenuation cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_dl_attenuation

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the DL attenuation of the service link is set in the DL channel simulator. The attenuation takes into account the free space loss and the atmospheric absorption for frequencies up to 50GHz.
This parameter is used only if the control type is set to auto_feeder_service_link.

ue_dl_gain_offsetnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_dl_gain_offset nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_dl_gain_offset cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_dl_gain_offset

Optional float, range 0 to 100 (default = 0). Offsets the attenuation calculated by ue_dl_attenuation by a constant value. Typical free space loss from a satellite will range from 70 to 90 dB, so setting a value around 80 dB in a cabled setup environment is recommended. This parameter is used only if ue_dl_attenuation is set to true.

ue_delay_drift_dl_onlynb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_delay_drift_dl_only nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_delay_drift_dl_only cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_delay_drift_dl_only

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the service link is emulated more accurately so that the UE is perceiving a realisitic DL timing drift.
The applicability of this parameter will depend on the maximum variation of the service link delay across the satellite pass as determined by satellite orbit and min_expected_elevation.
When set to false or left to default, the entirety of the service link RTT delay (DL+UL) is simulated in the DL, so the UE perceives twice the drift compared to a real-life scenario.

ul_sync_validitynb_cell_list.ntn.ul_sync_validity nr_cell_list.ntn.ul_sync_validity cell_list.ntn.ul_sync_validity

Enumeration 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 120, 180, 240 or 900. ul-SyncValidationDuration in seconds.

min_expected_elevationnb_cell_list.ntn.min_expected_elevation nr_cell_list.ntn.min_expected_elevation cell_list.ntn.min_expected_elevation

Optional float. Range 0 to 80 (default 0 in LEO, 20 otherwise). Minimum elevation in degrees of the satellite seen by a UE served by this cell. This parameter is used to compute k_offset and also some parameters in direct_to_cell operation.

k_offsetnb_cell_list.ntn.k_offset nr_cell_list.ntn.k_offset cell_list.ntn.k_offset

Optional integer. Range 0 to 1023. k-Offset value in ms. Default value is calculated based on satellite altitude and min_expected_elevation.

k_macnb_cell_list.ntn.k_mac nr_cell_list.ntn.k_mac cell_list.ntn.k_mac

Optional integer. Range 0 to 512 (default 0). k-Mac value in ms.

dynamic_k_offsetnb_cell_list.ntn.dynamic_k_offset nr_cell_list.ntn.dynamic_k_offset cell_list.ntn.dynamic_k_offset

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enables UE-specific k_offset adjustment based on UE TA Report.

reference_locationnb_cell_list.ntn.reference_location nr_cell_list.ntn.reference_location cell_list.ntn.reference_location

Optional object. Reference location of the serving cell provided via NTN quasi-Earth fixed system. It contains the following parameters:

latitudenb_cell_list.ntn.reference_location.latitude nr_cell_list.ntn.reference_location.latitude cell_list.ntn.reference_location.latitude

Float value. Range -90 to 90. Degrees of latitude.

longitudenb_cell_list.ntn.reference_location.longitude nr_cell_list.ntn.reference_location.longitude cell_list.ntn.reference_location.longitude

Float value. Range -180 to 180. Degrees of longitude.

distance_thresholdnb_cell_list.ntn.distance_threshold nr_cell_list.ntn.distance_threshold cell_list.ntn.distance_threshold

Optional integer range from 0 to 65525. Distance from serving cell reference_location in 50m steps, used for cell reselection. Ignored if reference_location is not present.

t_servicenb_cell_list.ntn.t_service nr_cell_list.ntn.t_service cell_list.ntn.t_service

Optional integer or string. This parameters is suitable for NR only to send the corresponding end of service for the current cell, given as UTC time.
If set to 0, it is automatically computed by the eNB based on satellite ephemeris.

neighbour_cellsnb_cell_list.ntn.neighbour_cells nr_cell_list.ntn.neighbour_cells cell_list.ntn.neighbour_cells

Optional boolean (default = false). This parameter is suitable for NR only. If set to true, intra-gNB neighbour cells defined in the ncell_list via the cell_id parameter (See NR ncell_list) which have also a NTN config will be used to populate the ntn-NeighCellConfigList-r17 in SIB19.

rat_typenb_cell_list.ntn.rat_type nr_cell_list.ntn.rat_type cell_list.ntn.rat_type

Optional enumeration: leo, meo, geo, othersat. RAT Type advertised to the core network for the Tracking Area to which the cell belong. Default value is based on satellite altitude defined by semi_major_axis.

t318nb_cell_list.ntn.t318 nr_cell_list.ntn.t318 cell_list.ntn.t318

Optional enumeration: 0, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, default = 2000. T318 value. Only applicable to NB-IoT cells.

8.9.1 NB-IoT cell

For NB-IoT, the ntn object shall be placed inside a cell item of the nb_cell_list or in the nb_cell_default. See NB-IoT cell configuration.
neighbour_cells and direct_to_cell parameters are not available.
The sib31 scheduling information also needs to be configured in the cell. See NB-IoT sib31.

8.9.2 LTE cell

For LTE, the ntn object shall be placed inside a cell item of the cell_list or in the cell_default. See Cell configuration. direct_to_cell configuration is mandatory and k_mac, k_offset, use_state_vectors, eci_reference, ul_sync_validity, dynamic_k_offset, t_service, neighbour_cells, rat_type are not available.

8.9.3 NR cell

For NR, the ntn object shall be placed inside a cell item of the nr_cell_list or in the nr_cell_default. See NR cell configuration. The sib19 scheduling information also needs to be configured in the cell, See NR sib19 unless direct_to_cell is configured.

8.10 DL synchronization

This feature allows eNB/gNB to listen to neighbour cells on same frequency to synchronize its clock in time.
The feature is only available for NR and LTE TDD cells and is subject to license limitation.
To enable it, please contact sales@amarisoft.com.

When enabled, the eNB/gNB will search for cells at same frequency and will synchronize in time its signal to the strongest cell found. This cell will be noted as remote cell.

Inside your LTE or NR cell configuration, place a dl_sync object with following parameters:

snr_thresholdcell_list.dl_sync.snr_threshold nr_cell_list.dl_sync.snr_threshold

Optional number (default = 2). SNR in dB below which the synchronization is considered as lost.
When this threshold is reached, a dl_sync/lost event will be sent via remote API.

snr_seqcell_list.dl_sync.snr_seq nr_cell_list.dl_sync.snr_seq

Optional number (default = 20). Defines number of consecutive low SNR found before generating unsync event.

pbch_error_thresholdcell_list.dl_sync.pbch_error_threshold nr_cell_list.dl_sync.pbch_error_threshold

Optional number (default = 5). Number of consecutive MIB decoding failure before the synchronization is considered as lost.
Applies to NR cells only.
When this threshold is reached, a dl_sync/lost event will be sent via remote API.

info_delaycell_list.dl_sync.info_delay nr_cell_list.dl_sync.info_delay

Optional number (default = 5). Delay in seconds between two dl_sync/info event sent via remote API.

sync_timeoutcell_list.dl_sync.sync_timeout nr_cell_list.dl_sync.sync_timeout

Optional number (default = 5). Maximum time in seconds for cell search. During this period, no signal will be transmitted. When a cell is found, a dl_sync/sync event is sent and cell signal will be sent again. If the timeout is reached, signal will be back and a dl_sync/timeout event will be sent via remote API.

pci_blacklistcell_list.dl_sync.pci_blacklist nr_cell_list.dl_sync.pci_blacklist

Optional integer or array of integers. Each integer represents a Physical Cell ID that can’t be used for synchronization.

8.10.1 LTE cell

To work with a LTE cell, DL synchronization requires MBMS to be enabled.
Please refer to reserved_mbms_subframes to do it.

8.10.2 NR cell

For NR cell, dl_sync configuration object has following additional parameters:

ssb_periodnr_cell_list.dl_sync.ssb_period

Enumeration (5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160). SSB periodicity in ms of the remote cell.
Should be lesser or equal to the real remote cell periodicity.
Note that gNB will stop sending signal when listening to remote cell SSB.

gscnnr_cell_list.dl_sync.gscn

Optional integer (default = 0). Set the SSB GSCN of the remote (=SSB carrier frequency). The special default value 0 indicates to automatically set it. It is computed so that the SSB is at the lowest possible frequency in the cell bandwidth.

ssb_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.dl_sync.ssb_nr_arfcn

Optional integer. If set, forces remote cell SSB arfcn.

Note that ssb_pos_bitmap of the cell should be defined to avoid collision with remote cell SSB.

9 CPU/Cores configuration

For optimal performances LTEENB will use multiple cores. Those cores can be spread on multiple CPUs (Multi socket) as long as Linux operating system makes them available.

By default, LTEENB will try to find the most suitable amount of necessary cores depending on the total number of available cores and the desired radio configuration (Mainly depending on number of cells, on their bandwidth and number of antenna).

For optimization purpose, this can be manually defined as explained in this chapter.

9.1 Hyperthreading

We strongly recommend to disable CPU hyperthreading.
The main reason is that LTEENB is memory intensive and any process running on a twin of a core used by the process may steal its cache resources, leading to performance degradation.

If you use Amarisoft automatic installation, you should disable it during the installation process.
For optimal performances, you may disable hyperthreading in the BIOS.

If you want to keep hyperthreading on for other processes, you may configure Linux to avoid scheduling other processes on the twin of the cores used by LTEENB using core isolation.

9.2 Core restriction cores

LTEENB will restrict its core usage to the list of cores affected to the process by the OS at startup.

If the process is launch with a dedicated core list, such as what tasket program will do, the software relies on it and will tries to use only specified cores.

In the case where cores would have been isolated by kernel at boot time, those cores won’t be used by default.
If you want to use them, you will need to use taskset program (or equivalent) to prevent this restriction.

9.3 Affinity

You can force core affinity of the process externaly (Ex: using taskset program) or use cpu_core_list array.

Each element will represent cores to use or not, with following syntax:

Number

Represent the core index to use (Same as processor information in /proc/cpuinfo).

String
StringDescription
<a>where <a> is a number, represents the core index to use.
*all cores (excluding hyperthreaded twins) will be added to the list.
numa<n>all cores related to NUMA node <n> will be added
<a>-<b>all cores between core index <a> and core index <b> (included) will be added. <b> can be "last" representing the index of the last core.
!<cores>remove all the cores defined by <core> where <code> can have the other string syntax defined above.

By default, only non hyperthreaded cores will be used. To select hyperthreaded core twins, use number syntax or start string by "ht:".
Ex: "ht:*" will select all cores including hyperthreaded twins.

The cpu_core_list can be defined at top level of your configuration file to force the global affinity of the process or for dedicated sections.

Examples:
Let’s assume we have a CPU with 8 hyperthreaded cores (16 logical cores).

cpu_core_list: ["*", "!4"]

Will assign cores 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7 

cpu_core_list: ["5-last", "ht:12-last"]

Will assign cores 5, 6, 7, 12, 13, 14, 15

9.4 Memory

On NUMA (Non Uniform Memory Access) CPU architecture, you may improve performances by assigning NUMA nodes to different digital processing engines.
This is the case when you have multiple sockets on your motherboard or with AMD processor.
Note that by default NUMA nodes are hidden by BIOS to the OS so you may change your BIOS configuration to use them.

For each digital processing engine, you should assign NUMA nodes for memory and for core affinity that has the shortest path.
In other words, when you affect cores to a DSP engine, you should ensure that the assigned cores are located on the fewest NUMA nodes possible and if needed select manually your NUMA node for memory (See cpu_numa_list).

As the DSP engine communicates huge amount of memory to the radio frontend, you may select same NUMA nodes as your radio frontend.
If you use Amarisoft PCIe radio frontends, you can check which NUMA node is used by checking kernel traces (dmesg) when inserting kernel driver.
Ex: 

sdr PCI device 6c:00.0 assigned to minor 5, type=RF_SDR100_Slave (rev 1) numa=1 dma:1ch 64b

10 Remote API

You can access LTEENB via a remote API.
Protocol used is WebSocket as defined in RFC 6455 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6455).

Note that Origin header is mandatory for the server to accept connections.
This behavior is determined by the use of nopoll library.
Any value will be accepted.

To learn how to use it, you can refer to our the following tutorial.

10.1 Messages

Messages exchanged between client and LTEENB server are in strict JSON format.

Each message is represented by an object. Multiple message can be sent to server using an array of message objects.

Time and delay values are floating number in seconds.

There are 4 types of messages:

10.2 Startup

When WebSocket connections is setup, LTEENB will send a first message with name set to com_name and type set to ENB.

If authentication is not set, message will be ready: 

{
    "message": "ready",
    "type": "ENB",
    "name": <com_name>,
    "version": <software version>,
    "product": <Amarisoft product name (optional)>
}

If authentication is set, message will be authenticate : 

{
    "message": "authenticate",
    "type": "ENB",
    "name": <com_name>,
    "challenge": <random challenge>
}

To authenticate, the client must answer with a authenticate message and a res parameter where: 

res = HMAC-SHA256( "<type>:<password>:<name>", "<challenge>" )

res is a string and HMAC-SHA256 refers to the standard algorithm (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HMAC)

If the authentication succeeds, the response will have a ready field set to true. 

{
    "message": "authenticate",
    "message_id": <message id>,
    "ready": true
}

If authentication fails, the response will have an error field and will provide a new challenge. 

{
    "message": "authenticate",
    "message_id": <message id>,
    "error": <error message>,
    "type": "ENB",
    "name: <name>,
    "challenge": <new random challenge>
}

If any other message is sent before authentication succeeds, the error "Authentication not done" will be sent as a response.

10.3 Errors

If a message produces an error, response will have an error string field representing the error.

10.4 Sample nodejs program

You will find in this documentation a sample program: ws.js.
It is located in doc subdirectory.
This is a nodejs program that allow to send message to LTEENB.
It requires nodejs to be installed: 

dnf install nodejs npm
npm install nodejs-websocket

Use relevant package manager instead of NPM depending on your Linux distribution.

Then simply start it with server name and message you want to send: 

./ws.js 127.0.0.1:9001 '{"message": "config_get"}'

10.5 Common messages

config_get

Retrieve current config.

Response definition:

typeconfig_get.type

Always "ENB"

nameconfig_get.name

String representing server name.

logsconfig_get.logs

Object representing log configuration.
With following elements:

layersconfig_get.logs.layers

Object. Each member of the object represent a log layer configuration:

layer name

Object. The member name represent log layer name and parameters are:

levelconfig_get.logs.layers.root.level

See log_options

max_sizeconfig_get.logs.layers.root.max_size

See log_options

keyconfig_get.logs.layers.root.key

See log_options

cryptoconfig_get.logs.layers.root.crypto

See log_options

payloadconfig_get.logs.layers.root.payload

See log_options

repconfig_get.logs.layers.root.rep

Optional boolean. See log_options

csiconfig_get.logs.layers.root.csi

Optional boolean. See log_options

ntnconfig_get.logs.layers.root.ntn

Optional boolean. See log_options

signalconfig_get.logs.layers.root.signal

Optional boolean. See log_options

countconfig_get.logs.count

Number. Number of bufferizer logs.

rotateconfig_get.logs.rotate

Optional number. Max log file size before rotation.

rotate_countconfig_get.logs.rotate_count

Optional number. Max log count before rotation.

pathconfig_get.logs.path

Optional string. Log rotation path.

bcchconfig_get.logs.bcch

Boolean. True if BCCH dump is enabled (eNB only).

mibconfig_get.logs.mib

Boolean. True if MIB dump is enabled (eNB only).

lockedconfig_get.locked

Optional boolean. If true, logs configuration can’t be changed with config_set API.

taiconfig_get.tai

Number. Absolute TAI time in s corresponding to time of this response.
Can be used to retrieve SFN.

global_enb_idconfig_get.global_enb_id

Optional object (present if LTE or NB-IoT cells are declared) containing the following members:

plmnconfig_get.global_enb_id.plmn

String. PLMN identity part of the global eNB ID.

enb_id_typeconfig_get.global_enb_id.enb_id_type

String. eNB type (short_macro, macro, long_macro, home).

enb_idconfig_get.global_enb_id.enb_id

Integer. eNB identity part of the global eNB ID.

enb_nameconfig_get.global_enb_id.enb_name

String. eNB name

global_gnb_idconfig_get.global_gnb_id

Optional object (present if NR SA cells are declared) containing the following members:

plmnconfig_get.global_gnb_id.plmn

String. PLMN identity part of the global gNB ID.

gnb_id_bitsconfig_get.global_gnb_id.gnb_id_bits

Integer. Number of bits for the gnb_id.

gnb_idconfig_get.global_gnb_id.gnb_id

Integer. gNB identity part of the global gNB ID.

gnb_nameconfig_get.global_gnb_id.gnb_name

String. gNB name

cellsconfig_get.cells

Object. Each member name/value represents the LTE cell ID/cell definition:

n_antenna_dlconfig_get.cells.n_antenna_dl

Integer. Downlink antenna count.

n_antenna_ulconfig_get.cells.n_antenna_ul

Integer. Uplink antenna count.

n_layer_dlconfig_get.cells.n_layer_dl

Integer. Downlink layer count.

n_layer_ulconfig_get.cells.n_layer_ul

Integer. Uplink layer count.

gainconfig_get.cells.gain

Float. Cell gain in dB.

ul_disabledconfig_get.cells.ul_disabled

Boolean. UL state.

rf_portconfig_get.cells.rf_port

Integer. RF port number index.

labelconfig_get.cells.label

Optional string. Label set in configuration file.

dl_qamconfig_get.cells.dl_qam

Enumeration: 64, 256, 1024. Maximum QAM size used in downlink.

ul_qamconfig_get.cells.ul_qam

Enumeration: 16, 64, 256. Maximum QAM size used in uplink.

ecgiconfig_get.cells.ecgi

Object containing the following information:

plmnconfig_get.cells.ecgi.plmn

String. E-UTRAN Cell Identity PLMN.

eciconfig_get.cells.ecgi.eci

Integer. E-UTRAN Cell Identity (28 bits).

cell_barredconfig_get.cells.cell_barred

Boolean. Cell barred status.

cell_barred_5gcconfig_get.cells.cell_barred_5gc

Optional boolean. Cell barred status for EUTRA/5GC.

n_id_cellconfig_get.cells.n_id_cell

Integer. Physical cell ID.

n_rb_dlconfig_get.cells.n_rb_dl

Integer. Number of downlink resource blocks.

n_rb_ulconfig_get.cells.n_rb_ul

Integer. Number of uplink resource blocks.

dl_earfcnconfig_get.cells.dl_earfcn

Integer. Downlink EARFCN.

ul_earfcnconfig_get.cells.ul_earfcn

Integer. Uplink EARFCN.

bandconfig_get.cells.band

Integer. LTE frequency band indicator.

dl_freqconfig_get.cells.dl_freq

Integer. Downlink frequency in Hz.

ul_freqconfig_get.cells.ul_freq

Integer. Uplink frequency in Hz.

modeconfig_get.cells.mode

Enumeration: FDD, TDD. Operation mode.

uldl_configconfig_get.cells.uldl_config

Optional integer. TDD subframe assignment. Only present if mode is "TDD".

sp_configconfig_get.cells.sp_config

Optional integer. TDD special subframe pattern. Only present if mode is "TDD".

prach_sequence_indexconfig_get.cells.prach_sequence_index

Integer. Cell PRACH sequence index.

dl_cyclic_prefixconfig_get.cells.dl_cyclic_prefix

Enumeration: normal, extended. Downlink cyclic prefix.

ul_cyclic_prefixconfig_get.cells.ul_cyclic_prefix

Enumeration: normal, extended. Uplink cyclic prefix.

prach_config_indexconfig_get.cells.prach_config_index

Integer. PRACH configuration index.

prach_freq_offsetconfig_get.cells.prach_freq_offset

Integer. PRACH frequency offset.

delta_pucch_shiftconfig_get.cells.delta_pucch_shift

Integer. deltaPUCCH-Shift.

nrb_cqiconfig_get.cells.nrb_cqi

Integer. nRB-CQI.

n_cs_anconfig_get.cells.n_cs_an

Integer. nCS-AN.

pucch_allocationconfig_get.cells.pucch_allocation

Array of objects. Each object contains:

typeconfig_get.cells.pucch_allocation.type

Enumeration: 2/2a/2b, 3.

rbsconfig_get.cells.pucch_allocation.rbs

Integer. Number of resource blocks for this type.

nconfig_get.cells.pucch_allocation.n

Integer. Number of PUCCH for this type.

pucch_ack_nack_startconfig_get.cells.pucch_ack_nack_start

Integer. n1PUCCH-AN.

pucch_reserved_rbsconfig_get.cells.pucch_reserved_rbs

Array of 10 integers. Each entry gives the number of resource blocks reserved for PUCCH in the corresponding subframe.

sr_resource_countconfig_get.cells.sr_resource_count

Integer. Number of Scheduling Request resources.

cqi_resource_countconfig_get.cells.cqi_resource_count

Integer. Number of Channel Quality Indicator resources.

br_sr_resource_countconfig_get.cells.br_sr_resource_count

Optional integer. Number of Bandwidth Reduced Scheduling Request resources.

br_cqi_resource_countconfig_get.cells.br_cqi_resource_count

Optional integer. Number of Bandwidth Reduced Channel Quality Indicator resources.

srs_resourcesconfig_get.cells.srs_resources

Array containing the SRS related information:

offsetsconfig_get.cells.srs_resources.offsets

Integer. Number of possible offsets.

freqsconfig_get.cells.srs_resources.freqs

Integer. Number of possible frequencies.

totalconfig_get.cells.srs_resources.total

Integer. Total number of resources.

gbrconfig_get.cells.gbr

Object containing the GBR related information:

dl_limitconfig_get.cells.gbr.dl_limit

Integer. Downlink limit in number of resource elements per second.

ul_limitconfig_get.cells.gbr.ul_limit

Integer. Uplink limit in number of resource elements per second.

connected_mobilityconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility

Optional object. Present if meas_config_desc configuration object is defined for this cell. It contains the following information:

scell_config_a4_a2config_get.cells.connected_mobility.scell_config_a4_a2

Boolean. Set to true if A2/A4 events are defined in scell_config.

scell_config_a6config_get.cells.connected_mobility.scell_config_a6

Boolean. Set to true if an A6 event is defined in scell_config.

eutra_handover_intraconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.eutra_handover_intra

Boolean. Set to true if eutra_handover or eutra_handover_intra and ho_from_meas are true. Only applicable to EUTRA cells.

eutra_handover_interconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.eutra_handover_inter

Boolean. Set to true if eutra_handover or eutra_handover_inter and ho_from_meas are true. Only applicable to EUTRA cells.

eutra_handoverconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.eutra_handover

Boolean. Set to true if eutra_handover and ho_from_meas are true. Only applicable to NR cells.

eutra_cell_redirect_intraconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.eutra_cell_redirect_intra

Boolean. Set to true if eutra_cell_redirect or eutra_cell_redirect_intra is true. Only applicable to EUTRA cells.

eutra_cell_redirect_interconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.eutra_cell_redirect_inter

Boolean. Set to true if eutra_cell_redirect or eutra_cell_redirect_inter is true. Only applicable to EUTRA cells.

eutra_cell_redirectconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.eutra_cell_redirect

Boolean. Set to true if eutra_cell_redirect is true. Only applicable to NR cells.

nr_handover_intraconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.nr_handover_intra

Boolean. Set to true if nr_handover or nr_handover_intra and ho_from_meas are true. Only applicable to NR cells.

nr_handover_interconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.nr_handover_inter

Boolean. Set to true if nr_handover or nr_handover_inter and ho_from_meas are true. Only applicable to NR cells.

nr_handover_d1config_get.cells.connected_mobility.nr_handover_d1

Boolean. Set to true if nr_handover_d1 and ho_from_meas are true. Only applicable to NR cells.

nr_conditional_handoverconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.nr_conditional_handover

Boolean. Set to true if nr_conditional_handover is true. Only applicable to NR cells.

nr_handoverconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.nr_handover

Boolean. Set to true if nr_handover and ho_from_meas are true. Only applicable to EUTRA cells.

nr_cell_redirect_intraconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.nr_cell_redirect_intra

Boolean. Set to true if nr_cell_redirect or nr_cell_redirect_intra is true. Only applicable to NR cells.

nr_cell_redirect_interconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.nr_cell_redirect_inter

Boolean. Set to true if nr_cell_redirect or nr_cell_redirect_inter is true. Only applicable to NR cells.

nr_cell_redirectconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.nr_cell_redirect

Boolean. Set to true if nr_cell_redirect is true. Only applicable to EUTRA cells.

en_dc_setupconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.en_dc_setup

Boolean. Set to true if en_dc_setup is true.

scell_listconfig_get.cells.scell_list

Optional array of objects listing the configured LTE secondary cells. Each object of the array contains the following information:

cell_idconfig_get.cells.scell_list.cell_id

Integer. Cell identifier.

ul_allowedconfig_get.cells.scell_list.ul_allowed

Boolean. Indicates if PUSCH transmission is allowed.

cross_carrier_schedulingconfig_get.cells.scell_list.cross_carrier_scheduling

Boolean. True if cross carrier scheduling is enabled for this cell.

ncell_listconfig_get.cells.ncell_list

Optional array of objects listing the configured E-UTRA or NR cells. Each object of the array contains the following information:

ratconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.rat

String ("nr" or "eutra"). Cell type.

dl_earfcnconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.dl_earfcn

Optional integer. Cell DL E-ARFCN. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.

n_id_cellconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.n_id_cell

Optional integer. Cell PCI. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.

ecgiconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.ecgi

Optional object containing the following information. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.

plmnconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.ecgi.plmn

String. E-UTRAN Cell Identity PLMN.

eciconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.ecgi.eci

Integer. E-UTRAN Cell Identity (28 bits).

ssb_nr_arfcnconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.ssb_nr_arfcn

Optional integer. SSB DL NR-ARFCN. Only applicable to NR cells.

n_id_nrcellconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.n_id_nrcell

Optional integer. Cell PCI. Only applicable to NR cells.

ncgiconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.ncgi

Optional object containing the following information. Only applicable to NR cells.

plmnconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.ncgi.plmn

String. NR Cell Identity PLMN.

nciconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.ncgi.nci

Integer. NR Cell Identity (36 bits).

handover_targetconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.handover_target

Boolean. handover_target parameter value for this neighbor cell.

conditional_handover_targetconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.conditional_handover_target

Boolean. conditional_handover_target parameter value for this neighbor cell. Only applicable to NR cells.

cell_redirect_targetconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.cell_redirect_target

Boolean. cell_redirect_target parameter value for this neighbor cell.

eps_fallback_targetconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.eps_fallback_target

Boolean. eps_fallback_target parameter value for this neighbor cell. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.

emergency_fallback_targetconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.emergency_fallback_target

Boolean. emergency_fallback_target parameter value for this neighbor cell. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.

en_dc_scg_cell_listconfig_get.cells.en_dc_scg_cell_list

Optional array of objects listing the configured NR primary secondary cells (EN-DC). Each object of the array contains the following information:

cell_idconfig_get.cells.en_dc_scg_cell_list.cell_id

Integer. Cell identifier.

tacconfig_get.cells.tac

Integer. Tracking Area Code.

plmn_listconfig_get.cells.plmn_list

Array of objects. Each object contains the following information:

plmnconfig_get.cells.plmn_list.plmn

String. PLMN.

reservedconfig_get.cells.plmn_list.reserved

Boolean. Reserved flag.

plmn_list_5gcconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc

Optional array of objects. Each object contains the following information:

plmn_idsconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids

Array of objects. List of PLMNs for this TAC. Each object contains the following information:

plmnconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.plmn

String. PLMN.

reservedconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.reserved

Boolean. Reserved flag.

tacconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.tac

Integer. Tracking Area Code.

ranacconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.ranac

Optional integer. RAN Area Code.

nssaiconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.nssai

Array of objects. Each object contains the following information:

sstconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sst

Integer (range 0-255). Slice Service Type.

sdconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sd

Optional integer (range 0-0xFFFFFE). Slice Differentiator.

eutra_5gc_onlyconfig_get.cells.eutra_5gc_only

Optional boolean. If set to true, the cell is barred for EUTRA/EPC and only allows EUTRA/5GC access.

manual_ref_signal_powerconfig_get.cells.manual_ref_signal_power

Integer. Tells if SIB2.referenceSignalPower is set from TRX driver or manually set via configuration file or config_set remote API.

ref_signal_powerconfig_get.cells.ref_signal_power

Integer. SIB2.referenceSignalPower current value

carrier_senseconfig_get.cells.carrier_sense

Optional object. Present if carrier sensing is enabled on that cell. Contains following informations:

epreconfig_get.cells.carrier_sense.epre

Number. Last measured energy in dB.

cutoffconfig_get.cells.carrier_sense.cutoff

Bollean; Cutoff state.

nb_cellsconfig_get.nb_cells

Object. Each member name/value represents the NB-IoT cell ID/cell definition:

n_antenna_dlconfig_get.nb_cells.n_antenna_dl

Integer. Downlink antenna count.

n_antenna_ulconfig_get.nb_cells.n_antenna_ul

Integer. Uplink antenna count.

n_layer_dlconfig_get.nb_cells.n_layer_dl

Integer. Downlink layer count.

n_layer_ulconfig_get.nb_cells.n_layer_ul

Integer. Uplink layer count.

gainconfig_get.nb_cells.gain

Float. Cell gain in dB.

ul_disabledconfig_get.nb_cells.ul_disabled

Boolean. UL state.

rf_portconfig_get.nb_cells.rf_port

Integer. RF port number index.

labelconfig_get.nb_cells.label

Optional string. Label set in configuration file.

dl_qamconfig_get.nb_cells.dl_qam

Enumeration: 4. Maximum QAM size used in downlink.

ul_qamconfig_get.nb_cells.ul_qam

Enumeration: 4. Maximum QAM size used in uplink.

ecgiconfig_get.nb_cells.ecgi

Object containing the following information:

plmnconfig_get.nb_cells.ecgi.plmn

String. E-UTRAN Cell Identity PLMN.

eciconfig_get.nb_cells.ecgi.eci

Integer. E-UTRAN Cell Identity (28 bits).

cell_barredconfig_get.nb_cells.cell_barred

Boolean. Cell barred status.

cell_barred_5gcconfig_get.nb_cells.cell_barred_5gc

Optional boolean. Cell barred status for EUTRA/5GC.

cell_barred_ntnconfig_get.nb_cells.cell_barred_ntn

Optional boolean. Cell barred status for NTN.

n_id_ncellconfig_get.nb_cells.n_id_ncell

Integer. Physical cell ID.

dl_earfcnconfig_get.nb_cells.dl_earfcn

Integer. Downlink EARFCN.

ul_earfcnconfig_get.nb_cells.ul_earfcn

Integer. Uplink EARFCN.

bandconfig_get.nb_cells.band

Integer. LTE frequency band indicator.

operation_modeconfig_get.nb_cells.operation_mode

Enumeration: same_pci, diff_pci, guardband, standalone.

tacconfig_get.nb_cells.tac

Integer. Tracking Area Code.

plmn_listconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list

Array of objects. Each object contains the following information:

plmnconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list.plmn

String. PLMN.

reservedconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list.reserved

Boolean. Reserved flag.

additional_tac_listconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list.additional_tac_list

Optional array of integers. Additional Tracking Area Codes for NTN cells.

plmn_list_5gcconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc

Optional array of objects. Each object contains the following information:

plmn_idsconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids

Array of objects. List of PLMNs for this TAC. Each object contains the following information:

plmnconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.plmn

String. PLMN.

reservedconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.reserved

Boolean. Reserved flag.

tacconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc.tac

Integer. Tracking Area Code.

nssaiconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc.nssai

Array of objects. Each object contains the following information:

sstconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sst

Integer (range 0-255). Slice Service Type.

sdconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sd

Optional integer (range 0-0xFFFFFE). Slice Differentiator.

eutra_5gc_onlyconfig_get.nb_cells.eutra_5gc_only

Optional boolean. If set to true, the cell is barred for EUTRA/EPC and only allows EUTRA/5GC access.

manual_ref_signal_powerconfig_get.nb_cells.manual_ref_signal_power

Optional integer. Tells if SIB2.nrs-Power-r13 is set from TRX driver or manually set via configuration file or config_set remote API.

nrs_power_r13config_get.nb_cells.nrs_power_r13

Optional integer. SIB2.nrs-Power-r13 current value

nr_cellsconfig_get.nr_cells

Object. Each member name/value represents the NR cell ID/cell definition:

n_antenna_dlconfig_get.nr_cells.n_antenna_dl

Integer. Downlink antenna count.

n_antenna_ulconfig_get.nr_cells.n_antenna_ul

Integer. Uplink antenna count.

n_layer_dlconfig_get.nr_cells.n_layer_dl

Integer. Downlink layer count.

n_layer_ulconfig_get.nr_cells.n_layer_ul

Integer. Uplink layer count.

gainconfig_get.nr_cells.gain

Float. Cell gain in dB.

ul_disabledconfig_get.nr_cells.ul_disabled

Boolean. UL state.

rf_portconfig_get.nr_cells.rf_port

Integer. RF port number index.

labelconfig_get.nr_cells.label

Optional string. Label set in configuration file.

dl_qamconfig_get.nr_cells.dl_qam

Enumeration: 64, 256. Maximum QAM size used in downlink.

ul_qamconfig_get.nr_cells.ul_qam

Enumeration: 64, 256. Maximum QAM size used in uplink.

ncgiconfig_get.nr_cells.ncgi

Object containing the following information:

plmnconfig_get.nr_cells.ncgi.plmn

String. NR Cell Identity PLMN.

nciconfig_get.nr_cells.ncgi.nci

Integer. NR Cell Identity (36 bits).

cell_barredconfig_get.nr_cells.cell_barred

Boolean. Cell barred status.

cell_barred_redcap_1rxconfig_get.nr_cells.cell_barred_redcap_1rx

Optional boolean. Cell barred status for RedCap UEs with 1 Rx branch.

cell_barred_redcap_2rxconfig_get.nr_cells.cell_barred_redcap_2rx

Optional boolean. Cell barred status for RedCap UEs with 2 Rx branches.

cell_barred_eredcap_1rxconfig_get.nr_cells.cell_barred_eredcap_1rx

Optional boolean. Cell barred status for eRedCap UEs with 1 Rx branch.

cell_barred_eredcap_2rxconfig_get.nr_cells.cell_barred_eredcap_2rx

Optional boolean. Cell barred status for eRedCap UEs with 2 Rx branches.

cell_barred_ntnconfig_get.nr_cells.cell_barred_ntn

Optional boolean. Cell barred status for NTN.

n_id_nrcellconfig_get.nr_cells.n_id_nrcell

Integer. Physical cell ID.

bandconfig_get.nr_cells.band

Integer. NR frequency band indicator.

dl_nr_arfcnconfig_get.nr_cells.dl_nr_arfcn

Integer. Downlink ARFCN.

ul_nr_arfcnconfig_get.nr_cells.ul_nr_arfcn

Integer. Uplink ARFCN.

n_rb_dlconfig_get.nr_cells.n_rb_dl

Integer. Number of downlink resource blocks.

n_rb_ulconfig_get.nr_cells.n_rb_ul

Integer. Number of uplink resource blocks.

ssb_nr_arfcnconfig_get.nr_cells.ssb_nr_arfcn

Integer. SSB ARFCN.

dl_muconfig_get.nr_cells.dl_mu

Integer. Downlink sub carrier spacing (15 * 2 ^ mu in KHz).

ul_muconfig_get.nr_cells.ul_mu

Integer. Uplink sub carrier spacing (15 * 2 ^ mu in KHz).

ssb_muconfig_get.nr_cells.ssb_mu

Integer. SSB sub carrier spacing (15 * 2 ^ mu in KHz).

modeconfig_get.nr_cells.mode

Enumeration: FDD, TDD. Operation mode.

prach_sequence_indexconfig_get.nr_cells.prach_sequence_index

Integer. Cell PRACH sequence index.

connected_mobilityconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility

Optional object. Present if meas_config_desc configuration object is defined for this cell. It contains the following information:

scell_configconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility.scell_config

Boolean. Set to true if scell_config is defined.

nr_handoverconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility.nr_handover

Boolean. Set to true if nr_handover is defined.

nr_cell_redirectconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility.nr_cell_redirect

Boolean. Set to true if nr_cell_redirect is defined.

eutra_handoverconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility.eutra_handover

Boolean. Set to true if eutra_handover is defined.

eutra_cell_redirectconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility.eutra_cell_redirect

Boolean. Set to true if eutra_cell_redirect is defined.

nr_dc_setupconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility.nr_dc_setup

Boolean. Set to true if nr_dc_setup is defined.

mr_dc_releaseconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility.mr_dc_release

Boolean. Set to true if mr_dc_release is defined.

scell_listconfig_get.nr_cells.scell_list

Optional array of objects listing the configured NR secondary cells. Each object of the array contains the following information:

cell_idconfig_get.nr_cells.scell_list.cell_id

Integer. Cell identifier.

ul_allowedconfig_get.nr_cells.scell_list.ul_allowed

Boolean. Indicates if PUSCH transmission is allowed.

ncell_listconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list

Optional array of objects listing the configured E-UTRA or NR cells. Each object of the array contains the following information:

ratconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.rat

String ("nr" or "eutra"). Cell type.

dl_earfcnconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.dl_earfcn

Optional integer. Cell DL E-ARFCN. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.

n_id_cellconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.n_id_cell

Optional integer. Cell PCI. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.

ecgiconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.ecgi

Optional object containing the following information. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.

plmnconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.ecgi.plmn

String. E-UTRAN Cell Identity PLMN.

eciconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.ecgi.eci

Integer. E-UTRAN Cell Identity (28 bits).

ssb_nr_arfcnconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.ssb_nr_arfcn

Optional integer. SSB DL NR-ARFCN. Only applicable to NR cells.

n_id_nrcellconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.n_id_nrcell

Optional integer. Cell PCI. Only applicable to NR cells.

ncgiconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.ncgi

Optional object containing the following information. Only applicable to NR cells.

plmnconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.ncgi.plmn

String. NR Cell Identity PLMN.

nciconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.ncgi.nci

Integer. NR Cell Identity (36 bits).

handover_targetconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.handover_target

Boolean. handover_target parameter value for this neighbor cell.

cell_redirect_targetconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.cell_redirect_target

Boolean. cell_redirect_target parameter value for this neighbor cell.

eps_fallback_targetconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.eps_fallback_target

Boolean. eps_fallback_target parameter value for this neighbor cell. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.

emergency_fallback_targetconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.emergency_fallback_target

Boolean. emergency_fallback_target parameter value for this neighbor cell. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.

nr_dc_scg_cell_listconfig_get.nr_cells.nr_dc_scg_cell_list

Optional array of objects listing the configured NR primary secondary cells (NR-DC). Each object of the array contains the following information:

cell_idconfig_get.nr_cells.nr_dc_scg_cell_list.cell_id

Integer. Cell identifier.

plmn_listconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list

Array of objects. Each object contains the following information:

plmn_idsconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list.plmn_ids

Array of strings. List of PLMNs for this TAC.

reservedconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list.reserved

Boolean. Reserved flag.

tacconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list.tac

Integer or array of integers. Tracking Area Code. A NTN cell can have more than one TAC.

ranacconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list.ranac

Optional integer. RAN Area Code.

nssaiconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list.nssai

Array of objects. Each object contains the following information:

sstconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list.nssai.sst

Integer (range 0-255). Slice Service Type.

sdconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list.nssai.sd

Optional integer (range 0-0xFFFFFE). Slice Differentiator.

manual_ref_signal_powerconfig_get.nr_cells.manual_ref_signal_power

Optional integer. Tells if SIB1.ss-PBCH-BlockPower is set from TRX driver or manually set via configuration file or config_set remote API.

ss_pbch_block_powerconfig_get.nr_cells.ss_pbch_block_power

Optional integer. SIB1.ss-PBCH-BlockPower current value

rx_channelsconfig_get.rx_channels

Array of objects. Each object contains the following members:

gainconfig_get.rx_channels.gain

Float. RF reception gain, in dB.

freqconfig_get.rx_channels.freq

Float. RF reception frequency, in MHz.

tx_channelsconfig_get.tx_channels

Array of objects. Each object contains the following members:

gainconfig_get.tx_channels.gain

Float. RF transmission gain, in dB.

freqconfig_get.tx_channels.freq

Float. RF transmission frequency, in MHz.

portconfig_get.tx_channels.port

Integer. RF port index.

rf_portsconfig_get.rf_ports

Array of objects. Each object represents the channel simulator parameters per RF port if channel simulator is enabled.

channel_dlconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl

Object. Each object contains the following members:

noise_levelconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.noise_level

Array of float. Noise level table, in dB.

freq_shiftconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.freq_shift

Float. Global frequency shift in Hz.

pathsconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths

Array of objects. Each object contains the parameters of a path:

typeconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.type

Enumeration: constant, rayleigh, rayleigh_gauss. Type of path array. constant for constant path, rayleigh for Rayleigh fading with the Jakes model, rayleigh_gauss for Rayleigh fading with the Gaussian model.

delayconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.delay

Float. Path delay in ns.

gainconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.gain

Float. Path gain in dB.

freq_shiftconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.freq_shift

Float. Frequency shift in Hz (only for constant paths).

freq_dopplerconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.freq_doppler

Float. Doppler frequency in Hz (only for paths with Rayleigh fading).

ul_freq_shiftconfig_get.rf_ports.ul_freq_shift

Float. Uplink frequency shift in Hz.

sample_rateconfig_get.rf_ports.sample_rate

Float. Sample rate in Hz.

config_set

Change current config.
Each member is optional.
Message definition:

logsconfig_set.logs

Optional object. Represent logs configuration. Same structure as config_get (See config_get logs member).
All elements are optional.
Layer name can be set to all to set same configuration for all layers.
If set and logs are locked, response will have logs property set to locked.

cellsconfig_set.cells

Optional object used to configure cells individually. Each configured cell must be a new object inside the cells object, using its cell id as key and containing the following fields:

Example: 

  "cells": {
    "1": {
      ...
    },
    "2": {
      ...
    }
  }

tech-academy tutorial : Remote API for Cell Specific Configurations.

pusch_mcsconfig_set.cells.pusch_mcs

Integer or array of integers (range: -1 to 28). The length of the array must divide 10 for LTE cells and 20*2^\mu for NR cells. Force the PUSCH MCS (test feature). If an array is provided, it provides the PUSCH MCS for each subframe. Use -1 not to force the MCS in a given subframe.

pusch_fixed_rb_allocconfig_set.cells.pusch_fixed_rb_alloc

Optional boolean or array of booleans. The length of the array must divide 10 for LTE cells and 20*2^\mu for NR cells. Force fixed PUSCH RB allocation in all or a selected set of subframes. If an array is provided, a value true at the index value i of the array indicates that a fixed PUSCH RB allocation is used in subframe number i.

The parameters pusch_fixed_rb_start and pusch_fixed_l_crb are used for the fixed allocation. pusch_fixed_l_crb must be of the form 2^n1*3^n2*5^n3. PUSCH are allocated only if they don’t overlap with PUCCH or PRACH, so care must be taken when defining the range. In some cases, PUSCH retranmissions may use other RBs.

pusch_fixed_rb_startconfig_set.cells.pusch_fixed_rb_start

Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 10 for LTE cells and 20*2^\mu for NR cells. First RB for fixed PUSCH allocation. If an array is provided, it gives the first RB for each subframe (see pusch_fixed_rb_alloc).

For a cell configured for category M1 UEs, pusch_fixed_rb_start and pusch_fixed_l_crb give the allocation inside a narrow band (hence pusch_fixed_rb_start + pusch_fixed_l_crb <= 6).

pusch_fixed_l_crbconfig_set.cells.pusch_fixed_l_crb

Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 10 for LTE cells and 20*2^\mu for NR cells. Number of consecutive RBs for fixed PUSCH allocation. If an array is provided, it gives the number of consecutive RBs for each subframe (see pusch_fixed_rb_alloc).

pusch_fixed_rb_forcedconfig_set.cells.pusch_fixed_rb_forced

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB schedules the PUSCH with fixed RB allocation even if it collides with PUCCH/PRACH or another PUSCH.

pusch_multi_clusterconfig_set.cells.pusch_multi_cluster

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enable multi-cluster PUSCH resource allocation for the UEs supporting it (release 10). Note: this is a UE test feature, so the multi cluster allocation is not optimized by the scheduler.

pusch_max_mcsconfig_set.cells.pusch_max_mcs

Optional integer. Range: 0 to 28 (default = 28). CPU load limitation: maximum MCS allocated by the eNodeB for PUSCH. Smaller MCS give a smaller bitrate and a smaller CPU load. For LTE cells only.

pusch_max_itsconfig_set.cells.pusch_max_its

Optional integer. Range 1 to 20 (default = 6). CPU load limitation: set the maximum number of iterations of the turbo decoder. A higher value gives a lower frame error rate but a higher CPU load. For LTE cells only.

force_adaptive_retransmissionconfig_set.cells.force_adaptive_retransmission

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the eNB will request a PUSCH retransmission using a DCI instead of PHICH.

force_full_bsrconfig_set.cells.force_full_bsr

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB considers the UE always indicates a full buffer size. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for PUSCH transmission.

force_dl_scheduleconfig_set.cells.force_dl_schedule

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB considers there is always DL data waiting for transmission. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for PDSCH transmission.

pdsch_mcsconfig_set.cells.pdsch_mcs

Integer or array of integers (range: -1 to 28). The length of the array must divide 20 for LTE cells and 20*2^\mu for NR cells. Force the PDSCH MCS (test feature). If an array is set, it provides the PDSCH MCS for each subframe. Use -1 not to force the MCS in a given subframe.

pdsch_mcs_from_cqiconfig_set.cells.pdsch_mcs_from_cqi

Integer or array of 16 integers (range: -1 to 28). Force the PDSCH MCS (test feature).
If an array is set, it provides the PDSCH MCS according to the CQI reported by UE. Use -1 not to force the MCS for a given CQI.

pdsch_fixed_rb_allocconfig_set.cells.pdsch_fixed_rb_alloc

Optional boolean or array of booleans. The length of the array must divide 20 for LTE cells and 20*2^\mu for NR cells. Force fixed PDSCH RB allocation using the parameters pdsch_fixed_rb_start and pdsch_fixed_l_crb. If an array is provided, it selects the fixed PDSCH allocation for each subframe.

For a cell configured for category M1 UEs, fixed PDSCH RB allocation is only possible in subframes where the PDSCH MCS is fixed (see pdsch_mcs).

pdsch_fixed_rb_startconfig_set.cells.pdsch_fixed_rb_start

Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 20 for LTE cells and 20*2^\mu for NR cells. First RB for fixed PDSCH allocation (see pdsch_fixed_rb_alloc). If an array is provided, it provides the first RB for each subframe.

For a cell configured for category M1 UEs, pdsch_fixed_rb_start and pdsch_fixed_l_crb give the allocation inside a narrow band (hence pdsch_fixed_rb_start + pdsch_fixed_l_crb <= 6).

pdsch_fixed_l_crbconfig_set.cells.pdsch_fixed_l_crb

Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 20 for LTE cells and 20*2^\mu for NR cells. Number of consecutive RBs for fixed PDSCH allocation (see pdsch_fixed_rb_alloc). If an array is provided, it provides the consecutive RBs for each subframe.

sr_ignore_countconfig_set.cells.sr_ignore_count

Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive Scheduling Request are ignored by the eNB or gNB.

rach_ignore_countconfig_set.cells.rach_ignore_count

Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive RACH attempts are ignored by the eNB or gNB.

mac_crnti_ce_ignore_countconfig_set.cells.mac_crnti_ce_ignore_count

Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive MAC C-RNTI control elements are ignored by the eNB or gNB.

dummy_ue_contention_resolution_idconfig_set.cells.dummy_ue_contention_resolution_id

Optional boolean. If set to true, a wrong MAC UE Contention Resolution Identity control element will be sent in the Msg4, rather than the one matching the UE Msg3 content.

ho_from_measconfig_set.cells.ho_from_meas

Optional boolean. If true, a measurement report can trigger a handover procedure. See LTE cell ho_from_meas. See NR cell ho_from_meas.

ho_force_full_configconfig_set.cells.ho_force_full_config

Optional boolean. If true, any handover towards this cell will use full configuration.

ho_continue_rohc_contextconfig_set.cells.ho_continue_rohc_context

Optional boolean. If true, and if the UE supports the feature, the RoHC contexts are not reset during an intra eNB or ng-eNB or gNb handover towards this cell.

sib1_delivery_during_hoconfig_set.cells.sib1_delivery_during_ho

Optional boolean. If set to true, the target cell SIB1 is sent during an intra eNB or ng-eNB or gNb handover towards this cell.

dl_bwpconfig_set.cells.dl_bwp

Optional array of objects (NR cells only). Each object contains configuration parameters for one DL BWP:

bwp_idconfig_set.cells.dl_bwp.bwp_id

Optional integer (range 0 to 4, default = 0). BWP ID.

pdschconfig_set.cells.dl_bwp.pdsch

Optional object. PDSCH configuration parameters. The following parameters can be specified: n_layer, dmrs_mapping_type_a, dmrs_mapping_type_b, fixed_rb_alloc, rb_start, l_crb, mcs, fer, n_scid with the same definition as in the PDSCH NR cell configuration. In the DMRS configuration objects, the following parameters can be specified: dmrs_len, n_dmrs_cdm_groups and dmrs_ports.

ul_bwpconfig_set.cells.ul_bwp

Optional array of objects (NR cells only). Each object contains configuration parameters for one UL BWP:

bwp_idconfig_set.cells.ul_bwp.bwp_id

Optional integer (range 0 to 4, default = 0). BWP ID.

puschconfig_set.cells.ul_bwp.pusch

Optional object. PUSCH configuration parameters. The following parameters can be specified: n_layer, tpmi, ncb_sri_bitmap, dmrs_mapping_type_a, dmrs_mapping_type_b, fixed_rb_alloc, rb_start, l_crb, mcs, fer, n_scid, dci_beta_offset_indicator, max_mcs with the same definition as in the PUSCH NR cell configuration. In the DMRS configuration objects, the following parameters can be specified: dmrs_len, n_dmrs_cdm_groups and dmrs_ports.

rrc_procedure_filterconfig_set.cells.rrc_procedure_filter

Optional object. Allows to define the eNB/ng-eNB/gNB behavior for a list of RRC procedures.
Each property name represents a RRC procedure. The ones currently supported are rrc_connection_request, rrc_connection_reestablishment_request and scg_failure_information_nr for LTE cells, rrc_connection_request, rrc_connection_reestablishment_request and early_data_request for NB-IoT cells, rrc_setup_request and rrc_reestablishment_request for NR cells.
Each property value is an object containing the following fields:

actionconfig_set.cells.rrc_procedure_filter.action

Enumeration (treat (UE message is processed), ignore (UE message is ignored) or reject (UE message is rejected))

ttlconfig_set.cells.rrc_procedure_filter.ttl

Optional integer. If set, the reject of ignore filter is applied ttl times. If not set, the filter is applied until it is modified.

Example: 

  "cells": {
    "1": {
      rrc_procedure_filter: {
        rrc_connection_request: {
          action: "treat"
        },
        rrc_connection_reestablishment_request: {
          action: "reject",
          ttl: 1
        }
      }
    }
  }
rrc_cnx_reject_waitTimeconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_reject_waitTime

Optional integer (range: 1 to 16). RRC connection reject wait time in seconds. Only applicable to LTE cells.

rrc_cnx_reject_extWaitTimeconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_reject_extWaitTime

Optional integer (range: 0 to 1800 for LTE cells, 1 to 1800 for NB-IoT cells). RRC connection reject extended wait time in seconds. Not applicable to NR cells.

rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisationconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisation

Optional object. If present, the deprioritisationReq-r11 field is added to the RRC Connection Reject message. Only applicable to LTE cells.
The object must contain the following fields:

typeconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisation.type

Enumeration ("none", "frequency" or "e-utra").

timerconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisation.timer

Optional enumeration (5, 10, 15 or 30). Timer in minutes. Required if type is not none.

rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTimeconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTime

Optional integer (range: 0 to 1800). RRC connection release extended wait time in seconds. Not applicable to NR cells.

rrc_cnx_release_waitTime_5gcconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_release_waitTime_5gc

Optional integer (default = 0). RRC connection release wait time in seconds when connected to 5GC. Only applicable to LTE cells.

rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTime_CPdataconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTime_CPdata

Optional integer (range: 0 to 1800). RRC connection release extended wait time for Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation in seconds. Only applicable to NB-IoT cells.

rrc_reject_waitTimeconfig_set.cells.rrc_reject_waitTime

Optional integer (range 1 to 16). RRC reject wait time in seconds. Only applicable to NR cells.

rrc_release_waitTimeconfig_set.cells.rrc_release_waitTime

Optional integer (range 1 to 16). RRC release wait time in seconds. Only applicable to NR cells.

rrc_release_deprioritisationconfig_set.cells.rrc_release_deprioritisation

Optional object. If present, the deprioritisationReq field is added to the RRC Release message. Only applicable to NR cells.
The object must contain the following fields:

typeconfig_set.cells.rrc_release_deprioritisation.type

Enumeration ("none", "frequency" or "nr").

timerconfig_set.cells.rrc_release_deprioritisation.timer

Optional enumeration (5, 10, 15 or 30). Timer in minutes. Required if type is not none.

gbr_congestedconfig_set.cells.gbr_congested

Optional boolean. Option that simulates a congestion once at least one GBR bearer is active in the cell. Any new GBR request will be rejected or will trigger a preemption depending on the ERAB or QoS flow ARP parameters.

ignore_gbr_congestionconfig_set.cells.ignore_gbr_congestion

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, no GBR congestion check is performed.

ue_cap_rat_typeconfig_set.cells.ue_cap_rat_type

Optional array of strings.
In LTE, list the RAT types (eutra, utra, geran-cs, geran-ps, cdma2000-1XRTT, nr, eutra-nr) for the RRC UE capability enquiry message. In the first UE capability enquiry message, eutra is always included whatever the array content.
In NR, list the RAT types (nr, eutra-nr, eutra, utra-fdd) for the RRC UE capability enquiry message. In the first UE capability enquiry message, nr is always included whatever the array content.

requested_eutra_freq_bandsconfig_set.cells.requested_eutra_freq_bands

Optional array of 0 to 16 integers. Defines the list of EUTRA bands the eNB or gNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedFrequencyBands-r11 information element). Use an array without any integer to remove a previously configured requested_eutra_freq_bands array.

requested_eutra_max_ccs_dlconfig_set.cells.requested_eutra_max_ccs_dl

Optional integer (range = 2 to 32, or 0). Sets the maximum number of EUTRA DL CCs the eNB or gNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedMaxCCsDL-r13 information element). Set to 0 to remove the field from the message.

requested_eutra_max_ccs_ulconfig_set.cells.requested_eutra_max_ccs_ul

Optional integer (range = 2 to 32, or 0). Sets the maximum number of EUTRA UL CCs the eNB or gNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedMaxCCsUL-r13 information element). Set to 0 to remove the field from the message.

request_reduced_formatconfig_set.cells.request_reduced_format

Optional boolean. If set, the eNB or gNB will request the UE to provide EUTRA CA combinations using supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 instead of supportedBandCombination-r10 in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestReducedFormat-r13 information element).

request_eutra_reduced_int_non_cont_combconfig_set.cells.request_eutra_reduced_int_non_cont_comb

Optional boolean. If set, the eNB or gNB will request an EUTRA reduced intra-band non-contiguous CA band combination in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestReducedIntNonContComb-r13 information element).

requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdcconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc

Optional array of objects of 0 to 1280 objects. If the array is present with at least one element, the requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC-r15 IE content will be based on the content provided. Otherwise, the eNB will build the requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC-r15 IE content based on the LTE and NR cells configured.
Each object contains the following parameters:

ratconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.rat

Enumeration (eutra or nr). RAT type for this FreqBandInformation item.

band_eutraconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.band_eutra

Optional integer (range 1 to 256). E-UTRA frequency band indicator. Must be present if rat is set to "eutra".

ca_bandwidth_class_dlconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.ca_bandwidth_class_dl

Optional enumeration (a, b, c, d, e, f). E-UTRA DL CA bandwidth class. Only used if rat is set to "eutra".

ca_bandwidth_class_ulconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.ca_bandwidth_class_ul

Optional enumeration (a, b, c, d, e, f). E-UTRA UL CA bandwidth class. Only used if rat is set to "eutra".

band_nrconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.band_nr

Optional integer (range 1 to 1024). NR frequency band indicator. Must be present if rat is set to "nr".

max_bandwidth_requested_dlconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_bandwidth_requested_dl

Optional enumeration (50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800). Maximum aggregated DL bandwidth. Only used if rat is set to "nr".

max_bandwidth_requested_ulconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_bandwidth_requested_ul

Optional enumeration (50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800). Maximum aggregated UL bandwidth. Only used if rat is set to "nr".

max_carriers_requested_dlconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_carriers_requested_dl

Optional integer (range 1 to 32). Maximum number of DL carriers. Only used if rat is set to "nr".

max_carriers_requested_ulconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_carriers_requested_ul

Optional integer (range 1 to 32). Maximum number of UL carriers. Only used if rat is set to "nr".

requested_freq_bands_nrconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr

Optional array of objects of the same type than requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.
Force the frequencyBandListFilter element of the UE-CapabilityRequestFilterNR when requesting UE capabilities in SA mode.
By default, the frequencyBandListFilter contains the bands of all the NR cells defined in nr_cell_list and EUTRA cells defined in cell_list.

mr_dc_request_nr_dcconfig_set.cells.mr_dc_request_nr_dc

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the includeNR-DC bit is set to true in the UE capability enquiry message so as to retrieve NR-DC band combinations. Note that it is automatically set if there is at least once cell configured for NR-DC.

rrc_ul_segmentation_supportconfig_set.cells.rrc_ul_segmentation_support

Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, the eNB or gNB indicates that RRC UL segmentation is allowed in the RRC UE capability enquiry message.

single_ue_cap_enquiryconfig_set.cells.single_ue_cap_enquiry

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, and if the UE and eNB or gNB supports R16 uplink RRC segmentation feature, EUTRA, NR and MRDC capabilities are requested in a single message.

srs_switching_time_requestconfig_set.cells.srs_switching_time_request

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the eNB or gNb sets the srs-SwitchingTimeRequest flag when requesting NR or EUTRA-NR UE capabilities.

uplink_tx_switch_requestconfig_set.cells.uplink_tx_switch_request

Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the eNB or gNB sets the uplinkTxSwitchRequest flag when requesting NR or EUTRA-NR UE capabilities.

inactivity_timerconfig_set.cells.inactivity_timer

Optional integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity. It only impacts LTE (not Bandwidth-Reduced) or NR UEs. Note that it is only used for the UE PCell.

br_ueconfig_set.cells.br_ue

Optional object only applicable to cells supporting Bandwidth-Reduced UEs. It can contain the following objects:

br_forced_mpdcch_nb_idxconfig_set.cells.br_ue.br_forced_mpdcch_nb_idx

Optional integer. Forces the narrow band index used for MPDCCH. The value -1 means that the eNB selects the narrow band automatically.

br_forced_pdsch_nb_idxconfig_set.cells.br_ue.br_forced_pdsch_nb_idx

Optional integer. Forces the narrow band index used for PDSCH. The value -1 means that the eNB selects the narrow band automatically.

br_forced_pusch_nb_idxconfig_set.cells.br_ue.br_forced_pusch_nb_idx

Optional integer. Forces the narrow band index used for PUSCH. The value -1 means that the eNB selects the narrow band automatically.

br_coverage_levelsconfig_set.cells.br_ue.br_coverage_levels

Optional array of objects. There must be the same number of coverage levels as PRACH configurations in the SIB2. Since only CE mode A is currently supported, at most 2 coverage levels can be specified. It can contain the following objects:

inactivity_timerconfig_set.cells.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.inactivity_timer

Optional integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity. Note that it is only used for the UE PCell.

br_forced_sr_offsetconfig_set.cells.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_forced_sr_offset

Optional integer: range -1 to br_sr_period-1. Forces the scheduling request subframe offset sent to the UE. -1 means that the eNB allocates the value automatically.

coverage_levelsconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels

Optional array of objects. Only applicable to NB-IoT cells. There must be the same number of coverage levels as NPRACH configurations in the SIB2. It can contain the following objects:

npdcch_paging_n_repconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdcch_paging_n_rep

Optional nteger. Range: 1 to 2048. Number of repetitions for the paging NPDCCH. It must be <= SIB2.npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging-r13.

npdsch_paging_i_tbsconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdsch_paging_i_tbs

Optional integer. Range: 0 to 12. I_TBS for the paging NPDSCH. For in-band cells, the maximum value is 10.

npdsch_paging_n_repconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdsch_paging_n_rep

Optional integer. Range: 1 to 2048. Number of repetitions for the paging NPDSCH.

npdcch_uss_n_repconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdcch_uss_n_rep

Optional Integer. Actual number of repetitions for the USS NPDCCH. The special value 0 means to use a single CCE (instead of 2) with a single transmission.

npdsch_i_tbsconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdsch_i_tbs

Optional integer. Range: 0 to 13. I_TBS for NPDSCH. For in-band cells, the maximum value is 10. For category NB1 UEs, the value is limited to 12.

npdsch_i_sfconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdsch_i_sf

Optional Integer. Range: -1 to 7. I_SF value for NPDSCH. -1 means that the eNodeB scheduler automatically chooses it.

npdsch_n_repconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdsch_n_rep

Optional integer. Range: 1 to 2048. Number of NPDSCH repetitions.

npdsch_i_delay_minconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdsch_i_delay_min

Optional Integer. Range: 0 to 7. Minimum value for the DCI N1 scheduling delay field.

npusch_single_tone_i_tbsconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npusch_single_tone_i_tbs

Optional integer. Range: 0 to 10. I_TBS for single-tone NPUSCH.

npusch_multi_tone_i_tbsconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npusch_multi_tone_i_tbs

Optional integer. Range: 0 to 13. I_TBS for multi-tone NPUSCH. For category NB1 UEs, the value is limited to 12.

npusch_i_ruconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npusch_i_ru

Optional Integer. Range: -1 to 7. I_RU value for NPUSCH. -1 means that the eNodeB scheduler automatically chooses it.

npusch_n_scconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npusch_n_sc

Optional enumeration: 1, 3, 6, 12. Maximum number of subcarriers for NPUSCH. The eNodeB uses more than one subcarrier only if the UE supports it. If not present, the eNodeB link adaptation automatically chooses it.

npusch_n_repconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npusch_n_rep

Optional integer. Range: 1 to 128. Number of NPUSCH repetitions.

npusch_i_delay_minconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npusch_i_delay_min

Optional Integer. Range: 0 to 3. Minimum value for the DCI N0 scheduling delay field.

inactivity_timerconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.inactivity_timer

Optional integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity.

preemptive_ul_grantconfig_set.cells.preemptive_ul_grant

Optional boolean, only applicable to NB-IoT cells. When set to true, the eNB can send a DCIN0 grant before the UE explicitly request an allocation via the random access procedure.

forced_riconfig_set.cells.forced_ri

Optional integer, only applicable to LTE and NR cells. Range 0 to 8. If >= 1, use it as Rank Indicator (RI) returned by the UE.

forced_cqiconfig_set.cells.forced_cqi

Optional integer, only applicable to LTE and NR cells. Range -1 to 15. If >= 0, use it as Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) returned by the UE.

forced_pmiconfig_set.cells.forced_pmi

Optional integer, only applicable to LTE cells. Range -1 to 15. If >= 0, use it as Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) returned by the UE.

forced_meas_gap_offsetconfig_set.cells.forced_meas_gap_offset

Optional integer. Forces the gap offset sent to the UE in the LTE MeasGapConfig or NR GapConfig ASN.1 object. -1 means that the eNB/gNB allocates the value automatically. Only applicable to LTE and NR cells.

forced_sr_offsetconfig_set.cells.forced_sr_offset

Optional integer: range -1 to sr_period-1, only applicable to LTE and NR cells. Forces the scheduling request offset sent to the UE. -1 means that the value is allocated automatically.

pusch_ferconfig_set.cells.pusch_fer

Optional float, only applicable to LTE and NR cells. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated PUSCH Frame Error Rate.

pdsch_ferconfig_set.cells.pdsch_fer

Optional float, only applicable to LTE and NR cells. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated PDSCH Frame Error Rate.

npusch_ferconfig_set.cells.npusch_fer

Optional float, only applicable to NB-IoT cells. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated NPUSCH Frame Error Rate.

npdsch_ferconfig_set.cells.npdsch_fer

Optional float, only applicable to NB-IoT cells. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated NPDSCH Frame Error Rate.

eps_fallback_preferred_methodconfig_set.cells.eps_fallback_preferred_method

Optional enumeration: handover, redirection (default = handover). Only applicable to NR cells. Set the preferred method for the EPS fallback procedure. If the handover procedure fails a redirection is performed.

eps_fallback_fast_return_preferred_methodconfig_set.cells.eps_fallback_fast_return_preferred_method

Optional enumeration: none, handover, redirection (default = none). Only applicable to LTE cells. Set the preferred method for the EPS fallback fast return procedure. If the handover procedure fails a redirection is performed.
Note that the fast return can only be performed if the EPS fallback procedure was performed with a handover and if the NR SA source cell is in the LTE neighbor cell list.

emergency_fallback_preferred_methodconfig_set.cells.emergency_fallback_preferred_method

Optional enumeration: handover, redirection (default = redirection). Only applicable to NR cells. Set the preferred method for the emergency fallback procedure. If the handover procedure fails a redirection is performed.

srb3_supportconfig_set.cells.srb3_support

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, and if the UE supports SRB3, the gNodeB will activate it.

scg_failure_information_behaviorconfig_set.cells.scg_failure_information_behavior

Optional enum (auto, release, reestablish, default = auto). Defines the behavior when the MCG primary cell receives a RRC SCG failure information message for this SCG primary cell.
If set to auto, the SCG is released if the cause is set to T310 expiry and a measurement reporting configuration is defined to trigger the SCG addition. Otherwise the SCG is reestablished.
If set to release, SCG is always released.
If set to reestablish, a RRC message is always sent to reestablish SCG.

cell_barredconfig_set.cells.cell_barred

Optional boolean or string (true, false or "auto"). Indicates if the cell should be barred or not. If set to "auto", the cell is barred when there is no connection with a core network for any of the PLMNs broadcast. Only applicable to NR cells. For LTE or NB-IoT cells, see sib_set remote API.

carrier_senseconfig_set.cells.carrier_sense

Optional object. If carrier sensing is enabled on cell, allow to change its configuration with following properties:

thresholdconfig_set.cells.carrier_sense.threshold

Number. Cutoff threshild in dB.

rf_portsconfig_set.rf_ports

Optional array of objects used to configure the RF ports. Each object contains the following fields:

channel_dlconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl

Optional object to dynamically change the configuration of the downlink channel simulator. It contains the following fields:

noise_levelconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.noise_level

Optional array of float or float: set the noise level in dB for each port.

freq_shiftconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.freq_shift

Optional float. Set the global frequency shift in Hz.

delayconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.delay

Optional float. Apply an additional global delay (in ns) to all the paths.

gainconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.gain

Optional float. Apply a global gain (in dB) after the paths.

freq_dopplerconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.freq_doppler

Optional float. Set the Doppler frequency in Hz of all the paths with Rayleigh fading. When this parameter is modified, the internal state of the paths is reset so a discontinuity may happen in the simulated channel.

pathsconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths

Optional array of objects. Each object contains the following fields:

delayconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.delay

Optional float. Set the path delay in ns.

gainconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.gain

Optional float. Set the path gain in dB. When this parameter is modified, the internal state of the paths is reset so a discontinuity may happen in the simulated channel.

freq_shiftconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.freq_shift

Optional float. Set the frequency shift in Hz of constant paths. When this parameter is modified, the internal state of the paths is reset so a discontinuity may happen in the simulated channel.

freq_dopplerconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.freq_doppler

Optional float. Set the Doppler frequency in Hz of paths with Rayleigh fading. When this parameter is modified, the internal state of the paths is reset so a discontinuity may happen in the simulated channel.

ul_freq_shiftconfig_set.rf_ports.ul_freq_shift

Optional float. Set the uplink frequency shift in Hz.

son_configconfig_set.rf_ports.son_config

Optional object. See LTE cell SON configuration. See NR cell SON configuration.

log_get

Get logs.
This API has a per connection behavior. This means that the response will depend on previous calls to this API within the same WebSocket connection.
In practice, logs that have been provided in a response won’t be part of subsequent request unless connection is reestablished. To keep on receiving logs, client should send a new log_get request as soon as the previous response has been received.
If a request is sent before previous request has been replied, previous request will be replied right now without considering specific min/max/timeout conditions.

Message definition:

minlog_get.min

Optional number (default = 1). Minimum amount of logs to retrieve.
Response won’t be sent until this limit is reached (Unless timeout occurs).

maxlog_get.max

Optional number (default = 4096). Maximum logs sent in a response.

timeoutlog_get.timeout

Optional number (default = 1). If at least 1 log is available and no more logs have been generated for this time, response will be sent.

allow_emptylog_get.allow_empty

Optional boolean (default = false). If set, response will be sent after timeout, event if no logs are available.

rntilog_get.rnti

Optional number. If set, send only logs matching rnti.

ue_idlog_get.ue_id

Optional number. If set, send only logs with matching ue_id.

layerslog_get.layers

Optional Object. Each member name represents a log layer and values must be string representing maximum level. See log_options.
If layers is not set, all layers level will be set to debug, else it will be set to none.
Note also the logs is also limited by general log level. See log_options.

shortlog_get.short

Optional boolean (default = false). If set, only first line of logs will be dumped.

headerslog_get.headers

Optional boolean. If set, send log file headers.

start_timestamplog_get.start_timestamp

Optional number. Is set, filter logs older than this value in milliseconds.

end_timestamplog_get.end_timestamp

Optional number. Is set, filter logs more recent than this value in milliseconds.

max_sizelog_get.max_size

Optional number (default = 1048576, i.e. 1MB). Maximum size in bytes of the generated JSON message. If the response exceeds this size, the sending of logs will be forced independently from other parameters.

Response definition:

logslog_get.logs

Array. List of logs. Each item is a an object with following members:

datalog_get.logs.data

Array. Each item is a string representing a line of log.

timestamplog_get.logs.timestamp

Number. Milliseconds since January 1st 1970. Not present if com_log_us is set in configuration.

timestamp_uslog_get.logs.timestamp_us

Number. Microseconds since January 1st 1970. Only present if com_log_us is set in configuration.

layerlog_get.logs.layer

String. Log layer.

levellog_get.logs.level

String. Log level: error, warn, info or debug.

dirlog_get.logs.dir

Optional string. Log direction: UL, DL, FROM or TO.

ue_idlog_get.logs.ue_id

Optional number. UE_ID.

celllog_get.logs.cell

Optional number (only for PHY layer logs). Cell ID.

rntilog_get.logs.rnti

Optional number (only for PHY layer logs). RNTI.

framelog_get.logs.frame

Optional number (only for PHY layer logs). Frame number (Subframe is decimal part).

channellog_get.logs.channel

Optional string (only for PHY layer logs). Channel name.

srclog_get.logs.src

String. Server name.

idxlog_get.logs.idx

Integer. Log index.

headerslog_get.logs.headers

Optional array. Array of strings.

discontinuitylog_get.discontinuity

Optional number. If set, this means some logs have been discarded due to log buffer overflow.

microsecondslog_get.microseconds

Optional boolean. Present and set to true if com_log_us is set in configuration file.

log_set

Add log.
Message definition:

loglog_set.log

Optional string. Log message to add. If set, layer and level are mandatory.

layerlog_set.layer

String. Layer name. Only mandatory if log is set.

levellog_set.level

String. Log level: error, warn, info or debug. Only mandatory if log is set.

dirlog_set.dir

Optional string. Log direction: UL, DL, FROM or TO.

ue_idlog_set.ue_id

Optional number. UE_ID.

flushlog_set.flush

Optional boolean (default = false). If set, flushes fog file.

rotatelog_set.rotate

Optional boolean (default = false). If set, forces log file rotation.

cutlog_set.cut

Optional boolean (default = false). If set, forces log file reset.

log_reset

Resets logs buffer.

license

Retrieves license file information.

Response definition:

productslicense.products

String. List of products, separated by commas.

userlicense.user

String. License username.

validitylicense.validity

String. License end of validity date.

idlicense.id

Optional string. License ID.

id_typelicense.id_type

Optional string. License ID type. Can be host_id or dongle_id

uidlicense.uid

Optional string. License unique ID.

filenamelicense.filename

Optional string. License filename.

serverlicense.server

Optional string. License server URL.

server_idlicense.server_id

Optional string. License server ID.

quit

Terminates lteenb.

help

Provides list of available messages in messages array of strings and events to register in events array of strings.

stats

Report statistics for LTEENB.
The statistics sampling time is defined by delay between two calls within the same connection.
To get relevant statistics, you may let the WebSocket connected and call this API regularly.
The sampling time for the first request is defined by initial_delay parameter.

Message definition:

samplesstats.samples

Optional boolean (default = false). Provide information similar to the ’t spl’ monitor command.

rfstats.rf

Optional boolean (default = false). Provide information similar to the ’t cpu’ monitor command.

initial_delaystats.initial_delay

Optional number (default = 0.4). Only relevant for first call within a WebSocket connection.
Defines the sampling time in seconds of the first call.
If set to 0, the first call won’t report most of statistics.

Response definition:

cpustats.cpu

Object. Each member name defines a type and its value cpu load in % of one core.

instance_idstats.instance_id

Number. Constant over process lifetime. Changes on process restart.

countersstats.counters

Object. List of counters, with following sub members:

messagesstats.counters.messages

Object. Each member name is the message name and its value is its occurence.
To get list of message, type cevent help msg in LTEENB monitor.

errorsstats.counters.errors

Object. Each member name is the error name and its value is its occurence.
To get list of message, type cevent help error in LTEENB monitor.

cellsstats.cells

Object. Each member name is the cell ID and each value is an object representing statistics as follow:

dl_bitratestats.cells.dl_bitrate

Number. Downlink bitrate in bits per seconds at PHY layer level (Counts acknowledged transmissions).

ul_bitratestats.cells.ul_bitrate

Number. Uplink bitrate in bits per seconds at PHY layer level (Counts successful transmissions).

mbms_bitratestats.cells.mbms_bitrate

Number. eMBMS MTCH downlink RLC PDU bitrate in bits per seconds.

mbs_broadcast_bitratestats.cells.mbs_broadcast_bitrate

Number. MBS broadcast MTCH downlink PHY bitrate in bits per seconds (accumulated on all SSBs).

dl_txstats.cells.dl_tx

Integer. Number of downlink transmitted transport blocks (without retransmissions).

ul_txstats.cells.ul_tx

Integer. Number of received uplink transport blocks (without CRC error).

dl_errstats.cells.dl_err

Integer. Number of downlink non transmitted transport blocks (after retransmissions).

ul_errstats.cells.ul_err

Integer. Number of non received uplink transport blocks (after retransmissions).

dl_retxstats.cells.dl_retx

Integer. Number of downlink retransmitted transport blocks.

ul_retxstats.cells.ul_retx

Integer. Number of received uplink transport blocks with CRC errors.

dl_sched_users_minstats.cells.dl_sched_users_min

Number. Minimum downlink scheduled users per TTI. Note that in NB-IoT cells, a factor 1000 is applied.

dl_sched_users_avgstats.cells.dl_sched_users_avg

Number. Average downlink scheduled users per TTI. Note that in NB-IoT cells, a factor 1000 is applied.

dl_sched_users_maxstats.cells.dl_sched_users_max

Number. Maximum downlink scheduled users per TTI. Note that in NB-IoT cells, a factor 1000 is applied.

ul_sched_users_minstats.cells.ul_sched_users_min

Number. Minimum uplink scheduled users per TTI. Note that in NB-IoT cells, a factor 1000 is applied.

ul_sched_users_avgstats.cells.ul_sched_users_avg

Number. Average uplink scheduled users per TTI. Note that in NB-IoT cells, a factor 1000 is applied.

ul_sched_users_maxstats.cells.ul_sched_users_max

Number. Maximum uplink scheduled users per TTI. Note that in NB-IoT cells, a factor 1000 is applied.

dl_use_minstats.cells.dl_use_min

Number between 0 and 1. Minimum downlink usage ratio, based on number of allocated resource blocks.

dl_use_avgstats.cells.dl_use_avg

Number between 0 and 1. Average downlink usage ratio, based on number of allocated resource blocks.

dl_use_maxstats.cells.dl_use_max

Number between 0 and 1. Maximum downlink usage ratio, based on number of allocated resource blocks.

ul_use_minstats.cells.ul_use_min

Number between 0 and 1. Minimum uplink usage ratio, based on number of allocated resource blocks.

ul_use_avgstats.cells.ul_use_avg

Number between 0 and 1. Average uplink usage ratio, based on number of allocated resource blocks.

ul_use_maxstats.cells.ul_use_max

Number between 0 and 1. Maximum uplink usage ratio, based on number of allocated resource blocks.

ctrl_use_minstats.cells.ctrl_use_min

Number between 0 and 1. Minimum control usage ratio, based on number of used CCE.

ctrl_use_avgstats.cells.ctrl_use_avg

Number between 0 and 1. Average control usage ratio, based on number of used CCE.

ctrl_use_maxstats.cells.ctrl_use_max

Number between 0 and 1. Maximum control usage ratio, based on number of used CCE.

ue_count_minstats.cells.ue_count_min

Integer. Minimum number of UE contexts.

ue_count_maxstats.cells.ue_count_max

Integer. Maximum number of UE contexts.

ue_count_avgstats.cells.ue_count_avg

Integer. Average number of UE contexts.

ue_active_count_minstats.cells.ue_active_count_min

Integer. Minimum number of active UE contexts. Active RRC state is when all UE resources are still allocated.

ue_active_count_maxstats.cells.ue_active_count_max

Integer. Maximum number of active UE contexts.

ue_active_count_avgstats.cells.ue_active_count_avg

Integer. Average number of active UE contexts.

ue_inactive_count_minstats.cells.ue_inactive_count_min

Integer. Minimum number of inactive UE contexts. Inactive RRC state is when all UE resources are freed but the UE data is stil kept.

ue_inactive_count_maxstats.cells.ue_inactive_count_max

Integer. Maximum number of inactive UE contexts.

ue_inactive_count_avgstats.cells.ue_inactive_count_avg

Integer. Average number of inactive UE contexts.

erab_count_minstats.cells.erab_count_min

Integer. Minimum number of established radio bearer. Applicable to LTE or NB-IoT cells.

erab_count_maxstats.cells.erab_count_max

Integer. Maximum number of established radio bearer. Applicable to LTE or NB-IoT cells.

erab_count_avgstats.cells.erab_count_avg

Integer. Average number of established radio bearer. Applicable to LTE or NB-IoT cells.

drb_count_maxstats.cells.drb_count_max

Integer. Minimum number of established radio bearer. Applicable to NR cells.

drb_count_maxstats.cells.drb_count_max

Integer. Maximum number of established radio bearer. Applicable to NR cells.

drb_count_maxstats.cells.drb_count_max

Integer. Average number of established radio bearer. Applicable to NR cells.

dl_gbr_use_minstats.cells.dl_gbr_use_min

Optional number. Minimum downlink GBR usage ratio. Not present for NB-IoT cells.

dl_gbr_use_avgstats.cells.dl_gbr_use_avg

Optional number. Average downlink GBR usage ratio. Not present for NB-IoT cells.

dl_gbr_use_maxstats.cells.dl_gbr_use_max

Optional number. Maximum downlink GBR usage ratio. Not present for NB-IoT cells.

ul_gbr_use_minstats.cells.ul_gbr_use_min

Optional number. Minimum uplink GBR usage ratio. Not present for NB-IoT cells.

ul_gbr_use_avgstats.cells.ul_gbr_use_avg

Optional number. Average uplink GBR usage ratio. Not present for NB-IoT cells.

ul_gbr_use_maxstats.cells.ul_gbr_use_max

Optional number. Maximum uplink GBR usage ratio. Not present for NB-IoT cells.

countersstats.cells.counters

Object. List of counters, with following sub members:

messagesstats.cells.counters.messages

Object. Each member name is the message name and its value is its occurence.
To get list of message, type cevent help msg in LTEENB monitor.

errorsstats.cells.counters.errors

Object. Each member name is the error name and its value is its occurence.
To get list of message, type cevent help error in LTEENB monitor.

gtp_tx_bitratestats.gtp_tx_bitrate

Optional number. This field will be filled when multiple calls on the same socket are done and represents the GTP payload bitrate (bits/seconds) sent to core network and is equivalent to IP traffic.
The bitrate is computed using the delay between two calls.

gtp_rx_bitratestats.gtp_rx_bitrate

Optional number. This field will be filled when multiple calls on the same socket are done and represents the GTP payload bitrate (bits/seconds) received from core network and is equivalent to IP traffic. It does not include MBMS traffic.
The bitrate is computed using the delay between two calls.

rf_portsstats.rf_ports

Object. Each member name is the RF port ID and each value is an object representing the TX-RX latency statistics (average, max and min values).

samplesstats.samples

Object. Set if samples has been set to true in request.
This object has the following properties:

txstats.samples.tx

Array of objects. Each object represents samples statistics of the antenna port.

rmsstats.samples.tx.rms

Number. RMS of the signal in dBFS

maxstats.samples.tx.max

Number. Maximum sample value in dBFS

satstats.samples.tx.sat

Number. Number of saturation events

countstats.samples.tx.count

Number of IQ samples analyzed

rms_dbmstats.samples.tx.rms_dbm

Number. RMS of the signal in dBm

rxstats.samples.rx

Array of objects. Each object represents samples statistics of the antenna port.

rmsstats.samples.rx.rms

Number. RMS of the signal in dBFS

maxstats.samples.rx.max

Number. Maximum sample value in dBFS

satstats.samples.rx.sat

Number. Number of saturation events

countstats.samples.rx.count

Number of IQ samples analyzed

rms_dbstats.samples.rx.rms_db

Number. RMS of the signal in dBm.

durationstats.duration

Number. Time elapsed in seconds since the last call to the stats API. Equals to initial_delay on first call.

register

Register client for messages generated by LTEENB. Message definition:

registerregister.register

Optional string or array of string. List of messages to register to.
Can be ue_measurement_report, srs, pusch, npusch, carrier_sense.

unregisterregister.unregister

Optional string or array of string. List of messages to unregister.
Can be ue_measurement_report, srs, pusch, npusch, carrier_sense.

10.6 LTE messages

ue_get

Get ue list.
Message definition:

ue_idue_get.ue_id

Optional integer. If set, will filter on UE_ID.

statsue_get.stats

Optional boolean (default is false). If true, will display stats for each cell

Response definition:

ue_listue_get.ue_list

Array of object, representing current connected UEs.
Each element has following definition:

timeue_get.ue_list.time

Time in seconds since eNB starting.

enb_ue_idue_get.ue_list.enb_ue_id

Optional integer. eNB UE id. Present for LTE or NB-IoT UEs.

ran_ue_idue_get.ue_list.ran_ue_id

Optional integer. RAN UE id. Present for NR UEs.

mme_ue_idue_get.ue_list.mme_ue_id

Optional integer. MME UE id. It is present when the UE-associated logical S1-connection is setup.

amf_ue_idue_get.ue_list.amf_ue_id

Optional integer. AMF UE id. It is present when the UE-associated logical NG-connection is setup.

linked_enb_ue_idue_get.ue_list.linked_enb_ue_id

Optional integer. eNB UE id associated with the current NR UE for NSA.

linked_ran_ue_idue_get.ue_list.linked_ran_ue_id

Optional integer. RAN UE id associated with the current LTE UE for NSA.

catmue_get.ue_list.catm

Optional boolean. True for Cat-M1 UEs, absent otherwise.

ce_levelue_get.ue_list.ce_level

Optional integer. Coverage enhancement level selected by the UE. Only present for Cat-M1 and NB-IoT UEs, absent otherwise.

redcapue_get.ue_list.redcap

Optional boolean. True for RedCap UEs, absent otherwise.

eredcapue_get.ue_list.eredcap

Optional boolean. True for eRedCap UEs, absent otherwise.

rntiue_get.ue_list.rnti

Integer. RNTI.

cellsue_get.ue_list.cells

Array of object. Each object represent a cell.
First entry is primary cell.
Only cell_id is displayed for each cell unless stats is set to true.

cell_idue_get.ue_list.cells.cell_id

Number. Cell ID.

cqiue_get.ue_list.cells.cqi

Number. Last reported cqi.

riue_get.ue_list.cells.ri

Number. Last reported rank indicator.

ul_rankue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_rank

Optional number. Last uplink rank computed by the gNB in NR cells.

dl_bitrateue_get.ue_list.cells.dl_bitrate

Number. Downlink bitrate in bits per seconds at PHY layer level (Counts acknowledged transmissions).

ul_bitrateue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_bitrate

Number. Uplink bitrate in bits per seconds at PHY layer level (Counts successful transmissions).

dl_txue_get.ue_list.cells.dl_tx

Integer. Number of downlink transmitted transport blocks (without retransmissions).

ul_txue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_tx

Integer. Number of received uplink transport blocks (without CRC error).

dl_errue_get.ue_list.cells.dl_err

Integer. Number of downlink non transmitted transport blocks (after retransmissions).

ul_errue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_err

Integer. Number of non received uplink transport blocks (after retransmissions).

dl_retxue_get.ue_list.cells.dl_retx

Integer. Number of downlink retransmitted transport blocks.

ul_retxue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_retx

Integer. Number of received uplink transport blocks with CRC errors.

dl_mcsue_get.ue_list.cells.dl_mcs

Number. Average downlink MCS.

ul_mcsue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_mcs

Number. Average uplink MCS.

ul_n_layerue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_n_layer

Number. Average number of uplink layers.

ue_dl_bwp_idue_get.ue_list.cells.ue_dl_bwp_id

Optional number. Current active UE DL BWP Id in RRC signalling (NR cells only).

dl_bwp_idue_get.ue_list.cells.dl_bwp_id

Optional number. Current active UE DL BWP Id in cell configuration object (NR cells only).

ue_ul_bwp_idue_get.ue_list.cells.ue_ul_bwp_id

Optional number. Current active UE UL BWP Id in RRC signalling (NR cells only).

ul_bwp_idue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_bwp_id

Optional number. Current active UE UL BWP Id in cell configuration object (NR cells only).

turbo_decoder_minue_get.ue_list.cells.turbo_decoder_min

Optional number. Minimum turbo/ldpc decoder pass.

turbo_decoder_avgue_get.ue_list.cells.turbo_decoder_avg

Optional number. Average turbo/ldpc decoder pass.

turbo_decoder_maxue_get.ue_list.cells.turbo_decoder_max

Optional number. Maximum turbo/ldpc decoder pass.

pucch1_snrue_get.ue_list.cells.pucch1_snr

Optional number. PUCCH snr.

pusch_snrue_get.ue_list.cells.pusch_snr

Optional number. Last received PUSCH snr.

epreue_get.ue_list.cells.epre

Optional number. Last received EPRE in dBm.

ul_phrue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_phr

Optional number. Last received power headroom report. To retrieve the value in dB, refer to 3GPP TS 36.133 table 9.1.8.4.

ul_path_lossue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_path_loss

Optional number. Last computed UL path loss in dB, estimated from PHR.

p_ueue_get.ue_list.cells.p_ue

Optional number. UE transmission power in dB, estimated from PHR and Pmax set in the cell and reported by UE.

initial_taue_get.ue_list.cells.initial_ta

Optional number. Last timing advance measured with PRACH, expressed in unit of TA.

erabsue_get.ue_list.erabs

Array of object. Set for LTE and NB-IoT UEs. Each object represent a radio bearer with the following properties:

erab_idue_get.ue_list.erabs.erab_id

Number. Radio bearer ID.

qciue_get.ue_list.erabs.qci

Number. Radio beader QCI.

dl_total_bytesue_get.ue_list.erabs.dl_total_bytes

Integer. Total downlink PDCP SDU byte count.

ul_total_bytesue_get.ue_list.erabs.ul_total_bytes

Integer. Total uplink PDCP SDU byte count.

qos_flowsue_get.ue_list.qos_flows

Array of object. Set for NR UEs. Each object represent a QoS flow with the following properties:

pdu_session_idue_get.ue_list.qos_flows.pdu_session_id

Integer. PDU session ID.

sstue_get.ue_list.qos_flows.sst

Integer. Slice Service Type.

dl_total_bytesue_get.ue_list.qos_flows.dl_total_bytes

Integer. Total downlink PDCP SDU byte count.

ul_total_bytesue_get.ue_list.qos_flows.ul_total_bytes

Integer. Total uplink PDCP SDU byte count.

erab_get

Get EPS radio bearer list.
Response definition:

timestamperab_get.timestamp

Integer. Timestamp in milliseconds.

erab_listerab_get.erab_list

Array of object, representing radio bearers.
Each element has following definition:

enb_ue_iderab_get.erab_list.enb_ue_id

Integer. eNB UE id.

erab_iderab_get.erab_list.erab_id

Integer. Radio bearer ID.

qcierab_get.erab_list.qci

Integer. Bearer QCI.

dl_mbrerab_get.erab_list.dl_mbr

Optional integer. Downlink maximum bitrate (only if erab is GBR).

dl_gbrerab_get.erab_list.dl_gbr

Optional integer. Downlink guaranteed bitrate (only if erab is GBR).

dl_gbr_reerab_get.erab_list.dl_gbr_re

Optional integer. Downlink GBR per RE per second (only if erab is GBR).

ul_mbrerab_get.erab_list.ul_mbr

Optional integer. Uplink maximum bitrate (only if erab is GBR).

ul_gbrerab_get.erab_list.ul_gbr

Optional integer. Uplink guaranteed bitrate (only if erab is GBR).

ul_gbr_reerab_get.erab_list.ul_gbr_re

Optional integer. Uplink GBR per RE per second (only if erab is GBR).

dl_total_byteserab_get.erab_list.dl_total_bytes

Integer. Total downlink PDCP SDU byte count.

ul_total_byteserab_get.erab_list.ul_total_bytes

Integer. Total uplink PDCP SDU byte count.

qos_flow_get

Get 5GS radio bearer list.
Response definition:

timestampqos_flow_get.timestamp

Integer. Timestamp in milliseconds.

qos_flow_listqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list

Array of object, representing radio bearers.
Each element has following definition:

ran_ue_idqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.ran_ue_id

Integer. RAN UE id.

pdu_session_idqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.pdu_session_id

Integer. PDU session ID.

sstqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.sst

Integer. Slice Service Type.

sdqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.sd

Optional integer. Slice Differentiator.

qfi_listqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.qfi_list

Array of objects. List of QoS Flows associated with this bearer.
Each object contains the following entries:

qfiqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.qfi_list.qfi

Integer. QoS Flow ID.

5qiqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.qfi_list.5qi

Integer. 5QI.

dl_mbrqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.qfi_list.dl_mbr

Optional integer. Downlink maximum bitrate (only if QoS Flow is GBR).

dl_gbrqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.qfi_list.dl_gbr

Optional integer. Downlink guaranteed bitrate (only if QoS Flow is GBR).

ul_mbrqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.qfi_list.ul_mbr

Optional integer. Uplink maximum bitrate (only if QoS Flow is GBR).

ul_gbrqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.qfi_list.ul_gbr

Optional integer. Uplink guaranteed bitrate (only if QoS Flow is GBR).

dl_total_bytesqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.dl_total_bytes

Integer. Total downlink PDCP SDU byte count.

ul_total_bytesqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.ul_total_bytes

Integer. Total uplink PDCP SDU byte count.

cell_gain

Set cell DL RF signal gain. See cell_gain.
Message definition:

cell_idcell_gain.cell_id

Integer. Cell ID.

gaincell_gain.gain

Float. Gain in dB. Must be between -200 and 0 (included).

rf

Set radio frontend channels gain.
Message definition:

tx_gainrf.tx_gain

Optional number or array of numbers. Set TX gain.
Same definition as the tx_gain property.

tx_channel_indexrf.tx_channel_index

Optional number. If set, apply gain to specified channel only.

rx_gainrf.rx_gain

Optional number or array of numbers. Set RX gain.
Same definition as the rx_gain property.

rx_channel_indexrf.rx_channel_index

Optional number. If set, apply gain to specified channel only.

Response definition:

tx_gainrf.tx_gain

Array. List of TX gain per channel.

rx_gainrf.rx_gain

Array. List of RX gain per channel.

rf_inforf.rf_info

Optional string. RF driver information (depends on radio frontend).

trx_iq_dump

Dump baseband IQ samples (time domain) to files.
The IQ samples are stored as little endian 32 bit floating point numbers.
Real and imaginary part are interleaved: the real part (I) is written first, the imaginary one (Q) next:
I(0) [0 ... 31]
Q(0) [32 ... 63]
I(1) [64 ... 95]
Q(1) [96 ... 127]
...
I(n) [n*64 ... n*64+31]
Q(n) [n*64+32 ... n*64+63]

Message definition:

durationtrx_iq_dump.duration

Optional value (default = 1s, max = 30s). Sets dump duration in milliseconds.

rf_porttrx_iq_dump.rf_port

Optional integer or array of integer. If set, dump only the related RF port channels.

rx_filenametrx_iq_dump.rx_filename

Optional string. If set defines the file where the received IQ samples will be dumped.
May contain %d to differentiate antenna streams (printf style).
If not set, no RX data will be dumped.

tx_filenametrx_iq_dump.tx_filename

Optional string. If set defines the file where the transmitted IQ samples will be dumped.
May contain %d to differentiate antenna streams (printf style).
If not set, no TX data will be dumped.

rx_channelstrx_iq_dump.rx_channels

Optional array of integer. Selects channel to dump. Each integer represents the global index of the channel.

tx_channelstrx_iq_dump.tx_channels

Optional array of integer. Selects channel to dump. Each integer represents the global index of the channel.

rx_headertrx_iq_dump.rx_header

Optional boolean (Default = false). Set the dump mode.

If not set, only the IQ samples are written to the files. If set, add a header for each TRX read or write operation. It is followed by the corresponding IQ samples.

Header:

timestamptrx_iq_dump.rx_header.timestamp

64 bit TRX timestamp, in samples.

counttrx_iq_dump.rx_header.count

32 bit integer: number of following IQ samples before next header.

tx_headertrx_iq_dump.tx_header

Optional boolean (Default = false). Same as rx_header for TX.

Notification:
As IQ dump initialization may take some time (Memory allocation, file creation...), dumping of IQs may start some time before the command is being executed.
A notification message is sent when the IQ dump is really starting. You can base on its time parameter to synchronize any subsequent message.
Its notification property is started.

Message response:

dump_utctrx_iq_dump.dump_utc

Integer. UTC time in milliseconds of the capture start

rf_portstrx_iq_dump.rf_ports

Array of object representing information on each rf port capture.
Defined as follow:

sample_ratetrx_iq_dump.rf_ports.sample_rate

Integer. IQ sample rate in samples per seconds

indextrx_iq_dump.rf_ports.index

Integer. RF port index

timestamptrx_iq_dump.rf_ports.timestamp

Integer. Timestamp (in IQ sample) associated with frame/slot start.

frametrx_iq_dump.rf_ports.frame

Integer. Frame number of slot starting at timestamp

slottrx_iq_dump.rf_ports.slot

Integer. Slot number of slot starting at timestamp

mutrx_iq_dump.rf_ports.mu

Integer. Subcarrier spacing (0, 1...)

rx_filestrx_iq_dump.rf_ports.rx_files

Array of string representing IQ files for RX.

tx_filestrx_iq_dump.rf_ports.tx_files

Array of string representing IQ files for TX.

rx_overflowstrx_iq_dump.rf_ports.rx_overflows

Optional integer. Number of RX lost data during catpure process

tx_overflowstrx_iq_dump.rf_ports.tx_overflows

Optional integer. Number of TX lost data during catpure process

rx_timestamp0trx_iq_dump.rf_ports.rx_timestamp0

Integer. If rx_header mode not set, timestamp of first IQ sample in RX files.

tx_timestamp0trx_iq_dump.rf_ports.tx_timestamp0

Integer. If tx_header mode not set, timestamp of first IQ sample in TX files.

cell_ul_disable

Enable/disable UL on cell.
Message definition:

cell_idcell_ul_disable.cell_id

Integer. Cell ID.

disabledcell_ul_disable.disabled

Boolean. Set state

handover

Triggers a handover.
Message definition:

ran_ue_idhandover.ran_ue_id

Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.

pcihandover.pci

Integer. Physical Cell ID.

dl_earfcnhandover.dl_earfcn

Optional integer. If set look for cell with this EARFCN, else use LTE UE current EARFCN.

ssb_nr_arfcnhandover.ssb_nr_arfcn

Optional integer. If set look for cell with this SSB NR-ARFCN, else use NR UE current SSB NR-ARFCN.

typehandover.type

Optional string. Can be auto (default), intra, s1, x2, xn, ng.
For an EPS to 5GS handover, the type parameter must be present and set to s1. For a 5GS to EPS handover, the type parameter must be present and set to ng.

rrc_cnx_release

Forces a RRC Connection release.
Message definition:

ran_ue_idrrc_cnx_release.ran_ue_id

Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.

redirectrrc_cnx_release.redirect

Optional integer. If set, defines RRC redirection index (See rrc_redirect).

redirected_carrier_inforrc_cnx_release.redirected_carrier_info

Optional ASN.1 property. ASN.1 content of a RedirectedCarrierInfo, RedirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0 or RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-r13 redirection information.

redirected_carrier_info_nb_v1430rrc_cnx_release.redirected_carrier_info_nb_v1430

Optional ASN.1 property. ASN.1 content of a RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-v1430 redirection information. Only applicable if redirected_carrier_info contains a RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-r13 redirection information.

idle_mode_mobility_controlrrc_cnx_release.idle_mode_mobility_control

Optional IdleModeMobilityControlInfo.

cell_reselection_prioritiesrrc_cnx_release.cell_reselection_priorities

Optional ASN.1 property. ASN.1 content of a CellReselectionPriorities information.

suspendrrc_cnx_release.suspend

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, and if the UE is suitable for RRC inactive mode, RRC connection will be suspended instead of released (See rrc_inactive).

mps_priority_indicationrrc_cnx_release.mps_priority_indication

Optional boolean (default = false). If true, if the redirected_carrier_info is present and if the UE supports the feature, the mpsPriorityIndication-r16 flag is sent in the release message.

rrc_ue_info_req

Sends a UE Information Request message.
Message definition:

enb_ue_idrrc_ue_info_req.enb_ue_id

Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.

req_maskrrc_ue_info_req.req_mask

Integer. Bitmap of the information to request (bits: 0:RACH, 1:RLF, 2:LogMeas, 3:ConnEst, 4:MobHist, 5:IdleModeMeas, 6:ANR, 7:CoarseLocation, 8:SuccessHO-Report).
RACH: applicable to LTE, NB-IoT and NR UEs.
RLF: applicable to LTE, NB-IoT and NR UEs.
LogMeas: applicable to LTE and NR UEs.
ConnEst: applicable to LTE and NR UEs.
MobHist: applicable to LTE and NR UEs.
IdleModeMeas: applicable to LTE and NR UEs.
ANR: applicable to NB-IoT UEs.
CoarseLocation: applicable to LTE and NR UEs.
SuccessHO-Report: applicable to NR UEs.

rrc_logged_meas_config

Sends a Logged Measurement Configuration message.
Message definition:

ran_ue_idrrc_logged_meas_config.ran_ue_id

Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.

trace_referencerrc_logged_meas_config.trace_reference

Object. Trace Reference as specified in 3GPP TS 32.422. It contains the following fields:

plmnrrc_logged_meas_config.trace_reference.plmn

String. PLMN.

trace_idrrc_logged_meas_config.trace_reference.trace_id

Integer. Trace Identifier.

trace_recording_session_refrrc_logged_meas_config.trace_recording_session_ref

Integer. Trace Recording Session Reference as specified in 3GPP TS 32.422.

tce_idrrc_logged_meas_config.tce_id

Integer. Trace Collection Entity Id as specified in 3GPP TS 32.422.

logging_durationrrc_logged_meas_config.logging_duration

Enumeration (10, 20, 40, 60, 90, 120). Logging duration in minutes.

logging_intervalrrc_logged_meas_config.logging_interval

Enumeration (LTE cells: 1280, 2560, 5120, 10240, 20480, 30720, 40960, 61440; NR cells: 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5120, 10240, 20480, 30720, 40960, 61440, 0). Loggin interval in milliseconds. 0 means infinity.

typerrc_logged_meas_config.type

Enumeration (periodical, out_of_coverage, l1). Report type.

rsrp_thresholdrrc_logged_meas_config.rsrp_threshold

Optional Integer. RSRP threshold for l1 report type.

rsrq_thresholdrrc_logged_meas_config.rsrq_threshold

Optional Integer. RSRQ threshold for l1 report type.

sinr_thresholdrrc_logged_meas_config.sinr_threshold

Optional Integer. SINR threshold for l1 report type. Only applicable to NR cells.

hysteresisrrc_logged_meas_config.hysteresis

Optional Integer. Hysteresis for l1 report type.

time_to_triggerrrc_logged_meas_config.time_to_trigger

Optional Integer. Time to trigger for l1 report type.

early_meas_indicationrrc_logged_meas_config.early_meas_indication

Optional boolean (default = false). Log measurements on early measurement related frequencies. Only applicable to NR cells.

rrc_ue_cap_enquiry

Sends a UE Capability Enquiry message.
Message definition:

ran_ue_idrrc_ue_cap_enquiry.ran_ue_id

Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.

payloadrrc_ue_cap_enquiry.payload

Optional boolean. Adds the UL DCCH payload dump in hexadecimal to the response.

textrrc_ue_cap_enquiry.text

Optional boolean. Adds the UL DCCH payload decoding in text to the response.

Response definition:

ran_ue_idrrc_ue_cap_enquiry.ran_ue_id

Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.

payloadrrc_ue_cap_enquiry.payload

Optional string. UL DCCH payload dump in hexadecimal.

textrrc_ue_cap_enquiry.text

Optional string. UL DCCH payload decoding in text.

rrc_cnx_reconf

Sends a RRC Connection reconfiguration.
Message definition:

enb_ue_idrrc_cnx_reconf.enb_ue_id

Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.

eutra_secondary_cell_listrrc_cnx_reconf.eutra_secondary_cell_list

Optional array of objects. Objects are the same type than the one included in the scell_list of a LTE cell, see scell_list. The array shall contain a subset of the objects defined in the scell_list of the UE’s PCell. The rrc_configuration, individual_offset and a6_candidates fields are unused in this case. An empty list releases all the secondary cells.

nr_secondary_cell_listrrc_cnx_reconf.nr_secondary_cell_list

Optional array of objects. Objects are the same type than the one included in the scell_list of a NR cell, see scell_list_nr. The array shall contain a subset of the objects defined in the scell_list of the UE’s PCell (in SA) or PSCell (in MR-DC). The rrc_configuration, individual_offset and a6_candidates fields are unused in this case. An empty list releases all the secondary cells.
A single API call cannot contain both eutra_secondary_cell_list and nr_secondary_cell_list parameters.

reconf_pucch_srsrrc_cnx_reconf.reconf_pucch_srs

Optional boolean, LTE only. If set to true, forces a reconfiguration of the PUCCH (CSI, SR) and SRS parameters for all the LTE serving cells. A single API call cannot contain both reconf_pucch_srs and eutra_secondary_cell_list.

dl_bwp_idrrc_cnx_reconf.dl_bwp_id
ul_bwp_idrrc_cnx_reconf.ul_bwp_id

Optional integers (default = -1), NR only. If provided, initiates a RRC BWP switch for the SA PCell or EN-DC PSCell. -1 indicates to keep the current BWP. These properties cannot be combined with the eutra_secondary_cell_list or nr_secondary_cell_list properties.
BWP switch in SA mode on the PCell requires that allow_rrc_bwp_switch is set to true and that BWP constraints are respected.

bwp_scell_idrrc_cnx_reconf.bwp_scell_id

Optional integer (default = -1), NR only. Can be used along with dl/ul_bwp_id to specify the cell id of the SCell on which the BWP switch is performed. When absent or set to -1, BWP switch is performed on PCell.

cell_grouprrc_cnx_reconf.cell_group

Optional enumeration (master or secondary). Defines for which cell group the RRC reconfiguration is.

rlc_drop_rate

Defines a percentage of uplink RLC PDUs dropped. Note that in case of handover or reestablishment, the drop rate is reset to 0.
Message definition:

ran_ue_idrlc_drop_rate.ran_ue_id

Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.

rb_idrlc_drop_rate.rb_id

Integer. Bearer identity.

srbrlc_drop_rate.srb

Boolean. Indicates if the bearer is for signalling or data.

percentagerlc_drop_rate.percentage

Integer (range 0 to 100). Drop percentage.

pdcch_order_prach

Sends a PDCCH order for PRACH to the UE. Supported for all UE types except BR UEs.
Message definition:

enb_ue_idpdcch_order_prach.enb_ue_id

Integer. S1AP eNB UE id or NGAP RAN UE id.

dci_bwp_switch

Initiate a BWP switch thru DCI 0_1 or 1_1.
Message definition:

enb_ue_iddci_bwp_switch.enb_ue_id

Integer. eNB (NSA) or RAN (SA) UE id.

dl_bwp_iddci_bwp_switch.dl_bwp_id
ul_bwp_iddci_bwp_switch.ul_bwp_id

Optional integers. Either dl_bwp_id or ul_bwp_id must be set. If dl_bwp_id is provided, a DL BWP switch is initiated thru DCI 1_1. If ul_bwp_id is provided, a UL BWP switch is initiated thru DCI 0_1. DL BWP switch thru DCI 1_1 is experimental and requires the configuration of bwp_switch_k0. In TDD, both DL and UL BWPs are switched at the same time so it is recommended to switch BWPs thru DCI 0_1.

scell_iddci_bwp_switch.scell_id

Optional integer. Cell id of the SCell on which BWP switch should be triggered. If absent or set to -1, the BWP switch is performed on PCell.

x2

Get X2 peers state.
Response definition:

peersx2.peers

Array of object. One for each peer.
Each element has the following definition:

statex2.peers.state

String. Can be connecting, connected or setup_done.

addrx2.peers.addr

String. Address of peer

cellsx2.peers.cells

Array of object. One for each cell. Each element has the following definition:

cell_idx2.peers.cells.cell_id

Integer. Cell ID.

tacx2.peers.cells.tac

Integer. TAC.

dl_earfcnx2.peers.cells.dl_earfcn

Integer. Downlink cell EARFCN.

pcix2.peers.cells.pci

Integer. Physical Cell ID

x2connect

Forces connection to a X2 peer.
Message definition

addrx2connect.addr

String. X2 peer address.

x2disconnect

Forces disconnection from a X2 peer.
Message definition

addrx2disconnect.addr

String. X2 peer address.

s1

Get MME link state.
Response definition:

s1_lists1.s1_list

Array of object. One for each MME connection defined as follow:

states1.s1_list.state

Link state: disconnected, connecting, connected, inactive or setup_done.

addresss1.s1_list.address

MME address.

names1.s1_list.name

Optional MME name.

PLMNs1.s1_list.PLMN

If connection complete, PLMN.

s1connect

Forces connection to a MME.
Message definition

addresss1connect.address

Optional string. If not set, will try to connect to all registered MME, else will try with the specified address.

s1disconnect

Forces disconnection from a MME.
Message definition

addresss1disconnect.address

Optional string. If not set, will to disconnect from all registered MME, else will try with the specified address.

s1add

Adds a new MME to the list of S1AP connections.
Message definition
The message must contain the same parameters as one of the object defined in mme_list array. See mme_list.

s1delete

Removes a MME address from the list of S1AP connections.
Message definition

addrs1delete.addr

String. MME address to be removed from the list.

xn

Get Xn peers state.
Response definition:

peersxn.peers

Array of object. One for each peer.
Each element has the following definition:

ng_enbxn.peers.ng_enb

Optional boolean. If the Xn connection is for a ng-eNB, the boolean is present and set to true.

statexn.peers.state

String. Can be connecting, connected or setup_done.

addrxn.peers.addr

String. Address of peer

cellsxn.peers.cells

Array of object. One for each cell. Each element has the following definition:

cell_idxn.peers.cells.cell_id

Integer. Cell ID.

tacxn.peers.cells.tac

Integer. TAC.

ssb_nr_arfcnxn.peers.cells.ssb_nr_arfcn

Integer. SSB NR ARFCN.

pcixn.peers.cells.pci

Integer. Physical Cell ID

xnconnect

Forces connection to a Xn peer.
Message definition

addrxnconnect.addr

String. Xn peer address.

xndisconnect

Forces disconnection from a Xn peer.
Message definition

addrxndisconnect.addr

String. Xn peer address.

ng

Get AMF link state.
Response definition:

ng_listng.ng_list

Array of object. One for each AMF connection defined as follow:

ng_enbng.ng_list.ng_enb

Optional boolean. If the NG connection is for a ng-eNB, the boolean is present and set to true.

stateng.ng_list.state

Link state: disconnected, connecting, connected, inactive or setup_done.

addressng.ng_list.address

AMF address.

nameng.ng_list.name

AMF name.

PLMNng.ng_list.PLMN

If connection complete, PLMN.

ngconnect

Forces connection to an AMF.
Message definition

addressngconnect.address

Optional string. If not set, will try to connect to all registered AMF, else will try with the specified address.

ngdisconnect

Forces disconnection from an AMF.
Message definition

addressngdisconnect.address

Optional string. If not set, will to disconnect from all registered AMF, else will try with the specified address.

ngadd

Adds a new AMF to the list of NGAP connections.
Message definition
The message must contain the same parameters as one of the object defined in amf_list array. See amf_list.

ngdelete

Removes a AMF address from the list of NGAP connections.
Message definition

addrngdelete.addr

String. AMF address to be removed from the list.

m2

Get M2AP link state.
Response definition:

statem2.state

Link state: disconnected, waiting, connecting, connected.

addressm2.address

MBMSGW address.

m2connect

Forces connection to a MBMSGW.
Message definition

addrm2connect.addr

Optional string. If not set, the eNB will try to connect to the previously configured address.

m2disconnect

Releases connection to a MBMSGW.

sib_set

Modify SIB content and advertise BCCH system information modification in paging messages.
Message definition

cellssib_set.cells

Object used to configure cells individually. Each cell configured must be a new object inside cells object, named with the cell_id value and containing the following fields:

sib1sib_set.cells.sib1

Optional object used to modify SIB 1. It can contain the following fields:

cell_barredsib_set.cells.sib1.cell_barred

Optional boolean or string (true, false or "auto"). Indicates if the cell should be barred or not. If set to "auto", the cell is barred when there is no connection with a core network for any of the PLMNs broadcast. Only applicable to LTE or NB-IoT cells. For NR cells, see config_set remote API.

reservedsib_set.cells.sib1.reserved

Optional array of booleans. Allows to configure if the cell is reserved for operator use. The array must contain as many entries as the number of PLMN-IdentityList configured in EUTRA and NB-IoT cells, or the number of plmn-IdentityInfoList configured in NR cells.

reserved_5gcsib_set.cells.sib1.reserved_5gc

Optional array of booleans. Allows to configure if the cell is reserved for operator use. The array must contain as many entries as the number of PLMN configured in EUTRA and NB-IoT cells connected to a 5GC.

p_maxsib_set.cells.sib1.p_max

Optional integer or array of integers. New p-Max value.

timers_and_constantssib_set.cells.sib1.timers_and_constants

Optional object. See timers_and_constants. Only applicable to NR cells.

uac_barring_infosib_set.cells.sib1.uac_barring_info

Optional object. See uac_barring_info. Only applicable to NR cells. info_set_list, for_common_list and per_plmn_list are optional. When not present, the corresponding element is not modified. When present, the whole element is replaced. It is up to the user to make sure that the configuration is valid at any time.
Setting the info_set_list to en empty array [ ] will release the whole UAC barring info configuration.

ss_pbch_block_powersib_set.cells.sib1.ss_pbch_block_power

Optional integer (range -60 to 50) or string "auto". Only applicable to NR cells.
If set to integer, forces manual_ref_signal_power to true.
If set to "auto", forces manual_ref_signal_power to true and value will be taken from TRX driver.

ims_emergency_supportsib_set.cells.sib1.ims_emergency_support

Optional boolean. IMS emergency support. Only applicable to LTE and NR cells.

ecall_over_ims_supportsib_set.cells.sib1.ecall_over_ims_support

Optional boolean. eCall over IMS support. Only applicable to LTE and NR cells.

conn_est_failure_controlsib_set.cells.sib1.conn_est_failure_control

Optional object. See conn_est_failure_control. Only applicable to NR cells. To stop transmitting connEstFailureControl, send an empty conn_est_failure_control object.

use_full_resume_idsib_set.cells.sib1.use_full_resume_id

Optional boolean. Sets the useFullResumeId flag. Only applicable to NR cells where rrc_inactive configuration object is defined.

sib2sib_set.cells.sib2

Optional object used to modify SIB 2. It can contain the following fields:

barring_infosib_set.cells.sib2.barring_info

Optional object allowing to configure the access class barring related fields. If one the field below is not present, the corresponding field is removed from SIB2. Only applicable to LTE cells.

ac_BarringForEmergencysib_set.cells.sib2.barring_info.ac_BarringForEmergency

Optional boolean.

ac_BarringForMO_Signallingsib_set.cells.sib2.barring_info.ac_BarringForMO_Signalling

Optional object. It contains the following fields:

ac_BarringFactorsib_set.cells.sib2.barring_info.ac_BarringForMO_Signalling.ac_BarringFactor

Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95. Access barring factor in percentage.

ac_BarringTimesib_set.cells.sib2.barring_info.ac_BarringForMO_Signalling.ac_BarringTime

Enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512. Access barring time in seconds.

ac_BarringForSpecialACsib_set.cells.sib2.barring_info.ac_BarringForMO_Signalling.ac_BarringForSpecialAC

String. Bit string for AC 11-15.

ac_BarringForMO_Datasib_set.cells.sib2.ac_BarringForMO_Data

Optional object. It contains the same fields as ac_BarringForMO_Signalling. Only applicable to LTE cells.

ssac_BarringForMMTEL_Voice_r9sib_set.cells.sib2.ssac_BarringForMMTEL_Voice_r9

Optional object. It contains the same fields as ac_BarringForMO_Signalling. Only applicable to LTE cells.

ssac_BarringForMMTEL_Video_r9sib_set.cells.sib2.ssac_BarringForMMTEL_Video_r9

Optional object. It contains the same fields as ac_BarringForMO_Signalling. Only applicable to LTE cells.

ac_BarringForCSFB_r10sib_set.cells.sib2.ac_BarringForCSFB_r10

Optional object. It contains the same fields as ac_BarringForMO_Signalling. Only applicable to LTE cells.

ac_BarringSkipForMMTELVoice_r12sib_set.cells.sib2.ac_BarringSkipForMMTELVoice_r12

Optional boolean. Only applicable to LTE cells.

ac_BarringSkipForMMTELVideo_r12sib_set.cells.sib2.ac_BarringSkipForMMTELVideo_r12

Optional boolean. Only applicable to LTE cells.

ac_BarringSkipForSMS_r12sib_set.cells.sib2.ac_BarringSkipForSMS_r12

Optional boolean. Only applicable to LTE cells.

reference_signal_powersib_set.cells.sib2.reference_signal_power

Optional integer (range -60 to 50) or string "auto". Only applicable to LTE cells. If set to integer, forces manual_ref_signal_power to true.
If set to "auto", forces manual_ref_signal_power to true and value will be taken from TRX driver.

cp_Reestablishment_r14sib_set.cells.sib2.cp_Reestablishment_r14

Optional boolean. Only applicable to NB-IoT cells.

nrs_power_r13sib_set.cells.sib2.nrs_power_r13

Optional integer (range -60 to 50) or string "auto". Only applicable to NB-IoT cells. If set to integer, forces manual_ref_signal_power to true.
If set to "auto", forces manual_ref_signal_power to true and value will be taken from TRX driver.

typesib_set.cells.sib2.type

Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the payload parameter. Only applicable to NR cells.

payloadsib_set.cells.sib2.payload

Optional string or object. NR SIB2 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the type parameter. Only applicable to NR cells.

sib3sib_set.cells.sib3

Optional object used to modify SIB 3.

typesib_set.cells.sib3.type

Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the payload parameter.

payloadsib_set.cells.sib3.payload

Optional string or object. EUTRA SystemInformationBlockType3, SystemInformationBlockType3-NB-r13 or NR SIB3 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the type parameter.

tech-academy tutorial : Changing the payload(whole contents) of a SIB3.

sib4sib_set.cells.sib4

Optional object used to modify SIB 4.

typesib_set.cells.sib4.type

Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the payload parameter.

payloadsib_set.cells.sib4.payload

Optional string or object. EUTRA SystemInformationBlockType4, SystemInformationBlockType4-NB-r13 or NR SIB4 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the type parameter.

sib5sib_set.cells.sib5

Optional object used to modify SIB 5.

typesib_set.cells.sib5.type

Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the payload parameter.

payloadsib_set.cells.sib5.payload

Optional string or object. EUTRA SystemInformationBlockType5, SystemInformationBlockType5-NB-r13 or NR SIB5 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the type parameter.

sib6sib_set.cells.sib6

Optional object used to modify SIB 6.

typesib_set.cells.sib6.type

Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the payload parameter.

payloadsib_set.cells.sib6.payload

Optional string or object. EUTRA SystemInformationBlockType6 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the type parameter. Only applicable to LTE cells.

sib7sib_set.cells.sib7

Optional object used to modify SIB 7.

typesib_set.cells.sib7.type

Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the payload parameter.

payloadsib_set.cells.sib7.payload

Optional string or object. EUTRA SystemInformationBlockType7 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the type parameter. Only applicable to LTE cells.

sib14sib_set.cells.sib14

Optional object used to modify SIB 14. For NB-IoT cells, dynamic SIB scheduling is not supported so SIB14-NB must be present in the initial configuration, even if empty.
It can contain the following fields:

enabledsib_set.cells.sib14.enabled

Boolean. If set to true, SIB14 is scheduled.

si_periodicitysib_set.cells.sib14.si_periodicity

Optional enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 for LTE cells. Not supported for NB-IoT cells. Sets the periodicity (in frames) of the transmission of SIB 14. Required for LTE cells if enabled is set to true.

configsib_set.cells.sib14.config

Optional object or array of object.
If config is an object, SIB14 contains a common AB configuration.
If config is an array, SIB14 contains a per PLMN AB configuration and you must define as many objects as the number of PLMNs defined in SIB1.
Each object contains the following fields (see 3GPP TS 36.331 for details):

categorysib_set.cells.sib14.config.category

Enumeration: "a", "b", or "c".

barring_bitmapsib_set.cells.sib14.config.barring_bitmap

String. Bit string of 10 bits.

barring_for_exception_datasib_set.cells.sib14.config.barring_for_exception_data

Optional boolean. Only used for NB-IoT cells.

barring_for_special_acsib_set.cells.sib14.config.barring_for_special_ac

Optional string. Bit string of 5 bits, mandatory for NB-IoT cells.

eab_per_rsrpsib_set.cells.sib14.eab_per_rsrp

Optional integer in range 0-3 (see eab-PerRSRP-r15 in 3GPP TS 36.331).

uac_configsib_set.cells.sib14.uac_config

Optional object or array of object. Only applicable to NB-IoT cells.
If uac_config is an object, SIB14 contains an UAC common configuration.
If uac_config is an array, SIB14 contains an UAC per PLMN configuration and you must define as many objects as the number of 5GC PLMNs defined in SIB1.
Each object contains the following fields (see 3GPP TS 36.331 for details):

barring_per_cat_listsib_set.cells.sib14.uac_config.barring_per_cat_list

Optional array of objects. Each object contains the following fields:

access_categorysib_set.cells.sib14.uac_config.barring_per_cat_list.access_category

Integer (range 1 to 63). uac-accessCategory-r16 value.

barring_factorsib_set.cells.sib14.uac_config.barring_per_cat_list.barring_factor

Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95. uac-BarringFactor-r16 value.

barring_timesib_set.cells.sib14.uac_config.barring_per_cat_list.barring_time

Enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512. uac-BarringTime-r16 value.

barring_for_access_idsib_set.cells.sib14.uac_config.barring_for_access_id

String. Bit string of 7 bits. uac-BarringForAccessIdentity-r16 value.

sib24sib_set.cells.sib24

Optional object used to modify SIB 24.

typesib_set.cells.sib24.type

Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the payload parameter.

payloadsib_set.cells.sib24.payload

Optional string or object. EUTRA SystemInformationBlockType24-r15 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the type parameter. Only applicable to LTE cells.

sib25sib_set.cells.sib25

Optional object used to modify SIB 25. See sib25. info_set_list, for_common_list and per_plmn_list are optional. When not present, the corresponding element is not modified. When present, the whole element is replaced. It is up to the user to make sure that the configuration is valid at any time.
Setting the info_set_list to en empty array [ ] will release the whole UAC barring info configuration.

sib27sib_set.cells.sib27

Optional object used to modify SIB 27.

typesib_set.cells.sib27.type

Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the payload parameter.

payloadsib_set.cells.sib27.payload

Optional string or object. EUTRA SystemInformationBlockType27-r16 or SystemInformationBlockType27-NB-r16 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the type parameter. Only applicable to LTE or NB-IoT cells.

page_ue

Sends a paging message for a UE in RRC idle state on a list of cells.
Message definition

typepage_ue.type

Enumeration ("normal", "cat0", "ce", "nb-iot" or "nr"). Defines the type of UE to be paged.

cn_domainpage_ue.cn_domain

Optional enumeration ("cs" or "ps"). Not required for NB-IoT or NR UEs.

imsipage_ue.imsi

Optional string. IMSI of the UE to be paged. Not required for NR UEs.

s-tmsipage_ue.s-tmsi

Optional object. S-TMSI to be used for the paging identity. If the object is not present, the UE is paged by its IMSI. Not required for UEs registered to 5GC.
The object must contain the following fields:

mmecpage_ue.s-tmsi.mmec

Integer.

m-tmsipage_ue.s-tmsi.m-tmsi

Integer.

5g-s-tmsipage_ue.5g-s-tmsi

Optional objet. 5G-S-TMSI to be used for the paging identity. Not required for UEs registered to EPC.
The object must contain the following fields:

amf_set_idpage_ue.5g-s-tmsi.amf_set_id

Integer. 10 bits length.

amf_pointerpage_ue.5g-s-tmsi.amf_pointer

Integer. 6 bits length.

5g-tmsipage_ue.5g-s-tmsi.5g-tmsi

Integer. 32 bits length.

edrxpage_ue.edrx

Optional object. eDRX configuration for the UE.
The object must contain the following fields:

edrx_cyclepage_ue.edrx.edrx_cycle

Enumeration. eDRX cycle in hyper frames.
For an EUTRA UE, the allowed values are hfhalf, hf1, hf2, hf4, hf6, hf8, hf10, hf12, hf14, hf16, hf32, hf64 and hf128.
For a NB-IoT UE, the allowed values are hf2, hf4, hf6, hf8, hf10, hf12, hf14, hf16, hf32, hf64, hf128, hf512 and hf1024.
For a NR UE, the allowed values are hfquarter, hfhalf, hf1, hf2, hf4, hf8, hf16, hf32, hf64, hf128, hf256, hf512 and hf1024.

paging_time_windowpage_ue.edrx.paging_time_window

Optional integer. Paging time window.
For an EUTRA UE the allowed range is 1 to 16 (in units of 1.28 seconds).
For a NB-IoT UE the allowed range is 1 to 16 (in units of 2.56 seconds).
For a NR UE the allowed range is 1 to 32 (in units of 1.28 seconds).

cell_idpage_ue.cell_id

Array of integers. The array contains the cell_id of the cells on which the paging message must be transmitted.

noise_level

Sets the noise level (relative to the CRS level) when the channel simulator is enabled.
Message definition

noise_levelnoise_level.noise_level

Float. Defines the noise level value to be set.

channelnoise_level.channel

Optional integer. Defines the TX channel number on which the the new noise level value is applied. If not present, the new noise level value is applied on all TX channels.

ncell_list_add

Add a new neighbour cell to the ncell_list object.
Message definition

cell_idncell_list_add.cell_id

Integer. Cell ID.

ncellncell_list_add.ncell

Object. Contains the same parameters as those defined for ncell_list object of the LTE or NR cell. See LTE ncell_list. See NR ncell_list.

ncell_list_del

Remove a neighbour cell from the ncell_list object.
Message definition

cell_idncell_list_del.cell_id

Integer. Cell ID.

n_id_cellncell_list_del.n_id_cell

Integer (range 0 to 503 for LTE, 0 to 1007 for NR). Physical cell identity.

dl_arfcnncell_list_del.dl_arfcn

Optional integer (range 0 to 262143 for LTE, 0 to 3279165 for NR). DL EARFCN or SSB NR-ARFCN. If not present, it is assumed to be the same as the current cell.

scells_act_deact

Activate or deactivate configured secondary cells for a given UE, through MAC Control Element. Returns the status of the SCells for the UE.
Message definition

enb_ue_idscells_act_deact.enb_ue_id

Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.

activatescells_act_deact.activate

Optional array of integers containing the cell id of the SCell to activate. No effect if a cell is not part of the configured SCells for the UE.

deactivatescells_act_deact.deactivate

Optional array of integers containing the cell id of the SCell to deactivate.

Response definition

scellsscells_act_deact.scells

Array of integer containing the list of the cell ids of the configured SCells

activatedscells_act_deact.activated

Array of integer containing the list of the cell ids of the activated SCells, after execution of the command.

mr_dc_scg_release

Trigger a release of the SCG for an EN-DC or NR-DC UE. The is only allowed if the UE PCell contains a meas_config_desc object defining a SCG addition based on a NR B1 (en_dc_setup) or A4 (nr_dc_setup) measurement report.
Message definition

ran_ue_idmr_dc_scg_release.ran_ue_id

Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.

nr_pscell_change

Trigger a NR PSCell change procedure for an EN-DC or NR-DC UE.
Message definition

ran_ue_idnr_pscell_change.ran_ue_id

Integer. MCG UE eNB UE id.

cell_idnr_pscell_change.cell_id

Integer. NR target cell id.

mr_dc_split_dl_ratio_change

Change the DL ratio for a MR-DC split data radio bearer.
Message definition

ran_ue_idmr_dc_split_dl_ratio_change.ran_ue_id

Integer. MCG UE RAN UE id.

drb_idmr_dc_split_dl_ratio_change.drb_id

Integer. DRB id.

secondary_path_dl_ratiomr_dc_split_dl_ratio_change.secondary_path_dl_ratio

Integer. A value between 0 and 1 tries to force the data ratio between both bearers, -1 disables it. Note that the ratio cannot be sustained if the force_dl_schedule option is activated in one of the cells use for the traffic, or if multiple bearers with different priorities are used, or if the traffic pushed is higher than the maximum physical bitrate.
Example: if 10Mbps is sent and ratio is set to 0.75, primary path will schedule 2.5Mbps and secondary 7.5Mbps.

ntn_satellite_update

Update the satellite information and/or channel simulator behaviour for a NTN cell (NR or NB-IoT).
Similarly to the ntn object (See Non Terrestrial Network) satellite information is described either with sv_filename, tle_filename or explicit ephemeris configuration.
Message definition

cell_idntn_satellite_update.cell_id

Integer. Cell ID.

sv_filenamentn_satellite_update.sv_filename

Optional string. Update the State Vectors file. The file format is expected to be the same than the original file.

tle_filenamentn_satellite_update.tle_filename

Optional string. Update the satellite ephemeris from a TLE file.

ephemerisntn_satellite_update.ephemeris

Optional object, containing the same parameters than its counterpart described in the ntn configuration.

channel_sim_controlntn_satellite_update.channel_sim_control

Optional object. Update the channel simulator behaviour. This object contains the same parameters than its counterpart described in the ntn configuration, except for type which cannot be changed. Note that a sudden change in the channel simulator will likely result in sycnhronization loss for the connected UEs.

earth_movingntn_satellite_update.earth_moving

Optional object. Change the earth-moving beam parameters. This object contains the same parameters than its counterpart described in the ntn configuration.

mbs_session_info

Get MBS session info per cell. Response definition:

cellsmbs_session_info.cells

Array of objects. Each Each object contains the following properties:

cell_idmbs_session_info.cells.cell_id

Integer. cell_id as configured in the nr_cell_list object entry of the gNB configuration object.

broadcastmbs_session_info.cells.broadcast

Array of objects. Each object contains the following properties:

session_idmbs_session_info.cells.broadcast.session_id

Object. MBS session identity. It contains the following properties:

tmgimbs_session_info.cells.broadcast.session_id.tmgi

Object. Temporary Mobile Group Identity. It contains the following properties:

plmnmbs_session_info.cells.broadcast.session_id.tmgi.plmn

String. PLMN.

service_idmbs_session_info.cells.broadcast.session_id.tmgi.service_id

Integer. Service ID.

nidmbs_session_info.cells.broadcast.session_id.nid

Optional integer. Network Identifier.

snssaimbs_session_info.cells.broadcast.snssai

Object. It contains the following properties:

sstmbs_session_info.cells.broadcast.snssai.sst

Integer. Slice Service Type.

sdmbs_session_info.cells.broadcast.snssai.sd

Optional integer. Slice Differentiator.

qos_flowsmbs_session_info.cells.broadcast.qos_flows

Array of objects. Each object contains the following properties:

qfimbs_session_info.cells.broadcast.qos_flows.qfi

Integer. QoS Flow identifier.

pdcp_sdu_bytesmbs_session_info.cells.broadcast.qos_flows.pdcp_sdu_bytes

Integer. Number of PDCP SDU bytes transmitted on the first SSB.

10.7 Remote events

Some messages (events) may be sent by LTEENB without client sollicitation.
To receive them, you need to register to those events via remote event registration.
The received JSON will have a message property with the events name. 

Ex:
Register to <event name> event: 

{
  message: "register",
  register: "<event name>"
}

Message received: 

{
  message: "<event name>",
  ...
}

Here is the list of events generated by LTEENB:

ue_measurement_report<event>.ue_measurement_report

Generated each time a LTE or NR RRC Measurement Report message is received.
Message definition:

ran_ue_id<event>.ue_measurement_report.ran_ue_id

Integer. eNB UE S1AP ID or RAN UE NGAP ID.

cn_ue_id<event>.ue_measurement_report.cn_ue_id

Optional integer. MME UE S1AP ID or AMF UE NGAP ID.

cell_id<event>.ue_measurement_report.cell_id

Integer. Identity of the cell that received the Measurement report message.

c_rnti<event>.ue_measurement_report.c_rnti

Integer. UE C-RNTI.

meas_config<event>.ue_measurement_report.meas_config

Optional string. Decoding of the UE current measurement configuration (if available). It corresponds to the MeasConfig ASN.1 field in GSER format.

meas_results<event>.ue_measurement_report.meas_results

String. Decoding of the UE measurement results. It corresponds to the MeasResults ASN.1 field in GSER format.

carrier_sense<event>.carrier_sense

Generated each time a LTE cell carrier sensing cutoff state changes.
Message definition:

cell_id<event>.carrier_sense.cell_id

Integer. Identity of the cell that received the Measurement report message.

epre<event>.carrier_sense.epre

Number. Last measured energy in dB.

cutoff<event>.carrier_sense.cutoff

Boolean. Cutoff state

srs<event>.srs

Generated for each SRS decoding, Signal events

pusch<event>.pusch

Generated for each PUSCH decoding, Signal events

npusch<event>.npusch

Generated for each NPUSCH decoding, Signal events

10.8 Signal events

Generated each time such a channel is decoded by the physical layer. This message is in binary format and includes a JSON structure and signal data as followed:
First 4 bytes are an 32 bit integer representing the length in bytes of the serialized JSON, followed by the serialized JSON itself.
Next 4 bytes are the length of the signal data in bytes followed by the data itself.
Note that the message can include several signal data. In this case, the pattern length/signal is repeated.

JSON data represent the associated log (JSON log) and has following additional properties:

label<event>.<signal log>.label

String. Can be rs or re

binary<event>.<signal log>.binary

Boolean. Always true

Signal data bytes are defined this way:

Note that <data length> = <# of elements> * <element size in bytes> + 8

For more information about signal data, please check signals.js code inside ltewww software package.

10.9 Examples

  1. Config
    1. Client sends 
      {
    "message": "config_get",
    "message_id": "foo"
}
    2. Server replies 
      {
    "message_id": "foo",
    "message": "config_get",
    "name": "UE",
    "logs": {
        "phy": {
            "level": "error",
            "max_size": 0
        },
        ...
        "rrc": {
            "level": "debug",
            "max_size": 1
        }
    }
}
  2. Error
    1. Client sends 
      {
    "message": "bar",
    "message_id": "foo"
}
    2. Server replies 
      {
    "message_id": "foo",
    "message": "bar",
    "error": "Unknown message: bar"
}

10.10 DL synchronization

For more details about this feature, please read DL synchronization.

10.10.1 Events

Events may be sent during DL synchronization lifetime. All events message value is dl_sync and their meaning will be identified by their event parameter value as defined below:

lost

Synchronization to remote cell has been lost.

timeout

No remote cell have been found.

restart

A new cell search has been asked.

info

Periodically sent to provide following remote cell information:

ss_snrinfo.ss_snr

Object. Statistics for received remote cell synchronization signal. Includes min, max, avg and sd (Standard deviation) numbers in dB.

driftinfo.drift

Number. Time drift between cell and remote cell in ppm.

low_snrinfo.low_snr

How many consecutive times low snr threshold has been reached.
If this counter reaches configured snr_seq, signal will be considered as lost.

pbch_error_count_maxinfo.pbch_error_count_max

NR cells only.
Maximum number of consecutive MIB decoding failures.
If this counter reaches pbch_error_threshold, signal will be considered as lost.

sync

Sent when cell search is being successful and cell is now synchronized with remote cell. The event have the following members:

pcisync.pci

Integer. Physical Cell ID of the remote cell.

ssb_indexsync.ssb_index

Integer (NR only). Index of the SSB the cell is listening to on remote cell.

10.10.2 Messages

dl_sync

Message definition:

actiondl_sync.action

Optional string (default = start). Defines action to perform.
If set to start, forces a remote cell search.
If set to info, replies with current state informations.

cell_iddl_sync.cell_id

Integer. Cell ID on which to retart DL synchronization procedure.

timeoutdl_sync.timeout

Optional number (default = last used value). Timeout in seconds for DL synchronization procedure.

11 Command line monitor reference

The following commands are available:

help

Display the help. Use help command to have a more detailed help about a command.

t [period]

Activate various traces on the console. The display is stopped when typing return. The default trace is ue. An optional display period (in seconds) is accepted.

Available traces:

ue [cell=<id>]t ue

UE MAC and PRACH traces. If n is provided, only display the UE ID n.

gt g

Show global eNodeB statistics.

cpu [rf_ports=p0[,p1...]]t cpu

Display the CPU usage from the TRX (transceiver) API and the TX-RX latency statistics.
If pn is set, only display statistics for rf port pn.

spl [dbm]t spl

Display various statistics about the sent and received complex samples (at the TRX API level). For the TX side, the RMS and maximum sample value are displayed. The number of saturation events (abs(sample) > 1) are displayed too. For the RX side the RMS and maximum sample value are displayed. The unit is dB FS (dB Full Scale) or absolute dbm if set. 0 dB FS is reached with a square signal of amplitude 1.
If pn is set, only display statistics for rf port pn.

log [log_options]

Display the current log state. If log_options are given, change the log options. The syntax is the same as the log_options configuration property.

cell [main|phy|ntn]

List the available cells with information. Available information are :

maincell main

It is the default display, prints some basic information of the cell (PCI, DL ARFCN, TAC, PLMN, ...)

phycell phy

Prints more detailed information on the PHY layer (bandwidth, UL and DL ARFCN, number of antennas, ...)

ntncell ntn

For NTN cells, prints detailed information on the serving satellite (range, azimuth, elevation, doppler, ...)

cell_gain cell_id gain

Set the DL gain of the cell cell_id. The gain is in dB and must be <= 0. The gain of the other cells is not modified.

cell_ul_disable cell_id flag

Disable the uplink of the cell cell_id if flag = 1.

noise_level level [channel]

Change the noise level. If channel is not provided, the same noise level is set for all the TX channels. This command only applies if the channel simulator is configured. See RF port specific channel simulator.

ue

List connected UEs.

handover RAN_UE_ID pci [arfcn]

Initiate a handover of UE RAN_UE_ID to the cell of physical identifier pci at EARFCN / SSB NR-ARFCN arfcn. If arfcn is not given, it is assumed to be the same as the source cell. The target cell must be defined in the source cell neighbour list.
Note that this command line cannot be used for inter system handover. Instead you should use the handover remote API.

pcap [-w filename] [-l data_len] [-b] [-d ms] [-p]

Record packet data in the pcap format used by Wireshark. It works only with LTE cells.
By default data are written until a pcap_stop request is made.
To record for a fixed period of time the -d can be used to specify the number of milliseconds to capture data.
The remaining command line options mimic the control found in the config file:

  • the -w option can be use to specify an output file name (default is /tmp/enb.pcap)
  • the -l option specifies the maximum length for packet data written (default is 65535)
  • the -b option enables capture of broadcast packets on the BCCH channel
  • the -p option can be set to capture into a pipe instead of a file
pcap_stop

Stop recording pcap packet data.

rf_info

Get RF driver informations

tx_gain gain channel

Set the TX gain in dB of the radio driver. If no channel is specified, all cells are affected. Same definition as the tx_gain property.

rx_gain gain channel

Set the RX gain in dB of the radio driver. If no channel is specified, all cells are affected. Same definition as the rx_gain property.

s1

Dump the S1 connection state. It is useful to see if the eNodeB is connected to the MME.

s1connect [mme_addr]

Force a S1 (re)connection to the MME. The MME IP address and optional port can be given as an optional parameter.

s1disconnect

Force a S1 disconnect from the MME.

ng

Dump the NG connection state. It is useful to see if the gNodeB/ng-eNodeB is connected to the AMF.

ngconnect [amf_addr]

Force a NG (re)connection to the AMF. The AMF IP address and optional port can be given as an optional parameter.

ngdisconnect

Force a NG disconnect from the AMF.

x2

Display the state of the X2 connections and the associated cell parameters.

x2connect peer_addr

Force a X2 connection to eNodeB peer_addr.

x2disconnect peer_addr

Force a X2 disconnection from the eNodeB peer_addr.

xn

Display the state of the Xn connections and the associated cell parameters.

xnconnect peer_addr

Force a Xn connection to gNodeB/ng-eNodeB peer_addr.

xndisconnect peer_addr

Force a Xn disconnection from the gNodeB/ng-eNodeB peer_addr.

m2

Display the state of the M2 connection.

m2connect [server_addr]

Force a M2 connection to MBMSGW server_addr. If server_addr is not present, it uses the previous address.

m2disconnect

Force a M2 disconnection from the MBMSGW.

hwcaps

Show the CPU capabilities. Useful to see if AES acceleration is supported.

mbms

Show the MBMS status. It is useful to see packet losses, the instantaneous bitrate of each session and the maximum bitrate allowed for each PMCH.

erab [-a]

Show the allocated EPS radio bearers (only GBR bearers by default, all the bearers with the -a option).

qos_flow [-a]

Show the allocated 5GS QoS flows (only GBR bearers by default, all the bearers with the -a option).

rrc_ue_info_req UE_ID req_mask

Send a RRC UE Information Request to UE UE_ID. ’req_mask’ is a bitmask: 0:RACH, 1:RLF, 2:LogMeas, 3:ConnEst, 4:MobHist, 5:IdleModeMeas, 6:ANR, 7:CoarseLocation, 8:SuccessHO-Report.
RACH: applicable to LTE, NB-IoT and NR UEs.
RLF: applicable to LTE, NB-IoT and NR UEs.
LogMeas: applicable to LTE and NR UEs.
ConnEst: applicable to LTE and NR UEs.
MobHist: applicable to LTE and NR UEs.
IdleModeMeas: applicable to LTE and NR UEs.
ANR: applicable to NB-IoT UEs.
CoarseLocation: applicable to LTE and NR UEs.
SuccessHO-Report: applicable to NR UEs.

rrc_cnx_release UE_ID [redirect_type]

Forces a RRC connection release. See rrc_cnx_release in remote API.

rlc_drop_rate UE_ID rb_id rate [is_srb]

Define a rate percentage of uplink RLC PDUs dropped. Note that in case of handover or reestablishment, the drop rate is reset to 0.

pdcch_order_prach UE_ID

Forces the sending of a PDCCH order for PRACH to the UE. Supported for all UE types except BR UEs.

mbs_session_info

Get MBS session info per cell.

12 UDC configuration reference

The UDC configuration is made by the script udc-auto-cfg.sh. For the input parameters See cmd. The script needs to ouput on stdout the following lines:

12.1 args Configuration

This section specifies how to configure the parameter args (See args). The only mandatory string parameter is the UDC device enumeration, it specifies how the UDC has been mounted at Linux level. UDCB2 and UDCB4 are mounted as /dev/ttyUSBx and UDCA2 as /dev/ttyACMx. The other string parameters are optional, if not specified, they are configured with the default value. Supported parameters:

Clock configuration:

TX port configuration:

RX port configuration:

Example: "/dev/ttyUSB0;clock=default;tx=default;rx=default"

12.2 Debug

To enable the udc-auto-cfg.sh debug logs it is required to enable the trx log level in debug mode in the configuration file. Example: 

log_options: "all.level=error,all.max_size=0,nas.level=debug,nas.max_size=1,
s1ap.level=debug,s1ap.max_size=1,x2ap.level=debug,x2ap.max_size=1,
rrc.level=debug,rrc.max_size=1,trx.level=debug,trx.max_size=1",

13 Log file format

13.1 PHY layer

When a PHY message is dumped (debug level), the format is: 

time layer dir ue_id cell rnti frame.subframe channel:short_content
        long_content
time

Time using the selected format.

layer

Layer ([PHY] here).

dir

UL (uplink) or DL (downlink).

ue_id

eNodeB UE identifier (hexadecimal, unique among all cells).

cell

Low 8 bits of the cell identifier (hexadecimal).

rnti

Associated RNTI (hexadecimal) or - if none.

frame.subframe

Frame number (0-1023) and either subframe number (0-9) for LTE and NB-IoT cells or slot number for NR cells.

channel

PHY channel name (e.g. PUSCH, PUCCH, PRACH, SRS, PSS, PBCH, PDSCH, PHICH, PDCCH, EPDCCH, ...).

short_content

Single line content.

long_content

Hexadecimal dump of the message if phy.max_size > 0.

13.2 MAC and RRC layers

When a message is dumped, the format is: 

time layer - ue_id message

When a PDU is dumped (debug level), the format is: 

time layer dir ue_id short_content
        long_content
time

Time using the selected format

layer

Layer ([MAC] or [RRC] here).

dir

UL (uplink) or DL (downlink).

ue_id

eNodeB UE identifier (hexadecimal, unique among all cells).

cell_id

Primary cell identifier. See cell_id

short_content

Single line content.

long_content
  • MAC: hexadecimal dump of the message if layer.max_size > 0.
  • RRC: full ASN.1 content of the RRC message if layer.max_size > 0.
long_content
  • MAC, RLC, PDCP: hexadecimal dump of the message if layer.max_size > 0.
  • RRC: full ASN.1 content of the RRC message if layer.max_size > 0.

13.3 RLC, PDCP and NAS layers

When a message is dumped, the format is: 

time layer - ue_id message

When a PDU is dumped (debug level), the format is: 

time layer dir ue_id short_content
        long_content
time

Time using the selected format

layer

Layer ([RLC], [PDCP], or [NAS] here).

dir

UL (uplink) or DL (downlink).

ue_id

eNodeB UE identifier (hexadecimal, unique among all cells).

short_content

Single line content.

  • RLC, PDCP: preceded by the SRB or DRB identifier.
long_content
  • NAS: full content of the NAS message if layer.max_size > 0.

13.4 S1AP, NGAP, X2AP, XnAP, M2AP and GTP-U layers

When a message is dumped, the format is: 

time layer - message

When a PDU is dumped (debug level), the format is: 

time layer dir ip_address short_content
        long_content
time

Time using the selected format.

layer

Layer (e.g. [S1AP]).

dir

Direction: TO or FROM.

ip_address

Source or destination IP address, depending on the dir field.

short_content

Single line content.

long_content
  • S1AP, NGAP, X2AP, XnAP, M2AP: full ASN.1 content of the message if layer.max_size > 0.
  • GTPU: hexadecimal dump of the message if layer.max_size > 0.

14 Change history

14.1 Version 2026-03-18

14.2 Version 2026-03-13

14.3 Version 2025-12-12

14.4 Version 2025-09-19

14.5 Version 2025-06-13

14.6 Version 2025-03-14

14.7 Version 2024-12-13

14.8 Version 2024-09-13

14.9 Version 2024-06-14

14.10 Version 2024-03-15

14.11 Version 2023-12-15

14.12 Version 2023-09-08

14.13 Version 2023-06-10

14.14 Version 2023-03-17

14.15 Version 2022-12-16

14.16 Version 2022-09-16

14.17 Version 2022-06-17

14.18 Version 2022-03-18

14.19 Version 2021-12-17

14.20 Version 2021-09-17

15 License

lteenb is copyright (C) 2012-2026 Amarisoft. Its redistribution without authorization is prohibited.

lteenb is available without any express or implied warranty. In no event will Amarisoft be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.

For more information on licensing, please refer to license terms.

Abbreviations

ANR

Automatic Neighbour Relation

APN

Access Point Name

BWP

Bandwidth Part

CA

Carrier Aggregation

CIoT

Cellular Internet of Things

CQI

Channel Quality Indication

DL

Downlink

DRB

Data Radio Bearer

EARFCN

E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number

EN-DC

E-UTRA NR Dual Connectivity

ERAB

E-UTRA Radio Access Bearer

eRedCap

enhanced Reduced Capability

EPRE

Energy Per Resource Element

E-UTRA

Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access

FDD

Frequency Division Duplexing

HARQ

Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest

HSS

Home Subscriber Server

IMEI

International Mobile Equipment Identity

IMSI

International Mobile Subscriber Identity

LTE

Long Term Evolution

MAC

Media Access Control

MBSFN

Multicast-Broadcast Single-Frequency Network

MBMS

Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service

MBS

Multicast Broadcast Service

MCC

Mobile Country Code

MCG

Master Cell Group

MFBI

Multi Frequency Band Indicator

MFBL

Multi Frequency Band List

MIMO

Multiple-Input Multiple-Output

MME

Mobility Management Entity

MNC

Mobile Network Code

MR-DC

Multi Radio Dual Connectivity

NAS

Non Access Stratum

NB-IoT

Narrow Band Internet of Things

NR

New Radio

NR-DC

NR Dual Connectivity

NSA

Non Stand Alone

NTN

Non Terrestrial Network

PAPR

Peak to Average Power Ratio

PCell

Primary serving cell

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

PDN

Packet Data Network

PEI

Paging Early Indication

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

PMI

Precoding Matrix Indicator

PRG

Precoding Resource block Group

PRS

Positioning Reference Signals

QCI

QoS Class Identifier

QoS

Quality of Service

RAT

Radio Access Technology

RB

Resource Block

RedCap

Reduced Capability

RI

Rank Indicator

RLC

Radio Link Control

RMS

Root Mean Square

ROHC

Robust Header Compression

RRC

Radio Resource Control

SA

Stand Alone

SCG

Secondary Cell Group

SIB

System Information Block

SISO

Single-Input Single-Output

SON

Self Organizing Networks

TDD

Time Division Duplexing

TMSI

Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity

UE

User Equipment

UL

Uplink

USIM

Universal Subscriber Identity Module

WUS

Wake Up Signal

© 2025 All rights reserved | Legal notice |